ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT

ON BEHALF OF HALLAM LAND MANAGEMENT LTD

VOLUME 1

LAND TO THE EAST OF THE FORMER TAMWORTH GOLF COURSE SITE, NORTH OF TAMWORTH ROAD (B5000) AND WEST OF THE M42

OUTLINE APPLICATION FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (UP TO 1540 DWELLINGS), A COMMUNITY HUB, A PRIMARY SCHOOL AND ASSOCIATED GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE, SUSTAINABLE DRAINAGE AND VEHICULAR ACCESS

1 Environmental Statement Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of the Former Tamworth Golf Course

CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION 6 2. SITE AND SURROUNDINGS 19 3. THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT 23 4. PLANNING POLICY CONTEXT 27 5. TRANSPORT AND ACCESS 32 6. NOISE AND VIBRATION 76 7. ECOLOGY 101 8. AIR QUALITY 166 9. HERITAGE 206 10. LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT SURVEY 231 11. WATER ENVIRONMENT 275 12. GEOLOGY AND CONTAMINATION 295 13. SOCIO-ECONOMICS 317 14. POPULATION AND HUMAN HEALTH 342 15. SOILS AND AGRICULTURAL LAND QUALITY 378 16. OPEN SPACE AND PUBLIC RIGHTS OF WAY 390 17. CONCLUSION 409

1

Appendices Appendix 1.1: Screening Opinion Request and Screening Opinion Appendix 1.2: Scoping Opinion Request and Scoping Opinion Appendix 1.3: Summary of discounted Sites Appendix 1.4: Competency Statement Appendix 4.1: Summary of Relevant Policies within the North Core Strategy (2014) and the Emerging New North Warwickshire local Plan 2017 Appendix 5.1: Transport Assessment Appendix 5.2: Framework Travel Plan Appendix 6.1: Noise Assessment Appendix 6.2: Construction Noise Criteria Appendix 6.3: Construction Noise Code of Practice Appendix 6.4: Schedule of Road Traffic Noise Effects and Road Link Diagram Appendix 7.1: Habitat Descriptions and Botanical Species Appendix 7.2: Badger Survey Report Appendix 7.3: Bat Survey Report Appendix 7.5: Great Crested Newt Survey Report Appendix 7.6: Reptile Survey Report Appendix 7.7: Arboricultural Assessment Appendix 8.1: Legislation, Policy and Guidance Appendix 8.2: Traffic data used in Air Quality Assessment Appendix 8.3: 2016 Wind Rose for Coleshill – Meteorological Recording Station Appendix 8.4: Model Verification Procedure Appendix 8.5: Assessment of Significant Criteria (Methodology) Appendix 8.6: Air Quality Assessment Results Appendix 9.1: Archaeological Desk-based Assessment Report Appendix 9.2: Geophysical Survey Report August 2016 Appendix 9.3: Geophysical Survey Report November 2017 Appendix 10.1: Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment Appendix 10.2: Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment FPCR Methodology and Assessment Criteria 2017 Appendix 10.3: North Warwickshire Landscape Character Assessment Extracts Appendix 10.4: Landscape Effects Table Appendix 10.5: Visual Effects Table Appendix 11.1: Flood Risk Assessment for Phase 1 including Sustainable Drainage Statement Appendix 11.2: Flood Risk Assessment for Phase 2 including Sustainable Drainage Statement Appendix 12.1: Baseline Source Report – Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment (Phase 1) Appendix 12.2: Baseline Source Report – Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment (Phase 1) Appendix 12.3: Baseline Source Report – Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment (Phase 2) Appendix 12.4: Baseline Source Report - Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment (Phase 2) Appendix 14.1: Health Impact Assessment Appendix 14.2: UrHIA Methodology Framework Appendix 14.3: Health Impact Assessment Matrix Appendix 15.1: Soils and Agricultural Quality of Land Robey’s Lane Appendix 15.2: Agricultural Quality of Land in North Warwickshire District Appendix 16.1: Glossary of Guidance for Outdoor Sport and Play (Beyond the Six Acre Standard –)

2

Figures Figure 1.1: Location Plan Figure 1.2: Plan showing the land within Phase 1 and Phase 2 Figure 2.1: Extent of the Meaningful Gap proposed in the North Warwickshire Local Plan Figure 2.2: Tamworth Golf Course 0088/2015 Site Location Plan Figure 2.3: Tamworth Golf Course 0088/2015 Indicative Masterplan Figure 2.4: Tamworth Golf Course Reserved Matters Approval 0136/2016 Approved Layout 1671-0802-100 G Figure 2.5: Tamworth Golf Course Reserved Matters Approval 0400/2016 Approved Layout 1671-0802-200 H and 1671-0802-220 Figure 2.6: Tamworth Golf Course Reserved Matters Approval 0129/2018 Approved Layout Figure 2.7: Wider Context plan Figure 2.8: Local facilities Plan for Tamworth Figure 2.9: Local Facilities Plan for Figure 3.1: Parameters Plan Figure 3.2: Illustrative Masterplan Figure 3.3: Indicative Phasing Plan Figure 4.1: Extent of the site allocation – Land West of Robey’s Lane Figure 7.1: Designated Site Plans Figure 7.2: Phase 1 Habitat Plan Figure 8.1: Air Quality Receptor Locations Figure 9.1: Site Location and Study Area Figure 9.2: Designated Heritage Assets Figure 10.1: Aerial Photograph Figure 10.2A: National Landscape Character Areas Figure 10.2B: County Landscape Character Areas Figure 10.2C: District Character Landscape Areas Figure 10.3: Designations Figure 10.4: Topography Figure 10.5: Viewpoint Location Plan Figure 10.6: Photo Viewpoints 1 & 2 Figure 10.7: Photo Viewpoints 3 & 4 Figure 10.8: Photo Viewpoints 5 & 6 Figure 10.9: Photo Viewpoints 7 & 8 Figure 10.10: Photo Viewpoints 9 & 10 Figure 10.11: Photo Viewpoint 11 Figure 10.12: Photo Viewpoint 12A & 12B Figure 10.13: Photo Viewpoint 13A & 13B Figure 10.14: Photo Viewpoint 14 Figure 10.15: Photo Viewpoint 15 Figure 10.16: Photo Viewpoint 16 Figure 10.17: Photo Viewpoint 17 Figure 10.18: Photo Viewpoint 18 Figure 10.19: Photo Viewpoint 19 Figure 10.20: Photo Viewpoint 20 Figure 10.21: Photo Viewpoint 21 Figure 10.22: Representative Views from M42 Southbound Figure 10.23: Representative Views from M42 Northbound Figure 13.1: Age Structure of Residential Population (2011) Figure 13.2: Housing Tenure (Census 2011) Figure 13.3: Average House Prices Figure 14.1: Determinants of Health Figure 16.1: Position of existing open space by typology Figure 16.2: Proposed position of NEAPS and LEAPS

3

Tables Table 1.1: Requirement of Schedule 4 of the Regulations Table 1.2: List of ES Chapters Table 1.3: Structure of Technical Chapters Table 1.4: Impact Definition Table 1.5: Scale of Impact Definition Table 5.1: Significance Criteria for the Assessment Table 5.2: Pedestrian Severance and Fear / Intimidation Table 5.3: 2016 Baseline Traffic Flows Table 5.4: Existing Levels of Severance and Fear/ Intimidation Table 5.5: 2026 Baseline Traffic Flows Table 5.6: 2026 Forecast Traffic Flows Table 5.7: 2026 Baseline and Forecast Year (including development) Percentage Change in vehicular movements Table 5.8: 2026 Baseline and Forecast Year Severance Levels (with and without development) Table 5.9: 2026 Baseline and Forecast Year Fear and Intimidation Comparison (with and without development) Table 5.10: Summary of Likely Significant and Residual Impacts of Development Table 6.1: Summary of Noise Exposure Hierarchy (from NPPG) Table 6.2: Road Network Noise Assessment Criteria Table 7.1: Protected and Notable Species Records Table 7.2: Habitat types recorded within the Site Table 7.3: Protected/Notable Fauna Summary Table 7.3: Summary of Important Features Table 7.4: Potential Impacts of Habitat Loss on Birds of Conservation Concern Table 7.5: Residual Effects Summary Table 8.1: Existing Dust Sensitive Receptors – Human Receptors Table 8.2: Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations Table 8.3: Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations Table 8.4: NO2 Monitoring Data Used for Verification Purposes Table 8.5: 2016 Background Pollutant Concentrations Used in the Air Quality Assessment Obtained from the 2015-based Defra Default Concentration Maps Table 8.6: 2026 Background Pollutant Concentrations Used in the Air Quality Assessment Obtained from the 2015-based Defra Default Concentration Maps Table 8.7: 2030 Background Pollutant Concentrations Used in the Air Quality Assessment Obtained from the 2015-based Defra Default Concentration Maps Table 8.8: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.6 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2016 Base Year Scenario Table 8.9: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.6 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 Opening Year and 2030 Future Year ‘Without Development’ Scenarios Table 8.10: Construction Phase Dust Assessment Table 8.11: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.6 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 ‘Without Development’ and ‘With Development’ Scenarios Table 8.12: Impact on NO2 Concentrations Table 8.13: Impact on PM10 Concentrations Table 8.14: Impact on PM2.6 Concentrations Table 8.15: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.6 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 ‘With Development’ Scenario Table 8.16: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.6 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2030 ‘Without Development’ and ‘With Development’ Scenarios Table 8.17: Impact on NO2 Concentrations Table 8.18: Impact on PM10 Concentrations

4

Table 8.19: Impact on PM2.5 Concentrations Table 8.20: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.6 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2030 ‘With Development’ Scenario Table 9.1: Criteria for determining the sensitivity of heritage assets Table 9.2: Criteria for determining magnitude of impact Table 9.3: Guidelines for determining significant of effect Table 11.1: Sensitivity of Resource Table 11.2: Magnitude of Effect Table 11.3: Significant of Impacts Table 11.4: Summary Table of Significance Table 12.1: Receptor Sensitivity Table 12.2: Significant of Impacts Table 12.3: Significant Level Definitions Table 12.4: Possible Mitigation Measures Table 12.5: Existing Pollutant Linkages Table 12.6: Assessment Summary Table 13.1: Impact Definition Table 13.2: Scale of Impact Definition Table 13.3: Population 2001 and 2011 Table 13.4: Employment Sectors Table 13.5: Employment Sectors (LIA) Table 13.6: School Pla12ce Requirements Table 14.1: Classification of impacts (modified from IOM Framework) Table 14.2: Residual Impacts associated with the Proposed Development Table 14.3: Summary of Cumulative Health Impacts Table 15.1: Magnitude of Impacts on the Two Receptors Table 15.2: Sensitivity of Receptors Table 15.3: Significant of Effects Table 15.4: Area of land occupied by the different grades Table 15.5: Summary of Impacts Table 16.1: Impact Definition Table 16.2: Scale of Impact Definition Table 16.3: Open Space Typologies – NWBC Table 16.4: Open Space Provision in Tamworth by Typology Table 16.5: Open Space Requirement and Development Provision

5 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. BACKGROUND

1.1.1. This Environmental Statement (“ES”) has been prepared to support an outline planning application by Hallam Land Management Ltd (“the Applicant”) for residential and associated development. The application comprises up to 1540 dwellings, (including a 100 bed extra care home) a community hub, (up to 2,250m2 of gross floorspace for Uses A1-A5, B1a-B1b, D1 and D2) , a primary school, green infrastructure including children’s play space, playing fields, sports pavilion, allotments and informal open space, vehicular access, drainage infrastructure and landscaping. This ES however assesses up to a maximum quantum of 1700 dwellings (together with the matters listed above) and this is reflective of how the scheme has evolved through the process. This quantum has been maintained for the purposes of this assessment to avoid abortive work and to ensure future flexibility.

1.1.2. The proposed scheme forms a wider development following the submission of an outline application (PAP/2017/0257) in May 2017 for up to 500 dwellings and associated development (‘Phase 1’) on part of the Site. This application is currently undetermined. The proposed scheme effectively supersedes application PAP/2017/0257.

1.1.3. With the exception of access, all other matters (layout, appearance, scale and landscaping) are reserved for further consideration.

1.1.4. The application site (“the Site”) comprises 96.0ha of land to the east of the Former Tamworth Golf Course site, north of Tamworth Road (B5000) and west of the M42 encompassing land both to the west and east of Robey’s Lane. The site includes approximately 30ha of land to the east of Robey’s Lane, referenced as ‘Phase 1’ (and subject to application PAP/2017/0257). The remaining 66ha of land is to the west of Robey’s Lane and comprises the proposed allocation ‘H13’ in the emerging North Warwickshire Submission Draft Local Plan, minus a small area to the south east known as Priory Farm. The land to the west of Robey’s Lane is referenced as ‘Phase 2’ within this ES. ‘Phase 1’ and ‘Phase 2’ is referenced throughout the

6 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

technical chapters and is a consequence of the scheme originally being planned as two separate applications. It is also useful to maintain these descriptions, because, at the time of writing, it separates land that is not proposed for allocation (Phase 1) and land that is proposed for allocation (Phase 2) in the emerging Local Plan. However, it has been determined to submit a composite application for the whole site.

1.1.5. The reference to Phase1/Phase 2, should not be confused with the Phasing Plan submitted as part of the ES which provides a more detailed breakdown of how the Site is to be delivered using an alphabetical labelling of A-F. The location of the Site is shown on Figure 1.1. A plan showing the land within Phase 1 and Phase 2 respectively is provided at Figure 1.2.

1.1.6. The development proposals are illustrated on a masterplan prepared by FPCR Environment and Design Ltd and the majority of residential development (circa 1200 dwellings and an extra care home facility) is within ‘Phase 2’ to the west of Robey’s Lane. The Phase 2 land will also accommodate the community hub, open space and some of the drainage infrastructure. Phase 1 includes circa 240 dwellings, the primary school, sports pitches including a pavilion and other green and drainage infrastructure. The principal access will be from Phase 1, with a secondary access from Phase 2, both from the B5000. A third access point to the site and one which joins the two phases, is proposed in the form of a cross roads on Robey’s Lane, to the south of Alvecote Wood.

1.1.7. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) has been co-ordinated by Freeths LLP including providing Chapters 1-4, 13, 16 and 17 with individual chapter inputs from the Waterman Group (Chapter 5), Cole Jarman (Chapter 6), FPCR (Chapters 7 and 10), Wardell-Armstrong (Chapter 8), CGMS Consulting (Chapter 9), BWB (Chapters 11 and 12), Ghem Consultants (Chapter 14) and Land Research Associates (Chapter 15). Consideration has been given to climate matter (for example greenhouse gas emissions/flood risk and accidents and disasters, as required by the EIA Regulations, within the above environmental chapters, where considered necessary, rather than forming separate chapters within the ES

7 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.2. PURPOSE OF ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT

1.2.1. The aim of an EIA is to protect the environment by ensuring that a local planning authority when deciding whether to grant planning permission for a project, which is likely to have significant effects on the environment, does so in the full knowledge of the likely significant effects, and takes this into account in the decision making process. The aim of an EIA is also to ensure that the public are given early and effective opportunities to participate in the decision making procedures.

1.2.2. The purpose of this EIA is to identify any environmental issues of significance in relation to the proposed development and to ensure that these are effectively addressed for both the construction and operational phases of the proposals.

1.2.3. This ES provides data to identify and assess any environmental effects resulting from the proposed development which are likely to be of significance and provides a description of measures envisaged in order to avoid, reduce or remedy, if possible, significant adverse effects.

1.3. BACKGROUND TO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

1.3.1. An EIA has been carried out to assess the likely effects of the proposed development in accordance with the European Council Directive 97/11/EC (amending 85/337EEC) on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment. Discretion as to which projects require an EIA is with member states and in England this is governed by the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England) Regulations 2017. Schedule 1 of the Regulations sets out those types of developments for which an EIA will always be required. Schedule 2 sets out developments for which an EIA is not mandatory, but would be required if the development is likely to have significant effects on the environmental by virtue of its size, nature or location.

1.3.2. The development proposal falls with Section 10(b) of Schedule 2 of the 2017 Regulations (the Regulations) which is described as “Urban development projects, including the construction of shopping centres and car parks, sports stadiums, leisure centres and multiplex cinemas.” Residential development would fall within this category and the Regulations thresholds dictate that on sites in excess of 0.5ha a screening opinion as to whether an EIA is required should be sought. This does not equate to every scheme on sites over 0.5ha requiring an EIA, far from it,

8 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

but an application of the selection criteria within Schedule 3 to determine whether a project is likely to have significant environmental effects.

1.3.3. The development proposal constitutes a site area of 96ha. A Screening Opinion was sought for the Phase 1 scheme from the local planning authority, North Warwickshire Borough Council (“NWBC”), on 29 April 2016 and a response was received from NWBC on 4 May 2016 confirming that they determined that the scheme constituted EIA development. The main reason cited by NWBC was that when considered cumulatively with other committed or potential projects, the scheme formed a size that was likely to have significant environment effects. A copy of the request and the subsequent Screening Opinion are provided in Appendix 1.1.

1.3.4. Given the scale of the proposals for the Site and for the reasons outlined in NWBC’s Scoping Opinion for Phase 1, the Applicant did not seek fresh a Screening Opinion and instead proceeded straight to a Scoping Opinion exercise.

1.3.5. There is no statutory provision as to the form of an ES. However, it must contain the information specified in Part 1 of Schedule 4 as is reasonably required to assess the effects of the project and which the applicant can reasonably be required to compile. It may consist of one or more documents, but it must constitute a “single and accessible compilation of the relevant environmental information and the summary in non-technical language” (Berkeley v SSETR [2000] 3 All ER 897, 908). Table 1.1 below, summarises the requirements of an ES as taken from Part 2 of Schedule 4 of the Regulations.

Table 1.1 – Requirement of Schedule 4 of the Regulations. Schedule 4 Requirement of Schedule 4 Location within Regulation No. this ES

1. A description of a) location of the Chapter 2 development, Chapter 3 b) physical characteristics Chapter 5-17 of the development Chapter 5-17 c) operational phase characteristics d) estimate of expected residues and emissions

9 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

2. An outline of the main alternatives studied by the Chapter 1 applicant or appellant and an indication of the main reasons for the choice made, taking into account the environmental effects.

3. A description of relevant Chapters 5-16 aspects of the current state of the environment (the baseline scenario) and an outline of the likely evolution thereof without the development.

4. A description of the factors Chapters 5-16 specified in regulation 4(2) likely to be significantly affected by the development:

5. A description of the likely Chapters 5-17 significant effects of the development on the environment

6. A description of the forecasting Chapters 5-16 method or evidence, used to identify and assess the significant effects on the environment, including any difficulties identified.

7. A description of the measures Chapters 5-16 envisaged in order to avoid, reduce and, if possible, offset any identified significant adverse effects on the environment.

8. A description of the expected Chapters 5-17 significant adverse effects of the development on the environment deriving from the vulnerability of the development to risks of major accidents and/or disasters which

10 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

are relevant to the project concerned

9. A non-technical summary of Non Technical the information provided Summary Document (separate to the ES document)

10. A reference list detailing the Chapters 5-16 sources used for the descriptions and assessments included in the ES.

1.4. SCOPE OF ASSESSMENT

1.4.1. A Scoping Opinion request was submitted to NWBC on 7 February 2018 comprising a covering letter scoping report and site location. Previously, in September 2017, a Scoping Opinion had been sought for Phase 2 land only, but given that the scheme now consists of a larger site, this has been superseded. Previous to this for the Phase 1 application, a Scoping Opinion had been issued for this part of the site only.

1.4.2. NWBC issued a Scoping Opinion for the Site on 15 March 2018, which set out the responses received from a number of consultees, noting that not all consultees had responded at the time of issuing the Scoping Opinion. The Scoping Opinion principally raised two over-arching issues, namely highway impacts and the cumulative impact of this and other developments in respect of provision and delivery of infrastructure – particularly for education and health.

Following the September 2017 Scoping Opinion comments were made in respect of soil quality and open space provision (Natural England). Having regard for these comments, the ES has widened its scope from Phase 1 to include chapters on these matters, entitled Chapter 15: Agriculture and Soils and Chapter 16 Open Space and Rights of Way. A copy of the Scoping Opinion request (dated February 2018) and NWBC’s formal response (the Scoping Opinion) is contained within Appendix 1.2, together with the previous scoping opinion issued in September 2017.

11 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.4.3. The EIA takes the following form:

 Volume 1 – The ES comprising Chapters 1-17 and containing the findings of the assessment.  Volume 2 – Figures referenced in the main ES (Volume 1)  Volume 3 – The Technical Appendices comprising supporting documentation to chapters as required.  Non-Technical Summary

1.4.4. The chapters of the ES are as follows:

Table 1.2 – List of ES Chapters

Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2. The Site and its Surroundings Chapter 3. The Proposed Development Chapter 4. Planning Policy Context Chapter 5. Transport and Access Chapter 6. Noise and Vibration Chapter 7. Ecology Chapter 8. Air Quality Chapter 9. Cultural Heritage Chapter 10. Landscape and Visual Chapter 11. Water Environment Chapter 12. Geology and Contamination Chapter 13. Socio-Economic Chapter 14. Human Health Chapter 15. Agriculture and Soils Chapter 16. Open Space and Rights of Way Chapter 17. Conclusions

12 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.4.5. Each technical chapter (ie: Chapters 5-16) adopts a structure comprising the following:

Table 1.3 – Structure of Technical Chapters

1. Introduction 2. Legislation and Policy 3. Methodology 4. Description of Baseline Conditions 5. Predicted Impacts of Proposed Development Without Mitigation (during construction and operational phases) 6. Details of Proposed Mitigation 7. Description of residual impacts (during construction and operational phases) 8. Cumulative Impact 9. Limitations and Assumptions 10. Conclusions

1.4.6. In respect of ‘impact’, for ease of analysis and consistency, each chapter has adopted a specific definition of express impacts and these are listed below in table 1.4.

Table 1.4 – Impact Definition:

Impact Definition

Adverse detrimental or negative impacts to an environmental resource or receptor

Beneficial advantageous of positive impact to an environmental resource or receptor;

Negligible no significant impacts to an environmental resource or receptor.

1.4.7. Further where adverse or beneficial impacts have been identified, these are appraised against the scale of impacts as set out below in Table 1.5.

13 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 1.5 – Scale of Impact Definition: Scale of Impact Definition

Minor Slight, very short term or highly localised impact of no significant consequence;

Moderate Limited impact (by extent, duration or magnitude) which may nonetheless be considered significant in the context of the site and/or surrounding areas

Major Considerable impact (by extend, duration or magnitude) of more than local significance or in breach of recognised acceptability, legislation, policy or standards

1.4.8. The sensitivity or importance of receptors is established in each chapter, where appropriate, and is based on the relative importance of the existing environmental features either on the site or nearby to the site. Criteria for the determination of sensitivity or of importance or value of receptors are established based on approved guidance, legislation, statutory designation and/or professional judgment.

1.4.9. In addition the magnitude of potential effects on environmental baseline conditions is identified through consideration of the development and this combined with the sensitivity of the receptor determines the significance of effect.

1.4.10. The significance of the effects arising from the development, unless justified otherwise, will be reported on the following scale:  Major Adverse  Moderate Adverse  Minor Adverse  Negligible  Minor Beneficial  Moderate Beneficial  Major Beneficial

14 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.4.11. Effects evaluated as Negligible or Minor are considered to be manageable and are therefore ‘Not Significant’. Effects assessed as Major are considered to be ‘Significant’ with some moderate effects capable of being significant. The significance effect is assessed and expressed as the residual effects of development and therefore accounts for the implementation of mitigation measures.

1.5. ASSESSMENT OF ALTERNATIVES

1.5.1. This section analyses the ‘alternatives’ of the development on the proposed Site. This essentially comprises assessing the following:  Alternative sites (at a broad level)  A ‘do nothing’ scenario (which examines the effects of not developing the Site);and  Restricting the development to that proposed for allocation in the North Warwickshire Draft Submission Local Plan (“NWDSLP”)

1.5.2. The development of this Site is proposed to deliver the emerging allocation identified as H13 in the NWDSLP. To assist with the commencement of the proposed allocation in a timely manner the Site encompasses land to the east of Robey’s Lane (Phase 1). This is to ensure that critical infrastructure, principally in the form of the main vehicular access, but also including earlier provision of the primary school are secured and to prevent delays to the delivery of housing. An extended allocation to reflect the proposed application is being pursued through the Local Plan process.

Other alternatives 1.5.3. As part of the recent consultation (December 2017-March 2018) for the NWDSLP the Sustainability Appraisal (December 2017) (“SA”) formed part of the evidence base. This document appraises the sustainability of the Plan, its allocations and its policies and as part of this identifies ‘reasonable alternatives’ which have been identified but ultimately discounted as forming part of the Local Plan.

1.5.4. In terms of site allocations, Chapter 5 of the SA breaks down selected and non selected options into the settlement hierarchy categories within the draft Local Plan. The Phase 2 element of the Site forms the proposed allocation H13 and this falls within category 2 ‘adjacent to adjoining settlements’, identified in the SA as

15 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

reference ‘POL23’. Within this category two alternatives are presented, namely reference WIS1 - Land at Lindridge Road, adjacent Langley Sue, Wishaw and DLP329 - Land off Tamworth Road, Polesworth.

1.5.5. Site WIS1 is proposed for allocation under reference H14 in the emerging plan but is much smaller than the Site at 6.7ha. This site is allocated for 141 dwellings and therefore represents less than 10% of the quantum sought under this application. Due to its size it is therefore not considered a reasonable alternative where there would be merit in providing further analysis in terms of comparison of impact.

1.5.6. DLP329 has not been chosen for allocation. This again is much smaller than the Site and in any event is subject to planning application by Taylor Wimpey for 150 dwellings (reference PAP/2017/0602).

1.5.7. In respect of category 1, ‘Market Towns’, there are a range of 39 sites that have been analysed as part of the Local Plan site selection process by NWBC but have been concluded as ‘not preferred site allocations’ and therefore discounted. These cover the market towns of Atherstone with Mancetter, Coleshill and Polesworth with Dordon. These sites and the reasons for discounting them as part of the Local Plan selection process are presented in Appendix 1.3. In the context that they have been discounted as part of the Local Plan process, they are not considered reasonable alternatives for the purpose of this ES.

1.5.8. Part of the Site (Phase 1) falls within land discounted through the SA and identified as PS158. PS158 actually comprises a much larger area of land including the remaining part of the Site. The Phase 1 section of the site and land to the north was discounted by the LPA for the purposes of allocation in the emerging Local Plan on the basis of its function as proposed Meaningful Gap. This matter is covered in detail in Chapter 10 of the ES.

1.5.9. As per the sites listed in Appendix 1.3, the Site (as a whole) has not been selected as part of the NWSDLP and this therefore brings us to two further scenarios. The ‘do nothing’ scenario, where no development occurs and alternatively a development which is restricted to the proposed allocation in the NWSDLP.

The ‘do nothing’ scenario 1.5.10. If the Site was not developed at all, then the environmental impacts appraised within this assessment would not occur. However, the development of the Site is

16 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

being promoted to deliver housing as part of proposed allocation H13 and represents the third largest allocation in the emerging Local Plan and therefore its delivery is critical to the success of the Plan providing sufficient housing to meeting the Plan’s aspirations.

1.5.11. There are considerable economic and social benefits in bringing forward the Site and this ES examines and ultimately concludes that that environmental impacts in delivering this site are acceptable.

Restricting development to the proposed allocation only 1.5.12. A further alternative is to restrict the proposed development to that proposed for allocation within the NWSDLP. This would amount to 1270 dwellings and would confine development to the west of Robey’s Lane.

1.5.13. Firstly, in terms of quantum of development such a scenario would represent 82% of the residential dwellings proposed by this application and 69% of the site area. As such the ‘difference’ between such schemes is relatively narrow and would be restricted to development east of Robey’s Lane.

1.5.14. The impacts of restricting development to the proposed allocation site are not considered likely to be significantly different to that of the proposed scheme. In the context of the size of the proposed allocation, the additional development is not considered likely to give rise to ‘significant’ effects and there are a number of benefits of extending the Site to the east of Robey’s Lane, over and above the current proposed allocation. This includes provision of a more appropriate and deliverable access to the site; consequently an earlier delivery of dwellings which will assist in meeting Local Plan targets, earlier provision of infrastructure, including a primary school and increased green infrastructure and open space provision. On this basis it was determined not to pursue the proposed allocation in isolation and representations have been made to the Local Plan process to extend the proposed allocation to the extent of the Site. The merits of this are discussed in more detail in the Planning Statement.

1.5.15. Having examined the reasonable alternatives which comprise a range of other sites considered through the Local Plan process, a ‘do nothing’ scenario and an alternative quantum of development on the site, it is concluded that the proposal

17 Environmental Statement (Chapter 1) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

represents the best option for delivering sustainable development that will make a significant contribution to housing needs both in the Borough and beyond.

1.6. COMPETENCY STATEMENT

1.6.1. Regulation 18(5) requires that an ES is prepared by competent experts and that the ES is accompanied by a statement outlining the relevant expertise or qualifications of such experts. The various chapters of this ES have been prepared by specialists in their relevant fields and a competency statement is provided demonstrating this as Appendix 1.4.

18 Environmental Statement (Chapter 2) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

2. SITE AND SURROUNDINGS

2.1. SITE DESCRIPTION

2.1.1. The Site comprises 96ha of mainly arable agricultural land sited to the north of the B5000 Tamworth Road, the immediate west of the M42 motorway and east of the Former Tamworth Golf Course. Robey’s Lane divides the site into two main parcels. To the east of Robey’s Lane is approx 30ha of agricultural land and this area is known as Phase 1. This part of the site incorporates three agricultural fields, with the largest field which abuts the B5000 accounting for the majority of this land. To the west of Robey’s Lane, is a further 66ha and again this is predominately agricultural land, but also includes the Daytona Go-Kart track in the southern portion of the site. Woodhouse Farm, comprising a farmhouse and a range of agricultural buildings is sited approximately 600m from the southern boundary of the site (B5000) and is accessed off Robey’s Lane. The buildings known as Priory Farm to the immediate south east of the go-kart track us not within the application site. A site location plan is provided in Figure 1.1.

2.1.2. The Site has a gently undulating topography with the highest points of the being along the southern swathe of the Site, particularly the go-kart kart which is located at around 110m AOD. The levels reduce to the centre of the site before rising again to approx 100m AOD to the north west of Alvecote Wood.

2.1.3. The site is open in character with fields largely absent of any significant vegetation, other than a small number of individual trees. There is a small area of woodland on the southern boundary adjacent to the go kart site and a tree belt follows a water course on the western boundary.

2.1.4. The section of the Site to the west of Robey’s Lane (Phase 2) is proposed for allocation in the emerging North Warwickshire Local Plan for 1270 dwellings. The Local Plan was submitted to the Secretary of State for examination on 27 March 2018.

2.1.5. The land to the east of Robey’s Lane forms part of an area proposed to be designated as a Meaningful Gap in the emerging Local Plan. The emerging Local Plan seeks to define the extent of the Meaningful Gap which is established as a

19 Environmental Statement (Chapter 2) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

principle to respect the separate identities of Tamworth and Polesworth and Dordon in the adopted North Warwickshire Core Strategy (See Chapter 4). The extent of the Meaningful Gap as proposed in the emerging North Warwickshire Local Plan is shown in Figure 2.1.

2.2. SURROUNDINGS

2.2.1. The site, with the exception of a very small area of highway land to the south of the site (which is in Tamworth) is located within the administrative boundary of North Warwickshire. The western boundary of the site forms the boundary with Tamworth Borough Council and the site has a close relationship with the built up area of eastern Tamworth.

2.2.2. The B5000 Tamworth Road runs west to east to the immediate south of the site and beyond this to the south is a residential area of Tamworth known as Stoneydelph and a sports club with open fields. Between Stoneydelph and the M42 is open countryside in agricultural use, although the northern section of the land is subject to a planning appeal by Taylor Wimpey for 150 dwellings (PAP/2017/0602). The closest junction of the M42 is junction 10 located approximately 2.7 miles from the site accessed via the B5000, Pennine Way and the A5 which runs to west to east, to the south Tamworth and Dordon respectively.

2.2.3. To the east of the Site and beyond the M42 is open countryside before the settlement of Polesworth which is 1.2km from the application site and accessed directly from the B5000. The potential route for HS2 runs south west to north east to the east of the Site, starting on the west side of the M42 and tunnelling under the motorway before re-appearing on the east side of the M42 and located in the open countryside between the motorway and Polesworth. Also, to the immediate east is Alvecote Wood (designated Ancient Woodland) and further open agricultural land.

2.2.4. Beyond Alvecote Wood and to the north east is Pooley Country Park, which is a Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) and Alvecote Priory and Dovecote (Scheduled Ancient Monument). To the immediate north is Alvecote Marina and beyond this the West Coast Railway, the Coventry Canal, the Alvecote Pools Local Nature Reserve (part of the SSSI) and the villages of Alvecote and Shuttington.

20 Environmental Statement (Chapter 2) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

2.2.5. Bordering the site to the west is the Former Tamworth Golf Course, which was granted outline planning permission in January 2016 by Tamworth Borough Council, (ref :0088/2015) for the demolition of the clubhouse and construction of up to 1,100 dwellings, primary school, local community centre, parking, green infrastructure comprising community woodland, extension to local nature reserve formal and informal open spaces, footpaths, cycleways, water areas (including a sustainable urban drainage system), landscaping and vehicular access. A copy of the site location plan and approved indicative masterplan is provided in Figures 2.2 and Figure 2.3.

2.2.6. Subsequent reserved matters approval has been granted for the Former Tamworth Golf Course under references 0136/2016, 0400/2016 and 0129/2018 for a total of 724 dwellings and the approved layouts are contained within Figures 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6.

2.2.7. Figure 2.7 provides a wider context plan referencing the surrounding features described in this Chapter.

2.2.8. The site is approximately 0.7miles (1.1km) from the nearest local centre at Stoneydelph which contains a range of facilities including a retail convenience store, a doctor’s surgery, a public house, a fish and chip shop and a community hall. There are also two existing primary schools in close proximity to the local centre, with Stoneydelph Primary School and the Three Peaks Primary School both located on Pennine Way and approximately 1.4km and 1.6km from the site. The nearest secondary schools are Landau Forte Academy, and Polesworth School, both approximately 2.2km from the site. Figures 2.8 and 2.9 of the ES provide local facilities plans for Tamworth and Polesworth respectively.

2.2.9. In respect of public transport the Transport Assessment sets out the facilities available in detail. In summary the most frequent and key bus service is Arriva’s 65 service which operates along the B5000 and travels between Tamworth and Nuneaton. There is a bus stop at Polesworth Sports Ground, which is opposite the site, and travel time to the Tamworth town centre bus travel interchange is approx 20 minutes. This is an hourly service.

2.2.10. The train station is approximately 4km away from the site and lies on three prominent railway lines run by London Midlands, Virgin Trains and Cross Country

21 Environmental Statement (Chapter 2) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Trains. Regular destinations from Tamworth station include London Euston, Birmingham New Street, Derby, Nottingham and Stafford.

2.2.11. For the purposes of assessing cumulative scope, this ES analyses the consented Tamworth Golf Course site (1100 dwellings). The Transport chapter also includes various other permissions as part of the traffic data which is detailed in the Transport Assessment.

22 Environmental Statement (Chapter 3) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

3. THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT

3.1. DESCRIPTION OF DEVELOPMENT

3.1.1. The ES supports an application to NWBC for outline planning permission for residential and associated development. The description of development is detailed below:

“Demolition of all existing buildings and construction of up to 1540 dwellings (including a 100 bed unit extra care home); a community hub (up to 2,250m² of gross floorspace for Use Class A1-A5, B1a-B1b, D1 and D2), a two form entry primary school, the provision of green infrastructure comprising playing fields and sports pavilion, formal and informal open space, children’s play area, woodland planting and habitat creation, allotments, walking and cycling routes, sustainable drainage infrastructure, vehicular access and landscaping.”

3.1.2. As referenced in Chapter 1 the ES tests development up to 1700 dwellings but the application seeks permission for a maximum of 1540 dwellings.

3.2. ACCESS

3.2.1. The application seeks outline approval with layout, scale, appearance and landscaping, reserved for further consideration and means of access submitted for detailed approval. The vehicular access points are proposed at three locations, numerically identified on the Parameters Plan (Figure 3.1). as follows:

 1 – A proposed four arm roundabout onto the B5000 opposite Chiltern Road. This will be the principal access to the site.  2 – A traffic signalised T junction between Robey’s Lane and the B5000, to the west of access 1, with access into the site, immediately north of Priory Farm  3 - A T ‘priority’ junction when approaching from the north along Robey’s Lane, allowing access either west or east into the site.

The proposed access arrangements are shown in detail on Appendix 5.1.

23 Environmental Statement (Chapter 3) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

3.3. INDICATIVE MASTERPLAN

3.3.1. The illustrative masterplan provides a framework for the development of the Site and is contained in Figure 3.2. The land to the east of Robey’s Lane (land identified as Phase 1) and what is currently proposed as Meaningful Gap by NWBC, will contain approximately 240 dwellings, sited to the west of proposed principal access road and broadly in line with the built up area of Stoneydelph to the south of the B5000. To the east of the access road it is proposed to site the primary school and its associated playing field. The primary school is proposed as a two form entry and would have a capacity for 420 children from ages 4-11. The remaining land to the east of Robey’s Lane is proposed for a mix of open space uses including playing fields (and associated sports pavilion), allotments, a children’s play area, multi purpose recreational areas/routes and structural planting.

3.3.2. Within the Phase 1 area 6.7ha of approx 30ha of land is identified for housing (23%) and the nearest housing is in excess of 300m from the eastern boundary of the site. The vast majority of this part of the Site, over 20ha, is given over to open space and recreational use.

3.3.3. The majority of the housing (1300 dwellings) is proposed on land to the west of Robey’s Lane, identified as Phase 2, and proposed for residential allocation in the emerging Local Plan. The figure of 1300 includes a 100 bed extra care home unit. The residential areas are proposed throughout this area but are bordered on all sides by further open space and green infrastructure. The open space and green infrastructure further penetrate through areas identified for housing.

3.3.4. The proposed housing will comprise a mix of 1-5 bed housing, including an element of affordable housing. The Design and Access Statement contains an indicative housing mix which sets out that the scheme will broadly be as follows:

 1 bed – 25 (1.5%)  2 bed – 300 (19.5%)  3 bed – 650 (42%)  4 bed – 370 (24%  5 bed – 95 (6%)  Extra Care/elderly – 100 (6%)

24 Environmental Statement (Chapter 3) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Total: 1540

3.3.5. The scheme will be predominately two storey, with occasional use of two and a half storeys and the maximum parameter height for residential buildings (with the exception of the extra care home) will be 10.5m.

3.3.6. The community hub is proposed to situated in broadly the centre of the site and will contain a range of uses within Use Class A1-A5, B1a, B1b, D1 and D2, up to a maximum of 2250m².

3.3.7. The exact breakdown will not be determined until the reserved matters stage and the range is proposed to provide flexibility. The community hub and extra care facility is proposed at a maximum height of 12m. The extra care facility is to be located to the immediate south of the community hub.

3.3.8. There are a total of 4 four children’s play areas across the site as a whole, comprising two Neighbourhood Equipped Play Areas (NEAPs) and two Local Equipped Play Areas (LEAPs). The NEAP within the Phase 1 land is also proposed to accommodate facilities for older children in the form of a Multi-Use Games Area (MUGA).

3.3.9. In summary the Site has a total area of 96ha of which 41.6ha are proposed for residential (including the extra care facility) which amounts to 43%. The Green Infrastructure of the scheme totals 50ha, representing 52% of the Site. A fuller breakdown of the proposed uses and their site coverage is shown on the Parameters Plan.

3.4. PHASING

3.4.1. Given the size of the proposed development the phasing of its delivery will be an important consideration to ensure that the scheme comes forward in an sustainable manner. An indicative phasing plan is provided as Figure 3.3.

3.4.2. The phasing plan divides the site in six areas, labelled A-F, and itemises what is envisaged to be delivered in each phase. The first phase is Phase ‘A’, which is the land to the east of Robey’s Lane and this land is required to be brought forward first to provide an early vehicular access to ensure that the site can start delivering

25 Environmental Statement (Chapter 3) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

development. This phase also contains the primary school which is proposed to be provided after the first 150 dwellings are completed. This phase contains a significant amount of open space and sports provision. Whilst for illustrative purposes it has been included within Phase A, in practice it is likely to brought forward on a proportionate basis in line with the completion of dwellings across the wider development.

3.4.3. Phases B-F are within the land to the west of Robey’s Lane and it can be seen that the general premise is that central area of the site, Phase B, which will include the community hub and extra care facility, will be built first. This phase also includes a vehicular connection to Robey’s Lane. Beyond this it is envisaged that the development will first proceed north and the latter phases will be E and F, which are within the south and include the existing go-kart land. The indicative phasing plan is provided to demonstrate how the development could be phased but it is not fixed and a detailed phasing proposal could be secured by condition.

3.5. SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS

3.5.1. In addition to this ES, the application is also supported by a number of other documents including a Design and Access Statement, Planning Statement, Affordable Housing Statement, a Sustainability Statement (both contained within the Planning Statement), a Utilities Assessment, a Site Waste Management Plan and a Viability Assessment.

26 Environmental Statement (Chapter 4) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

4. PLANNING POLICY CONTEXT

4.1. INTRODUCTION

4.1.1. The Development Plan comprises the North Warwickshire Core Strategy (2014) and the Local Plan (2006). The new Development Plan was previously being created on a two tier system with the Site Allocations and Development Management Policies forming part of the Plan. However, NWBC’s new Local Plan will merge into a single document to take account of widening development requirements. The new Local Plan has been through several rounds of consultation and was submitted to the Secretary of State for examination on 27 March 2018. However, the Development Plan for the purpose of determination of planning applications remains to be the Core Strategy and 2006 Local Plan.

4.1.2. This section identifies the key local and national planning policy and also the emerging policy from the Draft Local Plan. Appendix 4.1 contains a summary of all of the relevant policies within the North Warwickshire Core Strategy (2014), the North Warwickshire Local Plan (2006) and the Emerging New North Warwickshire Local Plan (2017). The Planning Statement appraises the application against these policies, including analysis of the weight to be given to either out of date or emerging policies in the new Local Plan.

4.2. CORE STRATEGY (2014)

4.2.1. The key policies within the adopted Core Strategy which affect the principle of development are as follows:

 Policy NW1 – Sustainable Development  Policy NW2 – Settlement Hierarchy  Policy NW4 - Housing Development  Policy NW5 – Split of Housing Numbers  Policy NW19 – Polesworth and Dordon

4.2.2. Other important policies that guide technical or design matters, including chapters within this ES comprise the following:

27 Environmental Statement (Chapter 4) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Policy NW6 – Affordable Housing  Policy NW10 – Development Considerations  Policy NW11 – Renewable Energy Efficiency  Policy NW12 – Quality of Development  Policy NW13 – Natural Environment  Policy NW14 – Historic Environment  Policy NW15 – Nature Conservation  Policy NW16 – Green Infrastructure  Policy NW21 – Transport  Policy NW22 – Infrastructure.

4.3. LOCAL PLAN (2006)

4.3.1. Appendix B of the adopted Core Strategy explains that many of the policies of the Local Plan are replaced by the Core Strategy. However, a number of Saved Local Plan Policies survive. The only remaining saved policy within the adopted Local Plan which affects the principle of development is Policy HSG3 – Housing Outside of Development Boundaries.

4.3.2. Other important policies that guide technical or design matters, including chapters within this ES comprise the following:

 Policy ENV4 – Trees and Hedgerows  Policy ENV9 – Air Quality  Policy ENV12 – Urban Design  Policy ENV13 – Building Design  Policy ENV14 – Access Design  Policy ENV15 – Heritage Conservation, Enhancement and Interpretation  Policy ENV16 - Listed Buildings, Non Listed Buildings of Local Historic Value and Sites of Archaeological Importance  Policy HSG4 - Densities

4.4. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK (NPPF 2018)

4.4.1. The NPPF sets out the Government’s planning policies for England and how these are expected to be applied. It explains that the purpose of the planning system is to contribute to the achievement of sustainable development. In July 2018 a

28 Environmental Statement (Chapter 4) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

revised version of the NPPF was published and it is against this version that the ES based.

4.4.2. There are three dimensions to sustainable development and these give rise to the planning system performing three principal roles; economic, social and environmental. The NPPF1 explains that these roles should not be taken in isolation as they are not mutually dependent.

4.4.3. The NPPF contains a presumption in favour of sustainable development2, which for decision taking means approving developments that accord with the development plan without delay; or where there are no relevant development plan policies or the policies which are most important for determining the application are out of date, granting permission unless: the application of policies in the Framework that protect areas or assets of particular importance provides a clear reason for refusing the development proposed or any adverse impacts of doing so would significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in this Framework taken as a whole. .

4.4.4. There a significant number of policies contained within the NPPF which are relevant and help shape the development proposals. These are contained in the following chapters:

 Chapter 2 – Achieving Sustainable Development  Chapter 4 – Decision Taking  Chapter 5 – Delivering a Sufficient Supply of Homes  Chapter 8 – Promoting Healthy and Safe Communities  Chapter 9 – Promoting Sustainable Transport  Chapter 11 – Making Effective Use of Land  Chapter 12 – Achieving Well-Designed Places  Chapter 14 – Meeting the Challenge of Climate Change, Flooding and Coastal Change  Chapter 15 – Conserving and Enhancing the Natural Environment  Chapter 16 - Conserving and Enhancing the Historic Environment  Annex 1 – Implementation

1 Paragraph 8 2 Paragraph 11

29 Environmental Statement (Chapter 4) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

4.5. NORTH WARWICKSHIRE LOCAL PLAN DRAFT SUBMISSION (2017)

4.5.1. The North Warwickshire Local Plan Draft Submission (NWLPDS) will replace the Core Strategy with some changes and will incorporate site allocations and development management policies to provide a new Local Plan for the period up to 2033. The NWLPDS recently was subject to consultation (December 2017- March 2018) and was submitted to the Secretary of State for examination on 27 March 2018 . Paragraph 48 of the NPPF sets out the weight that should be given to relevant policies in emerging plans.

4.5.2. The key policies within the which affect the principle of development are as follows:

 Policy LP1 – Sustainable Development  Policy LP2 – Settlement Hierarchy  Policy LP5 – Meaningful Gap  Policy LP6 – Amount of Development  Policy LP39 – Housing Allocations

4.5.3. Figure 2.1 provides a plan displaying the extent of the Meaningful Gap as proposed by in the NWLPDS. Figure 4.1 shows the extent of the site allocation for the site identified as Land West of Robey’s Lane, adjacent to Tamworth..

 Other important policies that guide technical or design matters, including chapters within this ES comprise the following:  Policy LP7 – Housing Development  Policy LP8 – Windfall Allowance  Policy LP9 – Affordable Housing Provision  Policy LP14 - Natural Environment  Policy LP15 - Historic Environment  Policy LP16 - Nature Conservation  Policy LP17 – Green Infrastructure  Policy LP24 – Recreational Provision  Policy LP25 – Transport Assessment  Policy LP28 – Strategic Road Improvements  Policy LP29 – Walking and Cycling  Policy LP31 – Development Considerations

30 Environmental Statement (Chapter 4) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Policy LP32 – Built Form  Policy LP35 – Water Management  Policy LP36 – Parking  Policy LP37 – Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency  Policy LP38 – Information and Communication Technologies

4.6. SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING DOCUMENTS

4.6.1. NWBC has a number of adopted Supplementary Planning Guidance/Documents (SPGs/SPDs). Those considered relevant to the development proposal comprise:

 Affordable Housing SPD (2008)  Affordable Housing Addendum (2010)

4.7. OTHER MATERIAL CONSIDERATIONS

4.7.1. There are a number of documents which are likely to form material considerations in the determination of the application and which are relevant for specific chapters of this ES. Some of these are background evidence documents to the NWLPDS. This comprise, but are not limited to the following:

 Strategic Housing Land Availability 2016  Coventry and Warwickshire Joint Green Belt Study (2016)  Coventry and Warwickshire Strategic Housing Market Assessment (2015)  North Warwickshire Level 1 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (2008, updated 2013)  Landscape Character Assessment (2010)  North Warwickshire Archaeological Assessment (2010)  North Warwickshire Playing Pitch Strategy (October 2017)  North Warwickshire Open Space, Sport and Recreation SPD (2017)  Assessment of the Meaningful Gap (2018)  North Warwickshire Greenspace Strategy 2017.

31 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

5. TRANSPORT AND ACCESS

5.1 INTRODUCTION

5.1.1 This chapter assesses the likely transport-related impact of the proposed development on the local highway network. It considers the potential effects of additional traffic flows on local receptors in the agreed study area.

5.1.2 The Transport and Access Chapter provides a description of the relevant baseline conditions of the Site and surrounding area and an assessment of the likely impacts of the Development during the demolition and construction works and once the Development is completed. Mitigation measures and proposed monitoring arrangements are identified, where appropriate to avoid, reduce or offset any significant adverse impacts and / or enhance likely beneficial impacts. Taking into account the mitigation measures and proposed monitoring arrangements, the nature and significance of the likely residual impacts of the Development are described.

5.1.3 This chapter has been prepared by Waterman Infrastructure and Environment (Waterman IE). Waterman IE have also prepared a Transport Assessment, which can be found in Appendix 5.1, and a Framework Travel Plan which can be found in Appendix 5.2 for the Development. The Framework Travel Plan could be secured through a planning condition or legal agreement.

5.2 LEGISLATION & POLICY

5.2.1 The following items of policy, legislation and guidance have been considered in preparing this ES Chapter:

 Transport White Paper – The Future of Transport: A Network for 2030

 Smarter Choices – Changing the Way We Travel

 National Planning Policy Framework

 Planning Policy Guidance

32 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

5.2.2 Of particular relevance from the documents detailed above is the National Planning Policy Framework (July 2018) which is summarised below.

5.2.3 Section 9 of the NPPF - 'Promoting sustainable transport' contains the following guidance which is particularly relevant to the Proposed Development:

 In assessing sites that may be allocated for development in plans, or specific applications for development, it should be ensured that:

- Appropriate opportunities to promote sustainable transport modes can be – or have been – taken up, given the type of development and its location;

- safe and suitable access to the site can be achieved for all users; and

- any significant impacts from the development on the transport network (in terms of capacity and congestion), or on highway safety, can be cost effectively mitigated to an acceptable degree (paragraph 108).

 The planning system should actively manage patterns of growth in support of these objectives. Significant development should be focused on locations which are or can be made sustainable, through limiting the need to travel and offering a genuine choice of transport modes. This can help to reduce congestion and emissions, and improve air quality and public health. However, opportunities to maximise sustainable transport solutions will vary between urban and rural areas, and this should be taken into account in both plan-making and decision- making. (paragraph 103);

 Within this context, applications for development should:

- give priority first to pedestrian and cycle movements, both within the scheme and with neighbouring areas; and second - so far as possible - to facilitating access to high quality public transport, with layouts that maximise the catchment area for bus or other public transport services, and appropriate facilities that encourage public transport use;

- address the needs of people disabilities and reduced mobility in relation to all modes of transport;

- create places that are safe, secure and attractive - which minimise the scope for conflicts between pedestrians, cyclists and vehicles, avoid unnecessary street clutter, and respond to local character and design standards;

33 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

- allow for the efficient delivery of goods, and access by service and emergency vehicles; and

- Be designed to enable charging of plug-in and other ultra-low emission vehicles in safe, accessible and convenient locations. (paragraph 110);

 All developments that will generate significant amounts of movement should be required to provide a travel plan, and the application should be supported by a transport statement or transport assessment so that the likely impacts of the proposal can be assessed. (paragraph 111); and

 Planning policies should support an appropriate mix of uses across an area, and within larger scale sites, to minimise the number and length of journeys needed for employment, shopping, leisure, education and other activities. (paragraph 104 A).

5.3 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY AND SIGNIFICANCE CRITERIA

Assessment methodology / prediction of effects 5.3.1 Consultation with respect to the transport analysis and strategy defined to support the proposed development has been undertaken with Warwickshire County Council, Staffordshire County Council and Highways England. Based on the findings of the Transport Assessment, this chapter considers the following:

 changes in traffic flows: increase and / or decrease in road traffic flows resulting from the Development, compared to the baseline conditions;

 severance: perceived division that can occur within a community when it becomes separated by a major traffic artery (e.g. road);

 driver delay: valuation of the delay (or benefit) to drivers resulting from the Development;

 pedestrian delay: the change in the ability of pedestrians to cross a given highway link due to changes in traffic flow, speed, composition, highway design;

 pedestrian amenity: the relative pleasantness of a pedestrian’s journey, influenced by traffic flow but also including consideration of the overall relationship between pedestrian and traffic (e.g. air quality and noise);

 fear and intimidation: linked to pedestrian amenity and influenced by factors including traffic flow, composition and pavement conditions; and

34 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 accidents and safety: increase or decrease in risk of road traffic accident resulting from changes in traffic flows and highway layout.

5.3.2 During the course of the preparation of the ES and public consultation on the pre- application submissions, there has been a request from stakeholders to widen the scope of the assessment. This has been considered carefully and Section 8 of the TA provides a breakdown of each junction included and excluded from the assessment and reasons for this.

5.3.3 The assessment presented in this chapter is based on the findings of the Transport Assessment and the guidance provided in The Institute of Environmental Assessment's (IEA) publication 'Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic', together with the guidance from Volume 11 of the 'Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB)' (hereafter referred to as 'The Guidelines').

5.3.4 A Framework Travel Plan has also been prepared to accompany the Transport Assessment. This sets out the proposed travel demand management measures to reduce vehicular trip generation from the development. To provide a worst-case assessment of traffic impact, the assessment reported in the Transport Assessment assumes the benefits of the measures set out in the Framework Travel Plan and the reduction in associated vehicular traffic have not taken place.

5.3.5 Due to the scale of the development proposed and the length of time over which it will be implemented, there may ultimately be minor differences in the resultant impacts from those identified here. However, these differences are unlikely to be significant and would not have a significant impact on the conclusions of the assessment. Data

5.3.6 The principal source of base data to be used in the assessment of the Warwickshire County Council and Highways England networks has been extracted from the WCC Atherstone Paramics model.

5.3.7 The principal source of base data used in this assessment for the Staffordshire County Council highway network is traffic survey data from several surveys as documented in the Transport Assessment. For the purposes of assessing the impact of development traffic upon the local highway network in Staffordshire, it should be noted that survey data was extracted from the neighbouring golf course site (Planning Ref:0088/2015), which is a residential-led Development for 1100 dwellings a primary school and small convenience store. These surveys were undertaken in 2015.

35 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

5.3.8 For the junction capacity analysis, for the Development in its entirety, consideration was given to the AM and PM peak periods for the following scenarios. For the purposes of the ES therefore, and to maintain consistency with other disciplines, the same scenarios have also been considered:

 2016 Baseline Traffic Flows (Local Plan + Committed Developments)

 2026 Baseline Traffic Flows (Local Plan + Committed Developments)

 2026 Forecast Traffic Flows (Local Plan + Committed Developments + Development)

Significance Criteria

5.3.9 The Guidelines were reviewed in order to identify the significance criteria applicable to the assessment. For a number of likely significant impacts, there are no ready thresholds of significance. In such cases, interpretation and judgement is applied, based on knowledge of the Site, professional judgement and experience.

5.3.10 The significance criteria used for the purpose of this assessment are set out below:

 adverse: meaning that changes produce dis-benefits in terms of transportation and access (such as increase of traffic, travel time, patronage or loss of service or facility); or

 beneficial: meaning that the changes produce benefits in terms of transportation and access (such as reduction of traffic, travel time or patronage, or provision of a new service, access or facility); or

 negligible: meaning there is no significant change in terms of transportation and access.

5.3.11 The significance of either a beneficial or adverse impact is assessed as being:

 impact of minor significance: slight, very short or highly localised impact of no material consequence (e.g. traffic flow change of 10% to 30%); or

 impact of moderate significance: limited impact (by extent, duration or magnitude) which may be considered significant, (e.g. a traffic flow change of 30% to 60%); or

 impact of major significance: considerable impact (by extent, duration or magnitude) of more than local significance or in breach of recognised

36 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

acceptability, legislation, policy or standards, (e.g. a traffic flow change of greater than 60%).

5.3.12 On the basis of the above, the significance criteria set out in Table 5.1 was used to identify the likely significant impacts and likely residual impacts of the Development.

Table 5.1: Significance Criteria for the Assessment

Impact Minor Moderate Major Highway Change in flow on Increase or Increase or decrease in Increase Network highway network decrease in flow of flow of 30-60% or 10-30% decrease in flow of more than 60% Pedestrian Increase in Average Annual Daily Traffic Flows As set out in Table 5.2. Severance Driver Increase in traffic flows can impact upon the No prescribed quantitative Delay operation of junctions on the highway network significance criteria with with queueing and congestion experienced judgement made on RFC values from the junction assessments Pedestrian Increases in traffic flows can lead to increases No prescribed quantitative Delay in delay for pedestrians seeking to cross the significance criteria for road pedestrian delay within IEMA Guidelines. Professional judgement has therefore been used Pedestrian Relative pleasantness of a route in respect of Tentative Threshold Amenity increases in vehicular traffic associated with applied in judging the Development significance of changes in pedestrian amenity where traffic flow (or lorry composition) is halved or doubled Pedestrian Increases in hourly traffic flow, HGV Fear and composition and narrow footways As set out in Table 5.2. Intimidation Accidents Where a Development is expected to change No prescribed quantitative and Safety the character of the traffic on the road network , significance criteria for for example increased HGV movements, accidents and safety within consideration of the potential accident / safety the Guidelines. risks should be considered Professional judgement is therefore to be used

5.3.13 Fear and intimidation criteria are considered in The IEMA Guidelines to be dependent on the volume of traffic, composition of traffic, proximity to people and design measures such as width of pavements. For the purposes of this assessment, the level of fear and intimidation associated with traffic is set out in Table 5.2.

37 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 5.2: Pedestrian Severance and Fear / Intimidation

Level Pedestri Fear and Intimidation an Severanc Average Flow Total 18hr HV Flow Ave 18hr e (AADT) over 18hr day (veh/hr – two-way) Veh AV Flow (veh/hr Speed – two-way)

High “Major” >16,000 + 1,800 +3,000 + 20mph Medium 8,000 – 1,200 – 1,800 2,000 – 3,000 +15–20 mph “Moderate” 16,000

Slight “Minor” <8,000 600 – 1,200 1,000 – 2,000 +10–15 mph Negligible < 600 <1,000 <10mph

5.3.14 The criteria in Table 5.1 and the level of fear and intimidation associated with traffic as set out in Table 5.2 have been combined using professional judgement to indicate the likely significance of the impacts from the Development in terms of fear and intimidation.

5.4 BASELINE CONDITIONS

Existing land uses of the site and local road network

5.4.1 As described in Chapter 2 of the Transport Assessment, the site is located to the north of the B5000 Tamworth Road in the borough of North Warwickshire. The site is bounded by the B5000 Tamworth Road to the south, to the south west corner of the site is a development of 12 small business units called Darwell Park. To the east of the site lies the M42 and agricultural land to the north. To the west of the site there is a golf course which has planning consent for the development of up to 1100 dwellings.

5.4.2 Principal road access to the Site is from Tamworth Road, which routes along the southern boundary of the site. Tamworth Road is a street lit, single carriageway road with a carriageway width of approximately 7.3m. A footway measuring 2m wide is provided to the south of the carriageway only. Tamworth Road is subject to a speed limit of 40mph for most of its length, changing to 30mph when entering the village of Polesworth. Tamworth Road changes to the B5000 Glascote Road west of Chiltern Road in the direction of Tamworth town centre.

5.4.3 Chiltern Road is a street lit, single carriageway road with a carriageway width of approximately 7.3m. Footways approximately 2m in width are provided along both sides of the carriageway. Chiltern Road is subject to a speed limit of 30mph. Chiltern road is opposite the proposed site entrance and has a public walkway / cycleway on the east side of the road routing to the south of Tamworth. Chiltern roads two junctions

38 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

connect to the B5000 north of the road and feeds the residential estate south of the site.

5.4.4 Robey’s Lane, which dissects the site, is a single carriageway road with a width of approximately 7.3m. No footways are provided along Robey’s Lane. Robey’s Lane is subject to the national speed limit for it length. At the southern end of the Robey’s lane the junction connects to Glascote Road, whereas the north leads on to the village of Alvecote.

Existing public transport facilities

5.4.5 This assessment shows that the site is well located for access to public transport and the potential exists for several trips to be made by these modes of transport.

5.4.6 The closest bus stops to the site are located on the B5000 Tamworth Road itself, approximately 300m to the east of the site access and on Chiltern Road, approximately 200m to the South of the site access.

5.4.7 There are 5 bus services that operate within the vicinity of the site during the week. These services operate to key destinations such as Tamworth town centre, Atherstone and Nuneaton. The most frequent service is Arriva’s. 65 service, which operates along the B5000 Glascote and Tamworth Road, making a loop around Chiltern Road every 60 minutes during the week.

5.4.8 Tamworth Rail Station is Located approximately 4 km from the site. The station lies on 3 prominent railway lines, run by West Midlands Trains, Virgin Trains and Cross- Country Trains. Cross-Country Trains provide links to Derby, Nottingham and Birmingham, with four regular services per hour. West Midlands Trains operate hourly services to destinations including Stafford and London Euston, with services passing major points such as Atherstone and Nuneaton. Virgin Trains also serve Stafford and London Euston Station with regular services. Although Tamworth Station is located outside of a reasonable walking distance the station can be accessed via public transport or cycling.

Existing pedestrian and cycle facilities

5.4.9 There are a number of PRoW in the local area, however no PRoW cross the site. In the surrounding area, PRoW ‘Tamworth 95’ provides a link directly through the neighbouring development and travels in a north – south direction. ‘Tamworth 95’

39 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

provides a link towards the golf course residential site access junction. Full details on the PRoW are provided in the Transport Assessment.

5.4.10 In terms of pedestrian facilities on the local highway network, to the south of the site along the southern side of the B5000 Glascote Road a 2m wide footway is located whilst on Chiltern Road 2m footways are provided on both sides of the carriageway. These footways provide continuous links to other footway infrastructure in the local area and offer links to key local destinations.

5.4.11 Walking offers the greatest potential to replace short car trips, particularly under 2km. This distance from the Proposed Development to several local facilities are within the 2km threshold for walking as detailed in the Transport Assessment.

5.4.12 There are no on-road or off-road cycle lanes / routes along the B5000 Tamworth Road / Glascote Road. Chiltern Road however does provide access to a shared cycle/footway to the south of the site, which provides access to the south of Tamworth, including Stoneydelph Local Centre.

5.4.13 It is considered reasonable to assume a proportion of local trips to destinations such as schools and local ‘convenience stores’ could be made by cycle, through the use of existing cycle links, with a number of roads in the local area recommended as suitable for cycling by Staffordshire County Council. These routes are illustrated on the Staffordshire County Council Cycle Map, included within the Transport Assessment, and many of these routes are un-marked and on-road.

Collision data

5.4.14 Details of the Personal Injury Accident data are detailed in Chapter 2 of the Transport Assessment in Appendix 5.1, although in summary 8 collisions have been recorded on the local highway network within close proximity of the development. The local road network however does not appear to have any significant trends or clusters which would raise highway safety concerns that the Development would contribute to.

5.4.15 The Development would reduce the risk to pedestrians by providing a traffic signal controlled crossing (Toucan) to facilitate pedestrians and cyclists to cross the B5000 which would provide connections to existing pedestrian infrastructure to the south of the development. It is therefore considered that there are no highway safety concerns with the in respect of the local highway network and that the Development would not affect the safe operations of the highway network or delivery of the proposed site access junctions.

40 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Baseline traffic flows / existing effects

5.4.16 Traffic flows for the highway network in the vicinity of the site have been extracted from the WCC Atherstone Paramics model, as agreed with the respective highway authorities. Only morning and evening peak hour flows were provided from the model, and these have been manually adjusted to generate 18-hour and 24-hour traffic flows, as well as for all vehicles and heavy vehicles.

5.4.17 The 2016 base year traffic flows for the highway network in the vicinity of the site are shown in Table 5.3.

Table 5.3: 2016 Baseline Traffic Flows

Link Link Combin Estimated Estimated Estimated Estimate Ref Description ed AM 18hr Base 24hr Base 18hr d 24hr and PM 5-Day Flows 7-Day Flows > 3.5t > 3.5t Peaks (vehicles) (vehicles) Flows Flows (vehicle 1.1 B5000 s) (1) Tamworth Road (E)– Between Site 2,863 17,839 18,607 601 668 Access & Polesworth

1.2 Chiltern Rd – (1) Between B5000 Tamworth Rd 245 1,524 1,590 63 70 & Glascote Rd 1.3 B5000 (1) Tamworth Road (W)– Between 2,836 17,673 18434 603 670 Site Access & Polesworth

1.4 Site (1) Entrance– Between B5000Tamw 0 0 0 0 0 orth Rd & Glascote Rd

1.5 Glascote (8) Rd EB- Between Sandy way & 3,003 18,714 19,520 221 245 Pennine way

41 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.6 Pennine Way- (8) Between 2,658 16,564 17,278 1,322 1,469 Glascote Rd & A5 Slip Rd 1.7 Glascote (8) Rd WB- Between Byer Close 2,992 18,644 19,447 785 872 & Pennine Way 1.8 Sandy Way- (8) Between Glascote Rd 994 6,196 6,463 1,132 1,258 WB & Glascote Rd EB 1.9 A5 Slip Rd- (9) Between Pennine Way WB & 1,805 11,250 11,735 439 488 Pennine Way SB

1.10 Pennine Way (9) SB- Between Pennine Way 2,835 17,668 18,429 439 487 WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.11 Pennine Way (9) SB- Between Pennine Way 3,192 19,890 20,747 807 896 WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.12 Glascote Rd (7) EB- Between Beyer Close- 3,014 18,784 19,592 1,423 1,581 Mercian Way

1.13 Beyer Cl (7) Between Glascote Rd EB & 29 183 191 0 0 Glascote Rd WB

1.14 Glascote Rd (7) WB- Between 3,055 19,039 19,859 1,342 1,491 Beyer Close- Mercian Way

1.15 Mercian Way (7) Glascote Rd EB & Glascote Rd 1,904 11,864 12,375 1,934 2,149 WB

42 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.16 A5 Slip Rd- (10) Between Pennine Way 1,768 11,017 11,491 550 611 & Centurion Way SB 1.17 Centurion (10) Way SB- Between 271 1,688 1,761 137 152 Watling St & A5 Slip Rd

1.18 Watling St- (10) Between Pennine Way 2,444 15,228 15,884 594 660 & Centurion Way SB 1.19 Pennine Way (10) Between A5 Slip Rd & 2,801 17,457 18,208 762 847 Watling St

1.20 A5 EB on-/off (11) slips at the Marlborough 1,404 8,750 9,127 1,113 1,237 Way Roundabout 1.21 Marlborough (11) Way SB SB- Between A5 3,976 24,777 25,844 1,005 1,117 WB & A5 EB

1.22 A5 WB on/off (11) slips at the Marlborough 3,170 19,757 20,608 440 489 Way Roundabout 1.23 Marlborough (11) Way NBSB- Between A5 4,551 28,359 29,580 824 916 WB & A5 EB

1.24 Glascote Rd (12) WB-Between Silver Link 3,428 21,364 22,283 1,133 1,259 Rd & Beyer Close

1.25 Silver Link (12) Rd - Between Glascote Rd 1,159 7,220 7,531 248 276 WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.26 Glascote Rd (12) WB-Between Marlborough 4,640 28,913 30,157 1,624 1,804 Way & Silver Link Rd

43 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.27 Woodland Rd (12) - Between Glascote Rd WB & 1,347 8,396 8,757 538 598 Glascote Rd EB

1.28 Glascote Rd (13) EB- Between Abbey Rd & 4,422 27,556 28,743 1,548 1,720 Marlborough Way

1.29 Marlborough (13) Way NB- Between A5 3,747 23,352 24,357 697 774 WB & A5 EB

1.30 Glascote Rd (13) WB- Between Abbey Rd & 2,771 17,268 18,012 1,183 1,314 Marlborough Way

1.31 Sheepcote (13) Way- Between Glascote Rd WB & 1,349 8,409 8,771 200 222 Glascote Rd EB

1.32 Glascote Rd (14) EB Between Abbey Rd & 3,538 22,045 22,995 1,274 1,415 Glascote Rd WB

1.33 Abbey Rd (14) between Glascote Rd

EB & 434 2,703 2,819 39 43 Glascote Rd WB

1.34 Glascote Rd (14) WB Between Abbey Rd & 3,577 22,293 23,253 1,288 1,431 Glascote Rd EB

Existing pedestrian severance, fear and intimidation

5.4.18 Based on the criteria set out in Table 5.2 the existing levels of severance and fear / intimidation on the road network surrounding the site are considered within Table 5.4.

44 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 5.4: Existing Levels of Severance and Fear/Intimidation

Link Ref Link Description Severa Fear and Intimidation nce based a) b) c) d) Weighted on 24hr Avera Total Traff Assessment Flows ge 18hr ic of a)– c) hourly HGV spee flows flows d over (mp 18hr h) day

1.1 B5000 Tamworth (1) Road (E)– Between Site Access & 18,607 991 601 40 Moderate Polesworth

1.2 Chiltern Rd – (1) Between B5000 Tamworth Rd & 1,590 85 63 30 Negligible Glascote Rd

1.3 B5000 Tamworth (1) Road (W)– Between Site 18434 982 603 40 Moderate Access & Polesworth

1.4 Site Entrance– (1) Between B5000Tamworth 0 0 0 0 0 Rd & Glascote Rd

1.5 Glascote Rd EB- Between Sandy (8) 19,520 1040 221 40 Moderate way & Pennine way

1.6 Pennine Way- (8) Between Glascote Rd & A5 Slip Rd 17,278 920 1,322 30 Moderate

1.7 Glascote Rd WB- (8) Between Byer Close 19,447 1036 785 40 Moderate & Pennine Way 1.8 Sandy Way- (8) Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote 6,463 344 1,132 30 Minor Rd EB

1.9 A5 Slip Rd-Between (9) Pennine Way WB & 11,735 625 439 40 Moderate Pennine Way SB 1.10 Pennine Way SB- (9) Between Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip 18,429 982 439 30 Minor Rd

45 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.11 Pennine Way SB- (9) Between Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip 20,747 1105 807 40 Moderate Rd

1.12 Glascote Rd EB- (7) Between Beyer 19,592 1044 1,423 40 Minor Close- Mercian Way 1.13 Beyer Cl Between (7) Glascote Rd EB & Glascote Rd WB 191 10 0 30 Negligible

1.14 Glascote Rd WB- (7) Between Beyer 19,859 1058 1,342 40 Minor Close- Mercian Way 1.15 Mercian Way (7) Glascote Rd EB & 12,375 659 1,934 40 Moderate Glascote Rd WB

1.16 A5 Slip Rd- (10) Between Pennine Way & Centurion 11,491 612 550 40 Minor Way SB

1.17 Centurion Way SB- (10) Between Watling St 1,761 94 137 30 Negligible & A5 Slip Rd 1.18 Watling St- Between (10) Pennine Way & 15,884 846 594 40 Minor Centurion Way SB 1.19 Pennine Way (10) Between A5 Slip Rd 18,208 970 762 40 Minor & Watling St 1.20 A5 EB on-/off slips (11) at the Marlborough 9,127 486 1,113 40 Minor Way Roundabout 1.21 Marlborough Way (11) SB SB-Between A5 25,844 1377 1,005 30 Moderate WB & A5 EB

1.22 A5 WB on/off slips (11) at the Marlborough Way Roundabout 20,608 1098 440 40 Moderate

1.23 Marlborough Way (11) NBSB-Between A5 29,580 1575 824 40 Moderate WB & A5 EB

1.24 Glascote Rd WB- (12) Between Silver Link 22,283 1187 1,133 40 Moderate Rd & Beyer Close

1.25 Silver Link Rd - (12) Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote 7,531 401 248 40 Negligible Rd EB

46 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.26 Glascote Rd WB- (12) Between Marlborough Way & 30,157 1606 1,624 40 Moderate Silver Link Rd

1.27 Woodland Rd - (12) Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote 8,757 466 538 30 Negligible Rd EB

1.28 Glascote Rd EB- (13) Between Abbey Rd 28,743 1531 1,548 40 Moderate & Marlborough Way 1.29 Marlborough Way (13) NB- Between A5 24,357 1297 697 30 Moderate WB & A5 EB 1.30 Glascote Rd WB- (13) Between Abbey Rd 18,012 959 1,183 40 Minor & Marlborough Way 1.31 Sheepcote Way- (13) Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote 8,771 467 200 30 Negligible Rd EB

1.32 Glascote Rd EB (14) Between Abbey Rd 22,995 1225 1,274 40 Moderate & Glascote Rd WB 1.33 Abbey Rd between (14) Glascote Rd EB & 2,819 150 39 30 Negligible Glascote Rd WB

1.34 Glascote Rd WB (14) Between Abbey Rd 23,253 1239 1,288 40 Moderate & Glascote Rd EB

5.4.19 Based on the above analysis none of the links assessed are considered to experience from high levels of fear and intimidation when consideration is given to the three criteria, with several links expected to experience moderate and minor levels of increased fear / intimidation. Regarding pedestrian severance a number of links are shown to experience from high levels of pedestrian severance, with two-way traffic flows exceeding 16,000 AADT vehicle movements.

5.4.20 Overall, the existing pedestrian severance and fear and intimidation for the network is Moderate Adverse.

Existing pedestrian delay

5.4.21 The level of existing pedestrian and cycle delay is assumed to reflect the pedestrian severance detailed above. To the west of the site (i.e. towards Tamworth), there are reasonable pedestrian infrastructure and crossing facilities for pedestrians and cycles.

47 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

5.4.22 For the purposes of this assessment the pedestrian severance, fear and intimidation detailed above is considered to be the same for pedestrian delay. Overall therefore it is concluded that the pedestrian delay for the network is Moderate Adverse.

Existing driver delay

5.4.23 As set out in Chapter 7 of the Transport Assessment, all junctions that have been assessed are shown to operate within capacity during the network peak hours in terms of levels of queuing, ratio to flow capacity (RFC) and Level of Service (LOS), with the exception of the Glascote Road / Marlborough Way / Sheepcote Lane junction which is shown to have an RFC of 0.92 and max queue of 9 vehicles.

5.4.24 From the assessments undertaken it can be concluded that there are Negligible levels of drive delay.

Existing pedestrian amenity

5.4.25 Although the local highway network, and specifically the B5000, are shown to experience high levels of vehicular traffic, vehicular speeds are considered low (30/40mph). There are limited existing pedestrian and cycle demands to cross near the site and there is a footway located on at least one side of the carriageway throughout the area.

5.4.26 Pedestrian Amenity in the vicinity of the site is therefore considered to be good. A rating of Negligible has therefore been assigned.

Existing accidents / safety

5.4.27 As described in Chapter 2 of the Transport Assessment, collision data has been analysed both for the local and strategic highway networks. The analysis covers the highway managed and operated by Warwickshire County Council, Staffordshire County Council and Highways England.

5.4.28 The Transport Assessment provides a summary of the collisions recorded on links and junctions in the study area. This assessment identified that there are no trends or causational factors related to the recorded collisions. Furthermore, there are no apparent trends relating to vulnerable users (cyclists / pedestrians) in the review of the collision records.

48 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

5.4.29 Overall there is no apparent road safety issue on the local highway network. The existing accident and safety assessment is therefore Negligible.

2026 Future Baseline Traffic Flows

5.4.30 The future 2026 Baseline traffic flows include many committed developments. These committed developments are detailed in Chapter 7 of the Transport Assessment and includes the adjacent golf course site.

5.4.31 The forecast 2026 Baseline flows can be seen in the table below for the highway network within the vicinity of the site.

Table 5.5: 2026 Baseline Traffic Flows

Link Link Description Combined Estimated Estimat Estimate Estimat Ref AM and PM 18hr Base ed 24hr d 18hr ed 24hr Peaks 5-Day Flows Base > 3.5t > 3.5t (vehicles) (vehicles) 7-Day Flows Flows Flows (vehicles)

1.1 B5000 Tamworth Road (1) (E)– Between Site 2,036 12,688 12,234 642 713 Access & Polesworth 1.2 Chiltern Rd – Between (1) B5000 Tamworth Rd & 403 2,511 2,620 160 177 Glascote Rd

1.3 B5000 Tamworth (8) Road (W)– Between 2,414 15,043 15,691 801 890 Site Access & Polesworth

1.4 Site Entrance– (1) Between 0 0 0 0 0 B5000Tamworth Rd & Glascote Rd 1.5 Glascote Rd EB- (8) Between Sandy way 3,070 19,131 19,955 211 246 & Pennine way

1.6 Pennine Way- (8) Between Glascote Rd 3,423 21,331 22,250 1,594 1,771 & A5 Slip Rd 1.7 Glascote Rd WB- (8) Between Byer Close & 4,014 25,014 26,091 1,012 1,124 Pennine Way

1.8 Sandy Way-Between (8) Glascote Rd WB & 1,010 6,294 6,565 1,121 1,009 Glascote Rd EB

49 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.9 A5 Slip Rd-Between (9) Pennine Way WB & 1,980 12,339 12,870 463 515 Pennine Way SB 1.10 Pennine Way SB- (9) Between Pennine Way 2,967 18,489 19,286 446 495 WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.11 Pennine Way SB- (9) Between Pennine Way 3,534 22,023 22,971 859 954 WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.12 Glascote Rd EB- (7) Between Beyer Close- 4,014 25,014 26,091 1,779 1,977 Mercian Way 1.13 Beyer Cl Between (7) Glascote Rd EB & 33 206 215 0 0 Glascote Rd WB

1.14 Glascote Rd WB- (7) Between Beyer Close- 3,708 23,107 24,102 1,535 1,706 Mercian Way 1.15 Mercian Way Glascote (7) Rd EB & Glascote Rd 2,422 15,093 15,743 2,185 2,428 WB 1.16 A5 Slip Rd- Between (10) Pennine Way & 1,779 11,086 11,564 528 587 Centurion Way SB 1.17 (10) Centurion Way SB- Between Watling St & 406 2,530 2,639 192 213 A5 Slip Rd

1.18 Watling St- Between (10) Pennine Way & 2,369 14,763 15,399 554 616 Centurion Way SB

1.19 Pennine Way Between (10) A5 Slip Rd & Watling 2,967 18,489 19,286 774 860 St

1.20 A5 EB on-/off slips at (11) the Marlborough Way 1,578 9,831 10,255 1,136 1,262 Roundabout

1.21 Marlborough Way SB (11) SB-Between A5 WB & 4,221 26,302 27,434 1,026 1,140 A5 EB

1.22 A5 WB on/off slips at (11) the Marlborough Way 3,324 20,714 21,605 1,496 1,662 Roundabout

1.23 Marlborough Way (11) NBSB-Between A5 WB 4,794 29,873 31,159 1,812 2,013 & A5 EB 1.24 Glascote Rd WB- (12) Between Silver Link 3,670 22,868 23,853 1,156 1,284 Rd & Beyer Close

50 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.25 (12) Silver Link Rd - Between Glascote Rd 1,225 7,631 7,960 253 282 WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.26 Glascote Rd WB- (12) Between Marlborough 4,977 31,015 32,350 1,657 1,841 Way & Silver Link Rd

1.27 Woodland Rd - (12) Between Glascote Rd 1,453 9,054 9,444 519 610 WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.28 Glascote Rd EB- (13) Between Abbey Rd & 4,879 30,401 31,710 1,625 1,805 Marlborough Way

1.29 Marlborough Way NB- (13) Between A5 WB & A5 4,308 26,844 27,999 775 862 EB

1.30 Glascote Rd WB- (13) Between Abbey Rd & 2,997 18,677 19,481 1,207 1,341 Marlborough Way

1.31 Sheepcote Way- (13) Between Glascote Rd 1,416 8,826 9,206 204 277 WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.32 Glascote Rd EB (14) Between Abbey Rd & 3,110 19,382 20,216 1,12 1,244 Glascote Rd WB

1.33 Abbey Rd between (14) Glascote Rd EB & 434 2,703 2,819 39 43 Glascote Rd WB

1.34 Glascote Rd WB (14) Between Abbey Rd & 3,150 19,630 20,475 1,134 1,260 Glascote Rd EB

5.5 PREDICTED IMPACTS

Introduction

5.5.1 The potential impacts of the Development have been considered for the following scenarios:

 Effects of Construction Traffic during the construction phases of the development

 Operational effects of the completed Development, including Local Plan Allocations and committed development

51 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE Temporary disruption to pedestrians, cyclists and road vehicle users as a result of an increase in demolition and construction traffic

5.5.2 A Construction Management Plan will be applied to all construction activities across the Proposed Development. This will define the appropriate hours of operation and routes to be used by heavy goods vehicles and other large construction vehicles associated with the proposed development. Construction traffic routes are likely to be via the M42 and A5 and then via the B5080 Pennine Way or Marlborough Way which would provide access to the B5000 Glascote Road.

5.5.3 The Construction Management Plan will also impose requirements for the various contractors to coordinate activities to ensure that the construction activities with high HGV generation do not occur together.

5.5.4 As a result of the range of construction projects and processes occurring on any one day, there is some variation in the flows accruing to the construction of a multi- occupancy development such as that proposed. Typically, the final rate of project completion reflects many competing factors – such as construction access to the development, completing the sales buildings, availability of materials and labour (such as concrete or bituminous material) as well as maintaining a quality environment during the early phases of a project. Nevertheless, a reasonable worst- c a s e assessment of the likely extent of construction-related activities occurring at any one time has been made for the purposes of assessing environmental effects.

5.5.5 For the purposes of assessing the worst- c a s e construction impact of the Infrastructure Enabling Works, it has been assumed that the following major elements of the Proposed Development constructed simultaneously in Year 1 of the development would form a representative range of activities, and have been considered in the assessment:

 Earthworks and landscaping - including necessary export / import of earthwork material;

 Carriageway construction, specifically the site access roundabout on the B5000 Tamworth Road; and

 Utilities installation / diversionary / protection works, as necessary.

52 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

5.5.6 Assuming the above activities are undertaken simultaneously, it is likely that the earthworks would generate some 80-two-way heavy good vehicle movements and 10 two-way light vehicles movements, vehicular movements associated with the carriageway construction would likely result in 120 two-way heavy good vehicle movements and approximately 30 light vehicular movements. Assuming utility works are simultaneously on-going this could generate a further 10 heavy good vehicle movements and 10 light vehicle movements.

5.5.7 During the construction phase of the development therefore the worst-case vehicular movements associated with the infrastructure enabling works are 210 two-way heavy good vehicle movements and 50 light vehicle movements, a total of 260 two-way vehicle movements.

5.5.8 Notwithstanding the above, the demolition and construction works would result in some disruption to users of the Site. Therefore, it is considered that the demolition and construction works of the Development, together with the associated increase in construction traffic, would likely result in a temporary, local, adverse impact of minor significance with regard to the disruption to pedestrians, cyclists and road vehicle users on and immediately surrounding the Site.

Operational Development

5.5.9 Following completion and operation of the Development, B5000 Glascote Road would have two new site access junctions, a traffic signal controlled junction which involves upgrading the existing Robey’s Lane priority controlled T-junction and a new roundabout junction located on the B5000 adjacent Chiltern road.

5.5.10 The with development flows in 2026, following completion of the Development are shown in Table 5.6 below. This considers the daily flows on the links assessed and is a cumulative of the morning and evening peak hours flows factored to provide 18 and 24-hour traffic flows

53 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 5.6: 2026 Forecast Traffic Flows

Link Link Description Combi Estimated Estimat Estimated Estima Ref ned 18hr Base + ed 24hr 18hr ted AM Dev Base + > 3.5t 24hr and PM 5-Day Flows Dev Flows > 3.5t Peaks (vehicles) 7-Day Flows (vehicl Flows es) (vehicles)

1.1 B5000 Tamworth (1) Road (E)– Between 2,053 12,794 13,345 648 719 Site Access & Polesworth 1.2 Chiltern Rd – (1) Between B5000 487 3,035 3,166 193 214 Tamworth Rd & Glascote Rd

1.3 B5000 Tamworth (8) Road (W)– Between 3,794 23,643 24,661 1,259 1,399 Site Access & Polesworth

1.4 Site Entrance– (1) Between 1,736 10,818 11,284 0 0 B5000Tamworth Rd & Glascote Rd 1.5 Glascote Rd EB- (8) Between Sandy way 4,413 27,500 28,685 318 353 & Pennine way 1.6 Pennine Way- (8) Between Glascote 3,421 21,319 22,237 1,593 1,770 Rd & A5 Slip Rd

1.7 Glascote Rd WB- (8) Between Byer Close & 4,972 30,984 32,318 1,253 1,392 Pennine Way

1.8 Sandy Way-Between (8) Glascote Rd WB & 1,046 6,518 6,799 1,045 1,161 Glascote Rd EB

1.9 A5 Slip Rd-Between (9) Pennine Way WB & 2,145 13,367 13,943 502 558 Pennine Way SB

1.10 Pennine Way SB- (9) Between Pennine 2,986 18,608 19,409 449 499 Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.11 Pennine Way SB- (9) Between Pennine 3,723 23,201 24,200 905 1,005 Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.12 Glascote Rd EB- (7) Between Beyer 4,972 30,984 32,318 2,204 2,449 Close- Mercian Way

54 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.13 Beyer Cl Between (7) Glascote Rd EB & 27 168 176 0 0 Glascote Rd WB

1.14 Glascote Rd WB- (7) Between Beyer 4,641 28,921 30,167 1,921 2,135 Close- Mercian Way

1.15 Mercian Way (7) Glascote Rd EB & 2,496 15,554 16,224 2,252 2,502 Glascote Rd WB

1.16 A5 Slip Rd- Between (10) Pennine Way & 1,858 11,578 12,077 552 613 Centurion Way SB

1.17 Centurion Way SB- (10) Between Watling St & 387 2,412 2,516 183 203 A5 Slip Rd

1.18 Watling St- Between (10) Pennine Way & 2,288 14,258 14,872 535 595 Centurion Way SB

1.19 Pennine Way (10) Between A5 Slip Rd 2,986 18,608 19,409 779 866 & Watling St

1.20 A5 EB on-/off slips at (11) the Marlborough Way 1,578 9,831 10,255 1,136 1,262 Roundabout

1.21 Marlborough Way SB (11) SB-Between A5 WB 4,452 27,746 28,940 1,082 1,202 & A5 EB 1.22 A5 WB on/off slips at (11) the Marlborough Way 3,504 21,834 22,774 1,577 1,752 Roundabout

1.23 Marlborough Way (11) NBSB-Between A5 5,205 32,437 33,834 1,968 2,186 WB & A5 EB 1.24 Glascote Rd WB- (12) Between Silver Link 4,807 29,955 31,245 1,514 1,682 Rd & Beyer Close

1.25 Silver Link Rd - (12) Between Glascote Rd 1,280 7,980 8,323 265 295 WB & Glascote Rd EB 1.26 Glascote Rd WB- Between (12) 5,860 36,517 38,089 1,951 2,168 Marlborough Way & Silver Link Rd 1.27 Woodland Rd - (12) Between Glascote Rd 1,652 10,292 10,735 624 694 WB & Glascote Rd EB

55 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.28 Glascote Rd EB- (13) Between Abbey Rd & 5,767 35,939 37,486 1,920 2,134 Marlborough Way

1.29 Marlborough Way (13) NB- Between A5 WB 4,361 27,175 28,345 785 872 & A5 EB

1.30 Glascote Rd WB- (13) Between Abbey Rd & 3,424 21,340 22,259 1,379 1,532 Marlborough Way

1.31 Sheepcote Way- (13) Between Glascote Rd 1,466 9,135 9,529 211 235 WB & Glascote Rd EB 1.32 Glascote Rd EB (14) Between Abbey Rd & 3,538 22,045 22,995 1,274 1,415 Glascote Rd WB

1.33 Abbey Rd between (14) Glascote Rd EB & 434 2,703 2,819 39 43 Glascote Rd WB 1.34 Glascote Rd WB (14) Between Abbey Rd & 3,577 22,293 23,253 1,288 1,431 Glascote Rd EB

5.5.11 The percentage change in traffic volumes as a result of Development, compared with the 2026 Baseline Traffic Flows, are provided in the Table 5.7.

Table 5.7: 2026 Baseline and Forecast Year (including development) Percentage Change in vehicular movements

Link Ref Link Description 2026 24hr 2026 % Change Base 7- 24hr Day Flows Base (vehicles) + Dev 7-Day Flows (vehicle s)

1.1 B5000 Tamworth Road (E)– (1) 12,234 13,345 9% Between Site Access & Polesworth

1.2 Chiltern Rd – Between B5000 2,620 3,166 21% (1) Tamworth Rd & Glascote Rd 1.3 B5000 Tamworth Road (W)– (8) Between Site Access & 15,691 24,661 57% Polesworth

56 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.4 Site Entrance–Between (1) B5000Tamworth Rd & Glascote 0 11,284 100% Rd 1.5 Glascote Rd EB- Between Sandy 19,955 28,685 44% (8) way & Pennine way

1.6 Pennine Way-Between Glascote 22,250 22,237 0% (8) Rd & A5 Slip Rd 1.7 Glascote Rd WB- Between Byer 26,091 32,318 24% (8) Close & Pennine Way 1.8 Sandy Way-Between Glascote Rd 6,565 6,799 4% (8) WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.9 A5 Slip Rd-Between Pennine Way 12,870 13,943 8% (9) WB & Pennine Way SB

1.10 Pennine Way SB- Between 19,286 19,409 1% (9) Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.11 Pennine Way SB- Between 22,971 24,200 5% (9) Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.12 Glascote Rd EB- Between Beyer 26,091 32,318 24% (7) Close- Mercian Way

1.13 Beyer Cl Between Glascote Rd EB 215 176 -18% (7) & Glascote Rd WB

1.14 Glascote Rd WB- Between Beyer 24,102 30,167 25% (7) Close- Mercian Way

1.15 Mercian Way Glascote Rd EB & 15,743 16,224 3% (7) Glascote Rd WB

1.16 A5 Slip Rd- Between Pennine Way 11,564 12,077 4% (10) & Centurion Way SB 1.17 Centurion Way SB-Between 2,639 2,516 -5% (10) Watling St & A5 Slip Rd 1.18 Watling St- Between Pennine Way 15,399 14,872 -3% (10) & Centurion Way SB

1.19 Pennine Way Between A5 Slip Rd 19,286 19,409 1% (10) & Watling St

1.20 A5 EB on-/off slips at the 10,255 10,255 0% (11) Marlborough Way Roundabout 1.21 Marlborough Way SB SB-Between 27,434 28,940 5% (11) A5 WB & A5 EB 1.22 A5 WB on/off slips at the 21,605 22,774 5% (11) Marlborough Way Roundabout 1.23 Marlborough Way NBSB-Between 31,159 33,834 9% (11) A5 WB & A5 EB 1.24 Glascote Rd WB-Between Silver 23,853 31,245 31% (12) Link Rd & Beyer Close 1.25 Silver Link Rd - Between Glascote (12) 7,960 8,323 5% Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB

57 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.26 Glascote Rd WB-Between 32,350 38,089 18% (12) Marlborough Way & Silver Link Rd

1.27 Woodland Rd - Between Glascote (12) 9,444 10,735 14% Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.28 Glascote Rd EB- Between Abbey 31,710 37,486 18% (13) Rd & Marlborough Way 1.29 Marlborough Way NB- Between A5 27,999 28,345 1% (13) WB & A5 EB 1.30 Glascote Rd WB- Between Abbey 19,481 22,259 14% (13) Rd & Marlborough Way 1.31 Sheepcote Way- Between Glascote 9,206 9,529 4% (13) Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.32 Glascote Rd EB Between Abbey Rd 20,216 22,995 14% (14) & Glascote Rd WB 1.33 Abbey Rd between Glascote Rd EB 2,819 2,819 0% (14) & Glascote Rd WB

1.34 Glascote Rd WB Between Abbey 20,475 23,253 14% (14) Rd & Glascote Rd EB

5.5.12 As indicated in Table 5.7, the percentage change in traffic on the local highway network as a result of the Development is less than 10% compared to the baseline conditions on the following road links:

 Link 1.1 - B5000 Tamworth Road (E)– Between Site Access & Polesworth

 Link 1.8 - Sandy Way-Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB

 Link 1.9 - A5 Slip Rd-Between Pennine Way WB & Pennine Way SB

 Link 1.10 - Pennine Way SB- Between Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

 Link 1.11 - Pennine Way SB- Between Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

 Link 1.13 - Beyer Cl Between Glascote Rd EB & Glascote Rd WB

 Link 1.15 - Mercian Way Glascote Rd EB & Glascote Rd WB

 Link 1.16 - A5 Slip Rd- Between Pennine Way & Centurion Way SB

 Link 1.17 - Centurion Way SB-Between Watling St & A5 Slip Rd

 Link 1.18 - Watling St- Between Pennine Way & Centurion Way SB

 Link 1.19 - Pennine Way Between A5 Slip Rd & Watling St

 Link 1.20 - A5 EB on-/off slips at the Marlborough Way Roundabout

58 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Link 1.21 - Marlborough Way SB SB-Between A5 WB & A5 EB

 Link 1.22 - A5 WB on/off slips at the Marlborough Way Roundabout

 Link 1.23 - Marlborough Way NBSB-Between A5 WB & A5 EB

 Link 1.25 - Silver Link Rd - Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB

 Link 1.29 - Marlborough Way NB- Between A5 WB & A5 EB

 Link 1.31 - Sheepcote Way- Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB

 Link 1.33 - Abbey Rd between Glascote Rd EB & Glascote Rd WB

5.5.13 For the road links listed above, the majority are predicted to experience a slight increase in traffic as a result of the Development, however a number of links are predicted to experience a reduction in trips as a result of the Development. The overall impact of the development upon these junctions / links is considered to be Negligible.

5.5.14 As indicated in Table 5.7, the Development is predicted to increase traffic by between 10% and 30% compared to the baseline conditions on the following road links:

 Link 1.2 - Chiltern Rd – Between B5000 Tamworth Rd & Glascote Rd

 Link 1.7 - Glascote Rd WB- Between Byer Close & Pennine Way

 Link 1.12 - Glascote Rd EB- Between Beyer Close- Mercian Way

 Link 1.14 - Glascote Rd WB- Between Beyer Close- Mercian Way

 Link 1.26 - Glascote Rd WB-Between Marlborough Way & Silver Link Rd

 Link 1.27 - Woodland Rd - Between Glascote Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB

 Link 1.28 - Glascote Rd EB- Between Abbey Rd & Marlborough Way

 Link 1.30 - Glascote Rd WB- Between Abbey Rd & Marlborough Way

 Link 1.32 - Glascote Rd EB Between Abbey Rd & Glascote Rd WB

 Link 1.34 - Glascote Rd WB Between Abbey Rd & Glascote Rd EB

5.5.15 For the road links listed above, the majority are predicted to experience increases in traffic as a result of the Development of between 10-20%. The overall impact of the development upon these junctions / links therefore is considered to be Minor Adverse.

5.5.16 Based on the comparison indicated in Table 5.7, with the exception of the new site access junction(s) the Development is predicted to increase vehicular movements in excess of 30% on three road links. These increases are on the B5000 Tamworth Road

59 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

W (Link 1.3), Glascote Rd EB (Link 1.5) and Glascote Rd WB (Link 1.24). These increases are associated with the Development and are local in terms of impact, with the majority of road links considered (as set out above) predicted to have increases of less than 10%. The overall impact of the development upon these junctions / links is therefore considered to be Moderate Adverse.

Assessment of Significant Effects

5.5.17 The following paragraphs consider the implications of the Development upon the key environmental effects, as detailed earlier in this Chapter.

Severance

5.5.18 Based on the Forecast traffic flows indicated in Table 5.6 and the Baseline traffic flows indicated in Table 5.5, the predicted level of fear and intimidation associated with the Development and as a result of the predicted increase in traffic flows is set out in Table 5.8.

Table 5.8: 2026 Baseline and Forecast Year Severance Levels (with and without development)

Link Link Description Estimated 24hr Estimated 24hr Ref 2027 Base 2027 Base + Dev 7-Day Flows (vehicles) (Phase 1) 7-Day Flows (vehicles) 1.1 B5000 Tamworth Road (E)– (1) 12,234 13,345 Between Site Access & Polesworth

1.2 Chiltern Rd – Between B5000 2,620 3,166 (1) Tamworth Rd & Glascote Rd

1.3 B5000 Tamworth Road (W)– (8) Between Site Access & 15,691 24,661 Polesworth 1.4 Site Entrance–Between (1) B5000Tamworth Rd & Glascote 0 11,284 Rd

1.5 Glascote Rd EB- Between Sandy (8) way & Pennine way 19,955 28,685

1.6 Pennine Way-Between Glascote 22,250 22,237 (8) Rd & A5 Slip Rd

60 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.7 Glascote Rd WB- Between Byer (8) 26,091 32,318 Close & Pennine Way

1.8 Sandy Way-Between Glascote Rd (8) 6,565 6,799 WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.9 A5 Slip Rd-Between Pennine Way 12,870 13,943 (9) WB & Pennine Way SB

1.10 Pennine Way SB- Between 19,286 19,409 (9) Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.11 Pennine Way SB- Between 22,971 24,200 (9) Pennine Way WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.12 Glascote Rd EB- Between Beyer (7) 26,091 32,318 Close- Mercian Way

1.13 Beyer Cl Between Glascote Rd EB (7) 215 176 & Glascote Rd WB

1.14 Glascote Rd WB- Between Beyer (7) 24,102 30,167 Close- Mercian Way

1.15 Mercian Way Glascote Rd EB & 15,743 16,224 (7) Glascote Rd WB

1.16 A5 Slip Rd- Between Pennine Way 11,564 12,077 (10) & Centurion Way SB

1.17 Centurion Way SB-Between 2,639 2,516 (10) Watling St & A5 Slip Rd 1.18 Watling St- Between Pennine Way 15,399 14,872 (10) & Centurion Way SB

1.19 Pennine Way Between A5 Slip Rd 19,286 19,409 (10) & Watling St

1.20 A5 EB on-/off slips at the 10,255 10,255 (11) Marlborough Way Roundabout

1.21 Marlborough Way SB SB-Between 27,434 28,940 (11) A5 WB & A5 EB 1.22 A5 WB on/off slips at the 21,605 22,774 (11) Marlborough Way Roundabout 1.23 Marlborough Way NBSB-Between 31,159 33,834 (11) A5 WB & A5 EB

1.24 Glascote Rd WB-Between Silver 23,853 31,245 (12) Link Rd & Beyer Close 1.25 Silver Link Rd - Between Glascote 7,960 8,323 (12) Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB 1.26 Glascote Rd WB-Between 32,350 38,089 (12) Marlborough Way & Silver Link Rd

61 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.27 Woodland Rd - Between Glascote 9,444 10,735 (12) Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB 1.28 Glascote Rd EB- Between Abbey 31,710 37,486 (13) Rd & Marlborough Way 1.29 Marlborough Way NB- Between A5 27,999 28,345 (13) WB & A5 EB 1.30 Glascote Rd WB- Between Abbey 19,481 22,259 (13) Rd & Marlborough Way 1.31 Sheepcote Way- Between Glascote 9,206 9,529 (13) Rd WB & Glascote Rd EB 1.32 Glascote Rd EB Between Abbey Rd 20,216 22,995 (14) & Glascote Rd WB 1.33 Abbey Rd between Glascote Rd EB 2,819 2,819 (14) & Glascote Rd WB 1.34 Glascote Rd WB Between Abbey 20,475 23,253 (14) Rd & Glascote Rd EB

5.5.19 As shown in Table 5.8, a number of links in the local area experience high levels of traffic flows, in excess of 16,000 AADT vehicular movements. With the exception of the B5000 Tamworth Road W (Link 1.3) and Mercian Way / Glascote Rd EB (Link 1.15) no other links assessed are expected to experience major increases in traffic flows. Increases on the B5000 Tamworth Road W are localised and due to the location with the new site access junctions and the development whilst the increase on the Mercian Way / Glascote Rd EB link is predicted to only be 3% overall.

5.5.20 Overall, the severance experienced is not considered to change from its current situation and the impact of the Development is therefore considered to be Negligible.

Driver Delay

5.5.21 Impacts on driver delay “…are only likely to be significant when the traffic on the network surrounding the development is already at, or close to, the capacity of the system”. This is assessed against the thresholds / criteria identified earlier in this Chapter in Table 5.2.

5.5.22 The results of the junction capacity assessments are presented in Chapter 7 of the Transport Assessment within Appendix 5.1. The results show that the highway network generally operate within capacity, with limited driver delays expected.

5.5.23 As detailed at Paragraphs 7.21 and 7.22 and Figure 6 of the Transport Assessment, in Appendix 5.1, this demonstrates the extent of the highway network that was assessed in the transport modelling utilising the WCC Paramics model. In total, 56 junctions were

62 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

assessed in the Paramics model and on the whole, the magnitude of change in daily flows as a consequence of the Development is considered to be Negligible and no further detailed analysis was undertaken.

5.5.24 For those junctions assessed in detail within Chapter 7 of the Transport Assessment, with reference to the threshold / criteria identified earlier, a number of junctions will experience increased driver delay as a result of the development including:

 Glascote Road / Robey’s Lane

 Pennine Way / A5 Wilnecote Bypass

 M42 Junction 10

 Glascote Road / Marlborough Way / Sheepcote Lane

 Glascote Road / Kettlebrook Road

5.5.25 The impact on the junctions listed above are not considered to be significant or detrimental to their operation and therefore the impact is considered to be Minor Adverse.

5.5.26 The capacity assessments within Chapter 7 of the Transport Assessment have identified two junctions that are predicted to experience increased driver delays. The impact of the Development at the following two junctions is considered to be Moderate Adverse:

 Pennine Way / Sandy Way junction

 Glascote Road / Mercian Way junction

Pedestrian Delay and Amenity

5.5.27 Conditions are unlikely to change on the local highway network sufficiently where the impact on pedestrian delay and amenity will be significant. Appropriate crossing points would be provided as part of the site access junctions to facilitate pedestrians crossing the B5000 Tamworth Road.

5.5.28 The impact of the development upon Pedestrian Delay and Amenity is therefore considered to be Negligible.

63 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Fear and Intimidation

5.5.29 Fear and intimidation levels in 2026 are considered in Table 5.9 below. This is assessed against the thresholds / criteria identified earlier in this ES Transport Chapter in Table 5.2.

Table 5.9: 2026 Baseline and Forecast Year Fear and Intimidation Comparison (with and without development)

Link Link a) Average hourly b) Total 18hr HGV c) d) Ref flows over 18hr Flows Traffic Weighted day speed Assessment (mph) of a)– c)

2026 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026 Baseline Forecast Baseline Forecast Baseline Forecast Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic Flows Flows + Flows Flows + Flows Flows + Dev Dev Dev (Phase 1)

1.1 (1) B5000 Tamworth Road (E)– Between Site 705 711 642 648 40 Minor Minor Access & Polesworth

1.2 (1) Chiltern Rd – Between B5000 Tamworth Rd & 140 169 160 193 30 Negligible Negligible Glascote Rd

1.3 (8) B5000 Tamworth Road (W)– Between Site 836 1314 801 1,259 40 Minor Minor Access & Polesworth

1.4 (1) Site Entrance–Between B5000Tamworth Rd & 0 601 0 0 0 Negligible Negligible Glascote Rd

1.5 Glascote Rd EB- Between (8) Sandy way & 1063 1528 211 318 40 Minor Minor Pennine way

64 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.6 Pennine Way-Between (8) Glascote Rd & 1185 1184 1,594 1,593 30 Minor Minor A5 Slip Rd

1.7 (8) Glascote Rd WB- Between Byer Close & 1390 1721 1,012 1,253 40 Moderate Moderate Pennine Way

1.8 (8) Sandy Way-Between Glascote Rd WB & 350 362 1,121 1,045 30 Minor Minor Glascote Rd EB

1.9 (9) A5 Slip Rd-Between Pennine Way WB & 686 743 463 502 40 Minor Minor Pennine Way SB

1.10 (9) Pennine Way SB- Between Pennine Way 1027 1034 446 449 30 Minor Minor WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.11 (9) Pennine Way SB- Between Pennine Way 1224 1289 859 905 40 Moderate Moderate WB & A5 Slip Rd

1.12 Glascote Rd EB- (7) Between Beyer Close- 1390 1721 1,779 2,204 40 Minor Moderate Mercian Way

1.13 (7) Beyer Cl Between Glascote Rd EB & 11 9 0 0 30 Negligible Negligible Glascote Rd WB

1.14 (7) Glascote Rd WB- Between Beyer Close- 1284 1607 1,535 1,921 40 Minor Moderate Mercian Way

1.15 (7) Mercian Way Glascote Rd EB & 839 864 2,185 2,252 40 Minor Minor Glascote Rd WB

1.16 A5 Slip Rd- Between (10) Pennine Way & 616 643 528 552 40 Minor Minor Centurion Way SB

65 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.17 (10) Centurion Way SB- Between Watling St & 141 134 192 183 30 Negligible Negligible A5 Slip Rd

1.18 (10) Watling St- Between Pennine Way & 820 792 554 535 40 Minor Minor Centurion Way SB

1.19 (10) Pennine Way Between A5 Slip Rd & 1027 1034 774 779 40 Minor Minor Watling St

1.20 (11) A5 EB on-/off slips at the Marlborough Way 546 546 1,136 1,136 40 Minor Minor Roundabout

1.21 (11) Marlborough Way SB SB-Between A5 WB & 1461 1541 1,026 1,082 30 Minor Minor A5 EB

1.22 (11) A5 WB on/off slips at the Marlborough Way 1151 1213 1,496 1,577 40 Minor Minor Roundabout

1.23 Marlborough Way (11) NBSB-Between A5 WB 1660 1802 1,812 1,968 40 Moderate Moderate & A5 EB

1.24 (12) Glascote Rd WB- Between Silver Link Rd 1270 1664 1,156 1,514 40 Moderate Moderate & Beyer Close

1.25 A. (12) Silver Link Rd - Between Glascote Rd WB & 424 443 253 265 40 Negligible Negligible Glascote Rd EB

1.26 B. (12) Glascote Rd WB- Between Marlborough 1723 2029 1,657 1,951 40 Moderate Moderate Way & Silver Link Rd

1.27 C. (12) Woodland Rd - Between Glascote Rd WB & 503 572 519 624 30 Negligible Negligible Glascote Rd EB

66 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1.28 D. (13) Glascote Rd EB- Between Abbey Rd & 1689 1997 1,625 1,920 40 Moderate Moderate Marlborough Way

1.29 E. (13) Marlborough Way NB- Between A5 WB & A5 1491 1510 775 785 30 Moderate Moderate EB

1.30 F. (13) Glascote Rd WB- Between Abbey Rd & 1038 1186 1,207 1,379 40 Minor Minor Marlborough Way

1.31 G. (13) Sheepcote Way- Between Glascote Rd 490 508 204 211 30 Negligible Negligible WB & Glascote Rd EB

1.32 H. (14) Glascote Rd EB Between Abbey Rd & 1077 1225 1,120 1,274 40 Minor Minor Glascote Rd WB

1.33 (14) Abbey Rd between I. Glascote Rd EB & 150 150 39 39 30 Negligible Negligible Glascote Rd WB

1.34 J. (14) Glascote Rd WB Between Abbey Rd & 1091 1239 1,134 1,288 40 Minor Minor Glascote Rd EB

5.5.30 With the exception of Glascote Rd EB- Between Beyer Close- Mercian Way (Link 1.12) and Glascote Rd WB- Between Beyer Close- Mercian Way (Link 1.14), which increases from Minor Adverse to Moderate Adverse, none of the links assessed are predicted to experience a significant change in the level of Fear and Intimidation, as a consequence of the Development.

5.5.31 Overall, additional traffic flows associated with the Development on the highway network, would have a Negligible impact on Fear and Intimidation when compared to the baseline traffic flows.

67 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Accidents and Safety

5.5.32 As set out in the existing condition section of this ES Transport Chapter, there are no specific highway safety concerns identified currently on the highway network.

5.5.33 It is considered that the additional traffic flows on the highway network resulting from the development would be unlikely to have any significant effect on Accidents or Safety and the development therefore would have Negligible impact.

Summary

5.5.34 Overall, there are very few transport-related environmental effects of significance regarding the categories considered in this ES Chapter.

5.6 PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES

5.6.1 The mitigation measures for the Development are considered for the following scenarios:

 Mitigation associated with the Construction phase; and

 Mitigation associated with the Development phase.

Demolition / Construction Mitigation

5.6.2 Owing to the temporary disruption caused by demolition and construction activities and associated traffic as described above, a Construction Traffic Management Plan(s) (CTMP) would be prepared and implemented. This could be secured through a planning condition or legal agreement. This would include construction traffic routes, access and egress to the Site which would be agreed with TC in advance of commencement of demolition and construction works. Adherence to measures set out in a Construction Traffic Management Plan(s) would minimise disruption to pedestrians, cyclists and vehicle users and therefore the likely residual impact from the demolition and construction works of the Development would be insignificant. The CTMP would provide a framework within which to monitor, avoid and / or minimise impacts to the environment and sensitive local receptors arising from construction traffic, as far as reasonably practicable. The effectiveness of the CTMP’s implemented would be

68 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

recorded and reported, with a corrective action procedure implemented, where required.

5.6.3 As reported in Chapter 8: Air Quality and Chapter 6: Noise and Vibration, a Construction Environmental Management Plan(s) would also be implemented during the demolition and construction works, which would minimise noise and air emissions generated from construction traffic.

MITIGATION FOR THE DEVELOPMENT

5.6.4 Within the supporting Transport Assessment, the Development seeks to reduce the environmental effects through the promotion of sustainable modes of transport would be promoted in order to seek a mode shift to alternative modes of transport and reduce vehicular trips from the Development.

5.6.5 Travel Plans for the residential and education uses within the Development would be provided, which would set out targets to achieve a reduction in single occupancy car journeys through increasing the use of sustainable modes of transport such as cycling, walking and public transport. A Framework Travel Plan is provided in Appendix 5.2 that sets out the overarching aims, objectives and approach to achieving targets and measures to increase sustainable travel, such as public transport information and marketing initiatives, car sharing and car clubs. In accordance with the Framework Travel Plan, which could be secured through a planning condition or legal agreement, detailed Residential Travel Plans and School Travel Plans would be developed in advance of occupation of relevant Phases of Development.

5.6.6 The implementation of Travel Plans would likely result in a reduction of vehicle trips from the Development and sets out proposed periodic monitoring arrangements for the first five years of the occupation of the Development to include monitoring of trip generation from the Development to establish changes in traffic over time and also the effectiveness of the Travel Plan(s). Based on the monitoring data the Travel Plans would be reviewed, and where necessary, updated on an annual basis in consultation with the relevant Local Highway Authority’s to improve the performance of the Travel Plans.

5.6.7 A number of hard and soft measures have been identified within the Framework Travel Plan to in order to promote the use of sustainable modes of transport. Soft measures including promotion of sustainable modes through marketing, implementation of the travel packs and signing to identify key facilities and walking /cycling distances whilst

69 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

hard measures include provision of footways throughout the development, crossing points on the B5000 at the site access for example to aid pedestrians crossing from the development to the footway on the southern side of the carriageway and links to local bus stops on the B5000.

5.6.8 Although the implementation of the above measures would reduce the impact of Development traffic on the local highway network, the junction modelling in Chapter 7 of the Transport Assessment in Appendix 5.1 concludes that two junctions will require improvements to improve their operational capacity.

5.6.9 The Pennine Way / Sandy Way junction, to the west of the site, has been reviewed and from the Paramics model outputs it is clear that the proposed development would have a material impact upon the level of operation of this junction during peak periods. A junction improvement has been prepared and is shown in Appendix L of the Transport Assessment. It is proposed that the junction improvements be secured by way of an appropriate Planning Condition.

5.6.10 A financial contribution (proportionate to the impact) is also to be made to Staffordshire County Council towards a (committed) improvement scheme at the Glascote Road / Mercian Way Roundabout.

5.7 RESIDUAL IMPACTS

5.7.1 There are very few negative effects of significance in terms of transport-related environmental effects which require specific mitigation to be identified. A range of mitigation measures have however been identified where the impact of development was considered to be adverse. It is therefore concluded that the level of residual effects of the Development, after the above mitigation, would be of Negligible impact.

5.8 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

5.8.1 The cumulative impact has been brought into the assessment through inclusion of the Local Plan Allocations within the baseline traffic flows used. Therefore, no ‘additional’ cumulative impact assessment has been undertaken as part of this ES Transport Chapter. The same approach has also been reported in the Air Quality (Chapter 8) and Noise and Vibration (Chapter 6) ES Chapters.

70 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

5.9 LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS

5.9.1 As stated earlier, scoping was undertaken with the respective highway authorities Warwickshire County Council, Staffordshire County Council and Highways England and the methodology to assess the impact of the Development on the local area was agreed.

5.9.2 As agreed with the highway authorities, the impact of the Development should be assessed using the WCC Atherstone Paramics model of the local area. The Paramics model has extensive coverage of the local highway network. Further consultation was undertaken with Staffordshire County Council and it was identified that the Paramics model did not cover all of the junctions for which they required an assessment of. Therefore, a manual assessment was also undertaken. Further details are provided in Chapter 7 of the Transport Assessment included in Appendix 5.1.

5.9.3 For the residential trip generation rates for the Development assumptions were made in relation to the type of residential unit. Trips generated from the residential uses from the Development (identified in Chapter 6 of the Transport Assessment) were derived by taking the maximum of 1700 residential units for the Development and utilising the agreed trip rates. Trips associated with the community hub, care home and sports pitches are considered ancillary and would be contained largely within the Development and thus included within the residential trip generation from the Development.

5.9.4 Whilst data was obtained for buses and trains regarding the frequency of services, no capacity data was readily available and therefore the assessment of the likely significant impacts of additional trips utilising public transport has been undertaken qualitatively, using professional judgement in terms of the likely impact attributed to this.

5.10 CONCLUSION

5.10.1 Demolition and construction of the Development would generate traffic on the local highway network. To effectively manage this, a CTMP(s) would be developed and implemented, which would set out measures to minimise construction traffic and any disruption. As part of this, construction traffic routes, access and egress to the Site would be agreed with the Highway Authority.

5.10.2 The Development, once completed and operational, would provide permeability and connectivity across the Site through the provision of roads, footpaths and public open

71 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

space. In addition, the Development would include the provision of secure cycle facilities for residents within the Development and encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport. An increase in traffic generated from the Development would be managed through the implementation of a Travel Plan, that would set out the broad principles to be adopted to promote sustainable travel and aim to encourage more people to use sustainable modes of transport such as cycling, walking and public transport. The Travel Plan would be promoted and supported by the appointment of a Travel Plan Co-ordinator who would champion the use of sustainable modes of transport and seek to support a change in modal shift away from single occupied cars.

5.10.3 A summary of the likely impacts, mitigation measures and likely residual impacts of the Development on transport and access are provided in Table 5.10.

Table 5.10: Summary of Likely Significant and Residual Impacts of the Development Issue Likely Mitigation Likely Significant Measures Residual Impact Impact Demolition and Construction Construction Temporary Implementation Negligible Disruption to of Construction Pedestrians, Traffic Cyclists and Management Road Vehicle Plan(s) Users as a Result of an Increase in Demolition and Construction Traffic resulting in a temporary Minor Adverse impact Completed Development

72 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Highway Of Travel Plans Negligible Network predominantly would be Minor / provided in Moderate advance of Adverse occupation of impact on the each phase of highway development. network Minor improvements are proposed to the Pennine Way / Sandy Way junction. A financial contribution is to be made towards a committed improvement scheme at the Glascote Road / Mercian Way Roundabout. Pedestrian Of Negligible Provision of Negligible Severance impact upon dedicated Pedestrian crossings on Severance the B5000 Tamworth Road to aid movement of pedestrians. Driver Delay Of Minor Negligible predominantly improvements Negligible or are proposed Minor to the Pennine

73 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Adverse Way / Sandy impact at those Way junction. junctions A financial assessed, with contribution is two junctions to be made predicated to towards a experience committed Moderate improvement Adverse scheme at the impacts Glascote Road / Mercian Way Roundabout. Pedestrian Of Negligible Provision of Negligible Delay impact upon dedicated Pedestrian crossings on Delay the B5000 Tamworth Road to aid movement of pedestrians. Pedestrian Of Negligible Provision of Negligible Amenity impact upon footways and Pedestrian crossing points Amenity internally within the Development. Travel Plan would detail safe walking routes and Travel Plan Co- ordinator would be able to assist residents

74 Environmental Statement (Chapter 5) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Pedestrian Of Negligible None required Negligible Fear and impact upon Intimidation Pedestrian Fear and Intimidation Accidents Of Negligible None required Negligible and Safety impact upon Accidents and Safety

References

 Department for transport (2004) Transport White Paper – The Future of Transport: A Network for 2030.  Department for Transport, London (2004) Smarter Choices – Changing the Way We Travel.  Department for Communities and Local Government (2018) National Planning Policy Framework  Institute of Environmental Management & Assessment (2004) 'Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic'  Highways Agency (2009) Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB): Volume 11 Design Manual for Roads and Bridges  Atkins (2015) Proposed Mixed Use Development at Tamworth Golf Course

75 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6. NOISE AND VIBRATION

6.1. INTRODUCTION

This Chapter presents the approach and findings of an assessment of potential noise effects, relating to the proposed development, to both existing and proposed sensitive locations. The development tested by this ES is to comprise up to 1700 dwellings, a primary school, local centre, sports pitches, children’s play areas, allotments and formal open spaces. The actual number of dwellings for which permission is sought within the application supported by this is ES is up to 1540 dwellings. Please chapter 3 for full details. The assessment has been undertaken by Cole Jarman Acoustic Consultants.

The following elements have been assessed and are detailed within this chapter and its technical appendices:

 Road Network Traffic Noise (to existing receptors) – Noise generated by increased traffic flow on local roads due to vehicles movements to and from the site.

 Construction Noise (to existing receptors) – Noise generated by construction activities on the site.

 Fixed Plant Items (to existing receptors) – Noise generated by fixed plant items installed as part of the development.

 Noise from Existing Sources to Proposed Receptors) – Noise generated by local road traffic and activity at the nearby karting circuit.

Full information regarding the proposed development and local area can be found in Chapters 2 and 3 of this ES. This assessment considers two distinct developmental phases of the scheme. Phase 1 comprises a parcel of land to the east of Robey’s Lane and Phase 2 comprises land to the west of this road.

76 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.2. LEGISLATION AND POLICY

National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF)

6.2.1 The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), published in March 2012 and updated in July 2018, is currently the relevant document for defining the national policy towards noise sensitive development. It refers to the Noise Policy Statement for England (NPSE), which is discussed in the subsequent section.

6.2.2 The current policy on sustainable development influences the emphasis of any noise assessment. The development of a quiet, rural site is by most measures less sustainable than the development of a site located near existing infrastructure and facilities. The rating of development sites based on prevailing noise levels should now reflect this.

6.2.3 Specifically on the subject of noise, paragraph 180 of the NPPF states:

“Planning policies and decisions should also ensure that new development is appropriate for its location taking into account the likely effects (including cumulative effects) of pollution on health, living conditions and the natural environment, as well as the potential sensitivity of the site or the wider area to impacts that could arise from the development. In doing so they should:

a. mitigate and reduce to a minimum potential adverse impacts resulting from noise from new development – and avoid noise giving rise to significant adverse impacts on health and the quality of life;

b. identify and protect tranquil areas which have remained relatively undisturbed by noise and are prized for their recreational and amenity value for this reason;”

6.2.4 Paragraph 180 references the Noise Policy Statement for England and no other particular standards.

6.2.5 On the general issue of amenity, paragraph 127 states that planning policies and decisions should ensure that developments:

“create places that […] promote health and well-being, with a high standard of amenity for existing and future users…”

6.2.6 Further to this, paragraph 170 states that planning policies and decisions should:

“prevent new and existing development from contributing to, being put at unacceptable risk from, or being adversely affected by, unacceptable levels of soil, air, water or noise pollution”

77 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.2.7 A notable inclusion in the July 2018 edition of the NPPF is the ‘agent of change’ principle in paragraph 182. In terms of noise, this principle requires that those proposing a new noise sensitive development incorporate sufficient mitigation such that the operation of existing premises in the area is not unreasonably restricted in order to control noise impact upon the new development:

“Planning policies and decisions should ensure that new development can be integrated effectively with existing businesses and community facilities (such as places of worship, pubs, music venues and sports clubs). Existing businesses and facilities should not have unreasonable restrictions placed on them as a result of development permitted after they were established. Where the operation of an existing business or community facility could have a significant adverse effect on new development (including changes of use) in its vicinity, the applicant (or ‘agent of change’) should be required to provide suitable mitigation before the development has been completed.”

Noise Policy Statement For England (NPSE)

6.2.8 This government document, published in 2010, does not set quantitative guidelines for the suitability of noise sensitive development in an area depending on the prevailing levels of noise. Absent, therefore, is reference to specific noise thresholds which determine whether noise sensitive development is suitable and, if so, whether particular mitigation factors need to be considered.

6.2.9 Instead, the NPSE sets out three aims:

“The first aim of the Noise Policy Statement for England

Avoid significant adverse impacts on health and quality of life from environmental, neighbour and neighbourhood noise within the context of Government policy on sustainable development.

The second aim of the Noise Policy Statement for England

Mitigate and minimise adverse impacts on health and quality of life from environmental, neighbour and neighbourhood noise within the context of Government policy on sustainable development.

The third aim of the Noise Policy Statement for England

78 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Where possible, contribute to the improvement of health and quality of life through the effective management and control of environmental, neighbour and neighbourhood noise within the context of Government policy on sustainable development.”

6.2.10 Paragraph 2.24 states that all reasonable steps should be taken to mitigate and minimise adverse effects on health and quality of life. It also states that this does not mean that such adverse effects cannot occur.

6.2.11 In essence, therefore, each development site must be judged on its ability to deliver on each of the stated aims. Quantifying the prevailing noise levels is therefore an essential first step in assessing a given site.

6.2.12 The NPSE refers to SOAEL, the Significant Observed Adverse Effect Level. This is defined as the level above which significant adverse impacts on health and quality of life can be observed. Given the overall thrust of the NPSE, the SOAEL is therefore an important assessment standard although the document also comments that:

“It is not possible to have a single objective noise based measure that defines SOAEL that is applicable to all sources of noise in all situations. Consequently, the SOAEL is likely to be different for different noise sources, for different receptors and at different times.”

6.2.13 Attention is drawn to the fact that the SOAEL is the level above which significant adverse effects can be observed. It is therefore necessary to set out a framework for developing appropriate assessment standards for different receptor locations and at different times in keeping with the advice on SOAEL. Importantly, it should be noted that the overall objective is to avoid or minimise significant adverse impacts; some degree of impact is acceptable and it is not necessary to seek to achieve no impact at all.

Planning Practice Guidance (PPG)

6.2.14 The Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG) launched the Planning Practice Guidance (PPG) in 2014.

79 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.2.15 The PPG on noise expands upon the NPPF and NPSE and sets out more detailed guidance on noise assessment. Like the NPPF and NPSE, the guidance does not include any specific noise levels but sets out further principles that should underpin an assessment.

6.2.16 The PPG includes a section on noise, in which paragraph 003 states:

“Local planning authorities’ plan-making and decision taking should take account of the acoustic environment and in doing so consider:

 whether or not a significant adverse effect is occurring or likely to occur;

 whether or not an adverse effect is occurring or likely to occur; and

 whether or not a good standard of amenity can be achieved.”

6.2.17 It then refers to the NPSE and states that the aim is to identify where the overall effect of the noise exposure falls in relation to Significant Observed Adverse Effect Level (SOAEL), the level of noise exposure above which significant adverse effects on health and quality of life occur; the Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level (LOAEL), the level of noise exposure above which adverse effects on health and quality of life can be detected; and the No Observed Effect Level (NOEL), the level of noise exposure below which no effect at all on health or quality of life can be detected.

6.2.18 The guidance then presents a table, which is reproduced below in Table. 6.1 The implication of the final line of the table is that only the ‘noticeable and very disruptive’ outcomes are unacceptable and should be prevented. All other outcomes (i.e. all other lines in the table) can be acceptable, depending upon the specific circumstances and factors such as the practicalities of mitigation.

Table 6.1 Summary of Noise Exposure Hierarchy (from NPPG)

Perception Examples of Outcomes Increasing Action Effect Level

Not No Effect No Observed No noticeable Effect specific measures required

80 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Noticeable Noise can be heard, but does No Observed No and not not cause any change in Adverse Effect specific intrusive behaviour or attitude. Can measures slightly affect the acoustic required character of the area but not such that there is a perceived change in the quality of life.

Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level

Noticeable Noise can be heard and Observed Mitigate and causes small changes in Adverse Effect and intrusive behaviour and/or attitude, e.g. reduce to turning up volume of a television; speaking more minimum loudly; where there is no alternative ventilation, having to close windows for some of the time because of the noise. Potential for some reported sleep disturbance. Affects the acoustic character of the area such that there is a perceived change in the quality of life.

Significant Observed Adverse Effect Level

Noticeable The noise causes a material Significant Avoid and change in behaviour and/or Observed disruptive attitude, avoiding certain Adverse Effect activities during periods of intrusion; where there is no alternative ventilation, having to keep windows closed most of the time because of the noise. Potential for sleep disturbance resulting in difficulty in getting to sleep, premature awakening and difficulty in getting back to sleep. Quality of life diminished due to change in acoustic character of the area.

81 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Noticeable Extensive and regular Unacceptable Prevent and very changes in behaviour and/or Adverse Effect disruptive an inability to mitigate effect of noise leading to psychological stress or physiological effects, e.g. regular sleep deprivation/awakening; loss of appetite, significant, medically definable harm, e.g. auditory and non-auditory.

Local Planning Policy 6.2.19 The site is entirety within the jurisdiction of North Warwickshire Borough Council, and whilst the residents to the south of the site, beyond Glascote Road are within Tamworth Borough Council, the application will be determined against North Warwickshire’s Development Plan.

6.2.20 On 16th March 2018, North Warwickshire Borough Council Local concluded consultation on a new Draft Local Plan, the aim of which being to draw together the existing adopted Core Strategy document, Draft Site allocations and Draft Development Documents into a single document. The Local Plan was submitted to the Secretary of State for examination on 27 March 2018.

6.2.21 The Core Strategy document formally adopted in October 2014, which is to be included in the New Local Plan (currently within the publically available draft under section LP31), contains the following policy relating to noise:

“NW 10 Development Considerations

Development should meet the needs of residents and businesses without compromising the ability of future generations to enjoy the same quality of life that the present generation aspires to. Development should…

…9. Avoid and address unacceptable impacts upon neighbouring amenities through overlooking, overshadowing, noise, light, fumes or other pollution…”

6.2.22 The key principles of this policy are that the long term noise effects of a proposed development should be taken into account to ensure no significant adverse effects arise. There are no other policies which specifically reference noise.

82 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Local Consultation

6.2.23 North Warwickshire Borough Council has provided a scoping response in relation to a scoping report submitted for the scheme which includes feedback from a number of consultees. The following comments were made in relation to noise:

Warwickshire County Council

6.2.24 “The Council's Environmental Health Officer has asked that noise impacts from HS2 are factored into the supporting documentation.”

Highways England

6.2.25 “Any calculated or measured traffic noise levels contained within an assessment should be in accordance with the methodology prescribed in Calculation of Road Traffic Noise (1988), which is the standard method of prediction for road traffic noise in the UK.”

6.2.26 The assessment criteria and methodology contained within this ES chapter, reflect the proposals made within the initial scoping report and take into account the comments above.

6.3 METHODOLOGY

Road Network Traffic Noise (To Existing Receptors)

6.4 When assessing potential noise effects due to changes in road traffic flows as a result of a development, it is appropriate to refer to the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB:2011). The Manual sets out noise assessment procedures to be followed when undertaking highway works such as building new roads.

6.4.1 DMRB sets out thresholds at which potential effects may start to become apparent, based on changes in 18-hour daytime noise levels (0600-2400h) within the short and long terms.

6.4.2 The short term assessment according to DMRB is considered to be a comparison of the year of opening with and without the introduction of a development. The long term assessment, again according to DMRB, is considered to be a comparison

83 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

between the year of opening and the year during which the greatest traffic flows will occur within 15 years of opening. In addition, it is appropriate to consider comparisons between future scenarios, with and without the development, as a long term assessment.

6.4.3 In general, calculations are carried out of Basic Noise Levels for the various scenarios, using the methodology set out in the Department for Transport document “Calculation of Road Traffic Noise” (CRTN:1988).

6.4.4 The calculations are based on traffic flow data supplied by the project transport planners Waterman Infrastructure and Environment and take account of the percentage made up of Heavy Goods Vehicles and the stated speed limit for the

road. The resultant noise level figure is the LA10,18h dB.

6.4.5 Where 18 Hour AAWT traffic flows for a road link are below 1000 vehicles (in particular link L9, as shown in Appendix 6.4), the normal guidelines within CRTN do not apply. Instead, an effective basic noise level calculated for the purposes of comparative assessment has been calculated using Single Event Level (SEL) data and the expected traffic flows for the appropriate low flow road links, to derive a basic noise level.

6.4.6 The resulting effective basic noise level was calculated using baseline Single Event Level (SEL) data for typical car and HGV movements from taken from a Cole Jarman library of noise event data.

6.4.7 An SEL is a representative value of all the sound energy associated with a certain event condensed down to 1 second to derive an associated noise level. The SEL is a notional level which assists with calculation and in no way on its own represents the level of exposure that may be directly experienced in reality. This

level can then be averaged over a specific time period in order to produce an LAeq,T (i.e. and energy average noise level for a given period). By averaging the noise level over a 18 hour period and correcting for the number of events in the time

period, the LAeq,18h generated by a particular road link can be calculated.

6.4.8 It is noteworthy that that LAeq,18h is not directly comparable to LA10,18h and this approach has only been used where applicable road links on comparative scenarios both have flows below 1000 vehicles, as is the case with all relevant comparisons.

84 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.4.9 Distance corrections have been utilised as appropriate, as set out in the CRTN guidance document. It has been assumed that the source line for traffic is 3.5 metres in from the edge of the kerb and the noise level for the purposes of comparative assessment has been calculated at 10 metres from the edge of the kerb.

DM26 Do Minimum 2026 Local Plan and Committed Developments Only Without Any On Site Development (Year of opening)

DS26 Do Something 2026 Local Plan and Committed Developments with complete Phase 1 and 2 Site Development (Year of opening)

DM40 Do Minimum 2040 Local Plan and Committed Developments Only Without Any On Site Development (Effective design year)

DS40 Do Something 2040 Local Plan and Committed Developments with complete Phase 1 and 2 Site Development (Effective design year)

6.4.10 The assessment is undertaken in terms of changes in the calculated Basic Noise Level (or effective basic noise level in the case of traffic flows below 1000 vehicles) defined at 10m from the edge of the carriageway in CRTN. This does not relate directly to the noise exposure at individual residences, rather it is a reference noise level, comparison of which in various scenarios provides a good indication of the noise level changes that are expected to occur along an existing road link, where the road itself is the dominant road traffic noise source.

85 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.4.11 The changes in noise level are calculated based upon a comparison of noise generated by road traffic without development in the baseline year to the road traffic noise generated in the future year both with and without development.

6.4.12 In summary, the scenarios which have been assessed are detailed below:

6.4.13 Whilst it is usually expected that a design year, fifteen years after year of opening would represent a worst case in terms of traffic flow growth, data for 2042 is not available due to limitations in the Local Authority’s traffic modelling software. Therefore 2040 represents a robust worst case based on the data available.

6.4.14 The year of opening used for the purposes of assessment is also defined by limitations in the transport model however, a 2026 comparison of with and without full Phase 1 and 2 develop is considered robust and a suitably worst case comparison, as given the size of the development, it is not expected to be fully completed in by this year in reality.

6.4.15 With respect to the transportation model, Warwickshire County Council (WCC), Staffordshire County Council (SCC) and Highways England have identified that the impact of the proposed development should be assessed using the WCC Atherstone Paramics model of the local area. The Paramics model has extensive coverage of the local highway network.

6.4.16 WCC and Highways England have confirmed that the extent of the Paramics model is sufficient to assess the highway impact of the proposed development.

6.4.17 SCC have identified that the extent of the Paramics model does not cover all of the junctions for which they require assessment of the impact. It has therefore been agreed that the following additional junctions, outside of the Paramics model, require assessment for the impact of the proposed development:

 Glascote Road/Woodland Road/Silver Link Road Roundabout;

 Glascote Road/Marlborough Way Roundabout;

 Glascote Road/Abbey Road Roundabout;

 Glascote Road/Kettlebrook Road Roundabout;

 Anker Drive/Glascote Road Roundabout; and

86 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Anker Drive/Bolebridge Street/Amington Road Roundabout

6.4.18 Due to the manner in which the Paramics model works, with traffic reassignment occurring and the various development trips combined within the received outputs, the difference in traffic flows caused by the development proposals has been extrapolated to 18 and 24 hr flows using standard factors. This approach to the calculation of 18hr and 24 hr flows provides for a robust assessment.

6.4.19 A detailed description of the of the transportation modelling can be found in Chapter 5 of this Environmental Statement.

6.4.20 The following committed developments have been taken into account where appropriate:

 Local plan developments

 The adjacent golf course site for 1100 dwellings, a primary school and small convenience store

 Pennine Way (Planning Ref: 0349/2012), for 94 dwellings

 Sandy Way (Planning Ref: 0267/2013), for office and associated industrial unit

 Land off Glascote Road (Planning Ref: 0227/2013), 12 light industrial units

 Centurion Way (Planning Ref: PAP/2014/0014), 8 hectares of B1, B2 and B8

 Hall End Farm, Dordon (Planning Ref: PAP/2013/0269), 17 hectares of B1, B2 and B8.

 Birch Coppice, Dordon (Planning Ref: PAP/2013/0347), 13 hectares of B1, B2 and B8.

 Spon Lane, Grendon (Planning Ref: PAP/2013/0224), 85 houses.

 Rowland Way, Atherstone (Planning Ref: PAP/2013/0297), 88 houses.

 Church Walk, Mancetter (Planning Ref: PAP/2013/0582), 80 flats.

87 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 St Helena/Grendon Road, Polesworth (Planning Ref: PAP/2014/0181), 144 houses.

 Overwoods Road, Hockley (Planning Ref: PAP/2014/0181), 88 houses.

6.4.21 The following comparisons of the calculated basic noise levels have been conducted to assess the effects of the scheme in both in the short term and in the long term, taking into account the effects of the committed developments identified above as appropriate.

Assessment DM26 vs DS26 Short Term Effect 1 Assessment DM26 vs DS40 Long Term Effect 2 Assessment DM40 vs DS40 Long Term Effect 3 6.4.22 The proposed road network noise assessment criteria are summarised in table 6.2 below.

Table 6.2 Road Network Noise Assessment Criteria

Change in Magnitude of Magnitude of Adverse

Noise Level Adverse and and Beneficial noise

Beneficial noise Effects in the long

Effects in the short term

term

0.0 No Change No Change

0.1 to 0.9 Negligible Negligible

1 to 2.9 Minor Negligible

3 to 4.9 Moderate Minor

5 to 9.9 Major Moderate

10+ Major Major

88 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.4.23 The thresholds and descriptors shown above are based upon guidance provided within DMRB.

6.4.24 The presentation of changes in sound level in the table above to one decimal place is not a reflection of accuracy of the assessment but rather serves to provide a clear threshold between adjacent effect descriptions.

6.4.25 When considering the noise effects above, Negligible or Minor Adverse effects would be expected to be consistent with the requirements of the NPPF, specifically paragraph 123, to avoid significant adverse effects. It is important to note that where noise effects are concerned, any identified to be of major significance may not necessarily have effects beyond a local scale i.e. in close proximity to the source of noise.

Construction Noise (To Existing Receptors)

6.4.26 A detailed outline of the recommended standards and criteria against which noise and vibration should be assessed has been developed, as set out in Appendix 6.2 Construction Noise Criteria. This includes thresholds for noise and vibration levels, at which effects are expected to arise and at which effects may become major if they occur over a long duration or extended period.

Fixed Plant Items (To Existing Receptors)

6.4.27 For fixed plant items it is appropriate to set limits at the nearest noise sensitive receivers based on the existing background noise levels around the site. An assessment of plant noise will be conducted at a later stage in the design process, when the proposed mechanical services scheme is progressed, in accordance with guidance given in BS 4142:2014.

6.4.28 It has been agreed with the local authority that plant noise at existing residences should be designed to 5dB below the measured representative background noise level.

6.4.29 It is recommended however, that in instances of low background noise, it is not

considered reasonable to design plant noise levels to 10dB beneath the LA90 background; we would in these circumstances recommend a reasonable minimum

89 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

plant noise emission limit in absolute terms of 30dB(A). In the previous version of BS 4142 (1997) it noted that “rating levels below 35dB are considered very low”. The current version of BS 4142 states:

“Where background sound levels and rating levels are low, absolute levels might be as, or more, relevant than the margin by which the rating level exceeds the background. This is especially true at night.”

6.4.30 To service as an example, taking the typical loss through a partially open window of 10-15dB(A), the proposed minimum plant noise limit of 30dB(A) would result in levels no greater than 20dB(A) within any nearby property, which is 10dB(A) lower than the standard for bedrooms indicated in BS 8233:2014.

6.4.31 It is suggested that the only variation to this would be for emergency plant items such as sprinkler systems, smoke extract fans and emergency generators. These would be used during emergencies and to test that the systems work. It is proposed that testing of the systems is limited to daytime only and the plant noise limits for these items are relaxed to 10 dB above the existing background noise level during the testing period.

6.4.32 With the fixed plant designed to achieve the limits above the noise effect is expected to be negligible.

Noise From Existing Sources To Proposed Receptors

6.4.33 No specific requirements have been provided by the local authority in terms of the assessment criteria. Therefore, an approach has been adopted ensuring the proposed noise sensitive receptors are adequately protected against noise, in respect to the design criteria contained within British standard BS8233:2014. When considering noise from the karting track, the character of the noise emission has also been taken into account as appropriate.

6.4.34 Full details of the design criteria for the proposed residences are provided in Appendix 6.1 and are summarised below:

 Daytime internal LAeq,16h to all habitable rooms no greater than 35 dB.

 Night time internal LAeq,8h to all bedrooms no greater than 30 dB.

90 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Aspirational daytime LAeq,16h in outdoor amenity areas ideally no greater than 55 dB with noise levels above acceptable providing they are mitigated as far as is reasonable practicable.

6.4.35 The above criteria have also been applied to noise from the existing road network on proposed noise sensitive receptors to be included as part of the development.

6.4.36 Noise from offsite activity at the nearby karting track has been quantified by measurement at the nearest potential noise sensitive receptors on the proposed Phase 1 section of the development site. An extended measurement period was adopted to ensure variations in karting activity were quantified, including both weekend and week days. Full details of the noise survey conducted can be found in Appendix 6.1.

6.4.37 With the proposed residences and adjoining external amenity areas designed to achieve the design criteria above, the noise effects from both the karting track and existing roads, on proposed sensitivities in Phase 1 are expected to be negligible.

6.4.38 However, with respect to the Phase 2 section of the site, it is proposed that the land on which the Karting Circuit is currently located is built upon, thereby removing the potential of noise effects from this source. It is acknowledged that there may be a limited time during the Phase 2 construction/occupation period in which the karting circuit may remain in operation however, any associated noise effects would be inherently temporary in nature and not extend beyond completion of Phase 2.

6.4.39 As a means to reduce any potential temporary noise effects of the karting circuit on the Phase 2 development, the developer could seek to programme the site construction so that the parcels at greater distances from the track are constructed first so that any early occupation is well away from track activity. For example, Phase 2 development areas to the north of Woodhouse Farm are at a great distance than any part of the Phase 1 site, which has been demonstrated not to be adversely affected by noise from the karting circuit.

6.4.40 It is noteworthy that the Indicative Phasing Plan (Hallam Land document reference 6186-L-13 rev E) provides an indication of the most likely approach to the phased construction of sections of the scheme, in terms of the order of development.

91 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

HS2 Phase 2b

6.4.41 There is currently insufficient information available to conduct a detailed assessment of noise from the proposed HS2 Phase 2b route to the proposed development site. The available data for the scheme however suggests that noise emission would not be significant in comparison to the existing noise climate.

6.4.42 Taking into account the above, the location of the proposed route relative to the site and distance between; the fact that the motorway is in between the route and the site and that the route is predominately in cutting, noise from this source is not expected to be an issue. This is discussed in more detail in Appendix 6.1.

SIGNIFICANCE OF EFFECTS

6.4.43 The following descriptors have been adopted as a means to identify the overall significance of the effects which have been identified:

 Negligible – no significant impacts to an environmental resource or receptor.

 Minor – slight, very short term or highly localised impact of no significant consequence.

 Moderate – limited impact (by extent, duration or magnitude) which may nonetheless be considered significant in the context of the site and/or surrounding areas.

 Major – considerable impact (by extend, duration or magnitude) of more than local significance or in breach of recognised acceptability, legislation, policy or standards.

6.4.44 It should be noted that for all potential noise effects, any resulting effects are expected to be of local significance only.

92 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.5 BASELINE CONDITIONS Baseline Road Network Traffic Data

6.5.1 Traffic flow information for various scenarios, derived from 2015 and 2017 baseline traffic data, has been supplied and obtained by Waterman Infrastructure and Environment Ltd and is outlined in Appendix 6.4.

Construction Noise, Plant Noise and Noise From Off Site Activity

6.5.2 Baseline noise levels across the site and in positions near to existing sensitivities have been quantified with measured noise levels presented in Appendix 6.1. Four long term unattended noise monitors were deployed at positons representative of key noise sources adjacent to the phase 1 section of the time, capturing data over a period of approximately 9 days, with the exception of one of the positions where 5 days were captured. Two unattended monitors were also utilised on the Stage 2 sections of the site, capturing data over a period of approximately 8 days. A number of attended noise measurements were also conducted on the phase 2 section of the site.

6.5.3 The dominant noise source observed across the wider site was noted to be road traffic on the M42. The motorway runs in cutting past the south western boundary of the site and this is therefore expected to be providing a degree of screening. The motorway emerges from cutting approximately 150 metres from the most northern part of the south-western Phase 1 site boundary.

6.5.4 Robey’s Lane and the B5000 also contributed to the noise climate, locally to each of these sources.

6.5.5 The Phase 2 section of the site is located approximately 600m from the M42 motorway at its nearest point. The M42 was noted to contribute to the ambient noise climate in combination with some of the other smaller road traffic noise sources in the area.

6.5.6 Triggered, audio recordings made by the meter closest to the karting track were used to identify the various key contributors to the noise climate over the course of the survey in this location. Both whilst on site and from the audio recordings, it was observed that the karting track activity did not appear to contribute significantly to the ambient noise climate. However, low level tyre squeal was just perceptible on occasion.

93 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.6 POTENTIAL EFFECTS Road Network Traffic Noise

6.6.1 The development has the potential to affect traffic flows on the existing local road network and therefore the noise impact of any changes to existing traffic flows have been assessed. 18 hour (06:00 – 00:00h) traffic flow data have been supplied by Waterman Infrastructure and Environment Ltd for an estimated year of opening (2027) and the projected worst case year within 15 years, the design year (2040). Data beyond 2040 was not available due to limitations in the local authority’s traffic model.

6.6.2 The road links for which the assessments have been carried out are shown in the Road Link Diagram attached to Appendix 6.4.

6.6.3 Calculated changes in noise level, based on the assessment methodology set out in the previous sections, are provided in Appendix 6.4.

6.6.4 The worst case expected magnitude of effect of road network noise on existing sensitivities is Minor adverse or less in the worst case in the short terms and Negligible in the short term.

Fixed Plant Items

6.6.5 Noise from fixed plant items installed on the site has a capacity to give rise to a Major adverse effects without any mitigation installed. It is noted that plant noise limits have been established in Appendix 6.1.

Construction Noise

6.6.6 The nearest residential dwellings are relatively close (approximately 66m away) from the boundary of the site so construction noise levels at the dwellings have the potential to have Moderate temporary effects depending on the construction techniques used and the time of the construction works.

Noise From Off-Site Activity

6.6.7 Noise levels in the locations where proposed residences might be located on the site, closest to the existing karting track and existing local road network sources have been quantified. It has been determined that there is the potential for proposed dwellings to be exposed to a Moderate noise effect if the site layout is not optimised to provide mitigation against these sources. Suitable mitigation

94 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

measures are discussed in the following section and in greater detail in Appendix 6.1. It is noteworthy here that the potential effects of noise from the karting track are limited by the fact that the land on which it is currently situated, is to be developed as part of Phase 2 of the scheme.

6.7 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED MITIGATION Road Network Traffic Noise

6.7.1 No mitigation measures are required as part of the development with respect to road network noise affecting existing sensitivities.

Fixed Plant Items

6.7.2 It is noted that a scheme of mechanical ventilation is yet to be developed and therefore an assessment of noise from fixed plant items will be conducted when the mechanical services design is completed. Where the assessment shows it to be necessary, mitigation measures will be required in order to meet the plant noise limits set. Such mitigation would typically take the form of acoustic barriers, louvres and attenuators for example.

6.7.3 With the noise limits met the noise effect of fixed plant items is deemed to be Negligible.

Construction Noise

6.7.4 Guidance on best practicable means of noise control during construction activities and an example Code of Construction Criteria and Code of Practice are set out in Appendix 6.2 and Appendix 6.3 respectively. This guidance could be used to form the basis of a Section 61 agreement (or similar) to control construction noise. Appendix 6.2 also sets out suggested noise and vibration limits to be used as a benchmark for construction noise control.

6.7.5 It is intended that if the noise levels at the nearest residential windows exceed stated thresholds for extended periods then some form of mitigation would be considered. The type of mitigation would be dependent on the offending noise source and hours of operation etc. The aim is to avoid Major noise effects occurring.

95 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.7.6 The construction of the proposed buildings and associated infrastructure is expected to be conventional and would not therefore give rise to significant noise effects for existing dwellings. Using best practical means of construction is expected to control the temporary noise effects are expected to be at worst Minor.

Noise From Off Site Activity

6.7.7 The set-back distances discussed in Appendix 6.1 should be adopted at proposed receptors to adequately protect them against noise from the existing karting track and local road traffic. In addition, proposed dwellings across the site should be orientated to provide screening to their associated external amenity areas (e.g. Road – Dwelling – External Amenity Area). The measures are to be included as an inherent part of the site layout.

6.7.8 With respect to the Phase 2 section of the site, it is proposed that the land on which the Karting Circuit is currently located is built upon, thereby removing the potential of noise effects from this source. It is acknowledged that there may be a limited time during the Phase 2 construction/occupation period in which the karting circuit may remain in operation however, any associated noise effects would be inherently temporary in nature and not extend beyond completion of Phase 2.

6.7.9 As a means to reduce any potential temporary noise effects of the karting circuit on the Phase 2 development during its construction, the developer could seek to programme the site construction so that the parcels at greater distances from the track are constructed first. This will ensure that any early occupation is well away from track activity. For example, Phase 2 development areas to the north of Woodhouse Farm are at a greater distance than any part of the Phase 1 site, which has been demonstrated in Appendix 6.1, not to be adversely affected by noise from the karting circuit.

6.7.10 Alternatively, the land on which the karting track is currently located could be developed first, thereby removing the noise source from the onset of the Phase 2 development.

6.8 DESCRIPTION OF RESIDUAL IMPACTS Construction Phase

6.8.1 No residual effects are predicted because construction noise and vibration is inherently temporary in nature. Nevertheless, best practice principles will be

96 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

employed in the construction methodologies to ensure that noise emissions are minimised. With the best practice principles taken into account, the temporary effect of construction activity will be expected to be limited to Minor in the worst case.

Operational Phase

Road Network Traffic Noise

6.8.2 No actionable mitigation measures are required and residual impacts as assessed as being Negligible.

Fixed Plant Items

6.8.3 Providing all plant to be included as part of the development is designed to the plant noise limits established in Appendix 6.1, the residual effect of fixed plant items will be Negligible.

Noise From Off-Site Activity

6.8.4 As the Karting circuit is to be cleared to make way for the development of the Phase 2 site, there will be no residual noise effects from this source to the proposed residences

6.9 Taking into account the mitigation strategy detailed in Appendix 6.1, the residual effect of noise from existing local road traffic to proposed sensitives is expected to be Negligible.

6.8 CUMULATIVE IMPACT

6.8.1 The cumulative effects of other developments as identified in section 6.3.1.17 have been taken into account within the traffic data supplied by Waterman Infrastructure and Environment Ltd for the wider site and it has been identified that no significant impact will arise. No other cumulative effects are expected.

97 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

6.9 LIMITATIONS Road Network Traffic Noise

6.9.1 It was not possible to obtain traffic data for 15 years after year of opening, due to limitations in the local authority’s traffic modelling software. However, the future year selected is 14 years after year of opening and has been advised to the transport consultant to be suitably robust to represent a worst case for the purposes of this study.

Fixed Plant Items

6.9.2 As a scheme of mechanical services plant is yet to be devised (if applicable), it is not possible to comment on whether any required mitigation measures would meet the required specification. This however can be done later in the design stage if mechanical services plant is to be utilised and therefore is not a significant limitation. There is a reliance however, on the mechanical services designers to design to the plant noise limits stipulated.

Construction Noise

6.9.3 The exact methods of construction are not yet known and it is therefore only possible to provide general guidance as to best practice, rather than to provide comment on specific activity types. There is a reliance on the contractors to follow the advice set out in the guidance provided.

Noise From Off Site Activity

6.9.4 The extended noise survey period has provided the opportunity to measure the track’s operations over varying conditions and there is no reason to believe the period monitored is atypical. It is expected that even during more intensive periods of track usage, noise will continue not to be significant due to the low noise levels recorded from this activity.

6.10 CONCLUSIONS

6.11 Assessments have been carried out to consider the potential noise impacts of changes in traffic flows on the local road network; construction activity and fixed plant items on existing residences. Noise from activity at the nearby karting track

98 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

and existing traffic on the local road network has also been considered to proposed sensitivities as appropriate.

6.12 The noise effects at existing residences due to changes in traffic flows on the local road network associated with the development have been assessed. The assessment takes into account the cumulative effects of other nearby developments, including the nearby Golf Course. In the short term, a Minor adverse impact is assessed at worst to nearby dwellings, with a Negligible impact assessed in the long term.

6.13 Noise impacts during the construction phase have been considered. Example Construction Noise criteria have been set out, and best practicable means have been suggested to minimise the noise impacts as far as is possible and practical. Recommendations have been made with respect to periods during which construction activity may occur. Allowing for this, the impact is assessed as being Minor at worst, and Temporary.

6.14 Potential effects upon proposed residences within the development have been considered in terms of noise from the karting circuit and road traffic noise. Noise from both sources will be mitigated as an inherent part of the layout and design of the proposed development to ensure a suitable noise environment is provided for future occupiers. The karting circuit is to be removed as part of the development of phase 2 which inherently limits its impact. The significance of these effects is considered to be Negligible.

99 Environmental Statement (Chapter 6) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References

 Ministry of Housing, Communities & Local Government: National Planning Policy Framework (Published 27 March 2012)  Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs: Noise Policy Statement for England (Published March 2010)  Ministry of Housing, Communities & Local Government: Planning Practice Guidance (Published 29 November 2017)  North Warwickshire Borough Council: North Warwickshire Local Plan Draft for Consultation (Published August 2016, Under Examination)  North Warwickshire Borough Council: Core Strategy (Adopted October 2014)  Highways England: Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 11 (Published 9 October 2012)  Department of Transport: Calculation of Road Traffic Noise (Published 1988)  British Standard BS8233:2014: Guidance of Sound insulation and Noise Reduction for Buildings  British Standard BS4142:2014: Method for rating and assessing industrial; and commercial sound  Traffic flow information provided by Waterman Group Ltd, available in Appendix 8.2.

100 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

7. ECOLOGY

7.1 INTRODUCTION

7.1.1 This chapter of the Environmental Statement (ES) has been prepared by FPCR Environment & Design Ltd. and assesses the potential impacts of the development proposals (as described within Chapter 3) on ecology and nature conservation.

7.1.2 It sets out the methods used to assess the impacts, the baseline conditions currently existing at the site and surroundings, the potential direct and indirect impacts of the development on biodiversity, the mitigation measures required to prevent, reduce, or offset the impacts and the residual impacts. The assessment is set within the relevant planning and legislative context applicable to ecological and nature conservation resources.

Site Context

7.1.3 The area of land under consideration, hereafter referred to as the ‘site’ is located to the north-east of Tamworth, in Warwickshire, bordering the County of Staffordshire. The site is situated north of Tamworth Road (B5000) and to the west of the M42 motorway and is bounded to the west by a consented residential development (Tamworth Borough Council planning ref: 0088/2015). An area of woodland, Alvecote Wood, abuts part of the site’s northern boundary with a historic landfill site and arable farmland, extending along the remainder.

7.2 LEGISLATION AND PLANNING POLICY CONTEXT

7.2.1 The planning policy framework has been considered in relation to ecology matters. This section provides a summarised review extracting key issues. The planning policy framework is provided principally by the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), Biodiversity and Geological Conservation - ODPM Circular 06/2005 and policies from the North Warwickshire Council Core Strategy (adopted October 2014) which sets out the strategic planning policies that the Borough Council, and its partners, will pursue up to 2029. The emerging Local Plan for North Warwickshire (Draft submission November 2017) has also been considered as this is likely to replace the saved policies from the North Warwickshire Local Plan 2006 and the adopted core Strategy.

101 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Planning Policy Framework National Planning Policy Framework (2018)

7.2.2 The Government’s revised National Planning Policy Framework was published on 24th July 2018 and, like its predecessor (NPPF 2012) continues to set out the Government’s planning policies for England and how these should be applied. The ‘presumption in favour of sustainable development’ remains in Paragraph 11.

7.2.3 Within the NPPF there are clear objectives for conserving and enhancing the natural environment. Paragraph 170 states: “”Planning policies and decisions should contribute to and enhance the natural and local environment by:

 protecting and enhancing valued landscapes, sites of biodiversity or geological value and soils (in a manner commensurate with their statutory status or identified quality in the development plan);

 recognising the intrinsic character and beauty of the countryside, and the wider benefits from natural capital and ecosystem services – including the economic and other benefits of the best and most versatile agricultural land, and of trees and woodland;  maintaining the character of the undeveloped coast, while improving public access to it where appropriate; minimising impacts on and providing net gains for biodiversity, including by establishing coherent ecological networks that are more resilient to current and future pressures;  preventing new and existing development from contributing to, being put at unacceptable risk from, or being adversely affected by, unacceptable levels of soil, air, water or noise pollution or land instability. Development should, wherever possible, help to improve local environmental conditions such as air and water quality, taking into account relevant information such as river basin management plans; and  remediating and mitigating despoiled, degraded, derelict, contaminated and unstable land, where appropriate”.

7.2.4 In relation to the determination of planning applications the NPPF states in paragraph 175 that “When determining planning applications, local planning authorities should apply the following principles:

 if significant harm to biodiversity resulting from a development cannot be avoided (through locating on an alternative site with less harmful impacts), adequately mitigated, or, as a last resort, compensated for, then planning permission should be refused;

102 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  development on land within or outside a Site of Scientific Interest, and which is likely to have an adverse effect on it (either individually or in combination with other developments) should not normally be permitted. The only exception is where the benefits of the development in the location proposed clearly outweigh both its likely impact on the features of the site that make it of special scientific interest, and any broader impacts on the national network of Sites of special Scientific Interest.  development resulting in the loss or deterioration of irreplaceable habitats (such as ancient woodland and ancient or veteran trees) should be refused, unless there are wholly exceptional reasons and a suitable compensation strategy exists; and  development whose primary objective is to conserve or enhance biodiversity should be supported; while opportunities to incorporate biodiversity improvements in an around developments should be encouraged especially where this can secure measurable net gains for biodiversity.”

7.2.5 The Framework therefore continues to recognise that the natural environment should be conserved and protected but places a higher threshold in terms that decisions on development should enhance the natural and local environment.

North Warwickshire Council Core Strategy and Development Management Policies

NW13: Natural Environment 7.2.6 This policy seeks to “protect and enhance a healthy and diverse landscape to ensure species movement throughout the Borough as well as into neighbouring authorities”. The policy states:

“The quality, character, diversity and local distinctiveness of the natural environment will be protected and enhanced. In particular within identified landscape character areas development will conserve, enhance and where appropriate, restore landscape character as well as promote a resilient, functional landscape able to adapt to climate change. Specific landscape, geo- diversity, wildlife and historic features which contribute to local character will be protected and enhanced.”

NW15: Nature Conservation 7.2.7 This policy seeks “to establish a coherent and resilient ecological network in order to contribute towards the Government’s target of halting the loss of biodiversity by 2020. It aims to achieve this by providing robust protection for these biodiversity assets that

103 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course have a significant role and function in the Borough’s existing ecological network and by seeking enhancements and gains where deficiencies are identified.” The policy states: “Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI’s) will be subject to a high degree of protection, in view of their national importance. Development adversely affecting a SSSI will only be permitted where the benefits of the development at these sites clearly outweigh the likely impacts on the site and any broader impacts on the national network of SSSI’s. Development that affects Sites of Regional and Local Importance for Nature Conservation will only be permitted where the benefits of the development outweigh the nature conservation value of the site and the contribution it makes to the Borough’s ecological network. Development that damages habitats and features of importance for nature conservation will only be permitted where there are no reasonable alternatives to the development taking place in that location. Where appropriate, developments will be required to help enhance these features and/or secure their beneficial management. Development will be resisted where it leads to the loss of irreplaceable habitats and features, such as ancient woodland or veteran trees unless it can be demonstrated there are overriding reasons and benefits that outweigh the loss. Development should help ensure that there is a net gain of biodiversity and geological interest by avoiding adverse impacts first then providing appropriate mitigation measures and finally seeking positive enhancements wherever possible. Where this cannot be achieved, and where the development is justified in terms of the above criteria, the Local Authority will seek compensation and will consider the use of biodiversity offsetting as a means to prevent biodiversity loss. In doing so, offsets will be sought towards enhancements of the wider ecological network in the Borough or sub- region in line with local, regional and national priorities for nature conservation”

NW16: Green Infrastructure 7.2.8 This policy seeks to ensure “Green Infrastructure (GI) is designed and managed as a multifunctional resource capable of delivering a wide range of environmental and quality of life benefits for local communities.” This includes providing parks, open spaces, playing fields, woodlands, allotments and private gardens. The policy states:

“Development proposals must where appropriate, demonstrate how they contribute to maintaining and enhancing a comprehensive and strategically planned Green Infrastructure network, where appropriate. With reference to

104 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course the sub-regional Strategy for Green Infrastructure and the local Green Infrastructure resource development should:

Identify, maintain and enhance existing Green Infrastructure assets;

 Optimise opportunities to create links between existing Green Infrastructure within the district and to surrounding sub-regional networks;  Help deliver new Green Infrastructure assets where specific need has been identified.

Where new Green Infrastructure cannot be provided on site, or where an existing asset is lost or adversely affected, contributions will be sought towards wider Green Infrastructure projects and improvements within the district or, where appropriate, in the sub-region.”

ENV4: Trees and Hedgerows 7.2.9 This policy is saved from the North Warwickshire Borough Council Local Plan (2006) and aims to “protect the Borough’s legacy of ancient woodlands and mature trees as well as those trees that are of significance but are not protected by a Tree Preservation Order. It also seeks to protect hedgerows identified as important through the framework of the 1997 Hedgerows Regulations” The policy states:

“Development will not be permitted if it would result in the loss of trees, woodlands or hedgerows that in terms of their historical, ecological, townscape or landscape significance make a positive contribution to the quality of the local environment. The planting of new trees, woodlands and/or hedgerows will be sought in the landscaping of new development.”

North Warwickshire Local Plan Draft Submission (November 2017)

LP14 (to replace policy NW13): Landscape 7.2.10 The policy states: “In particular within identified landscape character areas development will conserve, enhance and where appropriate, restore landscape character as well as promote a resilient, functional landscape able to adapt to climate change. Specific landscape, geo-diversity, wildlife and historic features which contribute to local character will be protected and enhanced.”

Landscaping Proposals – “New development should retain existing trees, hedgerows and nature conservation features with appropriate protection from

105 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course construction where necessary and strengthen visual amenity and bio-diversity through further hard and soft landscaping. Development proposals should be designed so that existing and new conservation features, such as trees and hedgerows are allowed to grow to maturity without causing undue problems, for example by impairing visibility, shading or damage. Development will not be permitted which would directly or indirectly damage existing mature or ancient woodland, veteran trees or ancient or species–rich hedgerows.”

New Landscape Features – “The landscape and hydrological impacts of development proposals which themselves directly alter the landscape, or which involve associated physical change to the landscape such a re-contouring, terracing, new bunds or banks and new water features such as reservoirs, lakes, pools and ponds will be assessed against the descriptions in the Landscape Character Areas. Particular attention will be paid in this assessment as to whether the changes are essential to the development proposed; the scale and nature of the movement of all associated materials and deposits, the cumulative impact of existing and permitted schemes, the impact on the hydrology of the area and its catchment, any consequential ecological impacts and the significance of the outcome in terms of its economic and social benefits. New landscape schemes will look to use native species and incorporate benefits for biodiversity. Species that are invasive or problematic to the natural environment will be avoided.”

LP16 (to replace NW15): Natural Environment 7.2.11 The policy states: “The Borough Council recognises the importance of the natural environment to the Borough’s local character, identity and distinctiveness. The quality, character, diversity and local distinctiveness of the natural environment will be protected and enhanced.”

Understanding the Natural Environment – “All development applications that affect the natural environment will be required to provide sufficient information and an assessment of those proposals on the natural asset(s). The Council expects that surveys are undertaken by suitably qualified personnel and are consistent with nationally accepted standards i.e. British Standard 42020: Biodiversity – Code of practice for planning and development. Consideration will need to be given to the impact on the River Mease SAC and Cannock Chase SAC.”

Conserving the Natural Environment – “Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI’s)

106 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course will be subject to a high degree of protection, in view of their national importance. Development adversely affecting a SSSI will only be permitted where the benefits of the development at these sites clearly outweigh the likely impacts on the site and any broader impacts on the national network of SSSI’s. Development that affects Sites of Regional and Local Importance for Nature Conservation will only be permitted where the benefits of the development outweigh the nature conservation value of the site and the contribution it makes to the Borough’s ecological network.”

“Development that damages habitats and features of importance for nature conservation will only be permitted where there are no reasonable alternatives to the development taking place in that location. Where appropriate, developments will be required to help enhance these features and/or secure their beneficial management. Development leading to the loss of irreplaceable habitats and features, such as ancient woodland or veteran trees will only be permitted where it can be demonstrated there are overriding reasons and benefits that outweigh the loss.”

“Development should help ensure that there is a net gain of biodiversity and geological interest by avoiding adverse impacts first then providing appropriate mitigation measures and finally seeking positive enhancements wherever possible. Where this cannot be achieved, and where the development is justified in terms of the above criteria, the Local authority will seek compensation to ensure that net gains to biodiversity are achieved from the development. The Warwickshire, Coventry and Solihull Biodiversity Impact Assessment calculator will be used to assess the changes to biodiversity resulting from the development and Biodiversity Offsetting will be used where net gain cannot be achieved within the site boundary. Offsets will be sought towards enhancements of the wider ecological network in the Borough or sub-region in line with local, regional and national priorities for nature conservation. Encouragement will be given to the planting of street trees, wherever possible.”

LP17 (to replace NW16): Green Infrastructure 7.2.12 The wording of policy LP17 within the emerging Local Plan is the same as policy NW16 which it is to replace.

107 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Legislative Framework

The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017

7.2.13 The European Council Directive 79/409/EEC on the Conservation of Wild Birds (the 'Birds Directive') provides a framework for the conservation and management of, and human interactions with, wild birds in Europe. The main aim of Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the Conservation of Natural Habitats and of Wild Fauna and Flora (EC Habitats Directive) is to promote the maintenance of biodiversity by requiring Member States to take measures to maintain or restore natural habitats and wild species at a favourable conservation status, introducing robust protection for those habitats and species of European importance.

7.2.14 In the UK both directives are transposed into national laws by means of the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations (2017) known as the 'Habitats Regulations 2017'. In the case of certain elements of the Birds Directive transposition is also provided in part through the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended; see below). The Habitats Regulations 2017 consolidate the 2010 Regulations and make several minor amendments. These amendments do not represent changes in policy, and are intended to take account of amendments to other related legislation which have occurred since the 2010 Regulations were made, update the Regulations, or otherwise improve the drafting.

7.2.15 The EC Habitats Directive provides protection for European Protected Species (EPS) which are listed in Schedule 2 of the UK Habitats Regulations 2017. The list includes all species of bat occurring in the UK, dormouse and great crested newts amongst others. European protected animal species and their breeding sites or resting places are also protected. It is an offence for anyone to deliberately capture, disturb, injure or kill any Schedule 2 animal. It is also an offence to damage or destroy a breeding or resting place of a Schedule 2 animal.

Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended)

7.2.16 The Wildlife and Countryside Act (WCA) 1981 (as amended) provides protection to species and habitats. Section 9 provides protection to certain animal species; enhanced protection is provided for species listed in Schedule 5.

7.2.17 It is an offence to intentionally kill, injure or take animals listed in Schedule 5 and also prohibits interference with places used for shelter or protection, or intentionally disturb animals listed in the Schedule occupying such places.

108 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 7.2.18 Under the WCA it is also offence to allow certain invasive weed species such as Japanese knotweed listed under in Schedule 9, to grow in the wild.

7.2.19 Part two of the WCA makes it an offence to damage any sites designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI). Any works which damage sites may potentially require prior consultation with Natural England (NE).

The Countryside and Rights of Way (CRoW) Act 2000

7.2.20 The Countryside and Rights of Way (CRoW) Act 2000 strengthens the protection given to SSSIs and certain animals species under the WCA, making it an offence to “…recklessly disturb…” the sheltering places of wild animals listed in Schedule 5 of the Act.

The Natural Environment and Rural Communities (NERC) Act 2006

7.2.21 The Natural Environment and Rural Communities (NERC) Act 2006 places a ‘Biodiversity Duty’ on Government (including local authorities) to have regard for biodiversity in the execution of their functions and on the Secretary of State to further promote conservation of these habitats and species. It also provides the legal basis for listings of Species and Habitats of Principal Importance for the Conservation of Biodiversity in England.

7.2.22 There are 56 ‘habitats of principal importance’ and 943 ‘species of principal importance’ on the S41 list. These are the habitats and species in England identified in the former UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP) which continue to be identified as priorities in the new Biodiversity 2020 Strategy.

Hedgerow Regulations Act 1997

7.2.23 This legislation protects hedgerows defined as ‘important’ in accordance with the criteria given in the Regulations. The criteria relate to the value of hedgerows from an archaeological, historical, landscape and wildlife perspective. Only the wildlife criteria is considered here.

The Protection of Badgers Act 1992

7.2.24 The Protection of Badgers Act 1992 (as amended) provides protection to badgers and their setts. This legislation is primarily concerned with animal welfare issues and the need to protect badgers from activities such as baiting and deliberate harm. The Act makes it an offence to:

109 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  wilfully kill, injure, take, possess or cruelly ill-treat a badger, or attempt to do so;  to intentionally or recklessly interfere with a sett (this includes disturbing badgers whilst they are occupying a sett, as well as damaging or destroying a sett or obstructing access to it).

Other Guidance

Warwickshire, Coventry, Solihull Local Biodiversity Action Plan

7.2.25 The Warwickshire, Coventry, Solihull Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP)3 provides a local response to the UK governments National Action Plans and identifies local priorities, targets and plans for the area’s wildlife. The LBAP contains a total of 51 Habitat Action Plans (HAPS) and Species Action Plans (SAPS), those of relevance to this chapter are:

 Field Margins;  Ponds;  Bats (including all fifteen species recorded within or which may be present within the sub- region);  Farm Birds (including five species: grey partridge, skylark, tree sparrow, turtle dove and corn bunting); and  Song thrush

7.2.26 The definition of those habitats listed within the LBAP is derived from those provided by the former UK Biodiversity Action Plan4.

7.3 Assessment Methodology Study Area 7.3.1 For the purposes of this chapter, the term ‘site’ refers to all land within the red line boundary as shown on Figure 7.1. The term ‘study area’ refers to the areas covered by the ecological survey and desk-based study which varies as appropriate for the ecological feature being considered due to their sensitivity, size of home range etc, as well as the nature of the predicted impacts. The study areas used for the desk study search are outlined in paragraph 7.3.4 below; study areas used for each of the faunal surveys are defined within the respective species reports, Appendices 7.2 –

3 The Warwickshire, Coventry, Solihull Local Biodiversity Action Plan [online] Available at http://www.warwickshirewildlifetrust.org.uk/LBAP%20Action%20Plans [Accessed 03/03/2018]

4 BRIG (ed. Ant Maddock) 2008, UK Biodiversity Action Plan; Priority Habitat Descriptions, (Updated December 2011)

110 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 7.6 which accompany this chapter.

Consultation 7.3.2 The EcIA has been completed with consideration to the comments received from North Warwickshire Borough Council as presented in their Scoping Option (March 2018). Comments in respect of ecology were provided by Warwickshire Wildlife Trust and Highways England. Warwickshire Wildlife Trust confirmed that they are “generally satisfied” with the scope of the EcIA as set-out within the Scoping Document, although provided the following three specific comments;

“We note that there is a watercourse along the western boundary which should be assessed for its potential to support riparian mammals.

The Trust has particular concerns about the impact of an increase in visitor numbers to the neighbouring SSSI and ancient woodland. We would like to see due consideration regarding likely access points into the SSSI and where damage to habitats from recreation may be likely.

In addition, Biodiversity Impact Assessment should be submitted to demonstrate that the compensation for loss of lower value habitats is sufficient to achieve net gains to biodiversity.”

7.3.3 Highways England ask that the applicant consider Highways England’s publication entitled ‘Our Plan to Protect and Increase Biodiversity (2015)’ and consider the following: “Possible effects on the distribution of priority habitats and species, where these are known to exist within or adjacent to Highways England’s land;

The influence on any delivered, committed or proposed biodiversity mitigation or enhancement works;

The potential for species to be displaced into Highways England’s land (either through targeted mitigation or otherwise as a result of development pressure), as this may have an adverse effect upon the species already present within the land;

The potential for proposed developments or associated mitigation measures to place future constraints on the management activities of Highway England;

The location of SSSIs (including individual units) and their principle features and functions in relation to Highways England’s land-holdings;

The current condition of these sites; and

111 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Assessment of the distribution of priority habitats and/or species, where these are known to exist within or adjacent to Highways England’s land.”

Baseline Conditions

Desk Study

7.3.4 An ecological desk study was completed to collate current baseline data from statutory and non- statutory sources. The following baseline data was gathered:

 Records of statutory designated sites of international (Special Areas of Conservation (SACs), Special Protection Areas (SPAs) and Ramsar Sites), national/regional (Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) or local importance (Local Nature Reserves) within 10km, 2km and 1km of the site, respectively;  Records of non-statutory designated sites for nature conservation (Local Wildlife Sites (LWS)) within 1km of the site;  Habitats of importance for nature conservation including ancient woodland and Habitats of Principal Importance (HPIs) under the NERC Act (2006) for within or adjacent to the site;  Records of legally protected and notable species (including Species of Principal Importance (SPI) under the NERC Act (2006) for within 1km of the site.

7.3.5 Information was requested from Warwickshire Biological Records Centre (WBRC) and Staffordshire Ecological Record (SER) in June 2016. Responses were received from both consultees.

7.3.6 On-line resources, including data available through the Multi-Agency Geographic Information for the Countryside website (www.magic.gov.uk) was used to supplement information obtained from consultees and reviewed in order to obtain an overview and identify features of potential importance for nature conservation in the wider landscape.

7.3.7 Existing baseline data was obtained from ecological surveys undertaken by Atkins in 20145 that had been completed as part of the adjacent Tamworth Golf Course application (Tamworth Borough Council planning ref: 0088/2015).

5 Ecological Impact Assessment, Tamworth Golf Course, October 2014, Atkins Limited

112 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Field Survey

7.3.8 An Extended Phase I Habitat Survey of the site was carried out on land to the east of

Robey’s Lane on the 12th of July 2016 and to the west of Robey’s Lane on 31st August 2017. The survey was undertaken in accordance with the Standard Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC, 2010)6 methodology. This involves a systematic walk over the site, identifying the broad habitat types and marking them on a base map, where appropriate target notes were made. Where habitats or features of particular interest exist, more detailed notes and species lists were taken. An inspection of the site for the presence of any invasive weed species was also carried out. The results of the Extended Phase I survey are presented in Appendix 7.1.

7.3.9 Hedgerows were additionally surveyed individually using the Hedgerow Evaluation and Grading System (HEGS)7 and also assessed against the Wildlife criteria of the Hedgerow Regulations 19978.

7.3.10 Following the initial Extended Phase I Habitat survey further detailed were undertaken to confirm the presence / likely absence of species protected under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended), the Protection of Badgers Act 1992 and the Conservation of Habitats & Species Regulations 2017. Detailed methodologies are provided in the Ecological Appraisal Report and relevant supporting technical reports (Appendices 7.2 to 7.6)

7.3.11 Detailed surveys were undertaken during 2016 and 2017 for the following species/groups

 Bats (initial roost assessments and seasonal activity surveys)  Badger;  Reptiles;  Breeding birds; and  Great crested newts (GCN) (aquatic presence/absence/population class size surveys of accessible ponds and terrestrial surveys in relation to ponds where access was refused to the east of Robey’s Lane).

7.3.12 An arboricultural assessment and survey of the trees located at the site was also

6 Joint Nature Conservation Council (2010) Handbook for Phase I Habitat survey – A Technique for Environmental Audit. 7 Clements, D. and Toft, R (1992) Hedgerow Evaluation and Grading System (HEGS) – A methodology for the ecological survey, evaluation and grading system. 8 DEFRA. (1997) The Hedgerow Regulations 1997. A Guide to the Law and Good Practice. London: HMSO

113 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course conducted by FPCR arboriculturalists, the results of which and relevant recommendations are detailed in the separate Arboricultural Assessment provided in Appendix 7.7 and taken into account where relevant to ecological matters.

Survey Limitations

7.3.13 Access was not permitted to undertake nocturnal bat emergence and/or dawn re- entry surveys of the residential buildings, farm buildings and outbuildings located at Woodhouse Farm and the Daytona Karting Track. The potential impacts associated with the loss of these buildings has been assessed on the likely presence of bat roosts on information gathered on the potential roost features supported by the buildings (as gathered from initial roost assessments) and the sites geographical area.

7.3.14 Access was not permitted to a single off-site pond (P17) located within the bounds of Priory Farm adjacent to the Daytona Karting Track. Therefore, no assessment to determine the suitability of the water body for GCN following the Habitat Suitability Index (HSI) was possible and no aquatic surveys have been undertaken to date. Impacts associated with loss of potential onsite terrestrial habitat surrounding Priory Farm has been assessed on the suitability of habitats, isolation of the water body from known GCN populations and the likely ornamental nature of the pond. On this basis, any GCN population present within pond P17 is likely to be of a low population size class with a small risk that a moderate or high population is present.

7.3.15 Both nocturnal bat surveys on the buildings presenting suitable bat roost features which are to be lost and GCN surveys on Pond P17 (comprising either aquatic or terrestrial survey) will be undertaken in due course. The results of the surveys will be submitted as an addendum to this Ecology Chapter.

Ecological Valuation

7.3.16 The CIEEM Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment (EcIA) (CIEEM, 2016)9recognises that evaluation is a complex process and that a range of different factors need to be considered in attributing value to ecological features. There are various characteristics that can be used to identify ecological features that are likely to be important in terms of biodiversity. These include:

9 CIEEM (2016) Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the UK and Ireland: Terrestrial, Freshwater and Coastal, 2nd edition

114 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  Naturalness;  Animal or plant species, sub-species or varieties that are rare or uncommon, either internationally, nationally or more locally, including those that may be seasonally transient;  Ecosystems and their component parts, which provide the habitats required by the above species, populations and/or assemblages;  Endemic species or locally distinct sub-populations of a species;  Habitat diversity, connectivity and or/synergistic associates (e.g. networks of hedgerows and areas of species-rich pasture that provide important feeding habitat for a rare species such as greater horseshoe bat);  Habitats and species in decline;  Rich assemblages of plants or animals;  Large populations of species or concentrations of species considered uncommon or threatened in a wider context;  Plant communities (and their associated animals) that are considered to be typical of valued natural/semi-natural vegetation types, including examples of natural species-poor communities; and  Species on the edge on their range, particularly where their distribution is changing as a result of global trends and climate change.

7.3.17 Guided by the above features and attributes and following the CIEEM Guidelines for EcIA, the importance of an ecological feature was considered within a defined geographical frame of as set out below.

 International and European  National  Regional (i.e. West Midlands)  County (Warwickshire)  Local (with further sub-levels as appropriate). 7.3.18 The steps overleaf allow the identification of ‘Important Ecological Features’ which, in the context of the assessment were deemed to be any feature considered to have value within a ‘Local’ or above geographic context. All Important Ecological Features were carried forward for detailed impact assessment within this chapter, whilst all other identified features (i.e. those assessed as being of ‘Below Local’ or negligible value) were excluded from further assessment given that impacts on such features are considered insignificant regardless of the nature or magnitude of the potential impact.

115 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Impact Assessment 7.3.19 Once the Important Ecological Features have been identified, any resulting impacts from the proposals can be fully determined. This process entails:

 Identifying and characterising impacts;  Incorporating measures to avoid and mitigate (reduce) these impacts;  Assessing the significance of any residual effects after mitigation;  Identifying appropriate compensation measures to offset significant residual effects; and  Identifying opportunities for ecological enhancement. 7.3.20 The process of predicting ecological impacts and effects should take account of relevant aspects of ecosystem structure or function. In accordance with the CIEEM guidelines, impacts that are either unlikely to occur, or if they did occur are unlikely to be significant, can be scoped out, with justification provided as required.

7.3.21 Potential impacts may be direct or indirect and could occur in one or more of the project phases (construction, operation and / or restoration). The nature of each ecological impact is described with reference to the following characteristics:

 Positive or negative;  Extent (i.e. the spatial / geographic area over which the impact / effect may occur measured in hectares / linear metres etc.);  Magnitude (i.e. the size / amount / intensity / volume of an impact quantified where possible);  Duration (i.e. is the impact short, medium or long-term (see below) and permanent or temporary)  Frequency and timing (i.e. number of times an activity occurs etc.); and  Reversibility (i.e. whether there is a reasonable chance of recovery following the impact). 7.3.22 The duration of an ecological impact, for the purposes of the assessment within this chapter, have been defined as follows:

 Short-term – 1-5 years  Medium-term – 6 -15 years  Long-term – 16-60 years  Very long-term – >60 years 7.3.23 Following the characterisation of each impact, an assessment is made to determine whether or not the effect on the Important Ecological Feature is considered to be ‘significant’ or not in ecological terms. This is determined in relation to the integrity of

116 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course the defined site and or the conservation status of habitat(s) or species with reference to a given geographical area. However, it should be noted that the scale of significance of an effect may not be the same as the geographical context in which the feature is considered important. For example, an effect on a species which is on a national list of principal importance for biodiversity may not have a significant effect on its national population.

7.3.24 Where an important Ecological Feature is likely to experience a significant impact, a sequential process has been adopted to avoid, mitigate and compensate ecological impacts, applied at the scale relevant to the level at which it was valued. It should be noted that consideration was given to avoiding and / or minimising ecological impacts at the design stage of the project.

7.3.25 Measures to avoid, mitigate or compensate the predicted ecological impacts are described for each of the Important Ecological Features, together with details of relevant ecological enhancements measures. Finally, an assessment of any residual impacts assessment has been made to determine the significance of their effects on ecological features. Any residual impacts that will result in effects that are significant, and proposed compensatory measures, will be the factors considered against ecological objectives (legislation and policy) in determining the outcome of the application.

Cumulative Effects 7.3.26 A review of proposed or possible future third party projects that may have a cumulative impact with the development proposals has been undertaken and used to inform the EcIA. In relation to ecological impacts the Tamworth Golf course development scheme (Tamworth Borough Council planning ref: 0088/2015) has been identified as having the potential to impact cumulatively with the proposal and have therefore been examined as part of this assessment.

7.4 BASELINE CONDITIONS AND VALUATION OF FEATURES

7.4.1 The following section sets out the ecological baseline for the site as established following the desk study and field surveys completed during 2016, 2017 and 2018. A full description of the ecological baseline conditions is provided in Appendices 7.1 to 7.7 which accompany this chapter. Refer to Figures 7.1 and 7.2 for the locations of designated sites and habitats discussed in the following section.

117 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Designated Sites

Internationally Designated Sites

7.4.2 The River Mease Special Area of Conservation (SAC) is located approximately 7.2km north of the site at its nearest point. The presence of Annex II species spined loach Cobitis taenia and bullhead Cottus gobio within the watercourse are its primary reason for selection as a SAC.

7.4.3 The River Mease SAC is considered to be of International level value.

Nationally Designated Sites

7.4.4 Alvecote Pools Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) is located approximately 125m east of the site at its nearest point. The site consists of a series of shallow pools that lie along the course of the River Anker, with a wide variety of associated habitats, which include fen, bog, reedbed alder/willow carr, scattered woodland, pasture and bare areas of colliery waste.

7.4.5 The site is notified due to its lowland wetland bird assemblage, attracting between 115 and 126 species each year of which 60-70 breed and which species include great-crested grebe Podiceps cristatus, pochard Aythya farina and shelduck Tadorna tadorna. Wader species including snipe Gallinago gallinago, redshank Tringa totanus and little-ringed plover Charadrius dubius use the areas of wet grassland and gravels associated with the pools, whilst warblers such as Grasshopper warbler Locustella naevia, sedge warbler Acrocephalus schoenobaenus and reed warbler A. scirpaceus use the reedbed and associated scrub habitats.

7.4.6 Alvecote Pools SSSI is considered to be of National level value.

Locally Designated Sites

7.4.7 Three Local Nature Reserves (LNR’s) are located within 1km of the site. Hodge Lane LNR comprising oak woodland and areas of meadow grassland is located approximately 485m west of the site.

7.4.8 Kettle Brook LNR is located approximately 965m south west of the site and comprises a diverse range of habitats including man-made lakes, wet woodland, scrub, semi-improved neutral grassland and the Kettle Brook itself, alongside areas of landscaped parkland.

118 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 7.4.9 Abbey Green LNR comprising areas of semi-improved grassland, plantation woodland, scrub and tall herb set around a backwater channel of the River Anker is approximately 975m east of the site.

7.4.10 Four non-statutory designated sites of nature conservation are located within 1km of the site. Alvecote Wood Local Wildlife Site (LWS), comprising 4.5ha of predominately oak ancient semi-natural woodland lies adjacent to the site’s northern boundary. The wood is privately owned and not publically accessible.

7.4.11 Tamworth Golf Course LWS, comprising a strip of semi-natural broad-leaved woodland along a small watercourse with associated areas of swamp, marshy grassland and scrub, is located adjacent to the western boundary of the site.

7.4.12 Hodge Lane LNR is partially designated both as an LWS (Hodge Lane LNR (west) LWS) and a Biological Alert Site (BAS) (Hodge Lane LNR (east) BAS). The former is located 550m west of the site and comprises semi-improved neutral grassland with areas of broadleaved woodland. A small brook flows north through the woodland at the western extent of the site. Hodge Lane LNR (east) BAS is approximately 460m west of the site which supports species rich grassland with areas of woodland supporting a diverse woodland flora.

7.4.13 The three LNR’s, three LWS’s and single BAS are considered to be of County level value. 7.4.14 In addition to the three LWS’s, three potential Local Wildlife Site (pLWS) are located within 1km of the site. These include:  Alvecote Pools pLWS, consisting of grassland, scrub and regenerating heathland habitat, located approximately 560m north-east. The site also provides a buffer to Alvecote Pools SSSI;  Coventry Canal, Alvecote Priory Grounds and Canal Scrub pLWS supporting a good diversity of marginal and aquatic habitats and small areas of grassland, scrub and woodland bordering the canal, located approximately 115m east at its nearest point; and  Pool at New Pond Cottage pLWS, comprising a pool with associated mature coppiced willows Salix spp. marginal vegetation and rank semi- improved grassland located approximately 710m east. The site also provides a buffer to Alvecote Pools SSSI.  The three pLWS’s are considered to be of County level value, but uncertain, due to the ungraded and unratified nature of their designation.

119 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Protected / Notable Species Records 7.4.15 Records provided by consultees pertaining to protected or otherwise notable taxa are listed in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1: Protected and Notable Species Records Species Summary

Badger Details of local badger records are provided within Appendix 7.2 – Confidential Meles meles Badger Report.

Species Summary

Bats The desk study identified a total of 36 records of bat sightings and roosts in the 1km desk study search area. No species records were returned for within the site boundary. Species recorded included Daubenton’s Myotis daubentonii, Natterer’s Myotis nattereri, Noctule Nyctalus noctula, common pipistrelle Pipistrellus pipistrellus, soprano pipistrelle Pipistrellus pygmaeus, Leisler’s Nyctalus leisleri, and brown long-eared Plecotus auritus.

Surveys undertaken in support of the Tamworth Golf Course development identified the presence of a pipistrelle roost Pipistrellus sp. within the golf clubhouse 90m west of the site boundary in 2014 along with a Daubenton’s bat roost located within a tree approximately 400m west of the site. Activity surveys undertaken in 2014 on the former golf course identified low bat activity (foraging and commuting) overall with at least five species of bat recorded including common pipistrelle, soprano pipistrelle, Noctule, Leisler’s bat and brown long- eared bat with bat activity reported as being higher along the woodland and unnamed stream (W1) forming the current application sites western boundary.

Water Vole WBRC provided three water vole records, the most recent of which dated Arvicola from 1973 approximately 220m east from the northern extent of the site amphibius boundary at Alvecote Pools.

Survey of the Coventry Canal and unnamed stream (W1) along the western site boundary undertaken by Atkins in 2014 recorded no evidence of water vole.

Otter WBRC returned a number of otter records ranging between 2005 and 2012 Lutra lutra along the River Anker and the Coventry Canal. The closest record comprised that of an otter spraint under Robey’s Lane road bridge crossing the Coventry Canal approximately 300m north of the site boundary in 2009.

No evidence of otter was recorded in association with the unnamed stream (W1) or the Coventry Canal during surveys undertaken by Atkins in 2014.

Brown Hare Several records have been provided within the search area dating from the Lepus europaeus 1970’s and 1980’s including a record from Alvecote Wood LWS from 1978.

Hedgehog A number of hedgehog sighting reports have been provided from Alvecote Wood Erinaceus LWS (most recent record from 2000) and more recently from a number of europaeus residential gardens south of Tamworth Road in 2015.

120 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Reptiles WBRC returned ten grass snake Natrix helvetica records from Alvecote Pools SSSI, the most recent of which dates back to 2010. SER also provided fairly recent grass snake records from Hodge lane LNR and Alvecote Pools SSSI approximately 300m north west of the site. A single adder Vipera berus record was returned from Pooley Country Park 700m east of the site in 2003. With the exception of historic, pre-1970 records, no records of any additional reptile species exist for the 1km search area.

Species Summary

Amphibians SER hold seven records of great crested newts (GCN) including a 2004 record at Hodge lane LNR. More recent records from 2014 have been provided for Hodge lane LNR, a pond (P3a) approximately 150m west of the site and an on- site pond (P2). The desk study identified two additional records of great crested newts from Alvecote Pools SSSI, the closest being approximately 450m north east of the site dating from 1997. Numerous records of common toad Bufo bufo were provided from Hodge lane LNR and Alvecote Pools SSSI, the most recent being a 2010 record located approximately 400m to the east of the site boundary.

The 2014 records are likely to be generated as part of the ecological baseline surveys undertaken in support of the residential development at Tamworth Golf Course, which recorded a medium population (maximum count of 14) of great crested newts within P2. These surveys also recorded medium populations of great crested newts within pond P3a and a further pond located approximately 550m west of the site within Hodge lane LNR.

Avifauna WBRC and SER provided an extensive list of ‘notable’ bird species (i.e. those listed on Schedule I of the Wildlife & Countryside Act 1981, RSPB Birds of Conservation Concern (BoCC) as declining (Red or Amber status) Species of Principle Importance (SPI’s) or those listed on the Warwickshire BAP) from the local area. The majority of these were from Alvecote Pools SSSI to the north of the site and included waterfowl and waders characteristic of the open water and marginal habitats present such as garganey Anas querquedula, pochard, lapwing Vanellus vanellus, little ringed-plover, marsh tit Poecile palustris and grasshopper-warbler, but also included species characteristic of the open farmland which included, but were not limited to, tree sparrow Passer montanus, grey partridge Perdix perdix, yellowhammer Emberza citronella, linnet Carduelis cannabina, barn owl Tyto alba and skylark Alauda arvensis. A full list of the ‘notable’ bird records provided by WBRC and SER is presented within Appendix 7.4 – Breeding Bird Survey Report.

Breeding bird surveys undertaken in support of the adjacent residential development on the former Tamworth Golf Course recorded a total of 40 bird species including a number of notable but common and widespread species considered probable breeders including dunnock Prunella modularis, green woodpecker Picus viridis, house sparrow Passer domesticus, linnet, mistle thrush Turdus viscivorous and song thrush T. philomelos. No Schedule 1, Annexe 1 or species associated with the Alvecote Pools SSSI were recorded.

121 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Invertebrates The desk study returned numerous records of SPI invertebrate species from within 1km of the site boundary including moths, butterflies and bumblebees. The majority of the records originate from Hodge lane LNR and Alvecote Pools SSSI. White admiral Limenitis Camilla and small heath Coenonympha pamphilus were recorded from Alvecote Wood LWS.

Vascular WBRC provided several records of notable vascular plant species from Alvecote Plants Pools SSSI including the SPI species tubular water-dropwort Oenanthe fistulosa and those listed within the Warwickshire BAP corn marigold Chrysanthemum segetum, stinking chamomile Anthemis cotula and corn spurrey Spergula arvensis.

A stand of Japanese knotweed Fallopia Japonica was identified by Atkins in 2014 during the baseline assessments for the former Tamworth Golf Course development along the site boundary west of Woodhouse Farm.

HABITATS AND FLORA 7.4.16 The following section describes the intrinsic nature conservation value of habitats recorded within the Site. Full descriptions of all habitats identified within the Site and immediate surrounds is provided in Appendix 7.1. A summary of the habitats present is provided in Table 7.2.

122 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 7.2 Habitat types recorded within the Site Habitat Type Description Valuation (JNCC, 2010)

Semi-natural The distribution of semi-natural woodland is largely Local – Habitat of Principal Broadleaved limited to that which spans the length of the western Importance (Lowland Woodland site boundary comprising ash Fraxinus excelsior, deciduous woodland) and English oak Quercus robur, silver birch Betula pendula LBAP Habitat, areas and where situated adjacent to an unnamed stream contribute towards the local (W1) alder formed the dominant component of the ecological network. canopy. A woodland (TN1) associated with the stream lying to the north west comprising 1.0ha is County – Adjacent off-site formed of abundant mature hybrid black poplar woodland habitats associated Populus x Canadensis. TN2 (0.2ha) at the southern with Alvecote Wood LWS and extent of the site comprised a canopy dominated by Tamworth Golf Course LWS. beech Fagus sylvatica.

Broadleaved A small area of young broad-leaved plantation Below Local – Of limited Plantation woodland located at the southern extent of the site intrinsic value but provide Woodland comprised English oak, field maple Acer campestre, woodland cover locally and hawthorn Crataegus monogyna, rowan, ash, hazel increase habitat diversity Corylus avellana, wild cherry Prunus avium, apple locally within the site. Malus domestica and alder with bramble Rubus fruticosus dominating the shrub layer.

Scattered Trees There are a number of mature trees located within the Local – Based on the number / Tree Groups site, the majority of which are associated with field of standards present, their boundaries, with smaller numbers located centrally condition and varying age within the field compartments. English oak status, particularly that to the predominates with standards of varying age class west of Robey’s Lane. associated with boundary hedgerows. Other regularly occurring species included ash, common lime Tilia x Below Local – Ornamental europaea, Norway maple Acer platanoides and wild species located at cherry with a small number of mature examples of Woodhouse Farm are of beech, hybrid black poplar and sycamore A. limited intrinsic value. pseudoplatanus recorded to the west of Robey’s Lane. None of the trees present within the site were considered to be of veteran or near veteran status (refer to Arboricultural Assessment, Appendix 7.7), although many exhibit features such as branch stubs, minor canopy deadwood, hollowing and minor branch cavities, typical of their mature age.

A number of planted ornamental trees present at Woodhouse Farm provide boundaries to gardens and the adjacent arable fields including lines of leyland cypress Cupressocyparis leylandii and western red cedar Thuja plicata.

123 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Habitat Type Description Valuation (JNCC, 2010)

Dense / Scattered patches of bramble scrub occur in Negligible – Restricted Continuous and association with a number of the field margins to the diversity of the habitat and Scattered Scrub east of Robey’s Lane and as dense/continuous scrub relatively limited extent of surrounding pond P1 and in association with an area habitat within the site. of abandonment along the southern boundary. Further localised areas of scattered and dense/continuous scrub were present in association with the field boundaries west of Robey’s land where it comprised blackthorn Prunus spinosa, elder Sambucus nigra, grey willow Salix cinerea, butterfly bush Buddleia davidii and dogwood Cornus sanguinea. Marshy Small areas of marshy grassland covering a total area Negligible – Limited extent of Grassland of no more than 0.2ha were present towards the the habitat and of limited western boundary at a low point of the site adjacent intrinsic value. to an unnamed stream (W1). Dominated by creeping bent Agrostis stolonifera with occasional tufted-hair grass Deschampsia cespitosa and floating sweet- grass Glyceria fluitans, the occurrence of indicative herbs was largely limited to marsh thistle Cirsium palustre, wild angelica Angelica sylvestris and water mint Mentha aquatica.

‘Poor’ Semi- Habitat occurs in association with the Daytona karting Negligible – Ubiquitous improved track, two field compartments north and south of habitat, comprising common Grassland Priory Farm, a narrow section along the north western and widespread species. boundary and a small area south of Alvecote Wood LWS. Away from the small area of grassland south of Alvecote Wood, the sward is managed by cutting and largely dominated by broad-leaved grass species such as Yorkshire fog Holcus lanatus, timothy Phleum pratense, perennial rye-grass Lolium perenne and creeping bent with a wide range of common ruderal herbs and forbs including ribwort plantain Plantago lanceolata, creeping buttercup Ranunculus repens, red clover Trifolium pratense and rarely occurring associates including lesser stitchwort and tufted vetch Vicia cracca.

Tall ‘Ruderal’ Habitat occurs locally in association with the Daytona Negligible – Ubiquitous Herbs karting track, Woodhouse Farm and along a spoil habitat, comprising common mound along a short section (300m) immediately and widespread species. west of Robey’s Lane. Constitute species include common nettle Urtica dioica, great willowherb Epilobium hirsutum, hogweed Heracleum sphondylium and creeping thistle Cirsium arvense.

124 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Habitat Type Description Valuation (JNCC, 2010)

Open Water There are three ponds located within the survey area; All ponds qualify as ponds P1, P2 and P4. Warwickshire BAP Priority Habitat. Pond P1 measuring approximately 400m2 is located at the eastern extent of the site. Ephemeral in nature, Below Local – Ponds P1 and the pond supported no aquatic or marginal P2 supported a low diversity vegetation, was surrounded by dense bramble and of marginal and aquatic plant willow Salix sp. scrub. species and whilst Pond P2 represents a HPI given the Pond P2 located within the grounds of Woodhouse population of GCN present, Farm comprised a concrete lined ornamental fish 2 its overall value is restricted pond (c.120m ) with a small waterfall feature. The given its ornamental design, pond supported dense clumps of Canadian pond concrete lining and presence Elodea Canadensis weed and blanketweed Spirogyna of ornamental fish. adnate but was absent of emergent and marginal species. A Negligible – Pond P4 low population of GCN was recorded in 2016. Supports no marginal or

2 aquatic vegetation and is of Pond P4 (c.1200m ) located along the western very low intrinsic value as an boundary forms a widened-out part of the unnamed open water habitat. stream (W1) and as such supports a flow. Heavily shaded from the surrounding woodland, the pond was absent of any marginal or aquatic vegetation. Arable Arable forms the dominant habitat type within the site Negligible – Due to their and at the time of survey supported a potato crop, limited size and intensive oilseed rape or had been recently ploughed. No rare management, the arable or notable arable weeds were recorded. Where fields, including margins, do present the field margins comprised c.1-2m strips of not meet the criteria for species poor semi-improved grassland dominated by selection as a HPI or LBAP broadleaved grasses and ruderal herbs such as Priority Habitat. Very low false- oat grass Arrhenatherum elatius, cock’s-foot intrinsic ecological interest. Dactylis glomerata, Yorkshire fog and common nettle. Occasional ruderal herbs and common forbs were recorded growing within the arable crop including parsley piert Aphanes arvensis, field pansy Viola arvensis, dove’s-foot cranesbill Geranium molle and scentless mayweed Tripleurospermum inodorum.

Amenity Small area (c.0.5ha) located within the grounds of Negligible – Extremely low Grassland Woodhouse Farm. Dominated by perennial rye-grass species diversity. with few associated herbs – common chickweed Stellaria media, white clover Trifolium repens, greater plantain Plantago major.

125 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Habitat Type (JNCC, Description Valuation 2010)

Hedgerows There was a total of 16 hedgerows located within the Local – (collectively all of the site with a combined length of 2.8km. Locations are native hedgerows within the illustrated on Figure 7.2 and a full description site). Of value to local wildlife, provided in Appendix 7.1. All of the hedgerows within providing foraging nesting the site consist entirely of native species and and resting habitat and therefore qualify as a HPI and as a Priority Habitat of routes of movement through the Warwickshire BAP. Hedgerow H8 was species the site. Listed as a HPI and rich. None of the hedgerows were considered LBAP habitat. “Important” according to the wildlife and landscape criteria of the Hedgerow regulations 1997.

Running Water An unnamed stream (W1) measuring up to 1m wide Below Local – Of limited and 0.1m to 0.3m deep flows northwards along the intrinsic value but provides western boundary from Woodhouse Farm where it habitat corridor within a enters the site via a culvert. Supporting a moderate localised context to the wider to fast flow the water flowed over silt with occasional riparian network to the north, patches of gravel and stones. The stream widened although such connectivity is significantly approximately half way along its length absent to the south. forming pond P4 which supported a slower flow. Heavily over shaded by the adjacent woodland, the banks of the stream largely comprised bare earth with localised patches of vegetation largely comprising great willowherb and reed canary grass Phalaris arundinacea where it was less influenced by the woodland canopy.

Other Habitats The remaining areas of bracken Pteridium aquilinum, Negligible – Are widespread two dry ditches, hard standing and numerous and species- poor habitat buildings associated with Woodhouse Farm and the types of limited size or man- Daytona Karting Track. made habitats with no intrinsic ecological value.

7.4.17 The Phase I Survey identified two stands of Japanese Knotweed which is a species listed under Schedule 9 of the Wildlife & Countryside Act 1981 (as amended). A small stand identified at the western extent of the Daytona Karting Track (TN3) measured approximately 1m x 1m. TN4 identifies the location of a larger stand measuring approximately 7m x 5m associated with an area of abandonment near to the junction of Robey’s Lane with Tamworth Road. The stand of Japanese knotweed identified to the west of Woodhouse Farm in 2014 was not identified during the current study.

126 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Protected / Notable Fauna 7.4.18 Table 7.3 provides a summary of the intrinsic nature conservation value of protected/notable fauna recorded within the Site and wider surrounds.

Table 7.3 Protected / Notable Fauna Summary

Species/Species Description Valuation Group

Badger Surveys have confirmed that badgers make use of the site Below Local – and surrounding area. The full results and assessment of Badgers are the badger survey are provided in the separate Confidential common and Appendix 7.2. In brief, three active setts comprising two widespread outlier and a single subsidiary sett have been identified species. In the within the application site. Whilst boundary woodlands offer absence of any optimal foraging habitat for badgers, the majority of the site main setts, it is is likely to be of negligible value as foraging habitat to considered unlikely badgers. that the site serves as a core territory.

Bats – Roost There are a number of residential buildings, Below Local – On Assessment outbuildings and farm buildings at Woodhouse Farm basisthe that the (Buildings) (B1-B10) and three buildings associated with the apresence small of Daytona Karting Track (B11-B13). These buildings are widespread number of and considered to have features with negligible, low and speciescommon roosts of moderate potential to support roosting bats. adultindividual bats such pipistrelle.common In the absence of nocturnal survey data, the potential occurrence of bat roosts within the buildings has been Local – On the basis based on their potential to support bat roosts from the singleof a high priority potential roost features they support. Further detail is suchroost as a maternity provided in Appendix 7.3, however in brief, the longbrown-eared roost. buildings are considered to support potential for low priority roost sites for small number of individual common bat species including common and soprano pipistrelle. The buildings (particularly B3 and B4 assessed as supporting moderate potential to support roosting bats) are also considered to have the potential to support a high priority roost such as a brown long-eared maternity roost.

Bats – roost Five individual mature trees with potential to support Below Local – Of Assessment roosting bats were located within the site. These asvalue providing potential (Trees) include three English oak (T1, T3 and T5) supporting sitesroost to a small moderate potential for roosting bats and a further commonnumber of and English oak (T4) and beech (T2) supporting low batwidespread species. potential for roosting bats. All of the mature trees supporting bat roosting potential will be retained by the proposals.

127 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Species/Species Description Valuation Group

Bats – Activity The bat activity surveys undertaken during 2016 and 2017 Local – Based on recorded five species of bat; common pipistrelle, soprano the recorded pipistrelle, Nathusius’ pipistrelle Pipistrellus nathusii, assemblage Noctule and brown-long-eared bat. A further three species present and levels groups were recorded; Pipistrellus, Myotis and Nyctalus of activity recorded along with a single contact of an unidentified Nyctalus or across the site. Eptesicus which couldn’t be confirmed due to a bad sound recording.

Common and soprano pipistrelle were the most frequent species recorded, with smaller numbers of Myotis. Noctule, Nathusius’ pipistrelle and brown long- eared were recorded rarely. Bat activity was generally low and sporadic across the site with higher levels of activity recorded along the edge of Alvecote Wood LWS and along the western site boundary from the area of broadleaved woodland (TN1) northwards adjacent to further offsite woodland habitats associated with Tamworth Golf Course LWS.

Soprano pipistrelle, brown long-eared bat and Noctule are listed as SPI and all the bat species recorded are identified as Priority Species on the Warwickshire LBAP. Despite their listing, all of the species recorded with the exception of Nathusis’ pipistrelle are common and widespread both within the county and at a national level.

Nathusius’ pipistrelle recorded rarely within the site (two registrations during the September 2016 survey occasion) is an uncommon species, but widespread in England and is a migratory species with an increase encountered during the Autumn. The very low number of registrations indicates that this site does not form an important resource for this species with more suitable habitat provided within the wider environment such as the nearby wetland and woodland areas associated with Alvecote Pools SSSI to the north.

Full details of the bat surveys are provided in Appendix 7.3.

128 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Species/Species Description Valuation Group

Breeding Birds Breeding bird surveys undertaken east of Robeys Lane in Local – Breeding 2016 and west of Robeys Lane in 2017 recorded a total of Bird Assemblage. A 50 bird species. Of these, 19 appear on the RSPB Birds of small number of SPI Conservation Concern (BoCC) as declining (Red or Amber farmland bird and status) and / or listed as SPIs and as such are considered woodland edge ‘notable’. species including six listed as The intensively managed arable fields generally offered Warwickshire SPI. limited opportunities to breeding birds although did support No significant a small number of common and widespread but declining number of notable farmland bird species including linnet, reed bunting species were Emberiza schoeniclus, skylark and yellowhammer. A single recorded during the yellow wagtail Motacilla flava (uncommon to frequent in surveys Warwickshire) was recorded in arable habitats to the east of Robeys Lane in 2016.

Due to their established nature, varied structure and habitat connectivity, the boundary hedgerows, trees and woodland are considered to be of greatest value to the assemblage recorded, These habitats provide suitable foraging and commuting habitat to a wide range of generalist species and those species typical of woodland and woodland edge including treecreeper Certhia familiaris, nuthatch Sitta europaea, green woodpecker Picus viridis, garden warbler and the notable species; bullfinch Pyrrhula pyrrhula, song thrush Turdus philomelos and dunnock Prunella modularis.

Full details of the breeding bird surveys are provided in Appendix 7.4.

129 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Species/Species Description Valuation Group

Amphibians The current assessment identified a total of four ponds Local – Low within the site and a further 19 within 500m of its boundary. population of GCN The locations of these waterbodies are illustrated in Figure within pond P2 and 1 – Appendix 7.5 which identifies those ponds which have expected low been subject to survey and those known to support a population of any population of GCN. GCN breeding population present The Coventry Canal to the north, M42 to the east and the within pond P17. unnamed stream (W1) to the west are considered to GCN are a SPI and represent barriers of dispersal for GCN in to the site. Warwickshire BAP Therefore, the off-site ponds to the north, east and west of species. The known these barriers (P3a, P3b, P5, P6, and P18-P23) are not species distribution considered further. Survey in 2017 identified that Pond P16 is widespread in the is no longer present and had been filled in. sub- region, with Access was refused to survey the eight ponds (P7 – P15) recent surveys in located to the north and east of the site. Subsequently, the north of the sub- terrestrial surveys under a Natural England licence were region found that a nd st undertaken between the 2 September to the 31 October quarter of the 2016. No great crested ponds visited newts were recorded during the 60-day survey period. It is contained the therefore considered that any GCN that might be present species8. in ponds P7 – P15 are unlikely to make regular use of the Below Local – Low on-site habitats. population of Aquatic survey has identified a low GCN population in the common toad. ornamental garden pond P2 during 2016 (peak count of 6). Listed as a SPI, Survey confirmed the likely absence of GCN from ponds although is still P1 and P4. relatively common In the absence of survey data, any GCN population and widespread. present within pond P17 is considered to be low, given the suitability of habitats, isolation of the water body from known GCN populations and the likely ornamental nature of the pond

A small number (24) of common toads were recorded during the terrestrial surveys.

The intensively managed arable fields that dominate the site are considered to represent unsuitable habitat for amphibians. Suitable terrestrial habitat within the site was provided by the field margins, grassland, hedgerows and woodland.

The full details of amphibian surveys and assessment are provided in Appendix 7.5

130 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Species/Species Group Description Valuation

Reptiles The arable fields that dominate the site represent a largely Negligible – homogenous and intensively managed habitat that is Given lack of considered unsuitable for reptiles. The woodland areas evidence and poor that fall within the site are heavily shaded and also quality of habitats represent poor reptile habitat. available.

The wider margins of poor semi-improved grassland which occur along the western boundary of the site in association with areas of marshy grassland, woodland, the unnamed stream (W1) and areas of tall herbs were considered to represent more suitable conditions, particularly to the more mobile grass snake where these habitats form suitable connecting habitats to the wetland areas further north. No evidence of reptiles was found during any of the seven survey visits undertaken within suitable reptile habitat in 2017.

Full details of the reptile surveys are provided in Appendix 7.6

Water Vole The unnamed stream (W1) forming the western boundary Negligible – to the site offers limited suitability for water vole, being Given lack of heavily over shaded by the adjacent woodland and lack of evidence and poor suitable marginal vegetation for cover and as a suitable quality of habitats food resource. Survey of the stream in 2014 by Atkins in available. support of the adjacent Tamworth Golf Course development did not record any evidence of water vole in association with the stream. Ponds P1 and P2 are also either over shaded by adjacent scrub, significantly isolated from any areas of suitable habitat or in the case of pond P2, concrete lined and are therefore considered unsuitable for water vole.

Otter Stream W1 offers limited opportunities for otter due to its Negligible – small size and shallow nature. Whilst offering good Given lack of connectivity to extensive wetland habitats to the north, it evidence and sub- offers very limited connectivity to further riparian habitats optimal nature of to the south due to the stream entering into a culvert at habitats available. Woodhouse Farm. The narrow belt of woodland adjacent to the stream is considered to offer few suitable areas for rest or shelter. Survey by Atkins in 2014 identified a potential mammal hole under a tree located along stream W1 approximately 160m north of the site boundary. No evidence of otter was recorded in association with the feature.

131 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Species/Species Group Description Valuation

Other Mammals Brown hare are a species of open countryside and favour Below Local – a mixed farmland landscape of arable crops, pasture and Brown Hare - hay meadows with hedgerows and field margins, which based upon its provide all year cover and foraging resources. The site relatively small may provide a degree of shelter and foraging habitat to the size, representing species as part of its more extensive annual range that can a small percentage extend between 20 - 190ha, but due to its largely of the species homogenous nature only providing seasonal forage during annual range and the winter months becoming too mature by the summer to its sub- optimal allow browsing, it is considered to represent sub-optimal nature. An SPI. habitat. The isolated nature of the site, with the major Below Local – barriers of Coventry Canal, the M1 and the B5000, to the Hedgehog may north, east and south respectively, are also likely to limit occur in small the value of the site to the species. numbers. Hedgehogs occur within a wide variety of habitat types, Recognised as a including grasslands, suburban areas and especially SPI and a woodlands, which typically offer greater nesting and Warwickshire SPI. foraging resources. The majority of the site comprises arable farmland with no ground cover and is considered to be of limited value to the species, with more suitable habitat limited to the wider grassland margins associated with the boundary hedgerows and woodland at the western extent of the site. Based on the extent of suitable habitat present, the site is unlikely to be of particular importance for the species.

Invertebrates With the exception of the mature trees and woodland, Negligible - Due supporting small quantities of deadwood which have the to the intensively potential to be of value to saproxylic invertebrates, no farmed nature of particularly important habitats to invertebrates were the site and the identified within the site. resulting poor habitat and botanical diversity. Evaluation Summary 7.4.19 The evaluation of the ecological features identified during the baseline survey work is summarised in Table 7.3 below. For the purpose of this chapter, all features assigned Local level or higher value and / or afforded legislative protection were deemed to be Important Ecological Features and have been taken forward into the assessment of potential impacts as set out in the following section.

132 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 7.3 Summary of Important Features

Ecological Features Value

River Mease SAC International

Alvecote Pools SSSI National Ecological Features Value

Hodge lane LNR County

Kettle Brook LNR County

Abbey Green LNR County

Alvecote Wood LWS County

Tamworth Golf Course LWS County

Hodge Lane LNR (west) LWS County

Hodge lane LNR (east) BAS County

Alvecote Pools pLWS County (Uncertain)

Coventry Canal, Alvecote Priory County (Uncertain) Grounds & Canal Scrub pLWS Pool at New Pond Cottage pLWS County (Uncertain)

Semi-natural Broad-leaved Woodland Local

Scattered Trees/Tree Groups Local

Hedgerows Local

Bats (Activity) Local

Local (assuming high priority roost is identified upon Bats (Roost) survey) Breeding Birds Local

Badger Below Local (although with legislative protection)

Great Crested Newts Local (with legislative protection)

7.5 IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

7.5.1 This section considers the potential impact from construction and operation of the proposed development. The significance of an impact is a matter of professional judgement but can be described in general terms as being a product of the ecological or nature conservation value of a site / habitat / community / species (the receptor) and the magnitude of the predicted impact. As a general rule, the more ecologically valuable a site and the greater the magnitude of the impact, the higher the significance of impact is likely to be.

133 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 7.5.2 In the absence of mitigation or enhancement measures such as a green infrastructure (GI) strategy, potential moderate to substantial biodiversity and ecology effects arising from the proposals include:  Degradation/disturbance to designated sites and other valued habitats resulting from light, noise, visual disturbance, air quality (dust deposition) and surface water runoff  Direct loss of habitats and associated flora and fauna within the site boundaries, interruption of wildlife corridors, decrease in value to wildlife through reduction in species and/or loss of habitat of notable wildlife value;  Disruption, fragmentation or loss of existing habitats of notable ecological value (e.g. mature trees and hedgerows);  Construction phase or operational effects such as indirect or direct disturbance or direct mortality of protected and scarce species; adverse effects due to artificial lighting; water/air pollution and noise.

7.5.3 The assessment of the potential impacts has been made with reference to the parameters of the project as outlined within Chapter 1 of the ES.

Construction Impacts

Internationally Designated Sites

7.5.4 No direct or indirect impacts to the qualifying habitat features to the River Mease SAC are predicted, given the site’s distance from the SAC and its location outside of the catchment for the River Mease.

Nationally Designated Sites

7.5.5 The designated boundary of Alvecote Pools SSSI lies 125m east of the site boundary. Based on the proximity of the site to the SSSI the potential for indirect impacts to this designated site during construction are considered to comprise the following:  Accidental pollution of habitat  Deposition of dust  Noise disturbance

7.5.6 The unnamed stream (W1) flowing north along the western site boundary provides hydraulic connectivity to the SSSI and as such provides a potential pollution pathway that has the potential to impact on the managed wetland and grassland

134 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course areas within Railway Pool. In the absence of mitigation, it is considered probable that accidental pollution and increased sedimentation would result in a short to mid-term adverse impact on neighbouring features of National importance resulting in no more than a Minor adverse effect.

7.5.7 Dust deposition, if severe, particularly during dry periods can potentially cause damage to vegetation, which in turn, can have secondary effects on associated fauna particularly invertebrate species and more mobile species such as birds may

disperse from affected areas. Guidance provided for the minerals industry9, indicates that the greatest impacts arising from dust are within 100m of the source and that due to dispersion effects deposition of dust over400m will be of minimal significance. Based on this guidance it would be reasonable to expect that unmitigated dust deposition would result in a reversible, short to mid-term adverse impact where construction works occur within 400m of the Alvecote Pools SSSI (comprising approximately 14% of the site area). Furthermore, the final extent of deposition would be retarded by the areas of woodland and scrub that fall between the site and the SSSI. Therefore, it is considered probable that the unmitigated dust deposition is unlikely to affect the conservation status of these habitats and would result in a Minor Adverse effect to the feature of National importance.

7.5.8 Noise associated with the initial site clearance and construction activities which are of low frequency but high amplitude, such as piling, have the potential to disturb roosting, foraging, and breeding birds within the site and adjacent habitats. Given the distance of the open wetland features located within the SSSI from the site, such as Upper Pool and Mill Pool (located upward of 600m from the site and situated beyond areas of woodland and the Stafford to Tamworth railway line) are of value to pigeon a species sensitive to noise disturbance, and the wetland bird assemblage generally, it is considered unlikely that the features of value within the SSSI will be affected by construction noise generated by the scheme.

7.5.9 Owing to their distance from the site, the further three statutory designated sites, Hodge Lane LNR, Abbey Green LNR and Kettle Brook LNR, are unlikely to be affected by dust disposition or noise generated during the construction phase.

Locally Designated Sites

7.5.10 Alvecote Wood LWS is located adjacent to the northern/eastern site boundary and

135 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course in the absence of mitigation there is the potential for construction activates to affect the LWS, including noise, dust deposition and risk of surface water run-off or contaminants entering the site from the construction areas. If severe such impacts if could result in changes to the composition of the woodland ground flora and / or death of shrub and canopy species. Given the extent of the wood and its position relative to the proposals, such impacts would be localised to its south edge and be unlikely to the affect the wider extent of ancient woodland and subsequently the integrity of its LWS designation. Similarly, such impacts to the Tamworth Golf Course LWS which extends along the north western boundary of the site are likely to be localised to the strip of semi-natural broad-leaved woodland and stream situated immediately adjacent to the site and unlikely to affect the swamp and marshy grassland habitats situated further to the north. Pre-mitigation, the short to mid-term impact expected on the two adjacent LWS’s is therefore considered to be adverse at no greater than a Local level of significance (Minor Adverse).

7.5.11 The habitats of Coventry Canal, Alvecote Priory Grounds and canal scrub pLWS falls partly within the 100m of the site boundary where the greatest impacts arising from potential dust emissions

7.5.12 Owing to their distance from the site, the further four non-statutory designated sites, Alvecote Pools pLWS, Hodge Lane LNR (West) LWS and Hodge Lane (East) BAS and Pool at New Pond Cottage pLWS, are unlikely to be affected by dust disposition or noise generated during the construction phase.

Habitat Loss

7.5.13 Construction as shown on the Parameter Plans will involve the following habitat losses:  Complete loss of arable habitat (c.69ha) and poor semi-improved grassland (c.18ha).  Loss of Pond P2  Complete loss of amenity grassland and partial loss of ornamental planting at Woodhouse Farm  Loss of residential buildings, outbuildings, farm buildings and associated hardstanding.  Loss of a single dry ditch, tall ruderal herb, marshy grassland and areas of scattered scrub.  Loss of two mature English oak (T62 considered unsuitable for retention

136 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course and T14), a mature hybrid black poplar (T15) and a semi-mature common lime (T32) (see Figure 6186-T-01, Appendix 7.7 for tree references).  Loss of approximately 180m of hedgerow (see below).

7.5.14 Based upon the Parameters Plan it is anticipated that the hedgerow losses will consist of the following to facilitate new access points along Tamworth Road and Robey’s Lane:  H1 (10m loss)  H6 (35m loss)  H7 (105m loss)  H8 (30m loss)

7.5.15 All of the remaining habitats including all of the mature trees, Pond P1, hedgerows and semi- natural broadleaved woodland and plantation will be retained within the proposed scheme.

7.5.16 The length of hedgerow lost to proposals accounts for approximately 6.5% of the total hedgerow resource within the site and its loss is considered unlikely to appreciably reduce the hedgerow resource locally, as such its impact is considered to be adverse at a Below Local level of significance (Minor Adverse). The loss of three mature and one semi-mature tree standard from the site is also considered to be adverse at a Below Local level of significance (Minor Adverse) when considering the greater resource present in the site and local area.

7.5.17 The remaining habitats to be lost including the arable farmland, marshy grassland, poor semi- improved grassland, tall ruderal, scattered scrub and farm buildings are of negligible ecological value and their loss is considered to be of Negligible significance.

Habitat Disturbance

7.5.18 Construction operations have the potential to lead to disturbance effects on both the retained and adjacent semi-natural habitats. This may take the form of either:  Physical damage to vegetation & soil compaction;  Accidental pollution; or  Dust deposition. 7.5.19 Construction operations are likely to result in long-term adverse effects on features of below local to local ecological value via direct mortality or alteration of species

137 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course and structural diversity of vegetation. In the absence of mitigation construction operations may result in an Adverse, Below Local Level (Minor Adverse) disturbance effects in the short to medium-term to retained habitats.

Effect On Fauna Through Habitat Loss And Disturbance

Badgers

7.5.20 Due to its proximity to development, the potential exists for any badgers using the subsidiary sett and outlier sett identified as S1 and S2 respectively on Figure 2, Appendix 7.2 to be adversely affected by construction works. If active at the time of construction and dependent on the detailed development layout and proximity of works, in order to avoid any and potential adverse impacts and infringement of legislation both setts may need to be closed (either temporarily or permanently) under Natural England licence. Owing to the low status nature of the setts and the subsequent sporadic usage of such setts, their closure, if required, will not sufficiently affect the function of the local social group and as such the impact is considered to be Negligible.

7.5.21 The majority of habitat lost to the proposed development consists of arable fields that are likely to represent a seasonal foraging resource for the local badger population, however prior to the establishment of the Green Infrastructure (GI), proposals will result in the short-term loss of smaller areas of more optimal foraging habitat, in the form of the arable field margins and grassland. The habitat losses should however be considered in the context of the phased nature of the development, which results in the gradual loss of habitat over time, and the results of field survey, which indicate that the badgers present on-site are able to access alternative habitats within the wider landscape. Therefore, the loss of foraging habitat is considered to result in a short-term impact of no greater than Below Local (Minor Adverse) significance.

Bats

7.5.22 The majority of habitats of foraging and commuting value to bats within the site, including the hedgerow mature trees and broad-leaved woodland will be retained within the scheme. However, proposals will result in the loss of a small amount of foraging and habitat through the loss of a 105m section of hedgerow (H7) with smaller losses within hedgerow H1, H6 and H8. Levels of activity recorded in association with the hedgerows (and within the site generally) were low suggesting

138 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course that they are not used as a significant foraging resource within the local area. Furthermore, whilst bats will utilise hedgerows (and other linear features) for foraging and commuting, they do not rely solely upon them to commute and will readily cross open habitats and the length of breaks generated by proposals. It is therefore considered that impacts on bats through loss of foraging habitat and habitat fragmentation will be Negligible.

7.5.23 The proposals will require the loss of all buildings supporting features suitable for roosting bats. In the absence of mitigation, the loss of the buildings are certain to result in the loss of any bat roost present and certain to result in an adverse impact of Below Local Significance for the presence of individual adult bats of common and widespread species and of Local significance (Minor Adverse) for high priority roosts such as a single brown long-eared maternity roost although in the absence of survey data, impacts are uncertain.

7.5.24 The use of high intensity lighting during the construction phase of works could impact on bats, particularly where it is close to habitats such as the hedgerow and the edge of Alvecote Wood and the semi natural woodland forming the western site boundary, used for foraging and commuting. While this is unlikely to significantly affect the viability of any local population, it could lead to their displacement from some areas or decline in foraging efficiency during construction phase, such impacts would be short term and adverse at no greater than a Below Local level of significance.

Breeding Birds

7.5.25 Proposals will result in loss of breeding / foraging habitat for a small number of species noted as being of conservation concern. A summary of potential effects is provided in Table 7.4 below.

Table 7.4: Potential Impacts of Habitat Loss on Birds of Conservation Concern

Species Status Effect of Habitat Loss

Loss of open arable field which provides limited Skylark S.41, Red nesting and foraging opportunities will result in loss of species from site.

Loss of limited potential foraging habitat in the form of Starling S.41, Red open arable fields.

Loss of open arable land offering nesting and foraging Yellow wagtail S.41, Red habitat to the species will result in loss of species from site.

139 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Loss of open arable land will reduce suitability of site, loss of hedgerow habitat will result in the small loss of Yellowhammer S.41, Red suitable breeding habitat to the species, although western and eastern boundary hedgerow may continue to provide suitable nesting habitat.

Loss of open arable land will reduce suitability of the Linnet S.41, Red site; loss of hedgerow habitat will result in small loss of suitable breeding habitat to the species.

7.5.26 All species could be considered as reasonably widespread within the wider countryside and the effect of habitat loss unlikely to be significant for any local population. The effect of habitat loss on the breeding bird assemblage, which is considered to be of Local significance is unlikely to lead to a major reduction in the species richness of the site, although a reduction in species using arable and arable edge habitats such as skylark, yellow wagtail and potentially yellowhammer could be expected.

7.5.27 Unmitigated disturbance of breeding birds during construction may result from the accidental destruction of nests and the noise associated with vegetation clearance, initial ground works and construction activities that are of low frequency but high amplitude, such as piling. During the breeding season, such disturbance may lead to reduced breeding success through nest desertion or the avoidance of otherwise suitable habitat. Considering the size of the site and extent of proposed development, the magnitude of the impact is likely to be short-term and temporary at no more than a Local Scale (Minor Adverse).

Great Crested Newts

7.5.28 The proposals will require the loss of pond P2 within the grounds of Woodhouse Farm. In the absence of mitigation, the loss of this breeding pond is certain to result in the loss of the small GCN breeding population within the site and certain to result in an adverse impact of Local significance (Minor Adverse). Whilst the habitats immediately surrounding pond P2 comprising hard standing and amenity grassland offer poor terrestrial habitat, these habitats and an extent of more suitable GCN terrestrial habitat (predominantly associated with species poor semi- improved grassland south of Woodhouse Farm) is to be lost to the proposals. This loss of habitat is therefore likely to affect the conservation status of the small GCN population present within pond P2 and is likely to result in adverse impact of Local significance (Minor Adverse).

7.5.29 The loss of similarly suitable on site GCN terrestrial habitat surrounding pond P17

140 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course is also considered likely to affect the conservation status of any GCN population present (any GCN population present is considered likely to be low for the reasons outlined in Table 7.3) and is likely to result in adverse impact of Local significance (Minor Adverse) although in the absence of survey data is uncertain.

7.5.30 In the absence of mitigation there is a risk that the activities associated with construction could lead to the accidental killing or injury of GCN. Mortality is considered likely to adversely impact on the local conservation status of GCN. Therefore, the accidental killing or injury of GCN during construction considered likely to result in an adverse impact of Local significance (Minor Adverse).

Fragmentation And Isolation Of Habitats 7.5.31 The Parameters Plan has sought to minimise adverse impacts whereby site features are protected and provide links between adjacent habitats into the retained and the proposed GI. Specific avoidance measures that form part of the Parameters Plans are as follows:  Locating the majority of the development within the footprint of existing areas of open arable and poor semi-improved grassland that are of low intrinsic ecological importance;  Avoiding any losses from the mature woodlands located along the south and along the western site boundary;  Retaining the vast majority of hedgerows and mature trees; and  Maintenance of continuity of ecological connectivity to avoid the effects of habitat fragmentation.

7.5.32 Site access proposals will result in a degree of habitat fragmentation along the southern boundary; however, given the limited nature of the loss and its position, this is not anticipated to result in any significant effects.

Operational Impacts

Nationally Designated Sites

7.5.33 No operational impacts are anticipated to Alvecote Pools SSSI. The development will share some limited connectivity to the SSSI by an approximate 300m walk (at its closest point) via Robey’s Lane and which point footpaths extend northwards through the SSSI in the direction of Shuttington and eastwards. Robey’s Lane has no public walkway and is subject to the national speed limit (60mph) along its length

141 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course and receives a steady stream of traffic. This is considered likely to discourage residents from regularly accessing the SSSI for recreational use. The proposed development will not provide new routes of access in to the SSSI and any potential for informal access is prevented by the route of the Coventry Canal which is located along the length of the SSSI southern boundary.

7.5.34 The SSSI is already popular with visitors, with approximately 23% of its total area (that closest to the proposed development forming Unit 1 (Pooley Fields and Canal)) falling within Pooley Country Park, whilst the larger pools to the north are heavily fished. As such, recreational use of the SSSI is promoted with the area falling within the Country Park already receiving significant footfall. Facilities within the Country Park include a visitor centre and car park, café, play areas and a mountain bike trail.

7.5.35 Based on 1700 dwellings, this would result in an increase of 4063 residents (based on an average occupancy of 2.39 persons per dwelling as set out in the Open Space SPD). A number of studies have been conducted to provide an indication of potential recreational participation rates. For example, the Ramblers Association (The Ramblers Association, 2010) published the results of a study that indicated that, on average, 22% of the UK population walks recreationally for at least 30 minutes every four weeks.

7.5.36 If the Ramblers Association participation rate is applied to the occupancy figure, it is estimated that approximately 894 additional people (from the residential development) will walk recreationally each month, which is equivalent to an additional 29 people taking recreational walks of at least 30 minutes per day. Proposals for the application site include approximately 50ha (c.52% of the total site area) of green infrastructure including multi-purpose recreational routes (providing various circular walks), cycle ways, sports pitches and play areas which residents are likely to use as an alternative to the SSSI for recreational purposes. Based on the current use of the SSSI by the public, restricted access to the SSSI from Robey’s Lane along with the extensive alternative green space proposed within the scheme, the increase in public use of the SSSI for recreational purposes is predicted to be Negligible. This predicted increase in low numbers of residents potentially accessing the SSSI is not expected to result in significant operational impacts which could damage or disturb features of interest.

142 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Locally Designated Sites

7.5.37 Alvecote Wood LWS is privately owned and is not open to the public and there are no permissible (i.e. Public Rights of Way (PRoW)) or informal paths crossing it. The woodland is fenced and several signs are present indicating that the woodland is private property. Given there is no authorised access to the LWS, which indeed appears to be actively discouraged with signage, development will not result in any operational impacts to Alvecote Wood LWS.

7.5.38 The wood is to be buffered from the development by a significant area of additional woodland planting to the south with further woodland and hedgerow planting to the west of Robey’s Lane. It is considered that this additional planting will ensure that there is no adverse effect on the woodland due to the development.

7.5.39 The potential impact of recreational pressure to Tamworth Golf Course LWS is likely to be localised to two footpaths which link to offsite habitats to the west of the site and reduced by the the presence of the stream that protects those habitats that lie outside of the site. It is considered that some localised adverse impacts may occur to the eastern boundary features of the LWS and along the footpaths which cross through the LWS as a result of soil compaction and/or nutrient enrichment from dog fouling. The associated impact is considered unlikely to affect the integrity of the LWS. In the absence of mitigation, the magnitude of the impact is likely to be permanent at no more than a Local scale (Minor Adverse).

7.5.40 Any increase in recreational pressures on Alvecote Pools pLWS and Coventry Canal, Alvecote Priory Grounds and canal scrub pLWS is considered to be Negligible given the limited accessibility along Robey’s Lane and for the reasons discussed above for Alvecote Pools SSSI. Habitats

7.5.41 Following construction, the retained vegetation, including woodland, trees and hedgerows, may be adversely impacted by the inevitable increase of human presence and any associated recreational activities, including cycling and dog walking. This would most likely take the form of actual physical damage to vegetation, the compaction of soils as a result of trampling pressure and / or localised nutrient enrichment from dog fouling. Without mitigation it is expected that these effects would be associated with regularly used footpaths or desire lines, and therefore highly localised. The adverse impact of a post-construction increase in visitor pressure upon the woodland and hedgerows is likely to result in no more than a Below Local scale (Minor Adverse).

143 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Fauna

General

7.5.42 Proposals have the potential to result in some disturbance effects to wildlife using the habitats within and adjacent to site through increased human activity, vehicular movements and noise levels. Species most likely to be affected by disturbance are day-active birds and mammals, however no particularly sensitive species have been recorded within the site, and studies (Hockin et al, 1992) have shown that animals generally habituate to regularly-occurring disturbance or predictable events. Any disturbance impacts to fauna would be at a Below Local scale (Minor Adverse) and short-lived.

Badgers

7.5.43 Badgers are well known to occur in urban settings, where there is often an

abundance of foraging resources (Davidson et al 200910). In some instances, there is also evidence that badger setts in urban locations are less likely to be

disturbed (Jenkinson & Wheater 199811). In this context it is considered that the increased human presence associated with urbanisation is likely to result in a Negligible impact upon the local badger population.

7.5.44 The layout of the completed development site will introduce a number of potential barriers to movement of badgers, such as roads and built-up areas, which may limit their access to available habitat both within the site and the surrounding area. The retention of boundary features, which will maintain access to suitable foraging areas, and phasing of the development over time will significantly reduce the magnitude of any potential fragmentation impact. Therefore, the impact associated with habitat fragmentation is likely to be Negligible.

7.5.45 Badgers are at risk from increases in mortality from accidental collisions with vehicles as a result of the Development. Based on the observed field signs there is a risk that such increases in mortality may affect the status of the local badger population. Therefore, in the absence of mitigation increases in mortality may result in an adverse impact at a Below Local scale (Minor Adverse).

Bats

7.5.46 The unmitigated lighting of the retained boundary habitats and habitats within the GI, may indirectly affect, some species of bat, such as Myotis species which were

144 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course recorded using the site for foraging / commuting, are known to avoid illuminated areas. This avoidance may result in reduced foraging success and survival rates and lighting of favoured foraging may result in increased risk of predation by bird species such as kestrel hunting under the artificial lights.

7.5.47 Common pipistrelle, the most frequently encountered species during the surveys, in addition to soprano pipistrelle also recorded are adaptable species relatively tolerant of artificial lighting. The local conservation status of these species is therefore unlikely to be adversely affected by increased lighting levels. Myotis species recorded at low levels during the surveys and less tolerant of artificial lighting are in absence of mitigation likely to be subject to impacts at a Below Local Scale (Minor Adverse), due to the increased light levels.

Birds 7.5.48 There is a risk of increased cat predation affecting local bird populations. Recent

studies tracking domestic cats by GPS12 indicate that cats roam from their homes over a variety of distances, ranging from 40m to 200m. Taking into account the greater distance, bird populations within the retained boundary habitats and those within 200m of the site boundary, including Alvecote Woods and Tamworth Golf Course LWS have the potential to be affected by cat predation. Based on this research, habitats of greater distance are unlikely to be affected, especially when considering the isolated nature of the site, with major roads along the south and eastern boundaries and Coventry Canal to the north, providing a barrier preventing the movement of any cats northwards into Alvecote Pools SSSI.

7.5.49 Surveys have indicated that approximately 17% of the UK population owns a cat (Pet Food Manufacturers Association, 2015). Therefore, the construction of circa 1700 dwellings could be expected to lead to an increase of 289 cats across the entire development site (assuming each dwelling with a cat has only a single animal). Although some species may be more susceptible to predation than others, it is considered unlikely that the increased abundance of cats would alter the conservation status of any of the breeding bird assemblages present. Therefore, it is considered that the impact of cats to each of the breeding assemblages will be of Negligible significance.

Great Crested Newts

7.5.50 Without mitigation the increased vehicular activity associated with operation of the

145 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course proposed development and the provision of features, such as raised kerbs and drainage gulley pots, have the potential to increase the incidence of GCN mortality, i.e. as individuals become trapped in the gullies (English Nature 2001). This would have the potential to impact upon the GCN populations supported by pond P2. Without mitigation this has the potential to adversely affect the integrity of the GCN newt population through a reduction of the adult numbers, which would result in an impact Below Local significance (Minor Adverse).

7.6 MITIGATION & ENHANCEMENT MEASURES General Construction Site Impact Avoidance Measures 7.6.1 The potential for impacts on retained habitats outside of the immediate working areas during construction activities would be minimised by retaining and protecting all unaffected or boundary habitats within the site to ensure that disturbance is kept to a minimum and any sensitive species are retained in situ. This would primarily be achieved through the erection of protective fencing around the retained habitats during construction using best practice methods.

7.6.2 The stands of Japanese knotweed will be subject to a remediation strategy to ensure the eradication of the species from the site prior to the commencement of works.

7.6.3 No temporary storage of materials, construction of haul routes, or site machinery would be situated within or adjacent to the retained habitats.

7.6.4 In order to prevent indirect effects through an alteration in water chemistry or siltation of waterbodies and the consequent smothering of flora and fauna appropriate measures will be implemented in line with best practice.

7.6.5 The relevant Pollution Prevention Guidelines (some of which have been superseded by Guidance for Pollution Prevention (GPP)) listed below will be adhered to, to ensure construction works are undertaken in an environmentally responsible manner. Any environmentally hazardous material used will be kept in dedicated stores and storage tanks will have appropriate bunding. All construction activities will be undertaken in accordance with a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP).  PPG1: Understanding your environmental responsibilities – good environmental practices;  GPP2: Above Ground Oil Storage Tanks;

146 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  PPG3: Use and Design of Oil Separators in Surface Water Drainage Systems;  GPP4: Treatment and disposal of wastewater where there is no connection to the public foul sewer;  GPP5: Works and maintenance in or near water;  PPG6: Working at Construction and Demolition Sites;  PPG7: Safe storage – The safe operation of refuelling facilities;  GPP8: Safe storage and disposal of used oils;  GPP13: Vehicle washing and cleaning;  PPG18: Managing fire water and major spillages;  GPP21: Pollution Incident Response Planning;  PPG22: Incident response;  PPG26: Safe storage – drums and intermediate bulk containers.

7.6.6 Where earthworks are required they will be undertaken according to the guidelines given in PPG6: Working at Construction and Demolition Sites. The following measures will be implemented as required to prevent pollution from earthworks;  erosion control measures – including avoidance of works close to water bodies including ditches during inclement weather and covering of temporary stockpiles where necessary to prevent runoff from flowing across exposed ground and becoming polluted with sediments;  sediment control measures – including cut-off ditches and silt traps to slow run-off and allow for settlement of sediment as close to the source as possible.  Direct external lighting would be avoided on all retained habitats and flood lighting would be low or high-pressure sodium instead of mercury or metal halide lamps. All lighting would be directional to avoid light spillage onto sensitive habitats, such as Alvecote Wood and Tamworth Golf Course LWS.

Habitat Creation And Enhancement 7.6.7 The development will result in the loss of the arable and poor semi-improved grassland which is of negligible ecological value, with some minor loss of hedgerow habitat of local value. The GI framework aims to compensate for this minor habitat loss and incorporate the retained habitats of nature conservation value into the

147 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course framework.

7.6.8 The size of the development provides ample opportunity to deliver biodiversity gains and ensure that the function and diversity of the site are not only maintained, but also greatly enhanced. This will be achieved through habitat creation which will focus on compensating for lost habitats and providing habitat for protected/notable species currently using the site. Habitat creation and enhancement opportunities presented within the GI Framework are driven by a number of factors including:  a requirement to compensate for loss of habitat used by fauna and where possible ensure that there is a net gain in biodiversity arising as a result of the development;  a desire to benefit the Warwickshire, Coventry and Solihull Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP) targets;  the maintenance of habitat corridors through the site and incorporation of habitat links to surrounding habitats; and  the presence of existing features of interest that would benefit through sympathetic management.

7.6.9 The proposals include the provision of an extensive GI framework, approximately 50ha in extent (equating to approximately 52% of the total site area). The GI will provide a broad continuous habitat corridor around the site and in addition to incorporating the retained habitats, including the majority of the hedgerow resource, semi-natural broadleaved woodland. an on-site pond and the vast majority of mature trees and will incorporate extensive new areas of species-rich neutral grassland, broadleaved woodland, tree planting, a community orchard, species-rich native hedgerows and the proposed Sustainable Urban Drainage system (SUDs).

7.6.10 The following habitats will be retained and enhanced or created as part of the proposals and should be read in conjunction with the GI Framework identified on the Parameters Plan, the Design and Access Strategy and the Landscape Masterplan. These documents provide the guiding objectives for the layout, design and character of the GI, and focuses on delivering a multifunctional GI that is practical and provides biodiversity benefits. A comprehensive Landscape and Ecology Management Plan (LEMP) will be provided and, it is proposed, be secured by condition.

148 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Habitat Enhancement – Existing Habitats

Woodland

7.6.11 Clearings and rides will be created at intervals within and around the woodland habitat in order to develop structurally diverse woodland edge habitats and to maintain a varied ground flora. Hedgerows

7.6.12 Retained hedgerows would be subject to a sympathetic management regime with the aim of maintain hedgerow of a minimum of 2m in height by 1.5m wide. Any existing gaps within the hedgerows, such as those along Robey’s Lane, would be planted up with native species appropriate to the Arden Natural Area. Where feasible the hedgerows would be further enhanced through the planting of adjacent native small tree species at 10-20m intervals.

Habitat Creation

Woodland

7.6.13 The broad-leaved wood planting will enhance the existing resource of semi-natural woodland locally and provide a significant extension to Alvecote Wood and the more recently planted Betty’s Wood which in combination will provide a continuous habitat corridor across the local landscape through from Alvecote Pools SSSI to the north to the woodland habitats along the corridor of the M42 and B500 in the south. New woodland planting will also strengthen the narrow strip of woodland along the western boundary and provide an extension to existing woodland habitats within Tamworth Golf Course LWS. The woodland planting would comprise a mix of stand types similar to and / or those supported by the adjacent LWS and the wider Arden Natural Area. Where appropriate, the establishment of all newly created woodland habitats should follow the Forestry Commission

habitat creation guidelines (1994)13. Long-term management would aim to manage the ‘edge’ habitat so that a diverse vegetation structure is developed with a range of associated microhabitats capable of supporting variety of fauna, such as specialists of the woodland edge.

Hedgerows

7.6.14 A total of approximately 2.5km of new native species-rich hedgerow will be created

149 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course through the planting of a new hedgerow, along the site’s currently open north- eastern boundary and to the west of Alvecote Wood. The hedgerow planting would be based on a species composition appropriate to the Arden Natural Area and ensure that at least five species are present within anaverage 30m section. Where feasible native hedgerow trees will be planted at 15-20m intervals and particularly at hedgerow junctions. Species planted would be similar to those of the used for the woodland and structural planting.

Species-Rich Grassland

7.6.15 Proposed grassland within the GI would be seeded with commercial neutral species-rich mixture, based on the MG5 Cynosurus cristatus – Centaurea nigra grassland NVC community, appropriate to Natural Area. Following the grassland establishment, it is envisaged that green spaces of more formal design such as around designated play areas, would be subject to more regular management, but the majority of the resource would be subject to more of a ‘traditional hay meadow’ regime, entailing two cuts annually, one late-June / early-July and a second within September which would maximise the grassland biodiversity value. The promotion of more tussocky areas of grassland (cut on an annual rotation) around the edges of the GI would also help to create a more varied structure to the grassland habitats within the site and create a gradual transition from the hedgerow and woodland habitats.

Community Orchard

7.6.16 At its south extent the GI will incorporate a community orchard comprising mixed fruit trees which could include local varieties such as Wyken Pippin and Drooper Plum. The orchard would be created on a traditional basis in line Natural England habitat creation guidelines, with trees planted at approx. 10m centres to create in the long-term an open environment.

Ponds

7.6.17 A number of swales and attenuation ponds will be created within the GI along the northern, western and eastern extent of the scheme. Where feasible, attenuation ponds would be shaped to provide a range of bank angles and heights with gradients varying from 15°-25° from horizontal and will be enhanced by the excavation of small embayments. This will create differing conditions of light and

150 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course temperature and will thus maximise and encourage the diversification of flora and associated fauna. In addition to the attenuation pond, two new ponds will be created that are suitable for breeding GCN (in compensation for the loss of pond P2).

Enhancements for Fauna

Badgers

7.6.18 The creation of permanent grassland, including tussocky swards in areas of informal open space, and the planting of fruit-bearing trees and shrubs within the application site would provide a foraging resource for badgers. Suitable trees for planting would include different cultivars of cherry, apple and plum, which may for example be incorporated into the green infrastructure as part of the new woodland and tree planting in addition to that which is to be delivered as part of the Community Orchard. The sites habitats which are retained and enhanced will also be subject to sensitive long-term management in accordance with a LEMP.

Bats

7.6.19 Hedgerow planting and wetland creation around the site boundary will provide additional bat foraging and commuting habitat that is well linked to existing features and which share connectivity with the wider wetland habitats of Alvecote Pools SSSI.

7.6.20 Roosting opportunities within the site would be greatly enhanced through the provision of 50 bat boxes/tubes, 30 of which shall be installed on the existing mature trees to be incorporated within the GI, with the remainder built into fabric of the residential properties.

7.6.21 Three bat boxes should be installed per tree, at southern, south-eastern and south- western aspects and approximately 3-6m from the ground. A variety of box types should be used to provide roosting opportunities for a wide range of species and the following are suggested;  10 x Schwegler 2F boxes, good for smaller British bats such as common pipistrelle;  10 x Schwegler 1FF, good for a wide range of bat species; and  10 x Schwegler 2FN boxes, good for both smaller bats species and attracting larger species such as noctules.

151 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 7.6.22 Bat bricks could be positioned on the southern, eastern and western elevations of buildings at least 4m from the ground. Boxes should be installed on buildings around the peripheries of the site close to the proposed GI. Suitable boxes for buildings include the Schwegler 1FR bat tube and N27 bat brick.

Breeding Birds

7.6.23 Woodland, scrub and sheltered wetland areas will establish new nesting opportunities for a range of common bird species. Further enhancement for breeding birds would include the installation of bird boxes. These would be sited on the existing mature tree standards. In order to provide nesting opportunities for the maximum number of bird species possible, a variety of box types would be used. These would be installed facing north and east, thus avoiding strong sunlight and wet winds.

Great Crested Newts

7.6.24 The creation of two new ponds that are suitable for breeding GCN (in compensation for the loss of pond P2) along with the establishment of terrestrial habitat including a mix of tussocky grassland, scrub, managed woodland and purpose-built hibernacula will enhance breeding and terrestrial habitat to the small breeding population of GCN currently present.

Mitigation for Disturbance To Fauna From Construction

Badgers

7.6.25 If still active at the time of construction there will be a requirement to apply for a licence from Natural England to legalise the closure of the subsidiary sett (S1) and outlier sett (S2) along the site’s southern boundary. In addition, a series of measures would be implemented as to minimise the risk to foraging / commuting badgers from general construction works. These would include:  As part of a ‘toolbox talk’ contractors would be briefed as to the potential presence of badgers within the site, with reference to the implications of legislation and licensing;  Excavations and piping (exceeding 200m in diameter) should be fenced/capped overnight to deter badgers from entering and becoming trapped. Excavations that cannot be covered would be provided with a means of escape for any animals that fall in overnight, such as sloping

152 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course sides or ramps (i.e. scaffold boards) with a maximum of 1:2 gradients;  All excavations would be inspected each morning to ensure no badgers have become trapped overnight; and  The storage of topsoil and other ‘soft’ building materials would be given careful consideration. The creation of mounds should be kept to a minimum and inspected for the presence of badger setts prior to their disturbance.

7.6.26 It will also be necessary to ensure that any newly excavated setts are taken into account as part of the proposals in order to avoid any offences being inadvertently committed. A pre- commencement survey will therefore be completed for each phase of construction works to identify new setts and assess the need for further mitigation measures.

Bats

7.6.27 Bats make transitory use of suitable tree roost sites. It is recommended that in the event that any mature trees require any arboricultural remediation works, they are reassessed prior to works being undertaken. In the event that bats are confirmed to be present then an appropriate Natural England EPS derogation licence will be required. This licence would detail the appropriate timing and safe working practices necessary to ensure that the risk to bats is minimised and that suitable alternative roosting sites are provided. These measures would be sufficient to ensure that (should bats be present) the Favourable Conservation Status of the local bat population is not altered.

7.6.28 Appropriate mitigation will be put in place should nocturnal bat surveys of the buildings identify the presence of bat roosts. It is anticipated that in the case of small numbers of individual common and widespread species of bats that this will comprise the inclusion of bat access slates or integrated bat boxes where appropriate in a similar area to where any existing roosts may be lost. Should survey identify the presence of higher status roosts, then the inclusion of a bat barn will be provided. The number of bat barns and detailed design would be determined by the number and nature of any roost recorded. An appropriate EPS licence will also be required from Natural England to allow derogation from the law to demolish these buildings should the presence of a bat roost be confirmed.

Breeding Birds

7.6.29 Potential impacts to nesting birds during construction will be mitigated by either

153 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course clearance of potential bird nesting habitat outside of the main breeding season (i.e. only within the months August to February inclusive). If this is not feasible, any suitable nesting habitat to be removed will be checked prior to its removal for the presence of nesting birds by a suitability experienced ecologist. In the event that active nests are present appropriate exclusion zones will be applied within which no works can occur until any young have fledged.

Great Crested Newts

7.6.30 As a small breeding GCN population is known to be present in association with pond P2 at the western extent of the site, there is a legal requirement to ensure that newts are not harmed or disturbed during development. A mitigation strategy will therefore be put in place detailing the mitigation required to safely remove any GCN that are likely to present from the working area of the development. The mitigation strategy will also include details of the required mitigation should a GCN population be confirmed in pond P17. This strategy will be delivered through a Natural England EPS derogation licence and shall be in place prior to the clearance of any habitat that is likely to support GCN.

7.6.31 Further details of the translocation strategy are provided in Appendix 7.5, In brief, the strategy would require that a combination of temporary amphibian fencing and bucket traps are erected around any affected habitat where there is a reasonable likelihood that GCNs are present. All of the fenced terrestrial and aquatic habitat (pond P2) will be trapped out for a period of at least 30 days during suitable conditions. Captured newts will be moved to dedicated receptor site for GCN.

7.6.32 In line with the recommendations of The Great Crested Newt Mitigation Guidelines (English Nature 2001) the loss of pond P2 will be compensated by the provision of two additional GCN breeding ponds within the dedicated receptor area. The receptor area will also include a number of additional habitat enhancements, such as hibernacula, to make certain that it is capable of supporting any individuals that are translocated during this strategy. Where appropriate the receptor and working area will be fenced during the construction period to avoid any risk of GCN returning to cleared areas. The supervised dismantling of all suitable hibernation habitats and draining of pond P2 will also be conducted under licence following the completion of trapping. The proposed mitigation strategy is considered sufficient to ensure that the FCS of the local GCN population is maintained.

154 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 7.7 OPERATIONAL MITIGATION Designated Sites of Nature Conservation Interest and Habitats 7.7.1 As previously detailed, the proposals include an extensive area of green infrastructure. In order to mitigate the potential adverse effects of recreational pressure the design of green infrastructure includes the following:  Control of informal access to sensitive habitats through the use of clearly defined routes and dedicated areas for recreation and natural play;  The promotion of circular walks within the Development and also links to alternative local pedestrian routes and open space that are designed to encourage visitors away from the most sensitive habitats (e.g. Tamworth Golf Course LWS);  A proposed minimum development buffer will be maintained around the boundary of Ancient woodland habitat of Alvecote Wood LWS and around habitats associated with Tamworth Golf Course LWS. All built development will be excluded from this buffer, which will be maintained as semi-natural green space.  Strengthening the boundary between the development and sensitive habitats through the use management of existing habitat, native planting and / or fencing;  Strategically located dog-foul bins and signage requesting that dogs are kept on leads within the areas of ancient woodland; and

 Provision of interpretation boards to inform about the sensitive nature of habitats, including ancient woodlands.

7.7.2 The final detail of these mitigation measures, including management, which are considered fit for purpose, will be delivered as part of the LEMP.

7.7.3 During operation of the development mitigation for badgers has been designed to ensure the adequate regulation of vehicle speeds within the site (i.e. limited to 30mph) and the continued maintenance of access to foraging and watering areas in the surrounding landscape.

155 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Bats

7.7.4 The lighting and layout of the proposed development will be designed to minimise light-spill onto habitats both within and adjacent to it that are used by the local bat population foraging or commuting. This will be achieved by ensuring that the design of lighting is based upon guidelines presented in the Bat Conservation Trust & Institute of Lighting Engineers 'Bats and Lighting in the UK - Bats and Built Environment Series', the Bat Conservation Trust ‘Artificial Lighting and Wildlife Interim Guidance’ and the Bat Conservation Trust 'Statement on the impact and design of artificial light on bats'. Therefore, the lighting scheme will include the following:  The strategic use of landscaping and planting to avoid light spill on sensitive habitats;  The avoidance of direct lighting of existing trees, scrub, woodland, or proposed areas of habitat creation/landscape planting;  Unnecessary light spill will be controlled through a combination of directional lighting, low  lighting columns, hooded/shielded luminaires or strategic planting; and  Where appropriate, luminaires on the site boundary will be fitted with light baffles to prevent light spill.

7.7.5 With the implementation of the mitigation proposed above, residual effects on the local population of bats are likely to be negligible.

Breeding Birds

7.7.6 In order to deter encroachment of domestic cats into the surrounding countryside the boundaries around the Site will be strengthened through the planting of native thorny plant species (blackthorn, hawthorn). Where possible this planting will be in combination with other site infrastructure, such as water features including swales and ponds, security fencing and roads, which are likely to further impede access by domestic cats. Prescriptions for management of these features will be secured through the LEMP.

Great Crested Newts

7.7.7 The risk of any increase in GCN mortality during operation of the development will be mitigated through the provision of off-set gulley pots and dropped kerbs. Therefore, the accidental killing or injury during operation of the development is

156 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course considered likely to result in a negligible impact,

7.8 CUMULATIVE EFFECTS 7.8.1 Tamworth Golf course development scheme (Planning Application No. 0088/2015) has been identified as having the potential to impact cumulatively with the proposals and have therefore been examined as part of this assessment.

7.8.2 The scheme is for a mixed-use development, comprising up to 1,100 residential dwellings, a new primary school, a neighbourhood centre and a community park on the site of the former Tamworth Golf Course located approximately 200m west of the current project at its nearest point. The application was granted outline approval in January 2016.

7.8.3 The Ecological Impact Assessmen produced to support the application identifies that the site comprises primary of amenity grassland with scattered areas of broad- leaved and mix woodland habitats, characteristic of golf course environs.

7.8.4 Faunal surveys undertaken to support the application identified the following:  Presence of two separate medium populations of great crested newts within two of the on-site ponds (in addition to the off-site pond P2);  A main badger sett within the grounds of the golf course;  The site provides foraging and commuting habitat to assemblage of bats including common pipistrelle, soprano pipistrelle, noctule, Leisler’s bat and brown long-eared bat. Bat activity was low with commuting recorded throughout. Roosting bats were in association with the club house (pipistrelle bat) and a mature tree within the site (Daubenton’s bat).; and  Breeding bird assemblage totalling 40 species and including eight notable species; dunnock, green woodpecker, house sparrow, linnet, mistle thrush, song thrush, bullfinch and willow warbler, confirmed or considered to be breeding on or adjacent to the site.

7.8.5 It is recognised that when considered in combination that there will be a likely additional increase in the use of the SSSI for recreational purposes above that when considering the current project alone. However, development of the Tamworth Golf Course will deliver 25ha of green infrastructure which is to include community woodland and an extension to Hodge Lane LNR providing extensive alternative areas for recreational use. Furthermore, whilst located in close proximity to the SSSI, there are no direct pedestrian or cycle routes in to the SSSI

157 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course and as such no objections were raised from Natural England or Warwickshire Wildlife Trust to the development regarding additional recreational pressures.

7.8.6 Following the implementation of mitigation measures no impacts on any statutory or non-statutory sites of nature conservation value are anticipated by the scheme.

7.8.7 In addition to the extensive areas of GI, the layout of the GI has been designed to ensure that ecological corridors across the site and local landscape are maintained. This has ensured that scheme maintains no net loss of biodiversity in the longer term, once the GI proposals mature,

and following the implementation of mitigation measures and provided best method practices are adhered to no significant impacts are predicted to the fauna associated with the site. Works effecting European species will be subject to Natural England licence ratification, which will ensure that the favourable conservation status of these species is maintained.

7.8.8 In summary, no cumulative impact in terms of designated sites, habitats or protected species are anticipated given that both the golf course scheme and the current project incorporate their own habitat creation and mitigation measures, as is necessary for any identified adverse effects and as to comply with the requirements of both national and local planning policy in respect of ecology.

7.9 RESIDUAL IMPACTS 7.9.1 The residual effects consider the effects after the incorporation of mitigation measures. In the context of ecological assessment, many of these measures are incorporated as an integral part of the scheme design. This iterative process has resulted in the proposed development being designed and modified to take account of the surveys and assessments undertaken. This has enabled the extent and scale of the potential adverse effects to be continually appraised as part of the evolving masterplan and scheme design.

7.9.2 The design approaches adopted have included measures to avoid or reduce potentially significant adverse effects arising from the proposed development. Compensatory measures are also proposed where impacts, such as habitat loss, are unavoidable and where this is proposed compensatory habitat creation measures have sought to provide habitats that complement those located within and close to the site.

7.9.3 A summary of residual impacts resulting from construction and operation of the site

158 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course are summarised in Table 7.5.

Table 7.5: Residual Effects Summary

Ecological Description Significance Mitigation / Residual Effect Receptor of Effect of Impact Enhancement Measures Designated Sites of Nature Conservation

Alvecote Pools Accidental Minor adverse Implementation of best Negligible SSSI pollution and practice, including National Value - dust deposition PollutionAgency’s Prevention lowland wetland Guidelines 5: Works or bird assemblage Maintenance in or Near andWater Pollution Prevention Guideline 6: Working at Construction and SiteDemolition Disturbance Negligible None required Negligible from increased recreational pressures

Ecological Description Significance Mitigation / Residual Effect Receptor of Effect of Impact Enhancement Measures Alvecote Wood Accidental Local (minor Implementation of best Negligible LWS pollution and adverse) practice, including County Value - dust deposition PollutionAgency’s Prevention Ancient woodland Guidelines 5: Works or Maintenance in or Near andWater Pollution Prevention Guideline 6: Working at Construction and SiteDemolition Disturbance Negligible (No None required Negligible from increased public access) recreational pressures Tamworth Golf Accidental Local Implementation of best Negligible Course LWS - pollution and (minor practice, including County Vale dust adverse) Agency’s Pollution deposition Prevention Guidelines 5: Works or Maintenance in or Near Water and Pollution Prevention Guideline 6: Working at Construction and Demolition Site

Disturbance Local (minor Strengthening Negligible from increased adverse) deterboundaries informal to access, recreational including use of planting, pressures - soil fouldog bins and signage. compaction, definedCleary walking routes. nutrient Implementation of enrichment from developmentminimum buffer. dog fouling etc

159 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Coventry Canal, Dust deposition Local (minor Implementation of best Negligible Alvecote Priory adverse) practice, including Grounds and PollutionAgency’s Prevention canal scrub pLWS Guidelines 5: Works or - County Value Maintenance in or Near andWater Pollution Prevention Guideline 6: Working at Construction and SiteDemolition Disturbance Negligible None required Negligible from increased recreational pressures Habitats

Mature Trees Loss of three Below local to Extensive woodland and Beneficial Local Value – mature trees local (minor orchard and impact at a local enrich local area (T14, T15, adverse structural level (minor T62) impact) landscaping beneficial) andmature one tree semi (T- planting 32).

Ecological Description Significance Mitigation / Residual Effect Receptor of Effect of Impact Enhancement Measures

Physical Below local Implementation of Negligible damage to (minor adverse) toBS5837, include the use of retained trees offsstand and- protective during tofencing, ensure protection of construction retained vegetation

Hedgerows Loss of Approx. Below local Approx. 2.5km of native Beneficial Local Value – 180m (minor adverse) species-rich impact at a enrich local area through hedgerow below local level creation of planting. (minor Listed on S41 of vehicular beneficial) NERC Act, LBAP access. habitat Physical Below local Implementation of Negligible Provide corridor / damage to (minor adverse) BS5837,to include the use of shelter /foraging retained offsstand and- protective habitats hedgerows tofencing, ensure protection of during retained vegetation construction Semi-natural Physical Below local Implementation of Negligible Broad-leaved damage to (minor adverse) BS5837,to include the use of Woodland retained offsstand and- protective Local Value. Listed woodland tofencing, ensure on S.41 of the during protection of construction retained vegetation

NERC Act, LBAP Disturbance of Below local Provision of Negligible habitat. Contributes retained (minor green towards the local vegetation adverse) infrastructure, ecological network. during including defined operation footpaths and planting.

160 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Fauna

Badgers Loss of Negligible Closure of sett under Negligible outlier and (unlikely to Natural England Below Local Value subsidiary affect social licence, as required. Protected under the badger sett group), Protection of although with badgers Act 1991 legalimplications Loss of habitat Below Local Creation of suitable Beneficial used by local (minor adverse) foraginghabitat, including impact at a permanent badger grasslands, fruit-bearing below local level population andtrees shrubs (minor beneficial) Disturbance Negligible None required Negligible during operation Habitat Negligible None required Negligible fragmentati on caused by barriers of movement – roads etc Accidental Below Local Control of vehicle Negligible mortality (minor speeds through road adverse) collisions Bats Loss of foraging Below Local Establishment of Beneficial Local Value Listed and (minor adverse) foragingreplacement & commuting impact at a local on S41 of NERC commuting habitat, including level (minor Act / LBAP habitat hedgerows, woodland, beneficial) grassland & wetland

Ecological Description Significance Mitigation / Residual Effect Receptor of Effect of Impact Enhancement Measures

Disturbance Below Local Implementation of CEMP Negligible through lighting (minor adverse) avoidto lighting sensitive during receptors e.g. Alvecote construction Woods

Loss of Below Local Appropriate timing of Negligible potential bat to Local work, supervision roost/s in Adverse and provision of B1-B13 (uncertain) replacement roosts under Natural England EPS derogation licence

Disturbance Below Local Sensitive lighting Negligible through (minor adverse) regularlyscheme of used habitats inappropriate lighting during operation

161 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Breeding Birds Site clearance Local (minor None proposed Loss of open Local Value will lead to adverse_ arable habitat the loss of effects arable will result in Partial legal arable farmland birds local (minor protection under habitat. (skylark, adverse), WCA . yellowhammer permanent, Listed on S41 of the yellow wagtail) long-term impact NERC Act, LBAP for arable farmland birds

Disturbance Local Avoidance of nesting Negligible of active (minor season or nests adverse) supervision of vegetation clearance, including use of appropriate stand- offs from active nests

Cat predation Negligible None required Negligible

Great Crested Loss of Local (minor Provision of two Beneficial Newts ornamental adverse) compensatoryponds impact at a local Local Value GCN pond P2 level (minor beneficial) legal protection

under WCA & Loss of GCN Local (minor Establishment of Beneficial CHSR terrestrial adverse) terrestrialhabitat including a mix of impact at a local Listed on S41NERC habitat tussocky level (minor Act, LBAP grassland, scrub, beneficial) managed woodland and purpose-built hibernacula

Mortality Local (minor Trapping of GCN from Negligible throughaccidental adverse) thearea of works, including orkilling injury during pondfrom P2, associated construction habitatsterrestrial and onsite habitatsterrestrial surrounding wherepond P17 a population of confirmed,GCN is and pretranslocation-prepared toreceptor advanceareas in of works and Naturalunder a England EPS licence

Increased Below Local Provision of off-set gulley Negligible mortality of (minor adverse) potsand dropped kerbs to enteringGCN accidentalavoid mortality of operation areas GCN or trapped in drainage system

7.10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 7.10.1 The EcIA assesses the likely significant effects of the proposed development in terms of ecology and nature conservation and is based upon both existing

162 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course information regarding the site ascertained through desk study information and through undertaking habitat and species surveys.

7.10.2 The site formed is essentially by two large arable fields with areas of species poor semi-improved grassland. Additional habitats are limited to the site’s boundaries and include two ponds, broad leaved woodland, hedgerows with associated mature trees and poor semi-improved margins. One statutory designated site of national importance, Alvecote Pools SSSI is located approximately 125m east of the site with a further three statutory sites of county importance located within 1km of the site. Four non-statutory designated sites are located within 1km of the Site. Alvecote Wood LWS, lies adjacent to the site’s northern boundary whilst Tamworth Golf Course LWS lies adjacent to the western boundary.

7.10.3 The majority of the site was generally of restricted value due to the predominance of arable farmland, with features of increased nature conservation value limited to semi-natural broadleaved woodland, native hedgerows and associated mature trees forming the boundary habitats.

7.10.4 Species of note recorded within the application site and survey extents include; badger which uses the site as occasional forage / shelter, four species of bat including Noctule and soprano pipistrelle listed as Species of Principal Importance and common pipistrelle and Nathusius’ pipistrelle, which use the linear habitats at low levels for foraging and commuting, and an assemblage of farmland birds which include skylark, yellow wagtail and yellowhammer. A population of great crested newts was also recorded within an ornamental pond located towards the western extent of the site.

7.10.5 Proposals will result in the loss of approximately 69ha of arable farmland, 18ha of poor semi- improved grassland, approximately 180m of native species-poor hedgerow, one semi-mature tree and three mature tree standards.

7.10.6 The proposals include the provision of an extensive GI framework, approximately 50ha in extent (equating to approximately 52% of the of the total site area). The GI will provide a broad continuous habitat corridor around the site and in addition to incorporating the retained habitats, including the majority of the hedgerow resource, all of the mature trees, woodland and an on-site pond, will incorporate extensive new areas of species-rich neutral grassland, broad- leaved woodland, tree planting, a community orchard, species-rich native hedgerows and the proposed Sustainable Urban Drainage system (SUDs).

163 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 7.10.7 Following the provision of compensatory and mitigation measures it is considered that there would be no significant adverse impacts overall. However, as a consequence of the conversion of the site from a farmland landscape to a residential one, residual effects of a local scale would remain in respect to farmland birds. There would however be long-term positive effects on a number of habitats and species, including grassland, woodland, hedgerows and bats and the general breeding bird assemblage (including a number of Species of Principle Importance) through habitat creation proposal

164 Environmental Statement (Chapter 7) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course References

 BRIG (ed. Ant Maddock) 2008, UK Biodiversity Action Plan; Priority Habitat Descriptions, (Updated December 2011)  CIEEM (2016) Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the UK and Ireland: Terrestrial, Freshwater and Coastal, 2nd edition. Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management, Winchester  Clements, D. and Toft, R (1992) Hedgerow Evaluation and Grading System (HEGS) – A methodology for the ecological survey, evaluation and grading system.  Davison, J, M. Huck, R. J. Delahay & T. J. Roper (2008) Urban badger setts: characteristics, patterns of use and management implications Journal of Zoology 275 (2008) pp190-200  DEFRA. (1997) The Hedgerow Regulations 1997. A Guide to the Law and Good Practice. London: HMSO  Ecological Impact Assessment, Tamworth Golf Course, October 2014, Atkins Limited  Forestry Commission (1994) Bulletin 112: Creating New Native Woodland.  Institute of Air Quality Management (2016) Guidance of the Assessment of Minerals Dust Impacts for Planning  Jenkinson, S & C. P. Wheater (1998) The influence of public access and sett visibility on badger (Meles meles) sett disturbance and persistence Journal of Zoology 246 pp443-486  Joint Nature Conservation Committee (2010). Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey - a Technique for Environmental Audit. Reprinted by JNCC, Peterborough.  Natural England (2010) Technical Information Note TIN014 – Traditional orchards: planting and establishing fruit trees.  Thomas, R.L., Baker, P. J. & Fellowes, M. D. E. (2014) Ranging characteristics of the domestic cat (Felis catus) in an urban environment. Urban Ecosystems. 17: 911-921  Warwickshire Coventry and Solihull Local Nature Partnership (LNP) Warwickshire, Coventry & Solihull Local Biodiversity Action Plan. http://www.warwickshirewildlifetrust.org.uk/LBAP%20Action%20Plans (Accessed 03.03.18)  Warwickshire, Coventry and Solihull Local Biodiversity Action Plan, Draft Revised Plan 2014, Great Crested Newt. On-line: http://www.warwickshirewildlifetrust.org.uk/sites/default/files/files/Great%20Cres ted%20Newt.pdf

165 Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

8. AIR QUALITY 8.1 INTRODUCTION

8.1.1 This chapter of the Environmental Statement (ES) considers the potential for air quality impacts during the construction and operational period of the proposed development. This ES Chapter has been prepared in support of the planning application for the Land east of the former Tamworth Golf Course.

8.1.2 The planning application considers an assessment of Phases 1 and 2, which are located to the east and west of Robey’s Lane respectively. The proposed development is for 1,540 dwellings, a primary school, care home, community hub, allotments, landscaping and site access. The dwelling split is approximately 240 dwellings in Phase 1 and 1,300 in Phase 2.

8.1.3 Wardell Armstrong previously submitted an Air Quality ES Chapter in support of the outline planning application for Phase 1 (Planning Ref. PAP/2017/0257), submitted to the planning portal in May 2017. That application was for 500 dwellings on Phase 1. At the time of writing, the Phase 1 planning application is undetermined.

8.1.4 Although the application supported by this ES seeks planning permission for up to 1540 dwellings, the ES itself tests development at up to 1700 dwellings. Further details of the project, planning history, site and local area is available in the introductory Chapters of this ES.

8.1.5 Phase 2 is located to the north of Tamworth Road at the boundary of North Warwickshire Borough Council (NWBC) and Tamworth Borough Council (TBC). NWBC has identified Phase 2 as a favourable site for residential development in the draft Local Plan which was submitted to the Secretary of State for examination on 27 March 2018.

8.1.6 Phases 1 and 2 are located in the north eastern part of Tamworth and include agricultural land and a go-kart track in a small part of Phase 2 land. Open land borders the site to the north with Alvecote Pools Special Site of Scientific Interest site located beyond. The M42 bounds the application site to the east. The B5000 Tamworth Road borders Phases 1 and 2 to the south with a mix of open land and residential dwellings beyond. Phase 2 is bordered by open land to the west however the land has received planning consent for c1,100 dwellings (Planning Ref. 0088/2015) and is currently under construction.

166

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 8.1.7 The Phase 1 site includes a school, playing field allotments and residential housing however, an approximate 200m proposed green space exists between the M42 and the proposed primary school. Future residential housing within Phase 1 will be located approximately 350m from the M42.

8.1.8 The design of Phase 1 varies markedly from the May 2017 planning application. The current design is considered to be a significant enhancement in terms of air quality impact as the distance between the M42 and sensitive receptors is much greater.

8.1.9 The air quality assessment considers operational impacts due to additional road traffic generated by the development as well as the potential for dust and fine particulate matter impacts associated with the construction phase. The potential air quality impacts are considered for existing sensitive receptor locations in the vicinity of the proposed development, and also at future residential locations within the development site.

Phase 1 Environmental Statement (Planning Ref. PAP/2017/0257)

8.1.10 The air quality assessment (Chapter 8 of the ES) considered the changes in air quality associated with the c.500 dwelling Phase 1 development and also included a cumulative impact scenario which considered both Phase 1 and 2. The assessment was prepared using the latest guidance and legislation at the time, and utilised Emissions Factor Toolkit Version 7 (EFT V.7) which was most recent dataset available at the time. The assessment considered a worst case sensitivity analysis whereby 2015 base year pollutant concentrations and vehicle emission factors were applied to the 2027 Future Year Scenario. This assumed no improvement in air quality over time and therefore resulted in an overly pessimistic prediction of future air quality concentrations. Air quality exceedances were predicted in the future scenario as a result of the sensitivity analysis approach.

8.1.11 The Phase 1 ES submission has, at the time of writing, received one consultee comment in relation to air quality. Mr Graham Kemp (Environmental Protection Officer) at TBC stated the following in a consultee comment dated 23rd June 2017: “The Air Quality assessment does indicate that there will be a predicted increase of air pollution to the Tamworth road network and this would potentially increase pollution to

167

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Tamworth residents on these routes by linking to existing network”. A recommendation for refusal was made in light of insufficient mitigation being provided.

8.1.12 Further details were requested by email, and Mr Kemp provided the following comment:

“As you appreciate, any build especially over our border and the future residents looking for facilities, they will obviously be looking for these services in Tamworth. This will increase the amount of air pollution coming into our area that is out of our control. Besides banning all petrol and diesel use, the new development could be seen to offset some journeys if for example there was a proposal to build a pre-school on site and provide footpaths into the new golf course development to link to the proposed primary school and shops proposed, even some public electric charge points, that would be innovative, food for thought.”

8.1.13 Following these discussions, the Phase 1-only project remained inactive while a joint Phase 1 and 2 application was prepared.

8.1.14 The most significant change associated with this ES, in terms of air quality, is the use of Emissions Factor Toolkit Version 8 which was released in November 2017. The EFT v.8 toolkit show significant increases in vehicular emissions from Version 7. Consequently, at this time, it is deemed that a sensitivity test is not required and the predictions of Version 8 are realistic of future air quality. Therefore, only the EFT v.8 assessment is presented and it is deemed a sensitivity test (i.e. assuming no improvement in 2016 vehicular emissions and background maps) is not required.

Consultations

8.1.15 A scoping opinion report was submitted to North Warwickshire Borough Council (NWBC) on 11th August 2017, which outlined, among others, the air quality approach to be taken for the ES. Scoping opinions were received in a document dated 13th July 2016 for the Phase 1-only application and on 18th September 2017 for the Phase 2 element of the site. The 18th September Scoping Report stated the following in regard to air quality:

 NWBC Environmental Health Officer (EHO): “I can confirm that I would be happy with the approach set out in the scoping report to assess air quality and noise impacts.”

8.1.16 A further and final scoping opinion was received on 15 March 2018 for the site in its entirety (i.e. the site subject to this application) however, no specific air quality

168

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course comments were made.

8.1.17 A detailed methodology was also sent to TBC by email on 24th August 2017 as the majority of vehicles are expected to travel west from the site into Tamworth. In an email reply dated 30th October 2017, the following was agreed:

 a construction phase dust assessment will be undertaken in accordance with Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM) guidance;

 a detailed air quality assessment will be undertaken, using the air dispersion model ADMS-Roads, to consider the potential air quality impacts during the operational phase of the proposed development;

 details of the road network to be assessed and confirmation that the assessment will utilise information from the Coleshill meteorological station;

 confirmation that the assessment would consider the road network and sensitive receptors as outlined in the previous Phase 1 ES;

 background concentrations shall be obtained from the 2013-based Defra default concentration maps;

 diffusion tubes Q2, Q5 and Q7 would be considered in the verification procedure. Where required, an assessment of the Two Gates AQMA would be undertaken if the 100 AADT Criterion was exceeded i.e. the requirement for a detailed assessment at an AQMA in accordance with the Environmental Protection and IAQM Land-use Planning and Development Control document: Planning for Air Quality 2017. If an AQMA assessment was required, diffusion tubes Q6 (N, E, S, W) would also be considered in the assessment;

 the sensitivity test would consider the Calculator Using Realistic Diesel Emissions (CURED); and

 air quality impacts to local ecological designations will be assessed in accordance with the criteria outlined in the Design for Manual Roads and Bridges (DMRB, Volume 11, Section 3, Part 5, May 2007). If a detailed assessment is required, based on the criteria outlined in DMRB, then the impact will be modelled using ADMS-Roads.

 In November 2017, Defra released Emissions Factor Toolkit Version 8. Confirmation of the methodology change were provided TBC and NWBC by telephone and email on 3rd January 2017. Specifically, it was confirmed that the assessment would now consider EFT v.8 and CURED would no longer be utilised in the assessment. Both TBC and NWBC confirmed their acceptance

169

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course to this methodology change on 3rd and 4th January 2017 respectively. The NWBC 2017 Annual Status Report was provided.

8.2 LEGISLATION, POLICY AND GUIDANCE

Air Quality Legislation and National Air Quality Strategy

8.2.1 The Environment Act 1995 requires the UK government to prepare a National Air Quality Strategy. The UK National Air Quality Strategy (NAQS) was therefore published in March 1997 setting out policies for the management of ambient air quality. The Strategy sets objectives for eight pollutants, which may potentially occur in the UK

at levels that give cause for concern. These pollutants are: nitrogen dioxide (NO2),

sulphur dioxide, carbon monoxide, lead, fine particulates (PM10), benzene, 1, 3– butadiene and ozone.

8.2.2 Appendix 8.1 outlines air quality legislation, guidance, and policy.

8.2.3 The air quality pollutants assessed as part of this assessment, and the objectives are:

3  NO2: Annual mean concentration 40 μg/m ;

3  PM10: Annual mean concentration 40 μg/m ; and

3  PM2.5: Annual target level concentration 25 μg/m .

National Planning Policy and Guidance

8.2.4 Section 32 of The Planning Practice Guidance10 (paragraphs 001 – 009) relates specifically to Air Quality and paragraphs 006 to 009 are of particular relevance to this assessment.

 Paragraph 006: Air quality assessments should provide a baseline assessment and assess whether new sources of air pollution are possible during construction or after the development is completed. The assessment shall also consider whether there is likely to be a significant increase in people exposed to a problematic air quality area. The guidance also recommends consulting the local environmental health department to agree the scope of the assessment.

 Paragraph 007: Assessments should be proportionate to the nature and scale of development proposed and the level of concern about air quality, and

10 Department for Communities and Local Government, March 2014, Planning Practice Guidance: Air Quality

170

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course because of this are likely to be locationally specific.

 Paragraph 008: Mitigation options where necessary will be locationally specific, will depend on the proposed development and should be proportionate to the likely impact. Paragraph 008 also gives examples of mitigation. Paragraph 009: Outlines an assessment flow chart. The flow chart outlines whether key items of information have been answered within the assessment and whether the planning decision, regarding air quality, can be reached.

North Warwickshire Borough Council (NWBC) Local Air Quality Review and Assessment

8.2.5 The proposed development is located within the administrative area of NWBC, which is responsible for the management of local air quality. The 2017 Annual Status Report provides a summary of local air quality and monitoring across NWBC.

8.2.6 NWBC is predominately a rural area situated to the north of the Birmingham urban area (approximately 60% of the Borough is declared as Green Belt land). The site is situated in the north-western part of NWBC. The Phase 2 western boundary borders the TBC administrative area.

8.2.7 NWBC maintains eleven non-automatic diffusion tubes across the Borough. The closest diffusion tube, “Dordon”, is located approximately 2.3km to the south east in

Polesworth and recorded a 2016 annual mean, bias-adjusted NO2 concentration of 23.80 μg/m3. As there is no local monitoring in the vicinity of the site, it has not been possible to incorporate any NWBC monitoring into the assessment.

8.2.8 There are no active air quality management areas (AQMAs) in NWBC. On 1st February 2013, the Coleshill AQMA was revoked. This was located approximately 17km to the south of the site.

Tamworth Borough Council (TBC) Local Air Quality Review and Assessment

8.2.9 The majority of vehicle movements generated from the development are expected to travel west into Tamworth. The 2017 Annual Status Report (ASR) provides a summary of local air quality and monitoring across TBC.

8.2.10 TBC operates 14 non-automatic diffusion tubes. TBC does not operate any automatic monitors. TBC has declared one AQMA at the Two Gates crossroads for exceedance

171

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course of the NO2 annual mean. The AQMA is located approximately 3.3km to the south west of the site at the crossroads of the A51 and B5404.

8.2.11 TBC operates four diffusion tubes within the AQMA (Q6 N, Q6 E, Q6 S and Q6 N) and

one borderline NO2 concentrations was recorded in 2016. The 2016, NO2 bias adjusted concentrations are as follows:

 Q6 N: 26.00 μg/m3.

 Q6 E: 32.00 μg/m3.

 Q6 S: 39.00 μg/m3.

 Q6 W: 36.00 μg/m3.

8.2.12 Outside the AQMA, TBC operates a number of diffusion tubes adjacent to the main roads across the Borough. On the road network assessed, diffusion tubes Q2, Q5 and Q7 are relevant to this assessment and have been included in the verification procedure.

8.2.13 For the avoidance of the doubt, the distance and location from the site and their recorded concentrations are outlined:

 Q2: 1.9km to the south west of the site alongside the A5. The bias-adjusted

3 annual mean NO2 concentration measured is 25.00 μg/m .

 Q5: 1.8km to the south of the site alongside the A5. The bias-adjusted annual

3 mean NO2 concentration measured is 29.00 μg/m .

 Q5: 2.1km to the west of the site alongside Glascote Road. The bias-adjusted

3 annual mean NO2 concentration measured is 32.00 μg/m .

8.2.14 NO2 concentrations across Tamworth, outside of the AQMA, are between approximately mid-20’s to mid-30’s μg/m3.

8.3 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

Construction Phase Assessment – Dust and Fine Particulate Matter Emissions

8.3.1 To assess the impacts associated with dust and PM10 releases, during the construction phase of the development, an assessment has been undertaken in accordance with IAQM guidance11. Step 1

8.3.2 Step 1 of the assessment is to screen the requirement for a more detailed assessment.

11 Institute of Air Quality Management ‘Guidance on the Assessment of Dust from Demolition and Construction’, February 2014

172

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course The guidance states that an assessment will normally be required where there are existing human sensitive receptors within 350m of the site boundary and/or within 50m of the route(s) used by construction vehicles on the public highway, up to 500m from the site entrance(s).

8.3.3 With regards to ecological receptors, the guidance states that an assessment will normally be required where there are existing ecological receptors within 50m of the site boundary and/or within 50m of the route(s) used by construction vehicles on the public highway, up to 500m from the site entrance(s).

8.3.4 Where there are existing sensitive receptors locations within 350m of the site boundary, it is necessary to proceed to Step 2 of the assessment.Step 2

8.3.5 Step 2 of the assessment determines the potential risk of dust and PM10 arising in sufficient quantities to cause annoyance and/or health and/or ecological impacts. The risk is related to:

 The activities being undertaken (demolition, number of vehicles and plant etc.);

 The duration of these activities;

 The size of the site;

 The meteorological conditions (wind speed, direction and rainfall);

 The proximity of receptors to the activity;

 The adequacy of the mitigation measures applied to reduce or eliminate dust; and

 The sensitivity of receptors to dust.

8.3.6 The risk of dust and PM10 effects is determined using four risk categories: negligible, low, medium and high risk. A site is allocated to a risk category based upon two factors:

 Step 2A – the scale and nature of the works which determines the potential dust emission magnitude as small, medium or large; and

 Step 2B – the sensitivity of the area to dust impacts which is defined as low, medium or high sensitivity.

8.3.7 These two factors are combined in Step 2C to determine the risk of dust impacts with no mitigation applied.

 The risk of dust effects is determined for four types of construction phase activities, with each activity being considered separately. If a construction phase activity is not taking place on the site, then it does not need to be assessed. The four types of activities to be considered are:Demolition;

173

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  Earthworks;

 Construction; and

 Trackout. Step 3

8.3.8 Step 3 of the assessment determines the site-specific mitigation required for each of the activities, based on the risk determined in Step 2. Mitigation measures are detailed in guidance published by the Greater London Authority12, recommended for use outside the capital by LAQM guidance and the IAQM guidance document itself. If the risk is classed as negligible, no mitigation measures beyond those required by legislation will be necessary.

Step 4

8.3.9 Step 4 assesses the residual effect, with mitigation measures in place, to determine whether or not these are significant.

Existing Sensitive Receptors – Human Receptors (DUST)

8.3.10 The closest sensitive receptor locations to the proposed development are residential in nature, and are detailed in Table 8.1.

8.3.11 Table 8.1 details the existing sensitive receptors which could be affected by construction at both Phases 1 and 2.

Table 8.1: Existing Dust Sensitive Receptors – Human Receptors Receptor Direction from the Site Approximate Distance from the Site Boundary Priory Farm Within Phase 2 Adjacent Existing residential East of Phase 1 268m 268m properties along Tamworth Road/Pooley Lane

Existing residential South East of Phase 1 124m 124m properties along Hermitage Lane

12 Greater London Authority (2006) The Control of Dust and Emissions from Construction and Demolition: Best Practice Guidance

174

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.1: Existing Dust Sensitive Receptors – Human Receptors Receptor Direction from the Site Approximate Distance from the Site Boundary Existing residential South of Phases 1 and 47m2 4 47m properties along Glascote Road and Tamworth Road (the B5000)

Existing Commercial West of Phase 2 104m 104m Premises along Sandy Way

Future Residential West of Phase 2 35m 35m Receptors associated with the Golf Course Development (Planning Ref. 0088/2015)

Existing Farmhouse North of Phase 1, West123m of 123m Phase 2

Existing Sensitive Receptors – Ecological Receptors (DUST)

8.3.12 There are no ecological receptors, or potentially dust sensitive statutory designated habitat sites, within 50m of the site and/or within 50m of the route(s) used by construction vehicles on the public highway, up to 500m from the site entrance(s). Ecological effects do not therefore need to be considered within this assessment.

 Operational Phase Assessment – Road Traffic Emissions  Modelling of Road Traffic Emissions

8.3.13 The air dispersion model ADMS-Roads (CERC, Version 4.1) has been used to assess the potential impact of development generated traffic on air quality. The air dispersion

model has been used to predict NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations, as these are the pollutants considered most likely to exceed the air quality objectives for human health. The assessment utilises Emissions Factor Toolkit Version 8.

175

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 8.3.14 Air dispersion modelling has been carried out to estimate pollutant concentrations, due to road traffic emissions, for three assessment years as follows:

 The verification and base year (2016): This is the most recent year for which traffic flow information, meteorological data and local pollution data are available;

 An opening year of the development (2026): This is the year in which the development is anticipated to be partially constructed and occupied, and is considered both without the development and with the development in place.

 A future year of the development (2030): The developments completion year is anticipated to be 2036 however, air quality can only be predicted up to 2030. The 2031 traffic data has been applied to a 2030 scenario and is considered both without the development and with the development in place.

Road Traffic Data

8.3.15 The ADMS-Roads model requires the input of detailed road traffic flow information for those routes which will be affected by the proposed development. The traffic flow information used in the assessment is included in Appendix 8.2.

8.3.16 The appointed transport consultant, Waterman Group, has provided detailed traffic flow information for use in the ADMS-Roads air dispersion model.

8.3.17 The traffic data included surveyed traffic data and the WCC Paramics model (Warwickshire County Council). The selection of these two methods caused a number of traffic data queries which are outlined and addressed in the quoted paragraphs below, provided by the Waterman Group:

“WCC, SCC and Highways England have identified that the impact of the proposed development should be assessed using the WCC Atherstone Paramics model of the local area. The Paramics model has extensive coverage of the local highway network.

WCC and Highways England have confirmed that the extent of the Paramics model is sufficient to assess the highway impact of the proposed development.

SCC have identified that the extent of the Paramics model does not cover all of the junctions for which they require assessment of the impact. It has therefore been agreed that the following additional junctions, outside of the Paramics model, require assessment for the impact of the proposed development:

 Glascote Road/Woodland Road/Silver Link Road Roundabout;

176

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  Glascote Road/Marlborough Way Roundabout;

 Glascote Road/Abbey Road Roundabout;

 Glascote Road/Kettlebrook Road Roundabout;

 Anker Drive/Glascote Road Roundabout; and

 Anker Drive/Bolebridge Street/Amington Road Roundabout

The Paramics model scenarios selected and agreed with WCC, SCC and Highways England are as follows:

 2026 Reference

 2026 Reference + Dev

 2026 Local Plan

 2026 Local Plan + Dev

In order to assess the impact of the proposed development upon the highway network information has been extracted from the Paramics models for each of the assessed junctions for the following peak periods:

 AM Peak – 08:00-09:00

 PM Peak – 17:00-18:00

 Due to the manner in which the Paramics model works, with traffic reassignment occurring and the various development trips combined within the received outputs, the difference in traffic flows caused by the development proposals has been extrapolated to 18 and 24 hr flows using standard factors. This approach to the calculation of 18hr and 24 hr flows provides for a robust assessment. “ With regards to the splitting of traffic data between the surveyed and Paramics model and the traffic flow differences between surveyed to Paramics data, the following is noted: “The differences associated with extracting flows from the surveyed/Paramics is due to the data provided for the surveyed flows have been produced by using the existing traffic survey flows from the existing conditions on the highway network. Where as to produce the Paramics model a future forecast has been made to produce the 2026 model using the five scenarios based on the proposed developments in the area and the local plan.“

177

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 8.3.18 Traffic data for the M42 was obtained from the Department for Transport13 in order to assess the potential impact at the proposed development site. The link does not include any ‘With Development’ flows as it was outside the scope of the transport assessment to provide this information. A TEMPRO Growth Factor has been applied to adjust the traffic data from 2016 to 2026 (1.1032 factor) and 2030 (1.1306 factor) respectively. The appointed transport consultant provided the AM/PM Peak TEMPRO Growths and at their advice the AM/PM were averaged to provide an AADT TEMPRO factor to apply to the AADT.

8.3.19 Traffic flow information has been provided by the transport consultant as 24 hour Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT) flows, with HGV percentages, for the following links:

 Site Access;

 B5000 (Tamworth Road and Glascote Road);

 M42 (northbound and southbound);

 Chiltern Road;

 Pennine Way;

 Sandy Way;

 Mercian Way;

 Beyer Close;

 Woodland Road;

 Silver Link Road;

 Centurion Way;

 Watling Street;

 A5 and A5 slip roads (at Pennine Way);

 Marlborough Way;

 Sheepcote Lane; and

 Abbey Road.

8.3.20 A list of committed developments included in the Paramics model were requested by the appointed transport consultant. The following diagrams (outlined in Plate 1 and 2 below) were provided by Vectos (the appointed consultant to model the local plan development traffic in NWBC, using the Paramics model).

13 https://www.dft.gov.uk/traffic-counts/cp.php?la=Warwickshire

178

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Plate 1: List of Committed Developments Included in the Traffic Data

Plate 2: Map of Committed Developments, as described in Plate 1

8.3.21 The predicted traffic flow generation at the Two Gates AQMA was requested from the appointed transport consultant.

8.3.22 Following a review of the vehicle generation flows and routing, the appointed transport consultant confirmed that 65 AADT would be generated at the Two Gates AQMA. The EPUK 2017 Guidance14 states that a detailed air quality assessment at an AQMA is required if the proposed development generates more than 100 AADT at and/or adjacent to the AQMA. The proposed development, assuming Phase 1 and 2, will not generate more than 100 AADT at Two Gates AQMA, therefore a detailed air quality assessment is not required.

8.3.23 Air quality modelling has been carried out to predict pollutant concentrations, due to road traffic emissions, for a total of four scenarios:

 Scenario 1: 2016 Verification and Base Year;

14 Environmental Protection UK and the Institute of Air Quality Management, Land-Use Planning and Development Control: Planning for Air Quality, 2017

179

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  Scenario 2: 2026 Opening Year, Without Development;  Scenario 3: 2026 Opening Year, With Development;  Scenario 4: 2030 Future Year, Without Development;  Scenario 5: 2030 Opening Year, With Development.

8.3.24 The five scenarios assessed all include cumulative development traffic from the aforementioned cumulative sites, these include partial and full completion flows. Further information is available in the Transport Assessment Chapter.

Meteorological Data

8.3.25 The meteorological data used in the air dispersion modelling has been obtained from ADM Limited. Meteorological data has been obtained for 2016 from the Coleshill recording station. This is located approximately 15.5km to the south and is considered to be the most representative of the altitude, conditions and location at the proposed development site.

8.3.26 The meteorological data provides hourly wind speed and direction information. The 2016 wind rose for the Coleshill meteorological recording station is included in Appendix 8.3.

Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations

8.3.27 Twelve representative existing sensitive receptor locations (identified as ESR 1 to ESR 12) have been considered in the air quality assessment. These are residential in nature and have been selected as they are locations at which the annual mean air quality objectives apply and are the most likely to be impacted by the proposed development.

8.3.28 Details of the existing sensitive receptors are provided in Table 8.2, and their locations are shown on Figure 8.1.

Table 8.2: Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations Receptor Address Grid Reference Receptor Easting Northing Type ESR 1 Quarry Cottage 425646 302325 Residential ESR 2 Chiltern Road, nearest 424709 302510 Residential postcode B77 4PD ESR 3 27 Calder, off Crowden Road 423789 302637 Residential ESR 4 8 Wainrigg, off Pennymore 423858 301130 Residential Road ESR 5 6 Beyer Close 423448 302920 Residential ESR 6 113 Briar, off Woodland 423052 303160 Residential Road ESR 7 456 Glascote Road 422950 303079 Residential ESR 8 458 Glascote Road 422716 303225 Residential

180

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.2: Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations Receptor Address Grid Reference Receptor Easting Northing Type ESR 9 471 Glascote Road 422647 303342 Residential ESR 10 8 Allard, off Leyland Road 422478 302843 Residential ESR 11 1 Watling Street 423836 300897 Residential ESR 12 221 Glascote Road 421987 303471 Residential

Existing Ecological Sensitive Receptors

8.3.29 There are a number of ecological designations surrounding the proposed development site, their locations and distance from the site are as follows:

 Alvecote Pools Special Site of Scientific Interest (SSSI) – located approximately

 785m to the north of Phase 1 and 204m to the north of Phase 2the site;

 Hodge Lane Local Nature Reserve (LNR) – located approximately 1.5km to the

 north west of the site;  Abbey Green LNR – located approximately 1km to the east of the site;

 Kettle Brook LNR – located approximately 1.2km to the south of the site; and

 Alvecote Ancient Woodland – located approximately 233m to the north of the site.

8.3.30 Increases in vehicular traffic are capable of causing elevated nitrogen deposition on ecological sites. Exceedance of nitrogen on and within the plant life substrate can cause adverse physical and chemical affects to the ecology, for example, reduced plant growth or abandonment of the area by wildlife.

8.3.31 The DMRB guidance provides a classification for when ecology should be assessed for operational (traffic) impacts. For designated sites within 200m of an affected road the following criteria are considered:

 change in road alignment of 5m or more;

 a change in daily traffic of 1,000 AADT or more;

 a change in HGV flow of 200 AADT or more;

 a change in daily average speed of 10 km/h or more; and

 a change in peak hour speeds of 20 km/h or more.

8.3.32 There will be no exceedance of the 1000 AADT criterion within 200m of an ecological designation on a road to be affected by increased vehicle generation. Robey’s Lane, which runs between the two Phases and north towards the Alvecote Pools SSSI, is not being promoted as a future route as it is a minor road unsuitable for high vehicle

181

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course volumes. The majority of traffic is therefore expected to travel onto the B5000 and west of the site access toward Tamworth centre and/or towards the A5/M42 strategic road networks. These routes do not lead to any of the aforementioned ecological designations.

Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations

8.3.33 Five proposed sensitive receptor locations have been selected within the proposed development site (identified as PR 1 to PR 5). These locations have been selected to represent the future residential properties closest to the main sources of pollution, considered to be vehicle emissions from the M42 and Tamworth Road.

8.3.34 Pollutant concentrations at the proposed receptor locations have been predicted for scenarios 3 and 5 (as detailed in paragraph 8.3.15). It is only necessary to consider the ‘with development’ scenarios for the proposed receptor locations as they will not experience any ‘without development’ conditions. It is therefore not necessary to consider the changes in pollutant concentrations at the proposed receptor locations.

8.3.35 Details of the proposed sensitive receptor locations are provided in Table 8.3, and their locations are shown on Figure 8.1. The reference to which Phase each receptor is located in is also provided.

Table 8.3: Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations Receptor Location Grid Reference Easting Northing Phase 1 PR 1 Future residential location in the south central part of the proposed development, closest to the 424737 302566 site access PR 2 Future residential location in the south western 424627 302638 part of Phase 1 PR 5 Future residential location in the centre of Phase 424833 302694 1 Phase 2 PR 3 Future residential location in the southern part of 424355 302595 Phase 2, closest to Glascote Road PR 4 Future residential location in the south western part of Phase 2, closest to Glascote Road 424244 302624

Model Validation, Verification and Adjustment

8.3.36 LAQM.TG(16) recognises that model validation generally refers to detailed studies that have been carried out by the model supplier or a regulatory agency. The ADMS-Roads model has been validated by the supplier CERC.

182

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 8.3.37 Model verification is used to check the performance of the model at a local level. The verification of the ADMS-Roads model is achieved by modelling concentration(s) at existing monitoring location(s) in the vicinity of the proposed development and comparing the modelled concentration(s) with the measured concentration(s).

8.3.38 The assessment considers diffusion tubes located in TBC as there are no diffusion tubes available for use within the NWBC study area.

8.3.39 The monitoring data that has been used in the model verification procedure for NO2 concentrations is detailed in Table 8.4.

Table 8.4: NO2 Monitoring Data Used for Verification Purposes Monitoring Location Type Grid Reference 2016 Bias Reference Adjusted NO2 Annual Average Easting Northing Concentration (µg/m3)* Q2 Diffusion Tube 423430 301280 25.00 Q5 Diffusion Tube 423840 301080 29.00 Q7 Diffusion Tube 422110 303420 32.00 *NO2 monitoring data obtained from the TBC 2017 ASR

8.3.40 There are no representative roadside PM10 or PM2.5 monitoring locations along the road network for which traffic flow information is available. It has therefore not been

possible to undertake verification of PM10 or PM2.5 concentrations.

8.3.41 Further details of the model verification can be found within Appendix 8.3.

Information Sources

8.3.42 The following sources of information have been used in the preparation of this report:

 Meteorological data for 2016 from the Coleshill recording station, obtained from ADM Limited;

 North Warwickshire Borough Council, 2017 Annual Status Report;

 Tamworth Borough Council 2017 Annual Status Report; and

 Traffic flow information provided by Waterman Group, available in Appendix 8.2.

8.4 METHODOLOGY CRITERIA FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND OPERATIONAL PHASE IMPACTS

8.4.1 The assessment of significance criteria for the construction phase and operational phase vehicle emissions assessment are outlined in Appendix 8.5. these include step-by-step tables for assessing the impact, as taken from the IAQM and EPUK

183

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course guidance documents[2, 5].

8.5 BASELINE CONDITIONS

OPERATIONAL PHASE ASSESSMENT – ROAD TRAFFIC EMISSIONS Background Air Pollutant Concentrations

8.5.1 The ADMS assessment needs to take into account background concentrations upon which the local, traffic derived pollution is superimposed. The data may be derived through long term ambient measurements at background sites, remote from immediate sources of air pollution, or alternatively from the default concentration maps which have been provided for use by Defra with the revised LAQM.TG(16) guidance.

8.5.2 In the absence of representative background pollutant concentrations being available for the local area, background concentrations have been obtained from the 2015- based default concentration maps provided by Defra on their LAQM webpages15. As the receptors are located in more than one grid square, each receptor has been assessed at their individual background pollutant concentration grid square, in order to provide a robust assessment.

8.5.3 The background pollutant concentrations used in this assessment are detailed in Table 8.5 to 8.7.2016

2016

Table 8.5: 2016 Background Pollutant Concentrations Used in the Air Quality Assessment Obtained from the 2015-Based Defra Default Concentration Maps. Receptor Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) 2016 Oxides of Nitrogen Particulate Particul Nitrogen (NOx) Dioxide (NO2) Matter (PM10) ate Matter (PM2.5) ESR 1 (425522, 302500) 24.66 17.55 16.39 10.7 ESR 2, PR 1 to 5 (424500, 19.16 13.96 14.12 9.45 302500) ESR 3, ESR 5 (423500, 19.34 14.06 13.88 9.35 302500) ESR 4 (423500, 301500) 22.6 16.23 15.31 10.02

ESR 6 (423500, 303500) 19.88 14.36 14.86 9.92 ESR 7, ESR 8, ESR 9 20.49 14.77 13.62 9.29 (422500, 303500) ESR 10 (422500, 302500) 22.13 15.87 14.48 9.69

15 Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Local Air Quality Management webpages (https://uk- air.defra.gov.uk/data/laqm-background-maps?year=2015)

184

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.5: 2016 Background Pollutant Concentrations Used in the Air Quality Assessment Obtained from the 2015-Based Defra Default Concentration Maps. Receptor Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) 2016 Oxides of Nitrogen Particulate Particul Nitrogen (NOx) Dioxide (NO2) Matter (PM10) ate Matter (PM2.5) ESR 11 (423500, 303500) 22.42 16.11 15.59 10.08 ESR 12 (421500, 303500) 24.46 17.24 13.94 9.52 2026

Table 8.6: 2026 Background Pollutant Concentrations Used in the Air Quality Assessment Obtained from the 2015-Based Defra Default Concentration Maps. Receptor Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) 2026 Oxides of Nitrogen Particulate Particul Nitrogen (NOx) Dioxide (NO2) Matter (PM10) ate Matter (PM2.5) ESR 1 (425522, 302500) 15.65 11.62 15.63 9.94 ESR 2, PR 1 to 5 (424500, 12.8 9.63 13.45 8.77 302500) ESR 3, ESR 5 (423500, 12.99 9.76 13.25 8.68 302500)

ESR 4 (423500, 301500) 14.52 10.84 14.67 9.3

ESR 6 (423500, 303500) 14.06 10.47 14.23 9.27 ESR 7, ESR 8, ESR 9 14.15 10.54 12.95 8.58 (422500, 303500) ESR 10 (422500, 302500) 14.79 11 13.81 8.99 ESR 11 (423500, 303500) 14.4 10.75 14.96 9.37

ESR 12 (421500, 303500) 16.89 12.37 13.24 8.78

2030

Table 8.7: 2030 Background Pollutant Concentrations Used in the Air Quality Assessment Obtained from the 2015-Based Defra Default Concentration Maps. Receptor Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) 2030 Oxides of Nitrogen Particulate Particula Nitrogen (NOx) Dioxide (NO2) Matter (PM10) te Matter (PM2.5) ESR 1 (425522, 302500) 14.01 10.47 15.6 9.88 ESR 2, PR 1 to 5 (424500, 11.66 8.82 13.42 8.71 302500) ESR 3, ESR 5 (423500, 11.82 8.93 13.23 8.62 302500) ESR 4 (423500, 301500) 13.02 9.78 14.67 9.25

ESR 6 (423500, 303500) 13.02 9.74 14.21 9.21 ESR 7, ESR 8, ESR 9 13.02 9.75 12.92 8.52 (422500, 303500) ESR 10 (422500, 302500) 13.45 10.06 13.79 8.93 ESR 11 (423500, 303500) 12.91 9.7 14.97 9.31 ESR 12 (421500, 303500) 15.55 11.46 13.2 8.71

185

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Modelled Baseline Concentrations

8.5.4 The baseline assessment (i.e. scenarios 1 and 2) has been carried out for the twelve

existing sensitive receptors considered (i.e. ESR 1 to ESR 12). The NO2, PM10 and

PM2.5 concentrations are detailed in Table 8.8 and 8.9, and are also included in Appendix 8.6.

2016 Base Year

Table 8.8: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2016 Base Year Scenario Receptor Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3)

NO2 (Adjusted)* PM10 (Unadjusted) PM2.5 (Unadjusted) ESR 1 33.10 18.15 11.75 ESR 2 21.27 14.92 9.93 ESR 3 27.08 14.78 9.89 ESR 4 24.55 16.15 10.53 ESR 5 20.94 14.61 9.78 ESR 6 26.58 16.01 10.62 ESR 7 25.02 14.60 9.88 ESR 8 26.79 14.78 9.99 ESR 9 34.96 15.48 10.42 ESR 10 25.01 15.33 10.21 ESR 11 29.53 16.79 10.82 ESR 12 35.21 15.95 10.71

*NO2 concentrations adjusted using the derived verification factor

NO2 concentrations obtained by inputting predicted NOx concentrations into the NOx to NO2 calculator in accordance with LAQM.TG(16)16. TBC and NWBC regions changed to reflect individual ESR locations

Table 8.9: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 Opening Year and 2030 Future Year ‘Without Development’ Scenarios Receptor Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) NO2 (Adjusted)* PM10 (Unadjusted) PM2.5 (Unadjusted) Scenario 2: Scenario 4: Scenario 2: Scenario 4: Scenario 2: Sce 2026 2030 2026 2030 2026 nari o 4: 2030 ESR 1 10.5 16.71 14.29 16.81 16.80 10.58 3 ESR 2 12.49 10.96 14.12 14.10 9.13 9.08 ESR 3 14.55 12.53 14.18 14.18 9.19 9.14 ESR 4 14.69 12.67 15.47 15.48 9.74 9.69 ESR 5 13.07 11.43 14.01 14.19 9.09 9.13 ESR 6 15.92 13.83 15.30 15.30 9.86 9.80 ESR 7 15.16 13.22 13.87 13.85 9.08 9.03 ESR 8 16.26 14.04 14.07 14.06 9.19 9.14 ESR 9 19.82 16.73 14.67 14.67 9.53 9.48 ESR 10 15.52 13.45 14.64 14.63 9.44 9.39 ESR 11 16.64 14.14 16.02 16.06 9.96 9.90

16 https://laqm.defra.gov.uk/review-and-assessment/tools/background-maps.html

186

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.9: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 Opening Year and 2030 Future Year ‘Without Development’ Scenarios Receptor Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) NO2 (Adjusted)* PM10 (Unadjusted) PM2.5 (Unadjusted) Scenario 2: Scenario 4: Scenario 2: Scenario 4: Scenario 2: Sce 2026 2030 2026 2030 2026 nari o 4: 2030 ESR 12 19.36 16.70 14.82 14.81 9.64 9.58 *NO2 concentrations adjusted using the derived verification factor NO2 concentrations obtained by inputting predicted NOx concentrations into the NOx to NO2 calculator in accordance with LAQM.TG(16)7. TBC and NWBC regions changed to reflect individual ESR locations

Scenario 1: 2016 Verification and Base Year

8.5.5 The 2016 baseline annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to range from 20.94 to 35.21 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations considered.

3 Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for NO2 (40 µg/m ) is not predicted to occur.

8.5.6 The 2016 baseline annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to range from 14.60 to 18.15 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations considered.

3 Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for PM10 (40 µg/m ) is not predicted to occur.

8.5.7 The 2016 baseline annual mean PM2.5 concentrations are predicted to range from 9.78 to 11.75 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations considered.

3 Exceedance of the annual mean target level concentration for PM2.5 (25 µg/m ) is not predicted to occur.

Scenario 2: 2026 Opening Year, Without Development

8.5.8 The 2026 ‘without development’ annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to range from 12.49 to 19.82 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for NO2 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.5.9 The 2026 ‘without development’ annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to range from 13.87 to 16.81 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for PM10 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.5.10 The 2026 ‘without development’ annual mean PM2.5 concentrations are predicted to range from 9.08 to 10.58 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean target level concentration for PM2.5 (25

187

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

Scenario 4: 2030 Future Year, Without Development

8.5.11 The 2030 ‘without development’ annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to range from 10.96 to 16.73 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for NO2 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.5.12 The 2030 ‘without development’ annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to range from 13.85 to 16.80 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for PM10 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.5.13 The 2030 ‘without development’ annual mean PM2.5 concentrations are predicted to range from 9.03 to 10.53 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean target level concentration for PM2.5 (25 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Construction Phase Assessment – Dust and Fine Particulate Matter Emissions

8.6.1 The main activities involved with the construction phase of works are as follows:

 Demolition involves the tearing down of the building and associated structures. This can be by demolition charges, plant equipment or careful deconstruction processes to preserve and re-use the material from the previous structure.

 Earthworks which may be required prior to the construction phase of works.

Sources of dust can include:

 Cleaning the site;

 Stripping and stockpiling of topsoil and subsoil;

 Ground excavation;

 Bringing in, tipping and spreading materials on site;

 Stockpiling materials;

 Levelling ground;

 Trenching;

188

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  Road construction;

 Vehicle movements on site roads; and

 Windblown materials from site.

 Construction of individual building access roads, the car parking areas and the buildings themselves; and

 Trackout which is the transport of dust and dirt by vehicles travelling from a construction site on to the public road network. This may occur through the spillage of dusty materials onto road surfaces or through the transportation of dirt by vehicles that have travelled over muddy ground on the site. This dust and dirt can then be deposited and re-suspended by other vehicles.

Step 2A

8.6.2 Step 2A of the construction phase dust assessment has defined the potential dust emission magnitude from earthworks, construction and trackout in the absence of site specific mitigation. These are outlined in Table 8.10. Examples of the criteria for the dust emission classes are detailed in the IAQM guidance and within Appendix 8.5 of this ES.

Step 2B

8.6.3 Step 2B of the construction phase dust assessment has defined the sensitivity of the area, taking into account the significance criteria detailed in Tables 8.4.1 to 8.4.3 of Appendix 8.5, for demolition, earthworks, construction and trackout. The sensitivity of the area to each activity is assessed for potential dust soiling and human health effects.

8.6.4 The Masterplan for the adjacent development (Planning Ref. 0088/2015) indicates future residential dwellings will include a buffer to the Phase 2 western red line boundary. Exact distance could not be determined as only pdf documents were available however conservative estimates are assumed. The build out rate is also not known therefore, we have assumed that the Golf Course development would be occupied during the Phase 2 construction.

8.6.5 Within Phase 2, there is an existing farmhouse, outbuildings and a go-kart track. The go-kart track will be demolished as part of this application however Priory Farm will remain in its current use. Demolition will occur during the later stages of construction and we have therefore assumed the ‘Golf Course’ development will be occupied.

189

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Assuming this timeline, there are between 10 to 100 highly sensitive residential receptors located within 50m of where demolition activities may take occur.

8.6.6 For earthworks, there are more than 100 highly sensitive residential receptors located within 20m of where earthwork activities may take place. These sensitive users are primarily located within the adjacent Golf Course residential development.

8.6.7 The peripheral areas of the site are proposed as green space, landscaping and playing pitches therefore, construction (roads, dwellings etc.) will occur further into the site. For construction, there are between 10 to 100 high sensitivity residential receptor locations within 50m of where construction activities may take place. These sensitive users are primarily located to the south along the B5000 and the Golf Course development.

8.6.8 For trackout, there are between 10 to 100 high sensitivity residential receptors within 50m of where trackout may occur for a distance of up to 500m from the site entrance.

Step 2C

8.6.9 Step 2C of the construction phase dust assessment has defined the risk of impacts from each activity. The dust emission magnitude is combined with the sensitivity of the surrounding area. The risk of dust impacts from each activity, with no mitigation in place, has been assessed in accordance with the criteria detailed in Tables 8.4.4 and 8.4.6 of Appendix 8.5.

Summary

8.6.10 Table 8.10 details the results of Step 2 of the construction phase assessment.

Table 8.10: Construction Phase Dust Assessment Activity Demolition Earthworks Construction Trackout Step 2A Dust Emission Magnitude Smalla Largeb Largec Mediumd

Step 2B Sensitivity of Closest High High High High Receptors Sensitivity of Area to Dust Medium Medium Medium Medium Soiling Effects Sensitivity of Area to Human Lowe Lowe Lowe Lowe Health Effects Step 2C Dust Risk: Dust Soiling Low Medium Medium Low

190

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.10: Construction Phase Dust Assessment Activity Demolition Earthworks Construction Trackout Dust Risk: Human Health Negligible Low Low Low

a. Total demolition material estimated to be less than 20,000m3 b. Total site area estimated to be more than 10,000m2. c. Total building volume to be constructed estimated to more than 100,000m3. d. Number of construction phase vehicles estimated to be between 10 and 50 movements per day. 3 e. Background annual mean PM10 concentration below 24µg/m , as taken from the LAQM Defra default concentration maps

Construction Phase Assessment – Vehicle Emissions

8.6.11 IAQM and EPUK guidance (2017) indicates that the requirement for a road traffic emissions assessment can be screened out in instances where a proposed development will not trigger one of the following criteria (outside of an AQMA):

 A change of LDV flows of more than 500 AADT; and / or

 A change of HDV flows of more than 100 AADT.

8.6.12 Based on the size of the development and expected construction traffic flows, it is recognised that roads on the surrounding network may see an increase in HDV movements which are above the 100 AADT criteria.

8.6.13 Although one of the aforementioned criteria may be triggered by the proposed development (i.e. HDV movements), it is not considered that a detailed road traffic emissions assessment is required for the construction phase. It is considered that the overall impact of additional traffic movements associated with the Development, during the construction phase, will likely be smaller than the overall impact of the Development during the operational phase from the identified light duty vehicle traffic (which is considered in detail as part of this air quality Chapter). By association, the greatest impact is already assessed and is outlined below. Operational Phase Assessment – Road Traffic Emissions

Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations

8.6.14 The impact assessment has been carried out for the twelve representative existing sensitive receptor locations (i.e. ESR 1 to ESR 12). The assessment has been split into two parts, the first includes the 2026 assessment and the second the 2030.

191

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 2026 Opening Year

8.6.15 The changes in pollutant concentrations for the 2026 Opening Year, for both the ‘without development’ and ‘with development’ scenarios are outlined in Table 8.11.

The NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations are included in Appendix 8.6.

Table 8.11: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 Concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 ‘Without Development’ and ‘With Development’ Scenarios

Receptor Level of Development Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3)

NO2 PM10 PM2.5 (Adjusted)* (Unadjusted) (Unadjusted) ESR 1 Without development 16.71 16.81 10.58 With development 16.77 16.82 10.59 Percentage Change +0.15% +0.03% +0.04% Relative to AQAL ESR 2 Without development 12.49 14.12 9.13 With development 13.50 14.36 9.26 Percentage Change +2.53% +0.59% +0.52% Relative to AQAL ESR 3 Without development 14.55 14.18 9.19 With development 15.18 14.30 9.26 Percentage Change +1.58% +0.29% +0.26% Relative to AQAL ESR 4 Without development 14.69 15.47 9.74 With development 14.83 15.50 9.75 Percentage Change +0.35% +0.08% +0.04% Relative to AQAL ESR 5 Without development 13.07 14.01 9.09 With development 13.73 14.16 9.18 Percentage Change +1.65% +0.39% +0.34% Relative to AQAL ESR 6 Without development 15.92 15.30 9.86 With development 16.76 15.47 9.95 Percentage Change +2.10% +0.42% +0.37% Relative to AQAL ESR 7 Without development 15.16 13.87 9.08 With development 15.85 14.00 9.16 Percentage Change +1.73% +0.35% +0.32% Relative to AQAL ESR 8 Without development 16.26 14.07 9.19 With development 16.87 14.19 9.26 Percentage Change +1.53% +0.31% +0.28% Relative to AQAL ESR 9 Without development 19.82 14.67 9.53 With development 21.00 14.90 9.66 Percentage Change +2.95% +0.57% +0.51% Relative to AQAL ESR 10 Without development 15.52 14.64 9.44 With development 15.66 14.66 9.46 Percentage Change +0.35% +0.05% +0.08% Relative to AQAL ESR 11 Without development 16.64 16.02 9.96 With development 16.65 16.03 9.96 Percentage Change +0.03% +0.03% ±0.00% Relative to AQAL ESR 12 Without development 19.36 14.82 9.64 With development 20.21 15.02 9.75

192

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.11: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 Concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 ‘Without Development’ and ‘With Development’ Scenarios

Receptor Level of Development Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3)

NO2 PM10 PM2.5 (Adjusted)* (Unadjusted) (Unadjusted) Percentage Change +2.13% +0.49% +0.43% Relative to AQAL *NO2 concentrations adjusted using the derived verification factor

NO2 concentrations obtained by inputting predicted NOx concentrations into the NOx to NO2 calculator in accordance with LAQM.TG(16)7. TBC and NWBC regions changed to reflect individual ESR locations

Scenario 3: 2026 Opening Year, with Development

8.6.16 The 2026 ‘with development’ annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to range from 13.50 to 21.00 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for NO2 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.17 The 2026 ‘with development’ annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to range from 14.00 to 16.82 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for PM10 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.18 The 2026 ‘with development’ annual mean PM2.5 concentrations are predicted to range from 9.16 to 10.59 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean target level concentration for PM2.5 (25 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

Assessment of Impact

8.6.19 Using the descriptors detailed in Table 8.4.6 of Appendix 8.6, the impact of the proposed development can be assessed at each of the eleven existing sensitive receptors considered.

8.6.20 The impact on NO2 concentrations is detailed in Table 8.12.

Table 8.12: Impact on NO2 Concentrations Annual Mean Receptor Percentage Change Concentration in Impact Relation to AQAL ESR 1 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 2 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 3 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 4 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 5 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 6 2 – 5% <75% Negligible

193

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.12: Impact on NO2 Concentrations Annual Mean Receptor Percentage Change Concentration in Impact Relation to AQAL ESR 7 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 8 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 9 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 10 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 11 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 12 2 – 5% <75% Negligible * Changes of less than 0.5% should be described as negligible

8.6.21 The impact on PM10 concentrations is detailed in Table 8.13.

Table 8.13: Impact on PM10 Concentrations Annual Mean Receptor Percentage Change Concentration in Impact Relation to AQAL ESR 1 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 2 1% <75% Negligible ESR 3 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 4 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 5 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 6 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 7 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 8 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 9 1% <75% Negligible ESR 10 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 11 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 12 <0.5%* <75% Negligible * Changes of less than 0.5% should be described as negligible

8.6.22 The impact on PM2.5 concentrations is detailed in Table 8.14.

Table 8.14: Impact on PM2.5 Concentrations Annual Mean Receptor Percentage Change Concentration in Impact Relation to AQAL ESR 1 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 2 1% <75% Negligible ESR 3 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 4 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 5 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 6 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 7 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 8 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 9 1% <75% Negligible ESR 10 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 11 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 12 <0.5%* <75% Negligible * Changes of less than 0.5% should be described as negligible

Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations

8.6.23 Air pollutant concentrations have also been modelled for five proposed receptor locations, for the 2026 Opening Year ‘with development’ scenario, as detailed in Table

194

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 8.15. The NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations are included in Appendix 8.6.

Table 8.15: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 Concentrations at Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2026 ‘With Development’ Scenario Receptor Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) NO₂ (Adjusted)* PM10 (Unadjusted) PM2.5 (Unadjusted) PR 1 13.74 14.39 9.28 PR 2 11.98 14.00 9.07 PR 3 12.60 14.15 9.15 PR 4 11.93 13.98 9.06 PR 5 14.91 14.62 9.41 *NO2 concentrations adjusted using the derived verification factor NO2 concentrations obtained by inputting predicted NOx concentrations into the NOx to NO2 calculator in accordance with LAQM.TG(16)7. All PRs are located in NWBC

Proposed Sensitive Receptors - Scenario 3: 2026 Opening Year, With Development

8.6.24 The 2026 ‘with development’ annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to range from 11.93 to 14.91 µg/m3 for the five proposed sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for NO2 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.25 The 2026 ‘with development’ baseline annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to range from 13.98 to 14.62 µg/m3 for the five proposed sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for PM10 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.26 The 2026 ‘with development’ annual mean PM2.5 concentrations are predicted to range from 9.06 to 9.41 µg/m3 for the five proposed sensitive receptor locations considered.

3 Exceedance of the annual mean target level concentration for PM2.5 (25 µg/m ) is not predicted to occur.

2030 Future Year

8.6.27 The changes in pollutant concentrations for the 2030 Future Year, for both the ‘without

development’ and ‘with development’ scenarios are outlined in Table 8.16. The NO2,

PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations are included in Appendix 8.6.

Table 8.16: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 Concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2030 ‘Without Development’ and ‘With Development’ Scenarios

Receptor Level of Development Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3)

NO2 PM10 PM2.5 (Adjusted)* (Unadjusted) (Unadjusted) ESR 1 Without development 14.29 16.80 10.53

195

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.16: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 Concentrations at Existing Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2030 ‘Without Development’ and ‘With Development’ Scenarios

Receptor Level of Development Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3)

NO2 PM10 PM2.5 (Adjusted)* (Unadjusted) (Unadjusted) With development 14.33 16.82 10.54 Percentage Change +0.10% +0.05% +0.04% Relative to AQAL ESR 2 Without development 10.96 14.10 9.08 With development 11.73 14.34 9.21 Percentage Change +1.93% +0.61% +0.53% Relative to AQAL ESR 3 Without development 12.53 14.18 9.14 With development 13.00 14.30 9.21 Percentage Change +1.18% +0.30% +0.26% Relative to AQAL ESR 4 Without development 12.67 15.48 9.69 With development 12.78 15.52 9.71 Percentage Change +0.27% +0.10% +0.08% Relative to AQAL ESR 5 Without development 11.43 14.19 9.13 With development 11.92 14.35 9.21 Percentage Change +1.23% +0.39% +0.32% Relative to AQAL ESR 6 Without development 13.83 15.30 9.80 With development 14.46 15.47 9.90 Percentage Change +1.58% +0.43% +0.40% Relative to AQAL ESR 7 Without development 13.22 13.85 9.03 With development 13.74 13.99 9.11 Percentage Change +1.30% +0.35% +0.32% Relative to AQAL ESR 8 Without development 14.04 14.06 9.14 With development 14.51 14.19 9.21 Percentage Change +1.18% +0.32% +0.36% Relative to AQAL ESR 9 Without development 16.73 14.67 9.48 With development 17.63 14.91 9.61 Percentage Change +2.25% +0.58% +0.51% Relative to AQAL ESR 10 Without development 13.45 14.63 9.39 With development 13.55 14.66 9.41 Percentage Change +0.25% +0.07% +0.08% Relative to AQAL ESR 11 Without development 14.14 16.06 9.90 With development 14.13 16.06 9.90 Percentage Change -0.03%** ±0.00% ±0.00% Relative to AQAL ESR 12 Without development 16.70 14.81 9.58 With development 17.34 15.01 9.69 Percentage Change +1.60% +0.50% +0.36% Relative to AQAL *NO2 concentrations adjusted using the derived verification factor

NO2 concentrations obtained by inputting predicted NOx concentrations into the NOx to NO2 calculator in accordance with LAQM.TG(16)7. TBC and NWBC regions changed to reflect individual ESR locations **Reduction in air quality is only 0.01 and is therefore assumed to be due to rounding rather than an actual air quality reduction.

196

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Scenario 5: 2030 Future Year, With Development

8.6.28 The 2030 ‘with development’ annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to range from 11.73 to 17.63 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for NO2 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.29 The 2030 ‘with development’ annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to range from 13.99 to 16.82 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for PM10 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.30 The 2030 ‘with development’ annual mean PM2.5 concentrations are predicted to range from 9.11 to 10.54 µg/m3 for the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean target level concentration for PM2.5 (25 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

Assessment of Impact

8.6.31 Using the descriptors detailed in Table 8.4.6 of Appendix 8.6, the impact of the proposed development can be assessed at each of the eleven existing sensitive receptors considered.

8.6.32 The impact on NO2 concentrations is detailed in Table 8.17.

Table 8.17: Impact on NO2 Concentrations Annual Mean Receptor Percentage Change Concentration in Impact Relation to AQAL ESR 1 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 2 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 3 1% <75% Negligible ESR 4 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 5 1% <75% Negligible ESR 6 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 7 1% <75% Negligible ESR 8 1% <75% Negligible ESR 9 2 – 5% <75% Negligible ESR 10 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 11 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 12 2 – 5% <75% Negligible * Changes of less than 0.5% should be described as negligible

197

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

8.6.33 The impact on PM10 concentrations is detailed in Table 8.18.

Table 8.18: Impact on PM10 Concentrations Annual Mean Receptor Percentage Change Concentration in Impact Relation to AQAL ESR 1 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 2 1% <75% Negligible ESR 3 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 4 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 5 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 6 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 7 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 8 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 9 1% <75% Negligible ESR 10 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 11 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 12 1% <75% Negligible * Changes of less than 0.5% should be described as negligible

8.6.34 The impact on PM2.5 concentrations is detailed in Table 8.19.

Table 8.19: Impact on PM2.5 Concentrations Annual Mean Receptor Percentage Change Concentration in Impact Relation to AQAL ESR 1 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 2 1% <75% Negligible ESR 3 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 4 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 5 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 6 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 7 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 8 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 9 1% <75% Negligible ESR 10 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 11 <0.5%* <75% Negligible ESR 12 <0.5%* <75% Negligible * Changes of less than 0.5% should be described as negligible

Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations

8.6.35 Air pollutant concentrations have also been modelled for five proposed receptor locations, for the 2030 Future Year ‘with development’ scenario, as detailed in Table

8.20. The NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations are included in Appendix 8.6.

Table 8.20: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 Concentrations at Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2030 ‘With Development’ Scenario Receptor Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) NO₂ (Adjusted)* PM10 (Unadjusted) PM2.5 (Unadjusted) PR 1 12.71 14.38 9.23 PR 2 11.38 13.98 9.01 PR 3 11.86 14.14 9.10 PR 4 11.36 13.96 9.00

198

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Table 8.20: Predicted NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 Concentrations at Proposed Sensitive Receptor Locations for 2030 ‘With Development’ Scenario Receptor Calculated Annual Mean Concentrations (µg/m3) NO₂ (Adjusted)* PM10 (Unadjusted) PM2.5 (Unadjusted) PR 5 13.58 14.61 9.36 *NO2 concentrations adjusted using the derived verification factor

NO2 concentrations obtained by inputting predicted NOx concentrations into the NOx to NO2 calculator in accordance with LAQM.TG(16)7. All PRs are located in NWBC

Proposed Sensitive Receptors - Scenario 3: 2030 Future Year, With Development

8.6.36 The 2030 ‘with development’ annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to range from 11.36 to 13.58 µg/m3 for the five proposed sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for NO2 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.37 The 2030 ‘with development’ baseline annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to range from 13.96 to 14.61 µg/m3 for the five proposed sensitive receptor locations

considered. Exceedance of the annual mean objective concentration for PM10 (40 µg/m3) is not predicted to occur.

8.6.38 The 2030 ‘with development’ annual mean PM2.5 concentrations are predicted to range from 9.00 to 9.36 µg/m3 for the five proposed sensitive receptor locations considered.

3 Exceedance of the annual mean target level concentration for PM2.5 (25 µg/m ) is not predicted to occur.

Assessment of Significance Operational Phase Assessment – Road Traffic Emissions

8.6.39 The significance of the overall effects of the proposed development has been assessed. This assessment is based on professional judgement and takes into account a number of factors, including:

 Baseline pollutant concentrations in the 2016 Verification and Base Year are below the relevant annual mean objectives at all twelve existing sensitive receptor locations considered.

 With regard to the future baselines (i.e. the 2026 Opening Year and 2030 Future Year ‘without development’ scenarios), the assessment predicts that pollutant concentrations at the twelve existing sensitive receptor locations will be below the relevant air quality objectives. The assessment has utilised the latest

199

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course Emission Factor Toolkit Version 8, 2015-based background concentration maps and tools.

 The air quality assessment predicts a negligible impact on NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at all twelve existing sensitive receptor locations, with the development in place. No exceedance of the relevant air quality objectives for

NO2, PM10 or the PM2.5 target level concentration is predicted to occur.

 All pollutant concentrations within the proposed development site are predicted to be below the relevant mean air quality objectives at the five proposed sensitive receptors considered for both the 2026 Opening Year and 2030 Future Year scenarios.

8.6.40 Based on these factors, the effect of the proposed development on human health is considered to be ‘not significant’.

8.7 MITIGATION MEASURES

Construction Phase Assessment – Dust Emissions Step 3

8.7.1 During the construction phase the implementation of effective mitigation measures will substantially reduce the potential for nuisance dust and particulate matter to be generated.

8.7.2 Step 2C of the construction phase assessment identified that:

 The risk of dust soiling effects is classed as low for demolition, medium for earthworks and construction, and low for trackout; and

 The risk of human health effects is classed as negligible for demolition, and low for earthworks, construction and trackout.

8.7.3 This assumes that no mitigation measures are applied, except those required by legislation. Site specific mitigation measures do not need to be recommended if the risk category is negligible.

8.7.4 As the risk category for most of these activities are not negligible, site-specific mitigation measures are required to ensure that dust effects will not be significant. Specific mitigation relating to dust control may be in the form of construction best working practices or could include a dust management plan.

8.7.5 This will take into account the recommendations included within the IAQM guidance, which may include but are not limited to:

200

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course  Soft strip all buildings prior to demolition;

 Dampening down of exposed stored materials, which will be stored as far from sensitive receptors as possible;

 Avoidance of activities that generate large amounts of dust during windy conditions;

 Ensuring bulk cement and other fine powder materials are delivered in enclosed tankers and stored in silos with suitable emission control systems to prevent escape of material and overfilling during delivery;

 Avoiding dry sweeping of large areas;

 Using water-assisted dust sweeper(s) on the access and local roads, to remove, as necessary, any material tracked out of the site. This may require the sweeper being continuously in use;

 Ensuring that all vehicles will be sheeted when loaded;

 Confining vehicles to areas of the site where appropriate dust control measures can be in operation; and

 Minimising vehicle movements and limitation of vehicle speeds – the slower the vehicle speeds, the lower the dust generation.

8.7.6 All dust and air quality complaints should be recorded and appropriate measures be taken to identify causes and reduce emissions in a timely manner. Exceptional incidents which cause dust and/or emissions, and the action taken to resolve the situation, should be recorded in a logbook and made available to NWBC on request.

8.7.7 It is recognised that the final design solutions will be developed with the input of the Contractor to maximise construction efficiencies, to use modern construction techniques and sustainable materials, and to incorporate the particular skills and experience offered by the successful contractor.

Step 4

8.7.8 Step 4 of the construction phase dust assessment has been undertaken to determine the significance of the dust effects arising from demolition, earthworks, construction and trackout associated with the proposed development.

8.7.9 The implementation of effective mitigation measures during the construction phase, such as those detailed in Step 3, will substantially reduce the potential for nuisance dust and particulate matter to be generated and any residual impact should be ‘not

201

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course significant’

Operational Phase Assessment – Road Traffic Emissions

8.7.10 The air quality assessment has predicted negligible impacts at all existing and proposed sensitive receptors considered. The Phase 1 development also includes an approximate 200m buffer between the M42 and the proposed school. The proposed school is representative of proposed sensitive receptor 5. General best practice measures in relation to air quality could be considered such as a green travel plan, welcome documentation showing public transportation options and electric vehicle charging infrastructure.

8.7.11 The transport assessment predicts there will be capacity exceedances at the Glascote Road and Marlborough Way roundabout i.e. at ESRs 8 and 9. As part of the transport mitigation package, junction improvement works would be proposed. These include a priority junction which, in air quality terms, should improve vehicle flows and reduce queuing. The junction improvement will therefore have some positive benefits for air quality.

8.8 RESIDUAL IMPACTS

Construction Phase

8.8.1 Step 4 of the construction phase dust assessment has been undertaken to determine the significance of the dust effects arising from earthworks, construction and trackout associated with the Development. The implementation of site specific mitigation measures during the construction phase of the Development, such as those detailed in Step 3, would substantially reduce the potential for nuisance dust and particulate matter to be generated from the three construction phase activities and any residual impact would be negligible.

Operational Phase

8.8.2 The implementation of mitigation, such as those outlined in Section 8.8 will ensure any residual impacts are negligible/not significant.

202

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course 8.9 LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS

8.9.1 The traffic flow information provided by Waterman Group includes traffic flows from both surveyed and the Paramics model. This is due to the Council boundary lines and the requirement for the air quality assessment to consider the most impacted routes (i.e. into TBC). The switchover between these two sources is evident in some parts of the data, for example Link 02 on Tamworth Road reduces by approximately 5,000 AADT between 2016 to 2026; this is due to the Paramics model output showing a reduced flow as compared to surveyed data.

8.9.2 Although these details are evident in some parts it should be noted that the air quality assessment presents a robust approach. The traffic flow changes between the 2026 and 2030 ‘Without’ to ‘With’ scenarios all increase due to the development flow traffic. Consequently, the air quality changes and impacts are assessed correctly irrespective of the original data sources.

8.10 CONCLUSIONS

Construction Phase Assessment – Dust Emissions

8.10.1 The construction phase assessment has been undertaken to determine the risk and significance of dust effects from demolition, earthworks, construction and trackout associated with the proposed development. The assessment has been undertaken in accordance with the guidance published by the IAQM.

8.10.2 The risk of dust soiling effects is classed as low for demolition, medium for earthworks and construction, and low for trackout. The risk of adverse human health effects is classed as negligible for demolition, low for earthworks, construction and trackout.

8.10.3 With site specific mitigation measures in place, such as those detailed in Section 8.8 of this report, the significance of dust effects from earthworks, construction and trackout are considered to be ‘not significant’.

Operational Phase Assessment – Road Traffic Emissions Existing Sensitive Receptors

8.10.4 An air quality assessment has been undertaken to consider the potential impact of development-generated vehicles on air quality at twelve existing sensitive receptor locations.

8.10.5 The air quality assessment demonstrates that the predicted change in concentrations

203

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course between ‘without development’ and ‘with development’ scenarios is negligible for both

NO2, PM10 and PM2.5.

8.10.6 The air quality assessment predicts that there will be a negligible impact on

concentrations of NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 at all twelve of the existing sensitive receptors considered in 2026 Opening Year and 2030 Future Year, with the development in

place. No exceedance of the relevant air quality objectives for NO2, PM10 or the PM2.5 target level concentration is predicted to occur.

Proposed Sensitive Receptors

8.10.7 The assessment has also predicted pollutant concentrations at five proposed receptor locations within the proposed residential development site. These locations have been selected to represent the proposed residential properties closest to the M42 and B5000.

8.10.8 The air quality assessment has predicted that all on-site pollutant concentrations will be below the relevant air quality objectives and target level.

Mitigation Strategies

8.10.9 The air quality assessment has predicted negligible impacts at all existing and proposed sensitive receptors considered. The Phase 1 development also includes an approximate 200m buffer between the M42 and the proposed school. General best practice measures in relation to air quality could be considered such as a green travel plan, welcome documentation showing public transportation options and electric vehicle charging infrastructure.

Summary

8.10.10 The assessment has demonstrated that the proposed development will not lead to an unacceptable risk from air pollution nor will it lead to any breach of national objectives as required by National Policy. There are no material reasons in relation to air quality why the proposed scheme should not proceed.

204

Environmental Statement (Chapter 8) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References  Department for Communities and Local Government, March 2014, Planning Practice Guidance: Air Quality  Institute of Air Quality Management ‘Guidance on the Assessment of Dust from Demolition and Construction’, February 2014  Greater London Authority (2006) The Control of Dust and Emissions from Construction and Demolition: Best Practice Guidance  Department for Transport Traffic Counts [Available at: https://www.dft.gov.uk/traffic- counts/cp.php?la=Warwickshire] [Last Accessed: 12/04/18]  Environmental Protection UK and the Institute of Air Quality Management, Land-Use Planning and Development Control: Planning for Air Quality, 2017  Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Local Air Quality Management webpages (https://uk-air.defra.gov.uk/data/laqm-background-maps?year=2015)  Meteorological data for 2016 from the Coleshill recording station, obtained from ADM Limited;  North Warwickshire Borough Council, 2017 Annual Status Report;  Tamworth Borough Council 2017 Annual Status Report; and  Traffic flow information provided by Waterman Group, available in Appendix 8.2.

205

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

9. HERITAGE 9.1 INTRODUCTION

9.1.2 This chapter considers the likely effects of the Proposed Development upon heritage assets, comprising archaeological features, historic buildings, parks and gardens and the historic landscape. Impacts resulting from both physical change to assets and change in their setting have been considered.

9.1.3 The chapter summarises relevant legislation, policy and guidance and describes the methods used to gather baseline information and assess impacts. It then presents a summary of the currently available baseline information, including an assessment of the potential for previously unrecorded archaeological remains to be present, drawing upon an archaeological desk-based assessment prepared in 2017 (Technical Appendix 9.1) and geophysical surveys undertaken in 2016 and 2017 (Technical Appendices 9.2 & 9.3, respectively). The potential effects of the proposed development upon the significance of heritage assets as a result of physical loss or change in setting during the construction and post construction phases are assessed and mitigation measures proposed as appropriate. Residual effects following the implementation of mitigation measures are then assessed.

9.2 SCOPE AND CONSULTATION

9.2.1 The chapter has been prepared following receipt of a scoping response from Warwickshire County Council’s Planning Archaeologist, who provides archaeological advice to North Warwickshire Borough Council (email to NWBC dated 17th August 2017).

9.2.2 The response indicated that the scope of the archaeological desk-based assessment (DBA) as described in the Scoping Report was satisfactory and that the DBA would form ‘an appropriate first phase of archaeological assessment.’ It was also agreed that geophysical survey (detailed gradiometry) undertaken in line with a method statement submitted to the Planning Archaeologist would be appropriate. The results of the DBA and geophysical surveys are provided as appendices to this chapter (Technical Appendices 9.1-3).

9.2.3 The scoping response also stated that the Planning Archaeologist thought it unlikely that the DBA and geophysical survey ‘would, in themselves, provide sufficient

206

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

information to enable an adequate assessment of the likely archaeological impact of the proposed development.’ It was suggested that, depending on the results of the DBA and geophysical survey, further fieldwork would be necessary and that this might comprise field-walking and/or trial trenching. The scoping response indicated that this would be necessary to inform the assessment of archaeological impact and to allow the development of an appropriate scheme of mitigation. Reference was made to current policy regarding the conservation of nationally important archaeological remains.

9.2.4 Paragraph 189 of the NPPF states:

“In determining applications, local planning authorities should require an applicant to describe the significance of any heritage assets affected, including any contribution made by their setting. The level of detail should be proportionate to the assets’ importance and no more than is sufficient to understand the potential impact of the proposal on their significance. As a minimum, the relevant historic environmental record should have been consulted and the heritage assets assessed using appropriate expertise where necessary Where a site on which development is proposed includes, or has the potential to include, heritage assets with archaeological interest, local planning authorities should require developers to submit an appropriate desk-based assessment and, where necessary, a field evaluation.”

9.2.5 A DBA has been produced and a field evaluation, in the form of detailed geophysical surveys, has been undertaken. The results of this work are sufficient to understand the significance of the heritage assets present and the impact of the proposed development upon them. There is no indication that the identified archaeological assets are of greater than regional importance and they are most likely to be of local importance. Furthermore, the results of the geophysical survey are sufficiently clear that it is considered that there is negligible potential for hitherto unrecorded assets of national importance to be present. It is therefore concluded that further fieldwork is not necessary to meet the requirements of Paragraph 128. However, a programme of fieldwork will be necessary to mitigate the identified impacts of the proposed development. This is discussed further below.

9.2.6 With regard to the assessment of potential setting impacts, the scoping response suggested that a Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) be utilised. However, as is

207

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

generally the case for residential development, no ZTV has been prepared for the scheme. Intervisibility has therefore been considered based on the results of site visits.

9.3 LEGISLATION AND POLICY

Legislation

9.3.1 Key legislation relating to heritage assets is contained in:

 Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Areas Act 1979  The Planning (Listed Building and Conservation Areas) Act 1990

National Planning Policy Framework

9.3.2 Section 16 of the NPPF, entitled Conserving and Enhancing the Historic Environment provides guidance for planning authorities, property owners, developers and others on the conservation and investigation of heritage assets. Overall, the objectives of Section 16 of the NPPF can be summarised as seeking the:

 Delivery of sustainable development;  Understanding the wider social, cultural, economic and environmental benefits brought by the conservation of the historic environment;  Conservation of England's heritage assets in a manner appropriate to their significance; and  Recognition that heritage makes to our knowledge and understanding of the past. 9.3.3 Section 16 is discussed in detail in the Technical Appendix 9.1.

North Warwickshire Core Strategy

9.3.4 The North Warwickshire Core Strategy Development Plan Document Core Policy NW14 outlines how strategic objectives for the Historic Environment of the Borough will be delivered. It states that ‘the quality, character, diversity and local distinctiveness of the historic environment will be conserved and enhanced’. It is supported by Saved Local Plan Policy ENV16 which provides further detail. Both policies are presented in full in Technical Appendix 9.1. As is Policy LP15: Historic Environment contained in the consultation draft of the North Warwickshire Local Plan.

208

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

9.3.5 North Warwickshire Borough Council has published an Archaeological Assessment intended to inform the Local Plan (2018). This includes an initial assessment of Phase 2. This recommends that:

Prior to determination of any application to develop this site a programme of evaluative fieldwork should be undertaken… Archaeological evaluation for this site will be composed of geophysical survey which will inform a subsequent programme or archaeological trial trenching.

9.4 METHODOLOGY

Methodology for Establishing Baseline Conditions

9.4.1 Data has been gathered for the area of the proposed development (henceforth the ‘Site’) and a Study Area extending 1km from the Site boundary (Figure 9.1).

9.4.2 Baseline data has been gathered from the following sources in order to identify and characterise heritage assets that may be affected by the proposed development and the potential archaeological interest of the Site:

 The National Heritage List for England: information on Listed Buildings, Scheduled Monuments, Registered Historic Parks and Registered Historic Battlefields.  Warwickshire and Staffordshire Historic Environment Records: information on designated and non-designated assets.  North Warwickshire Borough Council: information on Conservation Areas.  Tamworth Borough Council: information on Conservation Areas.  Warwickshire Record Office: historical maps.  LiDAR data: topography and identification of earthworks.  Online resources (A Vision of Britain, Archaeological Data Service, Access to Archives, Britain From Above, Google Earth, Heritage Gateway and Old Maps): background information.  Site visit and walkover survey: confirmation of known assets, identification of additional assets, consideration of setting issues for assets in surrounding area.

209

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

9.4.3 Baseline data from the above sources is presented in the archaeological desk-based assessment report (Appendix 9.1). This was undertaken in accordance with the Chartered Institute for Archaeologists’ 2014 Standard and Guidance for Historic Environment Desk-Based Assessment.

9.4.4 In addition to the above, the Site has been the subject of a detailed geophysical survey, undertaken in two phases, the results of which are appended (Technical Appendices 9.2 & 3).

Methodology for Assessing Potential Effects, Identifying Mitigation Measures And Assessing Residual Effects

9.4.5 The approach outlined below has been followed to assess likely significant effects, identify outline mitigation measures, and assess likely residual effects:

i. Consideration of best practice / guidance; ii. Professional judgement; iii. Consideration of the baseline information obtained, Scheme details and issues raised through consultation with interested parties as a result of responses to the EIA Scoping Report and through post-scoping consultation (where appropriate); iv. Prediction of potential effects based on baseline information and Scheme details; v. Identification of effects which, in particular, could be considered to be potentially significant in terms of the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2017 (SI No571) (hereinafter referred to as “the EIA Regulations”); vi. Identification of appropriate mitigation measures; and vii. Prediction of residual effects based on baseline information, details of the proposed development and mitigation measures.

Methodology for Assessing Effects On Setting Of Heritage Assets

9.4.6 The assessment of setting effects has been undertaken in line with the five step assessment process presented in Historic England’s 2017 Guidance: The Setting of Heritage Assets (Historic Environment Good Practice Advice in Planning 3):

210

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Step 1: Identifying which heritage assets and their settings are affected. Step 2: Assess the degree to which these settings make a contribution to the significance of the heritage asset(s) or allow significance to be appreciated. Step 3: Assess the effects of the proposed development, whether beneficial or harmful, on that significance or on the ability to appreciate it. Step 4: Explore ways to maximise enhancement and avoid or minimise harm. Step 5: Make and document the decision and monitor outcomes. 9.4.7 In the current context, Steps 1-3 are the most relevant, Step 4 having been addressed as far as practicable through embedded mitigation and Step 5 being outside the scope of the EIA process.

Significance Criteria

9.4.8 The following section outlines the criteria that have been used to establish the sensitivity of receptors, magnitude of impact and significance of effect.

Sensitivity 9.4.9 The sensitivity of heritage assets to impacts depends on factors such as the condition of the site and the perceived heritage value and importance of the site. The value of the receptor (the heritage asset) is defined by its importance in terms of national, regional or local statutory or non-statutory protection and grading of the asset. Where undesignated assets are affected reference is made to relevant designation criteria (Historic England’s Principles of Selection for Listed Buildings and Scheduled Monuments, supported by the relevant Selection Guides). These documents provide criteria for determining the importance of specific classes of asset. Table 9.1 presents the scale of values that have been assigned to heritage assets, this is based on guidance provided in the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 11.3.

211

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 9.1 Criteria for determining the sensitivity of heritage assets Sensitivity Importance Example Very High International World Heritage Sites (including nominated sites) Assets of acknowledged international importance Assets that contribute significantly to acknowledge international research objectives High National Scheduled Monuments and Area of Archaeological Importance Archaeological sites of schedulable quality and importance Listed Buildings (Grade I & II*) Registered Battlefields Registered Parks and Gardens (all grades) Some Conservation Areas Non-designated assets, including landscapes, of demonstrable national importance Medium Regional Conservation Areas Local Authority designated assets Listed Buildings (Grade II) Undesignated assets, including landscapes, of demonstrable regional importance Low Local Assets with significance to local interest groups Assets where the level of significance is limited by poor preservation and poor survival of contextual associations

Magnitude of Impact 9.4.10 ‘Impacts’ result from change in the significance (as defined in the NPPF) of the asset attributable to the Scheme, and the magnitude of impact reflects the degree of change in the asset’s significance.

9.4.11 Change can arise as a result of construction on below-ground archaeological assets; change can also affect the setting of a heritage asset caused by the proximity of new structures, by noise or dust, or other elements.

212

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

9.4.12 Such change can be adverse or beneficial, temporary or permanent, reversible or irreversible. Table 9.2 presents the magnitude of impact criteria related to heritage assets.

Table 9.2 Criteria for determining magnitude of impact Magnitude Example of Adverse Change Example of Beneficial of Impact Change Major Total or substantial loss of the Prevention of further significance of a heritage asset. degradation of the asset Substantial harm to a heritage consistent with asset's setting, such that the safeguarding its heritage significance of the asset would be significance totally lost or substantially reduced Increase accessibility (e.g. the significance of a and understanding of designated heritage asset would be visible assets by removal reduced to such a degree that its of visibly intrusive designation would be questionable elements or the significance of an undesignated heritage asset would be reduced to such a degree that its categorisation as a heritage asset would be questionable). Moderate Partial loss or alteration of the Reduce rate of current significance of a heritage asset. degradation Considerable harm to a heritage Improve setting asset’s setting, such that the asset's Enhance existing significance would be materially character affected/considerably devalued, but not totally or substantially lost. This equates to less than substantial harm in the terms of the NPPF. Minor Slight loss of the significance of Reintroduce a heritage asset. accessibility to below- This could include the removal of ground archaeological fabric that forms part of the heritage asset

213

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

asset, but that is not integral to its significance (e.g. the demolition of later extensions/additions of little intrinsic value). Some harm to the heritage asset’s setting, but not to the degree that it would materially compromise the significance of the heritage asset. Perceivable level of harm, but insubstantial relative to the overall interest of the heritage asset. This equates to less than substantial harm in the terms of the NPPF, at the lower end of the scale. Negligible A very slight change to the Reintroduce significance of a heritage asset. accessibility to below- This could include a change to a ground archaeological part of a heritage asset that does asset not materially contribute to its significance. Very minor change to a heritage asset’s setting such that does not affect its significance.

Significance of Effects 9.4.13 Significance of effect has been determined with reference to the sensitivity of the asset affected and the magnitude of the impact. Table 9.3 provides a matrix to act as a guide to determining significance.

9.4.14 The matrix is not intended to mechanise judgement of the significance of effect, but to act as a check to ensure that judgements regarding sensitivity, magnitude of impact and significance of effect are reasonable and balanced in order to allow for professional judgement. In some cases the matrix allows a choice of significance of effect when a magnitude of impact and a value are combined. In these cases the individual attributes of a specific asset, along with any relevant site specific factors and

214

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

consideration of other influencing elements, have been taken into account when considering which is the most appropriate significance of effect to apply.

9.4.15 Based on professional judgement, a “significant” effect in terms of the EIA Regulations is considered to be one of moderate significance or above. Such effects require mitigation. All effects that are considered to be significant with regard to the EIA Regulations are highlighted in bold in Table 9.3.

Table 9.3 Guidelines for determining significance of effect Sensitivity Magnitude Negligible Minor Moderate Major Very High Slight/ Moderate/ Major Major Negligible Major High Negligible Moderate/ Moderate/ Major Slight Major Medium Negligible Slight Moderate Moderate/ Major Low Negligible Negligible Slight Moderate/ Slight

9.5 BASELINE

Introduction

9.5.1 Heritage assets within the Site and surrounding area, and the Site’s potential for the presence of additional, as-yet undiscovered, archaeological assets have been established through desk-based review of existing data sources, site inspection visits, and a programme of archaeological geophysical survey within the Site itself.

9.5.2 The following sections present a summary of the baseline information gathered from these sources with particular reference to receptors which are likely to be directly impacted by the Scheme. Designated heritage assets are referred to by their Heritage List number prefixed ‘List’, undesignated assets recorded on the county Historic

215

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Environment Record are referred to by their Warwickshire or Staffordshire HER number.

9.6 Designated Heritage Assets

9.6.1 There are no designated heritage assets within the Site or immediately adjacent to it.

9.6.2 There are 15 heritage designations within the Study Area comprising two Scheduled Monuments, one Grade II* Listed Building, 10 Grade II Listed Buildings and two Conservation Areas (Figure 9.2). However, some of the designated assets present have been designated both as Listed Buildings and Scheduled Monuments.

9.6.3 The nearest of the Scheduled Monuments is Alvecote Priory and dovecote (List 1020623), which is located approximately 100m to the north of the Site. The priory and dovecote are also Grade II Listed Buildings (List 1262207 and 1252601 respectively).

9.6.4 The second Scheduled Monument is Polesworth or Anker Bridge (List 1005771), which is also a Grade II Listed Building (List 1252561). It is located approximately 990m to the east of the Site.

9.6.5 Located approximately 880m to the east of the Site is the Grade II*-listed Pooley Hall (List 1365179).

9.6.6 Approximately 900m to the east of the Site is Polesworth Conservation Area, within which are Anker Bridge, the Grade II Fosters Yard (List 1262204), 24-30 Bridge Street (List 1262226) and the School House (List 1252563) and other listed buildings that lie outside the study area.

9.6.7 Amington Green Conservation Area is located approximately 960m to the west of the Site. Within it are three Grade II Listed Buildings, comprising Amington House (list 1197035), Church of St Editha (List 1197036) and Yew Tree House (List 1297341).

Alvecote Priory and Dovecote (List 1020623, 1262207 And 1252601) Scheduled Monument and Grade II Listed Buildings. 100m to the north of the Site. 9.6.8 Alvecote Priory was founded in 1159 and later became a cell of Great Malvern Priory and was dissolved in 1536. The buildings were subsequently converted into a private house and rebuilt in 1700. This later building fell into disuse and was demolished in the 20th century. The surviving priory building dates to the 14th century and comprises

216

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

a roofless undercroft that stands to a height of 2.5m. The dovecote is also thought to be of Medieval date, it survives to height of approximately 2m and has a modern concrete roof. In the southern part of the scheduled area are earthwork remains relating to the priory estate and the later house and gardens. Medieval ridge and furrow cultivation remains survive in its south-eastern part. Within the scheduled area there are numerous trees, hedges and small wooded areas.

9.6.9 The scheduled area is bounded to the north and east by the Coventry Canal, on the opposite side of which is a railway line. To the west is Robeys Lane, on the opposite side of which is Alvecote Grange (a 19th century house) and paddocks and to the south are paddocks and woodland on the bank of the canal. The ground rises gently to the south.

9.6.10 The trees within the scheduled area and bounding it curtail views to the surrounding landscape and overall the scheduled area has an enclosed secluded feel. Similarly the trees limit views in to the scheduled area. However, the dovecote stands at the edge of the scheduled area on the bank of the canal and is clearly visible from the canal and towpath. It is not possible to see Phase 1 from the scheduled area or immediate environs because of trees in the scheduled area and Alvecote Wood. The latter is Ancient Woodland and hence highly unlikely to be clear-felled. Even in the absence of trees, Phase 1 would be substantially screened by topography. Phase 2 is closer to the scheduled area, but is again screened from view from within the scheduled area and its immediate vicinity by trees, hedges and the landform. As a part of Alvecote Wood, the Site formed part of the landholding of the Priory. However, this historical relationship cannot be appreciated on the ground at all, the wood having been replaced by very large Post-War fields. Consequently the Site does not contribute to the significance of the Priory or the appreciation of that significance.

9.6.11 Alvecote Priory is an asset of national importance on account of its historic and archaeological interest as a rare example of a small priory with surviving buildings and earthworks with associated documentary evidence and a high potential as a source of archaeological data. This potential is of particular importance as the buried deposits are likely to be waterlogged and hence preserve organic remains. The ruins have aesthetic value and the rural landscape immediately adjacent to the scheduled area complements this. The wider landscape makes a negligible contribution to the asset’s significance as it is not seen from the monument or in views of the monument that

217

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

contribute to its significance. The historic relationship between the Site and the Priory cannot be appreciated on the ground.

Polesworth or Anker Bridge (List 1005771 And 1252561) Scheduled Monument and Grade II Listed Building. 990m to the east of the Site. 9.6.12 Polesworth/Anker Bridge was built in 1776 and widened in 1924. It is built in brick with stone dressings. A bridge was first recorded at Polesworth in 1221 and the current bridge may contain elements of the medieval bridge. However, the visible fabric is entirely of 18th century date.

9.6.13 The bridge crosses the River Anker in what has become the centre of Polesworth, the historic core being to the north of the river. The banks of the river are occupied by fields, but at each end of the bridge are modern buildings. The low lying position and surrounding built form limit views to the adjacent fields and townscape. It is not possible to see the Site from the bridge or surrounding area owing to intervening topography.

9.6.14 The building is of national importance owing to its potential to contain elements of the Medieval bridge that preceded the current structure. The current structure is considered to be of regional importance because of its architectural and historic interest as an example of an 18th century bridge, illustrating the extensive investment in infrastructure that occurred in the 18th century. The bridge has a degree of aesthetic value that is complemented by the adjacent fields. However, the surrounding townscape detracts somewhat from this.

Pooley Hall (List 1365179) Grade II* Listed Building. 880m to the east of the Site. 9.6.15 Pooley Hall is a country house, now two houses, thought to have been built in 1509 by Sir Thomas Cokayne. It was altered in 1692 and again in the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries. It is in Domestic Tudor style and has a complex plan of three ranges joined by curtain walls. Attached to the west is a former chapel in Perpendicular style.

9.6.16 The hall is located on an east-facing slope and sits within a garden that contains numerous trees. The principal elevation faces east towards the Coventry Canal, which bounds the hall’s garden. The garden is surrounded by fields with large agricultural sheds to the west. The trees within the garden and surrounding it largely block views to the surrounding landscape and views in to the hall are similarly limited, though some views are available to/from the canal and the western fringe of Polesworth. The Site

218

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

cannot be seen from the Hall owing to topography, the trees that surround it and the range of agricultural buildings immediately to the hall’s west

9.6.17 The hall is of national importance owing to its architectural and historic interest as an example of a 16th century country house. It has aesthetic value as an attractive building. This is complemented by the surrounding garden and can be appreciated in glimpsed views from the canal.

Polesworth Conservation Area and Listed Buildings Conservation Area and various Listed Buildings. 900m to the east of the Site. 9.6.18 Polesworth Conservation Area takes in the historic core of Polesworth, which contains buildings of every period from the 14th century onwards that reflect the development of the town from a rural settlement with adjacent abbey to a mining community in the late 18th century and commuter village in the late 20th/early 21st century. Views from within the Conservation Area are generally confined to the settlement of Polesworth, although to the steeply rising ground to the west of the village forms a backdrop to some of these internal views. The Site cannot be seen from the Conservation Area because of topography and buildings.

9.6.19 The Conservation Area is considered to be of regional importance owing to its architectural and historic interest and the wide ranging date and style of its buildings. The surrounding landscape makes a minimal contribution to the significance of the Conservation Area and the Listed Buildings therein; it is surrounded by modern development that largely isolates it from the surrounding landscape.

Amington Green Conservation Area And Listed Buildings Conservation Area and Grade II Listed Buildings. 960m to the west of the Site 9.6.20 Amington Green Conservation Area takes in Amington village green and adjacent buildings. It retains a village character despite being surrounded by modern housing. The Site cannot be seen from the Conservation Area because of topography and buildings.

9.6.21 The Conservation Area is considered to be of regional importance owing to its architectural and historic interest as a remnant of the village of Amington. The surrounding landscape makes no contribution to its significance; the Conservation Area is surrounded by modern development that largely isolates it from the surrounding landscape and if anything detracts from its significance.

219

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Non-Designated Heritage Assets

9.6.22 The HER contains three entries relating to the Site. These comprise:

 Findspot of a Roman coin (MWA21101, approximate location only);

 Linear feature identified from cropmarks (MWA6238); and

 Rectangular enclosure and linear features identified from cropmarks (MWA4821).

9.6.23 The results of the Phase 2 geophysical survey (Appendix 9.3) indicate that the enclosure and associated linear features (MWA4821) are geological in origin. The remaining linear feature (MWA6238) is agricultural in origin, corresponding to a field- boundary/drain leading to a pond that is shown on the 1884 Ordnance Survey map (Appendix 9.1, Fig. 7). These features and the findspot are not considered to represent heritage assets.

9.6.24 The geophysical surveys (Appendices 9.2 & 9.3) have identified a number of anomalies, some of which are of archaeological interest. These are discussed below. Most of the anomalies, however, can be positively identified with former field boundaries recorded on 19th century mapping or appear to be unmapped elements of the 18th/19th century field-system, closely corresponding with mapped boundaries in terms of orientation and extent. These anomalies are not considered further as they do not represent heritage assets. A penannular anomaly in Phase 1 (Appendix 9.2, Figure 4: 2) could conceivably represent archaeological features relating to a roundhouse. However, the weakness of the anomaly and the absence of associated features militate against this interpretation.

Phase 2: Enclosures 9.6.25 The Phase 2 geophysical survey has identified a set of anomalies consistent with two sub-rectangular enclosures and a triangular enclosure (Appendix 9.3, Figure 15: 1c) at the eastern limit of Phase 2, opposite Alvecote Wood. These do not correspond with any historically mapped features and are on a different orientation to both Robey’s Lane and the modern field-system. It is considered that these enclosures are most likely to represent the remains of a Romano-British field-system. The significance of such features relates entirely to their archaeological interest as potential sources of data; they have the potential to inform understanding of the development of the local

220

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

agricultural economy. They are considered to be of local importance and hence of Low sensitivity.

Phase 2: Possible Enclosures 9.6.26 The Phase 2 geophysical survey has identified a number of linear and curvilinear anomalies to the north of Woodhouse Farm (Appendix 9.3, Figure 11: 1d & 1e) that potentially represent a field-system. The anomalies appear to respect the former boundaries of a Post-Medieval/Modern field depicted on 19th century Ordnance Survey mapping. It is conceivable that these features are of Roman date, but given this relationship they are likely to be substantially later. Assuming that they represent a Romano-British field-system these features will have archaeological interest as a potential source of archaeological data, with the potential to inform understanding of the development of the local agricultural economy. They are considered to be of local importance and hence of Low sensitivity.

Phase 2: Rectilinear Anomalies 9.6.27 The Phase 2 geophysical survey has identified a series of strong and weak rectilinear anomalies enclosing a disturbed area near the western limit of Phase 2 (Appendix 9.3, Figure 11: 1f). Amington Colliery (MST18156) lay immediately to the west on the opposite bank of the stream that forms the western boundary of the Site (Fig. 7) and the anomalies coincide with an area underlain by the Pennine Coal Measures. Based on this and the form and character of the anomalies, they have been interpreted as possible industrial remains. They may have some limited archaeological interest as a potential source of data regarding the development of the mining industry in the area in the 19th century. They are considered to be of local importance and hence of Low sensitivity.

Potential for Unrecorded Archaeology 9.6.28 The HERs contain very limited evidence for activity in the vicinity of the Site during prehistory, comprising two Bronze Age arrowheads. One was found in Alvecote Wood (MWA180) in the 18th century and the findspot is uncertain, as Alvecote Wood was substantially larger at that time. These finds simply demonstrate that the area saw some activity during prehistory. Given this and the results of the geophysical survey, it is considered that the Site has low potential in relation to the Iron Age and earlier periods.

9.6.29 Warwickshire HER records a cluster of finds of hoards of Roman coins from Alvecote Wood (MWA181-3) and two Roman coins from the northern part of Phase 2

221

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

(MWA21101). There is a degree of confusion in the entries regarding the number of finds, as it appears there may be some duplication, and the location is uncertain; at least one of the entries relates to discoveries made in the 18th century, when Alvecote Wood was substantially larger than it is now. Aside from this, a programme of fieldwork, comprising geophysical survey and trial-trenching, on land immediately to the west of the Site recorded tree throws dating to the later third to fourth century AD. The excavator concluded that these features related to clearing of woodland to create pasture in the Late Roman period (RSK 2017). Geophysical anomalies thought to relate to an Iron Age or Romano-British field-system (MST22351-3) were found to be natural in origin.

9.6.30 Given the clear results of the detailed geophysical survey it is considered that, aside from the enclosures identified by the survey and associated features, the potential for hitherto unrecorded assets of the Roman period is low.

9.6.31 Except for a find by a metal detectorist of a stirrup strap (MWA20760) in the vicinity of Pooley Hall, approximately 600m to the east of the Site, no archaeological evidence has been recorded within the Study Area relating to the Saxon period. On the basis of place-name evidence, it may be assumed that there was a settlement at Alvecote approximately 500m to the north of the Site, though this does not appear in the Domesday Book (1086). However, the manor of Shuttington in which the Site lies is recorded. The entry refers to the manor having very extensive woodland and the Site almost certainly lay within this wood.

9.6.32 Given the lack of archaeological and place-name evidence, the distribution of settlement and woodland recorded in the Domesday Book and the results of the geophysical survey it is considered that the Site has negligible potential for Saxon archaeology.

9.6.33 The current settlement pattern appears to have been largely established by the Medieval period and, as discussed above, the Domesday Book (1086) records that there was a substantial amount of woodland in the manor of Shuttington, which is likely to have covered the Site. This woodland formed part of the original land grant to Alvecote Priory when it was founded in 1159 and Saxton’s map of 1576 shows an extensive area of woodland in the area of the Site. It therefore appears likely that the greater part of the Site was wooded in the Medieval period.

222

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

9.6.34 A reconstruction of the landscape17 based on a deed of sale dated to 1650 indicates that that the western part of Phase 1 lay in an area of meadow, whilst the eastern part lay in Pooley Park. The bulk of Phase 2 lay in Alvecote Wood and except for the southern part and a strip of meadow in the along the western boundary.

9.6.35 It is concluded that the Site has negligible potential to contain hitherto unrecorded remains of archaeological interest relating to the Medieval and Post-Medieval periods. Sub-surface traces of a parish boundary, which may be presumed to have its origins in the Medieval period, and Post-Medieval field boundaries survive, but these would have minimal potential as a source of archaeological data and it is considered that such remains would not constitute a heritage asset.

9.6.36 Alvecote Wood to the west of Robey’s Lane had been felled by 1815, except for a pocket of woodland next to the canal, north of the Site. The cleared land was enclosed and turned over to agriculture; the 1815 Ordnance Survey Drawing shows the Site as occupied by large fields. The cleared land was farmed by Wood Barn, later Wood House Farm. During the 20th century, numerous fields have been amalgamated, Woodhouse Farm has been demolished and replaced and agricultural and light industrial buildings have been built around it. More recently in the southern part of Phase 2 the Priory Park Go Kart track has steadily expanded and the fields to the north and south have been used to stage an outdoor market. As noted above, the geophysical survey recorded anomalies in the western part of the Site, adjacent to the site of Amington Colliery, which lay immediately to the west. These are thought to represent a brief industrial incursion into the Site. The geophysical survey has also identified remains of former field boundaries and quarry pits dating to this period.

9.6.37 It is concluded that the Site has negligible potential to contain hitherto unrecorded features of archaeological interest dating to the Modern period. Buried remains of field boundaries and a quarry have no potential to yield archaeological data and are not considered to constitute heritage assets.

Historic Landscape Character

9.6.38 Almost the entire Site is composed of fields classed by the Warwickshire Historic Landscape Character Assessment as Very Large Post-War Fields. The exceptions are the area around Woodhouse Farm (Farm Complex – pre-1880s – Historic

223

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Farmstead), an area of ‘Broad-leaved Plantation’ at the western fringe of Phase 2 and a strip of land running along the western side of Robey’s Lane classed as ‘Paddocks and Closes’. This strip has been subsumed into the adjacent large field and no visible trace remains. Priory Farm, which is excluded from the Site is classed as a ‘Farm Complex Post 1955’.

9.6.39 Although the Woodhouse Farm has its origins in the early 19th century, it is now composed of a modern farmhouse and modern buildings. Consequently, the Site’s character is that of a Post-War agricultural landscape with little trace of earlier phases of agricultural use. This is a very common historic landscape character type in Warwickshire and does not contribute to the significance of any nearby heritage assets. It is considered to be of negligible historic interest and low sensitivity.

9.7 PREDICTED IMPACTS

Introduction

9.7.1 Development may adversely affect heritage assets during the construction phase, when significance may be lost as a result of physical removal of a heritage asset or as a result of change in the setting of the asset, and during its operational or post- construction phase, when significance may be lost as a result of change in setting.

Construction Phase

Phase 2: Enclosures 9.7.2 The Phase 2 geophysical survey has identified a series of anomalies that are interpreted as enclosures most probably dating to the Roman period. Given the construction methods that are likely to be deployed these will be removed in the construction phase, resulting in an adverse impact of Major magnitude. These features are considered to be of Low sensitivity and it is concluded that their loss would constitute an effect of Moderate significance. This is significant in the terms of the EIA Regulations.

Phase 2: Possible Enclosures 9.7.3 The Phase 2 geophysical survey has identified a number of linear and curvilinear anomalies interpreted as possible enclosures that might date to the Roman period. Given the construction methods that are likely to be deployed these will be removed in the construction phase, resulting in a complete loss of significance and an adverse impact of Major magnitude. These features are considered to be of Low sensitivity and

224

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

it is concluded that their loss would constitute an effect of Moderate significance. This is significant in the terms of the EIA Regulations.

Phase 2: Rectilinear Anomalies 9.7.4 The Phase 2 geophysical survey has identified a series of strong and weak rectilinear anomalies that most probably relate to Modern extractive works. Given the construction methods that are likely to be deployed these will be removed in the construction phase, resulting the complete loss of their significance and an adverse impact of Major magnitude. These features are considered to be of Low sensitivity and it is concluded that their loss would constitute an effect of Moderate significance. This is significant in the terms of the EIA Regulations.

Unrecorded Archaeology 9.7.5 Based on the results of the DBA and detailed geophysical surveys, it is considered that the Site has low potential to contain additional archaeology of Roman or earlier date and negligible potential in relation to later periods. Archaeological features present within the Site would be completely removed, resulting in the complete loss of significance and an impact of Major magnitude. The sensitivity of such hypothetical assets is unknown and the effect cannot be meaningfully assessed. However, there is potential for a Significant effect in the absence of mitigation.

Potential Setting Impacts 9.7.6 The baseline information presented in Section 4 (above) constitutes Step 1 of the five step setting assessment process recommended by Historic England. It has established that there are no designated heritage assets where the construction phase of the proposed development will affect setting as in all cases the Site is substantively screened by topography, woodland or buildings. Given the distance of the Site from the designated assets considered, in particular those parts that will be developed rather than retained as public open space, there is no potential for dust to be substantively visible from them or for intrusive levels of noise to occur as a result of construction operations. It is therefore concluded that the construction phase will not affect the setting of any heritage assets and no assets are carried through to assessment.

Historic Landscape Character 9.7.7 The proposed development will result in the loss of an area of Very Large Post War Fields. These are considered to be of Low sensitivity and do not contribute to the significance of any other assets or historic landscape character areas. This will

225

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

constitute an adverse effect of Slight significance. This is not significant in the terms of the EIA Regulations

Operational/Post-Construction Phase

9.7.8 During the operational or post-construction phase potential effects are restricted to those resulting from changes to the setting of heritage assets. For the reasons presented above, it is considered that there is no potential for the proposed development to affect the setting of designated assets.

9.8 PROPOSED MITIGATION

Introduction

9.8.1 Significant adverse effects would result from the unmitigated loss of the archaeological assets identified or potentially present within the Site.

9.8.2 Specific mitigation measures are proposed for this effect only.

Construction Phase

9.8.3 The physical loss of archaeological assets during the construction phase will be offset by a phased programme of archaeological works. This will comprise further evaluation work to verify and augment the results of the geophysical survey and inform the scope of subsequent archaeological mitigation, which is likely to comprise archaeological excavation, recording and analysis. In the unlikely event that archaeology meriting preservation in situ is identified, this may be achieved by amending the detailed design of the development.

9.8.4 Details of the scheme of archaeological recording can be agreed with the LPA’s archaeological advisors. Given the results of the geophysical survey, it is considered that such work could be undertaken post-consent, secured by planning condition.

Operational/Post Construction Phase

9.8.5 No further mitigation measures are proposed specific to Cultural Heritage. However, the Masterplan incorporates areas of public open space planted with trees at the fringes of the development. The small hill in the northern part of Phase 2 is also occupied by open space. These design features will minimise the visibility of the proposed development from the surrounding area.

226

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

9.9 RESIDUAL IMPACTS

Construction Phase

9.9.1 Mitigation is proposed in relation to the loss of archaeological assets within the Site. Their physical loss would either be completely prevented through design changes that would allow their preservation in situ or offset through their preservation by record; as there would be no perceptible loss to the historic environment and the recording and analysis would fully realise their potential as sources of archaeological data, it is considered that the latter would fully offset the physical loss of such remains. Following mitigation there would therefore be a negligible effect. This is not significant in the terms of the EIA Regulations.

9.9.2 No mitigations is proposed in relation to Historic Landscape Character.

Operational/ Post-Construction Phase

9.9.3 No operational/post-construction impacts have been identified.

9.10 CUMULATIVE IMPACT

Construction Phase

9.10.1 The impact on below ground archaeology would be specific to the current site; there is no evidence that the Site contains any features of archaeological interest that might extend beyond the application boundaries and hence be affected by other developments. In particular the programme of fieldwork at Tamworth Golf Course (EST2564) did not identify any features that might extend into the Site. Furthermore, the proposed mitigation measures will fully prevent or offset the construction phase impacts of the current development and it is assumed that this would likewise be the case for other developments. Consequently, there is no potential for adverse cumulative impacts to occur.

Operational/ Post-Construction Phase

9.10.2 No operational/post-construction impacts have been identified and hence there is no potential for cumulative impacts to occur.

227

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

9.11 Limitations and Assumptions

9.11.1 No intrusive archaeological fieldwork has been carried out in order to verify the findings of the desk-based assessment and geophysical survey. The geophysical surveys results are clear with little geological or other noise that might mask archaeological features. This is not therefore considered to substantively affect the reliability of the assessment of potential.

9.11.2 The available data, in particular HER data, contains inherent biases and is likely to under record small scale archaeological sites such as are typical of Early to Mid- Prehistoric settlement. This bias is unavoidable, but is offset to some degree by the results of the work on the neighbouring Tamworth Golf Course Site, which did not identify any features relating to this period.

9.11.3 The northern part of Phase 1 was not available for geophysical survey. Given the negative results of the survey and the size of the area, it is considered unlikely that this has substantively affected the assessment’s reliability. Furthermore this area will remain undeveloped, the Masterplan indicates that it is to be planted with scattered trees.

9.12 CONCLUSIONS

9.12.1 This chapter has considered the potential impacts, both physical and setting, of the proposed development upon heritage assets. Where appropriate, mitigation measures have been proposed.

9.12.2 The baseline studies, which included a detailed geophysical survey, has identified anomalies interpreted as enclosures most probably of Roman date and features thought to be of Modern date. Aside from these it is considered that the Site has low potential to contain Roman or earlier assets and negligible potential in relation to all other periods.

9.12.3 The identified heritage assets within the Site will be removed by construction operations, which in the absence of mitigation would result in a significant adverse effect. A phased programme of archaeological work will allow such impacts to be mitigated either by prevention through design changes to allow preservation in situ or offset through a programme of archaeological recording, allowing their preservation by

228

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

record. Following the implementation of mitigation measures, effects will be of negligible significance.

9.12.4 The proposed development will result in no impacts upon the setting of heritage assets.

229

Environmental Statement (Chapter 9) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References

General

Historic England Heritage List for England Warwickshire Archives Staffordshire Historic Environment Record Warwickshire Historic Environment Record

Bibliographic

Bartlett B. 1791. Manduessedum Romanorum. North Warwickshire Borough Council 1995 Conservation Areas in the Borough of North Warwickshire. Magnitude Surveys 2016 Geophysical Survey Report of Land East of Tamworth, Warwickshire Magnitude Surveys 2017 Geophysical Survey Report of Land East of Robey’s Lane (Phase 2) Tamworth, Warwickshire RSK 2017 Former Tamworth Municipal Golf Course Archaeological Mitigation: Archive Report

Cartographic

1567 Saxton C WARWIC LECESTRIAQUE Comitat. 1805 Inclosure award and plan for the parish of Shuttington (CRO460 – site not shown) 1815 Ordnance Survey Drawing: Lichfield 1834 Ordnance Survey 1:63360 1849 Polesworth Tithe map and apportionment (CRO 328/39) 1884 Ordnance Survey 1:10560 1903 Ordnance Survey 1:10560 1917 Alvecote Priory Estate deed of sale and plan 1924 Ordnance Survey 1:10560 1938 Ordnance Survey 1:10560 1950 Ordnance Survey 1:10560

230

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

10. LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT SURVEY

10.1 INTRODUCTION 10.1.1 This chapter evaluates the effect of the landscape and visual impact of the Proposed Development in the form of a Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) and has been carried out by FPCR Environment and Design Ltd (FPCR). A full LVIA is included at Appendix 10.1 and this chapter provides a summary of the report.

10.1.2 The purpose of the chapter is to provide an assessment of the likely landscape and visual effects of the proposed development. The landscape and visual effects have been considered in relation to the proposals detailed in the planning application’s Description of Development, Parameters Plan and application drawings and the Design and Access Statement (DAS).

10.2 LEGISLATION AND PLANNING POLICY

10.2.1 A full review of the Planning and Policy Context for the proposed development is included within Chapter 4. A summary of policy documents in relation to landscape and visual matters is included within the LVIA report at Appendix 10.1. This includes consideration of the following:

National Context

National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF, 24 July 2018)

10.2.2 The NPPF sets out the Government’s economic, environmental and social planning policy and in combination these policies give the Government’s vision of sustainable development. The NPPF emphasises the need for well-designed places, promoting healthy and safe communities and conserving and enhancing the natural environment.

10.2.3 Regarding landscape and green infrastructure, the Natural Environment section of the NPPF provides a policy context for the countryside and green infrastructure. The key objectives include to protect and enhance valued landscapes and, minimising impacts on and providing net gains in biodiversity, including by establishing coherent ecological networks that are more resilient to current and future pressures.

10.2.4 Paragraph 170 states at part a) that planning policies and decisions should protect and enhance valued landscapes and goes on to clarify that this should be in a manner

231

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

commensurate with their statutory status or identified quality in the development plan. Part b) states that planning policies and decisions should recognise the intrinsic character and beauty of the countryside.

10.2.5 Paragraph 171 advises that: “Plans should: distinguish between the hierarchy of international, national and locally designated sites; allocate land with the least environmental or amenity value, where consistent with other policies in this Framework; take a strategic approach to maintaining and enhancing networks of habitats and green infrastructure; and plan for the enhancement of natural capital at a catchment or landscape scale across local authority boundaries” . 10.2.6 Paragraph 172 goes on to add: “Great weight should be given to conserving and enhancing landscape and scenic beauty in National Parks, the Broads and Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty, which have the highest status of protection in relation to these issues”.

10.2.7 The site is within an undesignated landscape with no special protected status. This LVA considers how the intrinsic character and beauty of the countryside has been recognised. The potential to enhance green infrastructure networks is also considered.

Planning Practice Guidance (PPG 2014)

10.2.8 The PPG came into effect on the 6th March 2014 and is an online planning resource which provides guidance on the NPPF and is part of the Government's reforms to make the planning system more accessible. The NPPF continues to be the primary document for decision making. With regard to landscape issues the PPG records within the Natural Environment chapter that:

“One of the core principles in the National Planning Policy Framework is that planning should recognise the intrinsic character and beauty of the countryside. Local plans should include strategic policies for the conservation and enhancement of the natural environment, including landscape. This includes designated landscapes but also the wider countryside” (§001 Reference ID: 8-001-20140306).

232

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Local Context

10.2.9 The Development Plan comprises the North Warwickshire Core Strategy (2014) and the ‘saved policies’ of the North Warwickshire Local Plan (2006). This includes ‘saved’ Policy ENV4 Trees and Hedgerows.

North Warwickshire Local Plan- Core Strategy (Adopted 2014)

10.2.10 The policies within the Core Strategy include the following:

 Core Strategy Policy NW12 Quality of Development;

 Policy NW13 Natural Environment;

 Policy NW16 Green Infrastructure

 Policy NW19 Polesworth & Dordon

10.2.11 Further policies in relation to landscape issues include: NW10 Development Considerations, NW14 Historic Environment, and NW15 Nature Conservation.

North Warwickshire Local Plan: Draft For Consultation (2017)

10.2.12 The Draft Local Plan is proposed to effectively update and replace the combination of the Core Strategy, the Draft Site Allocations Plan and the Draft Development Management Plan to form a ‘New’ Local Plan for the Borough. . Relevant policies include:

 Draft Policy LP1: Sustainable Development (reflects the adopted Core Strategy policy NW12 ‘Quality of Development’);

 Draft Policy LP2: Settlement Hierarchy;

 Draft Policy LP5: Meaningful Gap;

 Draft Policy LP14: Landscape (reflects adopted Core Strategy Policy NW13 ‘Natural Environment’);

 Draft Policy LP17: Green Infrastructure;

 Draft Policy LP39: Housing Allocations (this relates to the land to the west of Robey’s Lane).

North Warwickshire Green Space Strategy 2008-2018 – SPD (2008)

10.2.13 The Green Space Strategy includes the following vision and objectives:

233

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

“To deliver positive and lasting change to North Warwickshire’s stock of green spaces, for the benefit of everyone”

Improve the management and maximise the benefits of green spaces;

Co-ordinate action and develop partnership working;

Access more funding opportunities;

Promote green space investment as a policy priority;

Help create sustainable communities.

Warwickshire, Coventry And Solihull Sub-Regional Green Infrastructure Study (2011)

10.2.14 Within North Warwickshire, the Alvecote Pools SSSI and nature reserve, which lies to the north of the site, is assessed by the report as being publically accessible and a “sub-regional asset” covering some 128ha of land.

Meaningful Gap Report: Final (2015)

10.2.15 Following consultation, a final Meaningful Gap Report has been prepared.

10.2.16 The site is located within “Area 3” and is recommended for inclusion as part of the draft ‘Meaningful Gap’ policy as follows:

“Recommendation – Include as part of the “Meaningful Gap” due to its contribution as strategic gap, open aspect, higher sensitivity of landscape to development and environmental impact.”

Assessment of The Value Of The Meaningful Gap And Potential Green Belt Alterations (January 2018)

10.2.17 A further, independent assessment of the land between Polesworth and Dordon and Tamworth was carried out by LUC in order to determine whether the area fulfilled the objectives of the Meaningful Gap designation, and whether they were suitable to serve the purposes of Green Belt.

Summary

10.2.18 FPCR prepared a representation to the emerging plan which reviews the North Warwickshire Meaningful Gap Assessment (2015) and the Assessment of the Value of the Meaningful Gap and Potential Green Belt Alterations (2018). Having explored

234

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

the earlier reports, the FPCR representation considered that there were are a number of issues in respect of the conclusions reached on landscape matters. These being: fundamental flaws in the landscape assessment; the lack of any substantive technical; and no qualitative assessment. Turning to the Council’s more recent 2018 assessment, the FPCR representation concluded that there were a number of similar issues such as the absence of any extensive technical evidence to support the findings.

Tamworth Borough Council Local Plan 2006-2031 (Adopted 2016)

10.2.19 The site lies close to Tamworth Borough, and relevant polices within the Local Plan include the following:

 Policy ENV1: Landscape Character;

 Policy ENV5: Design of New Development;

 Policy HG2: Sustainable Urban Extension (relates to the former Tamworth golf course, allocated as a Sustainable Urban Extension for ‘at least 1,100 new houses and associated infrastructure’).

10.3 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 10.3.1 This chapter and the LVIA has been prepared based upon the Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment, third edition (GLVIA3), published by the Landscape Institute and the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment in 2013 as well as the FPCR Methodology and Assessment criteria for LVIA’s that is contained in Appendix 10.2. The full FPCR assessment methodology is included within the LVIA report at Appendix 10.1. The methodology uses slightly different threshold descriptions for sensitivity than outlined in the EIA Methodology (ES Chapter 1).

10.4 BASELINE CONDITIONS

Landscape Character

National Character

10.4.1 National Character Area (NCA) profiles have prepared by Natural England for the 159 NCAs defined across England. These NCA profiles include a description of the natural and cultural features that shape the landscape, how the landscape has changed over

235

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

time, the current key drivers for ongoing change, and a broad analysis of each area’s characteristics. Figures 10.2A-C illustrate the NCAs and other defined character areas within the context of the site.

10.4.2 At this very broad landscape scale, the site, lies within the extensive Natural England's National Character Area (NCA) 97: ‘Arden’ (see Figure 10.2A). Extracts from the profile of this NCA are included at Appendix 10.3.

10.4.3 This NCA covers a very extensive landscape area and the profile includes the following within the description:

“Arden comprises farmland and former wood-pasture lying to the south and east of Birmingham, including part of the West Midlands conurbation. Traditionally regarded as the land lying between the River Tame and the River Avon in Warwickshire, the Arden landscape also extends into north Worcestershire to abut the Severn and Avon Vales. To the north and northeast it drops down to the open landscape of the Mease/Sence Lowlands...This NCA has higher ground to the west, the Clent and Lickey Hills and to the east, the Nuneaton ridge”

10.4.4 Due to the location of the site, the landscape towards the eastern part of the surrounding context is covered by NCA 72: Mease/Sence Lowlands. The Key Characteristics and Statements of Environmental Opportunity for both NCA areas are identified in full within the LVIA (Appendix 10.1).

Warwickshire Landscape Guidelines (1993)

10.4.5 Landscape character assessment has been undertaken at county level through the Warwickshire Landscape Guidelines (1993). This was completed 25 years ago, such that changes within the landscape, for example, will have occurred. The report was also prepared within a different planning context. The county’s landscape is categorised into Seven Regional Character Areas which are then subdivided into Local Landscape Types.

10.4.6 The report identifies the key characteristics that help to define each Regional Character Area (RCA) and its Local Landscape Type (LLT).

10.4.7 The site, and the wider landscape to the east, falls within the extensive Arden Regional Character Area. This is described as follows:

“An historic region of former wood pasture and heath characterised by ancient woodlands, mature hedgerow oaks.”

236

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

10.4.8 The overall Management Strategy for Arden is:

“Conserve the historic, well-wooded character of the region”

10.4.9 It is interpreted that the site and much of the landscape to the east lies within the large Arden River Valleys Landscape Type (see Figure 10.2B); although it is considered that the site’s landscape has more in common within the characteristics of the adjacent Industrial Arden Landscape Type. The River Valleys Landscape Type is described as having ‘Overall character and qualities’ as follows:

“Narrow meandering river corridors with riverside trees and grazing meadows.”

10.4.10 The Management Strategy for Arden is to:

“Conserve the special character and continuity of river corridors.”

10.4.11 The full description with Characteristic Features and Landscape Guidelines for Arden is included within the LVIA at Appendix 10.1.

10.4.12 The site and this part of the Arden River Valleys Landscape Type is defined as an “Enhancement Zone”. Whilst there is no further explanation in the report on this, it is reasonable to assume that these landscape areas are ones that would benefit from the establishment of new landscape habitats to provide landscape enhancement.

10.4.13 The adjacent Industrial Arden Landscape Type covers land to the north and west of the site. This area is described as follows:

“A rather variable, often run-down urban fringe landscape characterised by mining settlements, spoil heaps and pockets of farmland”.

10.4.14 The overall Management Strategy for Industrial Arden is:

“Conserve the diversity and local distinctiveness of the landscape”

10.4.15 The full description with Characteristic Features and Landscape Guidelines for Industrial Arden is included within the LVIA at Appendix 10.1.

10.4.16 This part of the Arden Industrial Landscape Type is also defined as an “Enhancement Zone”.

North Warwickshire Landscape Character Assessment (2010)18 10.4.17 Landscape characterisation has been prepared at a local level and at a finer grain, through the North Warwickshire Landscape Character Assessment. The landscape

18 North Warwickshire Landscape Character Assessment & Landscape Capacity Study, North Warwickshire Borough Council, (2010)

237

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

is subdivided into thirteen Landscape Character Areas.

10.4.18 The vast majority of site lies within the Tamworth Fringe Uplands Character Area. The very north eastern edge of the site is located within the Anker Valley Character Area (Figure 10.2C). Extracts are included within Appendix 10.3 however the following provides a summary:

Tamworth Fringe Uplands

10.4.19 The “Landscape/Management Strategies” for the Tamworth Fringe Uplands are:

 Although a few pockets of the historic landscape structure remain, generally this landscape would benefit from reconstruction;

 Safeguard the setting of the villages of Freasley and Whateley any development here should reinforce the existing settlement pattern;

 Any settlement expansion should include delivery of a robust Green Infrastructure with appropriate landscape planting to integrate the settlement edge within the landscape and bring additional landscape enhancements;

 Should future mining activities occur they should be accompanied by a comprehensive landscape reclamation strategy to introduce a new landscape framework;

 New agricultural and industrial buildings should be sited, designed and landscaped to mitigate against further landscape impact from built development;

 Maintain a broad landscape corridor to both sides of the M42, introduction of small to medium sized blocks of woodland planting using locally occurring native species would be appropriate within this corridor;

 The design of any recreational facilities should seek to reintroduce landscape structure and features;

 Conserve remaining pastoral character and identify opportunities for conversion of arable back to pasture;

 Encourage development of wide and diverse field margins;

 Encourage retention of hedges and management practices that reinstate historic hedge lines using native locally occurring hedgerow species;

238

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Encourage planting of hedgerow oaks to increase the tree cover within the area;

 Encourage ecological management of remaining grassland areas; Maintain restoration planting / naturally re-vegetated spoil tips to integrate better as landscape features.

Anker Valley

10.4.20 The “Landscape/ Management Strategies” of the Anker Valley are described below:

 Conserve and restore the rural character of the agricultural landscape and the natural regeneration of the former workings around the mining towns;

 Any new development should reinforce the existing settlement pattern of small peripheral towns, retaining the rural character of scattered properties and farmsteads within the valley;

 Any settlement expansion should include appropriate landscape planting to integrate the settlement edge within the landscape and limit encroachment on the valley;

 New agricultural buildings should be sited, designed and landscaped to blend with the surrounding landscape;

 Conserve and restore areas of existing Parkland at Grendon Park and Caldecote Hall;

 Encourage only informal recreational activities appropriate to nature conservation within the valley;

 Avoid types of farm diversification that are inappropriate to the agricultural landscape;

 Encourage introduction and appropriate management of wide field margins along watercourses and boundaries;

 Conserve the historic field pattern, with priority given to restoring and strengthening primary hedge lines including those alongside roads;

 Manage hedgerows to enhance the field pattern by planting up gaps, allow hedges to grow by reducing cut rotation intervals to 3 yearly intervals for wildlife benefits;

 Promote management of small woods and game coverts, in places long

239

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

rotation coppicing may be appropriate;

 Enhance tree cover through small scale planting of broadleaved coverts and woods in keeping with the visually open character;

 Encourage natural regeneration of trees and vegetation alongside watercourses and promote small areas of wetland planting in areas currently lacking in habitats;

 Encourage ecological management of grassland areas and wetlands.

Warwickshire Historic Landscape Characterisation Project (2010)

10.4.21 Historic landscape characterisation has been undertaken that provide some time depth analysis of the landscape. The County’s landscape subdivided into twelve HLC Broad Types. The site and the wider study area is covered by “Fieldscapes” which is the predominant landscape type covering around 73% of the County. These are described as:

“Areas of land that are identified as being used for some form of agriculture. This will predominantly be enclosed land but includes previous medieval open fields.”

Staffordshire Planning For Landscape Change SPD (2000)

10.4.22 Landscape characterisation has been prepared across the neighbouring County through the Planning for Landscape Change document. The surrounding urban area of Tamworth and its fringes to the immediate west and to the south of the site are located within “Areas of Built Character”.

10.4.23 The landscape within the north western part of the study area, beyond the mainline railway, lies within the Lowland Village Farmlands Landscape Character Type. This area is covered by a “Landscape Enhancement” policy objective and is also referred to as a: “Landscape at risk of rapid loss of character and quality”. (Figure 10.2B)

Baseline Character & Visual Amenity

10.4.24 The baseline studies have been formulated through a review of landscape characterisation work together with field surveys of the site and the surrounding landscape. This has included an understanding of the area of the landscape which may be affected (by the Proposed Development) and the area in which the Proposed Development may be visible.

240

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Local Landscape Character Site And Immediate Context

10.4.25 A full description of the site is included within Appendix 10.1. See Figures 10.3 and 10.4 for designations and landform.

10.4.26 The site is located between the residential edge of Tamworth, which is currently under development, and the M42 motorway and comprises of arable and semi-improved grassland fields of medium to large size, a karting centre and a farmstead. The Daytona Karting Centre is located towards the south western part of the site, and Woodhouse Farm is located north of this. Robey’s Lane runs through the site and links to the B5000 which follows the southern boundary. The fields are largely devoid of any significant vegetation, except for a small number of individual trees. The remaining fields are generally bound by hedgerows (of varying quality) with some large hedgerow trees. The majority of the western part of the site consists of one large field, formed by the gradual loss of hedgerows over time though agricultural practices. Vegetation lies along the southern edge of the site, along the B5000 and along the M42 corridor, where the motorway goes into a cutting. A small area of woodland is located on the southern boundary, associated with the entrance to the Daytona Karting centre and a tree belt follows a water course along the western boundary. To the south is the B5000 Tamworth Road and the modern residential area of Stoneydelph (Tamworth) which is characterised by late 20th century housing.

10.4.27 The M42 lies adjacent to the site to the east and forms a prominent urbanising element within the context of the site and the local landscape. As it passes the site, the motorway is at grade and visible from Robey’s Lane. As it heads south it goes into a cutting with mature trees covering the embankment.

10.4.28 The proposed alignment of the High Speed Rail Route (HS2) is located due east of the M42 running parallel to the motorway. This would form an additional urban element within this landscape when it comes forward.

10.4.29 Beyond the M42 to the east lies the Grade II* Listed Pooley Hall, the Coventry Canal and the river Anker, as well as the settlement of Polesworth which lies approximately 0.4km from the site at its closest point. The settlements of St Helena and Dordon lie to the south east of Polesworth.

10.4.30 Beyond the site boundary to the north west, lies further arable fields which extend to the edge of Alvecote Wood and Pooley Country Park. Also to the north is the Coventry Canal which includes a towpath on its northern bank and is accessed from the Country Park. The Canal runs through Polesworth and Tamworth and includes

241

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

a marina at Alvecote Marina to the north of the site. Nearby, to the north of Alvecote Wood, and contained by the woodland, is the Scheduled Monument of Alvecote Priory and Dovecote.

10.4.31 The wooded and rising landform of Pooley Country Park, which has been created as part of the former Pooley Hall Colliery, covers some 62.5 ha of the landscape to the north. Around a third of which is designated as a SSSI. The park which lies to the north of the Canal is a restored landscape of woodland and grassland habitats and provides an extensive area of accessible green space for the wider community. The former spoil heap which is the centre piece of the park includes a distinctive 40ft high sculpture in the form of a ‘golden’ column.

10.4.32 To the north of the Country Park and the West Coast Railway Line is the large Alvecote Pools SSSI and Nature Reserve. The villages of Alvecote and Shuttington lie further to the north.

10.4.33 The western part of the site (west of Robey’s Lane) features tall electricity pylons and a narrow watercourse which defines the western site boundary and the boundary between Warwickshire and Staffordshire. Immediately to the west is the former Tamworth Golf Course which is currently under construction for a mixed used development to include 1,100 dwellings. The wider urban area of Tamworth lies beyond, which includes the modern residential area of Amington and Amington Industrial Estate.

10.4.34 Robey’s Lane runs through the site, however there is no direct public access into the site. A public footpath is shown on OS mapping which leads through the karting centre and links to the adjacent development area, however, this route is not shown on the Warwickshire County Council definitive rights of way map and, through the fieldwork, is not currently signposted or evident on the ground.

10.4.35 In general, there are few rights of way within the immediate vicinity of the site. To the south of the B5000 (Tamworth Road) a public footpath follows the M42 before connecting into the residential area of Stoneydelph. A further route leads north off the B5000 and links around the western boundary of the golf course development site.

10.4.36 Within the wider local landscape, a public footpath leads through Pooley Country Park together with other surfaced paths, whilst the towpath along the Coventry Canal connects with a further footpath that leads into Polesworth, passing Pooley Hall. At a greater distance, more numerous routes are associated with Shuttington village to

242

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

the north.

Site Features

10.4.37 The site is largely in agricultural use and comprises around five medium to large scale arable fields, and extends into part of an additional two fields, which are all rather intensively farmed. This is comparable to much of the immediate landscape around the site to the south and east. The Daytona Karting Centre occupies an area towards the south west of the site and features a tall shed building and an open track surrounded by earth bunds. Priory Farm is a large residential property located adjacent to the Karting Centre but is outside of the application site. Woodhouse Farm is located north of these developments, within the western part of the site. These buildings are surrounded by mature trees and feature a line of trees following the accesses to the property. A line of tall pylons and overhead cables runs north to south, crossing the western part of the site.

10.4.38 The fields are largely bound by hedgerows which vary in their condition. The hedgerows along Robey’s Lane feature large gaps along the roadside. Within the western part of the site, a small group of four trees forms a local feature, located on a high point within the centre of the large, western field parcel. A small block of woodland is located to the south of Priory Farm and a tree belt follows a water course along the western boundary which also features areas of wet marsh.

10.4.39 The site’s field pattern is largely defined by low-cropped and rather fragmented hedgerows although fields to the west are also formed by trees along the access to properties or are undefined. Additional tree cover is located to the south of the site within, and alongside the B5000 and adjacent to the site along the M42.

10.4.40 As well as the small watercourse which runs along most of the length of the western boundary, leading to the Alvecote Meadows Nature reserve in the north, three ponds are located across the site, however these do not form prominent features in the landscape. The landform is typical of the local area and is undulating in character, with a small rise within the western part of the site. There are no useable designated rights of way through the site and the site itself contains no significant or unusual landscape features. The overall character is of a managed agricultural landscape. The site’s fabric is degraded to some degree by fragmented hedgerows along Robey’s Lane, and is influenced by the presence of the Daytona Karting Centre and the overhead cables and pylons running through. Additionally, the site’s landscape character, particularly east of Robey’s Lane, is heavily influenced by the urbanising

243

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

effects of the adjacent M42 which runs through the local landscape.

Site – Landform

10.4.41 The landform of the site is gently undulating. Higher levels are located towards the south west of the site, with the Daytona Karting centre and adjacent Priory Farm located at around 110m AOD. The landform then falls to a central low point of around 85m AOD, near to Woodhouse Farm. A small rise is located within the northern extent of the site with the highest level reaching around 100m AOD. The landform slopes evenly from this high point to the north, east and west, with the lower levels of the river valley extending beyond, to the north.

Landscape Value

10.4.42 Landscape value can apply to a landscape as a whole, or to the individual elements, features, and aesthetic or perceptual dimensions which contribute to the character of the landscape. In terms of ‘landscape value’ it is appropriate to examine the role of the site and its immediate context in terms of the range of local factors set out in the GLVIA3 (Box 5.1, page 84), and summarised in the methodology. The following summary considers the landscape in terms of a range of factors including Landscape Designations; Landscape Quality (Condition); Scenic Quality; Rarity and Representativeness; Conservation Interest; Recreational Value; Perceptual Aspects and Associations which are explored in the LVIA.

10.4.43 Whilst there are individual elements of landscape value within the surrounding landscape (e.g. Alvecote Wood) it is assessed that the site’s landscape is not one that is particularly distinctive in landscape terms, being neither memorable nor especially noteworthy. In conclusion, the site and the local landscape context, it is not assessed as being a landscape of high value, nor is it interpreted to be a “valued landscape” in the context of the NPPF. The site is not subject to any landscape designation, contains no significant or rare landscape features and displays no marked sense of scenic quality. It is not particularly tranquil, performs no public recreational function, and has no known cultural associations. It has some local value as is often the case for any farmland/green fields on the edge of a settlement. Having examined the above factors that are considered to influence value, it is judged that the site and the immediate landscape is of medium landscape value.

244

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Visual Baseline

10.4.44 The baseline visual study includes an understanding of the area in which the site (and the Proposed Development) may be visible, the groups of people who may experience views, the viewpoints where they may be affected and the nature of these views. The availability of views of the site for visual receptors has been undertaken in parallel with the baseline landscape study. This has determined those visual receptors within the landscape that have views of the site, taking into account the combination of landform, vegetation and built form that may restrict or prevent actual visibility across the landscape.

10.4.45 The Scoping Opinions19, received from North Warwickshire Borough Council, did not identify any viewpoints or request further discussion on the breadth of views or visual receptors to be selected. The visual assessment has explored the nature of the existing visual amenity of the area and sought to establish the approximate visibility of the site. A series of photo viewpoints for visual receptors have been selected which support this analysis.

10.4.46 Photographs have been taken to illustrate a view from a specific vantage point, or to demonstrate a representative view for receptors. The photographs demonstrate varying degrees of visibility and include both short and long range views. The photographs were taken on the 8th November 2016 and 06th April 2017 with additional photographs from the M42 taken on the 26th January 2017. The majority of the photographs were taken in the winter months to demonstrate a ‘worst case’ scenario when there is normally a greater degree of visibility across the landscape. Seasonal differences have, however, been taken into account when determining the visual effects on these receptors. Figure 10.5 details the location of the Photo Viewpoints and Figure 10.6-10.21 illustrates the photo viewpoints. These are described in full within the LVIA at Appendix 10.1.

Summary of Visual Baseline

10.4.47 The baseline analysis results in a number of reasoned conclusions which are summarised below:-

19 North Warwickshire Borough Council; Land to the North of the B5000, Tamworth Road and east of Robey's Lane, Alvecote; Scoping Opinion; (13th July 2016); Residential Development on Land to the west of Robey’s Lane, Alvecote, North Warwickshire; (18th September 2017); Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2017 Scoping Opinion, Land to the East of the Former Tamworth Golf Course (15th March 2018).

245

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 The site has a comparatively limited visual envelope with visibility of the site from the wider landscape restricted by landform (including Pooley Country Park), the existing built up area of Tamworth, overlapping hedgerows and mature trees, and areas of woodland (including Alvecote Wood and within Pooley Country Park).

 Visibility of the site for residential receptors to the south at Stoneydelph (Tamworth) is restricted by the belt of trees along Tamworth Road and the site’s falling landform, which slopes away from the road, although some limited views are possible of the southernmost site area which includes the access proposals.

 To the west, visibility is limited by existing vegetation along the western boundary, landform and mainly by the residential development currently under construction on the former golf course site.

 Woodland at Alvecote Wood prevents some views into the eastern part of the site for users of Robey’s Lane on the northern section of the route, when travelling south, with a combination of landform, development and vegetation also limiting views further to the north. Some glimpses of the site are possible from locations at Alvecote, but these are limited and restricted to the highest part of the site only which are generally filtered by trees.

 Some views are possible on the western edge of Polesworth along certain parts of Pooley Lane with views looking west including moving traffic on the M42, that tends to draw the eye. For the most part there is no significant intervisibility between the site and Polesworth.

 Views of the site for users of the Coventry Canal, both along the towpath and for waterway users, are largely restricted by mature tree cover and landform with only glimpsed views towards the site possible in some restricted locations where tree cover is less dense.

 Some opportunities for longer views are possible from the north and north east, associated with rising landform around the southern edge of Shuttington village and extending to the east along Linden Lane, although these are distant and mostly transient for road users. Intervening woodland such as within Pooley Country Park, for example, generally obscures and filters views.

 Some views are possible from higher ground on the hill in Pooley Country Park

246

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

although the site is viewed at a distance and views include built elements of Tamworth and urban features such as the railway corridor and M42.

 Visual receptors that have more open views of the site are largely limited to those located within the site, such as residents of Priory Farm and users of Robey’s Lane. Other receptors that are located in close proximity have views of the site and this includes some residents within properties to the south of Tamworth Road, although mature vegetation restricts views into the main part of the site, and road users on the B5000. Receptors on the M42 experience open close range views as they head south, more or less, in the vicinity of Pooley Country Park and the B5000 Tamworth Road bridge. These are of low sensitivity.

10.5 PREDICTED EFFECTS Construction and Operation

10.5.1 Potential impacts and consequential effects arising from the proposed development with respect to landscape and visual resources have been identified as part of the iterative design process of the EIA.

10.5.2 Mitigation measures for the proposed development have been incorporated and ‘built into’ the scheme through primary mitigation measures, which has formed the basis of this EIA and, therefore, the resultant analysis is presented in Section 10.7 (Residual Effects) of this chapter.

10.5.3 Without the cohesive design approach and resulting mitigation, the following potential adverse effects in relation to landscape and visual resources could include:

Landscape Effects

10.5.4 Marked adverse effects at the construction stage could result without appropriate secondary mitigation in the form of a Construction & Environmental Management Plan (CEMP).

10.5.5 Long term adverse landscape effects on landscape character could be caused by the removal of existing landscape features of value (such as the mature trees and hedgerows around the site boundaries, woodland blocks and the loss of existing water features) and the absence of any compensatory or enhancement measures as part of the masterplanning process and green infrastructure strategies.

247

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

10.5.6 A residential development with no primary or secondary mitigation incorporated could result in long term Major/Moderate Adverse effects.

Visual Effects

10.5.7 Marked long term adverse visual effects on visual receptors that have views of the site could result through inappropriate design (such as mass, scale and height) and a lack of mitigation strategies such as green infrastructure mechanisms that include the retention of existing planting that helps to visually contain the site (i.e. vegetation along the southern and western boundary) and new planting initiatives to filter and ‘soften’ views of the built form that would assimilate the development into the landscape. Whilst effects would be different for different receptors, without an appropriate design and mitigation response some localised receptors could experience long-term Major Adverse effects.

10.6. MITIGATION MEASURES 10.6.1. The development proposals are fully described in the Description of Development chapter of the ES and Design and Access Statement. The existing landscape resource and the visual receptors and amenity of the site have been considered by the planning and design process and have informed the resultant scheme. This approach has entailed collaboration between landscape, urban design, ecology and other professionals. The landscape components of the scheme (both existing and new elements) are an important and integral part of the proposals. 10.6.2. The integration of the proposed built form within the site is based upon the sensitive siting of new buildings with regard to scale, form and height, and using external materials, colours and details that embrace local character, so that the new housing is related to its context. This is explained further within the Design & Access Statement. Imbedded within the Parameters Plan is the introduction of a substantial and extensive green infrastructure (GI) framework of accessible greenspace and habitat creation covering some 50ha. This is based upon conservation and enhancement. This includes a perimeter structure of open greenspaces which incorporate structural elements such as new broadleaved woodland, trees and hedgerows that would help to contain the development and ‘soften’ the built form, internal green corridors through the development to ‘break up’ and the built form and to create multifunctional greenspace for biodiversity and recreation.

248

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Construction

10.6.3. All construction works will be carried out in accordance with best practice procedures to include BS 5837, to minimise any adverse impact on landscape character, and to minimise, as far as practicable, adverse impacts on visual amenity during the construction phase. Appropriate methods will be adopted to protect retained trees and vegetation during the construction phases. 10.6.4. The development will be phased with individual development parcels coming forward with associated strategic GI which will provide continual mitigation as the development progresses. Phase B includes substantial planting along Robey’s Lane and the northern site boundary, which will provide mitigation and established tree cover in advance of future phases being developed to the west of Robey’s Lane. 10.6.5. Site hoarding will be used where appropriate to screen construction activities and the location of site huts and plant will be considered with regard to locally sensitive visual receptors. 10.6.6. Further environmental protection will be established through the production of a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) which is envisaged will be secured via a planning condition and will be agreed with the LPA. This is secondary mitigation measure.

Operation (Following Completion)

Landscape Design and GI Objectives

10.6.7. The GI framework embraces the guidance contained within the North Warwickshire Landscape Character Assessment and the landscape strategies of the ‘Tamworth Fringe Uplands’ and ‘Anker Valley’ LCA’s which are reasoned to be relevant to the site. These include the following for the Tamworth Fringe Uplands LCA:

 “Any settlement expansion should include delivery of a robust Green Infrastructure with appropriate landscape planting to integrate the settlement edge within the landscape and bring additional landscape enhancements;

 Maintain a broad landscape corridor to both sides of the M42, introduction of small to medium sized blocks of woodland planting using locally occurring native species would be appropriate within this corridor.”

249

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

10.6.8. The proposal comprises some 50 hectares of GI (public open space, woodland, grassland SuDs, sports play and habitat related proposals), representing approximately 52% of the total site area. The GI Framework includes the conservation of the site’s landscape fabric in terms of the protection of existing landscape features. This will provide an immediate and mature landscape structure for the Proposed Development. It also includes the creation of a variety of new landscape habitats, such as broadleaved woodland blocks, species rich hedgerows, grassland meadows and wetland habitats as part of comprehensive and multifunctional landscape. 10.6.9. The GI proposals will establish an attractive and cohesive setting to the new residential development, which will provide community and ecological benefits as well as helping the development to assimilate into its existing landscape context, enhancing local landscape features and ‘softening’ views of the built form for surrounding visual receptors. 10.6.10. The detailed design of the GI will include the selection of species chosen to maximise biodiversity and to reflect those that are common to the local landscape. Consideration will be given to the relationship with existing features such as Alvecote Wood, vegetation along the western boundary watercourse and Robey’s Lane, for example. The GI would be developed and finalised during the detailed stages of the application with the LPA as part of Reserved Matters Applications. 10.6.11. The following landscape principles have been adopted in order to minimise impacts through primary measures such as the masterplanning approach and the implementation of a GI framework. These are: i) To accord with the aspirations for good design and green infrastructure (GI) contained within the NPPF; ii) To seek to embrace the landscape management guidelines of the Tamworth Fringe Uplands and Anker Valley landscape character areas, and the Development Plan polices to include Core Strategy Policies NW13 Natural Environment and NW16 Green Infrastructure; iii) To ensure that with development in place, the Meaningful Gap designation continues to function in that “separate identities of Polesworth and Dordon and Tamworth are respected”, and that the development maintains a “meaningful gap between them”. iv) To establish a multifunctional green infrastructure framework which is in

250

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

accordance with Natural England guidelines20 and one that provides, through its design and management regimes, the conservation of on-site habitats, biodiversity enhancements through habitat creation, and improved recreational benefits. This will accord with Core Strategy Policy NE13 which states “The quality, character, diversity and local distinctiveness of the natural environment will be protected and enhanced”; v) To conserve, strengthen and enhance the site’s hedgerows, woodland blocks and mature trees (to include all Grade ‘A’ ‘high quality trees) with the planting of new broadleaved woodland, trees and hedgerows that are based upon locally occurring species. These would be set within a broad structure of natural greenspace, which, combined with existing woodland and trees within the wider landscape, will ‘soften’ and assimilate the built form within the landscape;

vi) To minimise impacts on landscape and visual receptors. This addresses, amongst other things:

a) the careful location of built development in relation to the site’s existing landscape components and the wider surrounding countryside. This includes a sensitive and well-designed relationship with Alvecote Wood, whereby built development is set back some distance from the wood behind an intervening and large area of new broadleaved woodland and habitat creation. This extends along the eastern boundary. Ultimately, in the longer term, this would provide additional woodland cover around Alvecote Wood and along the M42 corridor, delivering a significant net gain;

b) limiting the extent of built development on the higher levels within the northern part of the site, to maintain the local feature of the small rise with individual trees as a feature green space;

c) conserving the hedgerows and mature trees along Robey’s Lane and providing additional habitats along this corridor to create a ‘green lane’ through the development, to be used as a traffic free pedestrian/cycleway along the majority of the route;

d) conserving, as far as practicable, as much of the woodland vegetation along the southern edge of the site and adjacent to Priory Farm. Where

20 Green Infrastructure Guidance, Natural England, (2009)

251

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

there are losses, such as to facilitate the access proposals from the B5000, the GI framework will provides compensatory tree planting;

e) the introduction of new landscape components throughout the development with extensive open areas to include woodland, trees, shrubs, hedgerows, grassland habitats and drainage features. This will provide long term environmental enhancement, whilst tree planting will assist in ‘softening’ and filtering views of the buildings, roads and car parking;

f) to deliver a range of new habitats to maximise on-site biodiversity. To include, for example, the planting of broadleaved woodland and species rich hedgerows that can all be based upon locally occurring species;

g) to provide areas of open space for formal recreation with play areas, allotments, community orchard and sports pitches, as well as informal recreation areas that are easily accessible to the new community. This includes the provision of a substantial area of sports land to the east of the site and a substantial green edge along the western boundary, adjacent to the current former golf course development.

h) to provide walking and cycling movement around the development with much of Robey’s Lane being converted to a traffic free pedestrian and cycle route. Walking and cycling routes will provide additional connections onto Robey’s Lane, the B5000 Tamworth Road and into the neighbouring development, which will provide access into Tamworth and the wider landscape to the north;

i) to provide amenity and species rich grassland that can be designed and managed to deliver recreational and biodiversity benefits;

j) to ensure that all areas of accessible greenspace are functional, safe and attractive to use, being overlooked by new housing and easily accessible by the community;

k) to ‘green’ the residential layout at the reserved matters stage with the use of ‘pocket parks’, street trees and gardens that allow opportunities for native hedgerows and garden trees. This includes the planting of street trees to create avenues along the primary streets that will help to ‘break up’ the view of the built form on the site’s north facing slopes;

252

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

l) adopting a select palette of materials and recessive colours that would assist in assimilating buildings within this landscape context;

m) to ensure there is an appropriate mechanism in place that covers the long- term maintenance and management of the landscape framework. This would be dealt with through a Landscape & Ecological Management Plan (LEMP).

10.6 RESIDUAL EFFECTS 10.6.1 The following section outlines the likely landscape and visual effects that would arise from the proposed development on landscape and visual receptors. Schedules detailing these likely landscape and visual effects for the receptors are included in Appendices 10.4 and 10.5 respectively and this considers effects during the construction phase, on completion of the development, and in the longer term, 15 years after completion.

Landscape Effects

Introduction

10.6.2 The assessment process takes into account the susceptibility to change, landscape value and the magnitude of change on landscape receptors as described in detail within the full LVIA at Appendix 10.1.

Construction

10.6.3 As a result of the overall scale of the NCA and the Regional Character Area, the landscape effects on these receptors would be extremely limited in extent and are assessed as being Negligible.

10.6.4 The more marked effects during the construction phase would be limited to direct effects upon a relatively small part of the Arden River Valleys LLT and the Tamworth Fringe Uplands and Anker Valley LCA’s. For these receptors effects are assessed as being Moderate Adverse for the Arden River Valleys LLT and Tamworth Fringe Uplands LCA and Minor Adverse for the Anker Valley LCA which covers a small part of the site. These effects would be localised and much of the wider Arden River Valleys, Tamworth Fringe Uplands and Anker Valley landscapes would not be directly impacted. Furthermore, change within these receptors would occur within the context of the settlement edge, the M42 and a local landscape that already has planning

253

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

consent for built uses.

10.6.5 A phased approach of the overall development ensures that one area will be complete (including the provision of mitigating structural planting) before another area is progressed. For each phase, the location and design of temporary site compounds, lighting, signage and perimeter screen fencing, combined with effective project management (as outlined within the CEMP) would seek to ensure that the potential landscape effects are minimised during the construction phase.

10.6.6 In order to provide appropriate mitigation during the construction phase, all construction works would be carried out in accordance with best practice procedures to minimise adverse impact on landscape character. A Construction & Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) will be prepared and this will be in place to ensure good working practices in line with appropriate standards.

10.6.7 The extent of vegetation to be removed to allow for the new access arrangements represents a comparatively small proportion and quantity, with much of the existing vegetation retained and protected. Mitigation measures would be in place to provide compensatory habitats within the site as part of the GI framework.

10.6.8 Retained trees and hedgerows will be protected by measures in accordance with BS 5837 (Trees in relation to construction). These would be implemented prior to the commencement of construction work within the vicinity of the specific areas of planting. The removal of any vegetation would be undertaken outside the bird nesting season (or if unavoidable, would be inspected prior to removal by a suitably qualified ecologist and only removed following confirmation that there are no nesting birds present).

10.6.9 Overall residual landscape effects resulting from the construction phase of works will be localised and limited in extent. The landscape effects are assessed as being temporary in nature, although there will inevitably be some disruption to the site landscape and its immediate surroundings.

10.6.10 Overall and relative to the local landscape character and resources, it is judged that there would be a Major Adverse landscape effect on the site and immediate context during the construction phase, which is assessed as being a ‘significant effect’.

10.6.11 In summary, none of the construction effects on these landscape receptors would be permanent. Whilst there would be a level of harm and degrees of significance, more markedly on the site, these effects would be over a relatively short term and would be localised in their extent to the site and the immediate area.

254

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Operation (Following Completion)

10.6.12 The following provides a summary of the landscape effects assessment included at Appendix 10.4.

10.6.13 The impacts of the Proposed Development on the landscape and the consequential landscape effects have been assessed. The site is considered to be capable of accommodating change as presented by the Parameters Plan. It is considered that the consequential landscape effects as a result of the Proposed Development would not result in any unacceptable long term harm to landscape character

National Character Area

10.6.14 The site is located within the northern part of NCA 97 ‘Arden’ which covers an extensive area of the landscape. The site occupies a very small part of the extensive NCA and, as a consequence of the overall scale of the NCA, landscape effects would be limited in extent and are considered to be Negligible on completion and at Year 15.

Warwickshire Landscape Guidelines (1993)

10.6.15 The site forms a very small part of the ‘Arden’ RCA, however, the LLT of Arden River Valleys within which the site is located is much more localised. This LLT is surrounded to the north and west by the Industrial Arden LLT which is a changing landscape that has altered since the descriptions were established and it is considered that the site shares more commonality with this adjacent Industrial Arden LLT.

10.6.16 Landscape effects on this LLT are considered to be Moderate/Minor Adverse on completion reducing to Minor Adverse at Year 15, as a result of a maturing GI framework as the development matures and assimilates into the local landscape context. Much of this LLT will not be impacted.

North Warwickshire Landscape Character Assessment (2010)

10.6.17 At the district level, the site is mostly located within the ‘Tamworth Fringe Uplands’ LCA described as ‘a fragmented landscape with a complex mix of agricultural, industrial and urban fringe land uses’. The site reflects the description of the LCA which includes reference to ‘open arable land with little tree cover’ and is influenced by adjacent settlement edges and the M42 motorway. The proposed extensive GI which includes woodland planting and hedgerow enhancements with

255

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

additional habitats responds to the management strategies which state that any settlement expansion would include ‘delivery of a robust Green Infrastructure with appropriate landscape planting’. The woodland planting will extend south east to the M42 corridor which responds to the strategy to ‘maintain a broad landscape corridor to …the M42’.

10.6.18 Landscape effects on this LCA are considered to be Minor Adverse on completion reducing to Minor Adverse/Negligible at Year 15 as a result of the containment to the wider area achieved by the existing mature vegetation along the B5000 and the overall GI benefits provided by the proposals that provide additional landscape habitats.

10.6.19 The north eastern part of the site is located within the Anker Valley LCA and has a falling landform which contributes to the valley which extends north towards the river Anker. The management strategies for this LCA include reference to ‘appropriate landscape planting to integrate the settlement edge within the landscape’ which will be created by the proposed extensive perimeter woodland planting located along the northern and western boundaries of the site. Hedgerows within the site will also be strengthened in accordance with further strategies.

10.6.20 The landscape effects on this LCA are considered to be Minor Adverse–Negligible at completion and Negligible at Year 15 as the benefits of the wider GI proposals will outweigh the initial adverse effects of the proposed built development. Much of the Anker Valley LCA and indeed the Tamworth Fringe Uplands LCA will not be directly affected.

Site and Immediate Context

10.6.21 The site is located within a local context of gently undulating arable farmland located adjacent to the settlement edge of Tamworth. The site has urban influences from the adjacent settlement edge, existing pockets of development, the adjacent M42 corridor and features such as electricity pylons and telephone masts which create vertical features within the landscape, but is also located adjacent to woodland habitats to the north such as Alvecote Wood and Pooley Country Park.

10.6.22 The site is considered to be of a medium susceptibility to change due to the current changing nature of the landscape, and of a medium landscape value due to the urban influences and the changing context of the surrounding area.

10.6.23 It is judged that on completion of the Proposed Development the impact on site would

256

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

result in a Moderate Adverse landscape effect. Whilst there would be a level of harm and effect, these effects are not considered to be ‘significant’ effects as the site does not have a pronounced sense of scenic quality or tranquillity, contains no rare landscape features, is not subject to any conservation or cultural association and is strongly influenced by the M42, adjacent development and the local road network. Additionally, these effects would be localised in extent, within a landscape that is tolerant of change and one that lies within the context of existing built elements (to include new development being built to the west) and main highway routes.

10.6.24 In the longer term, the GI framework would deliver a mature series of habitats covering around 50 hectares of the site. As a consequence, it is judged that the Proposed Development would be providing a number of environmental and landscape benefits. It is reasoned that the level of effects on local landscape character would reduce in the longer term, such that residual landscape effects on the site and the immediate area would lessen to Moderate-Minor Adverse. Given the conclusions on the site’s susceptibility to change and its landscape value, neither of which are concluded as being high, it is considered that the site’s landscape could accommodate the Proposed Development without resulting in any unacceptable long-term harm on landscape character.

Visual Effects

Construction

10.6.25 All construction works will be carried out in accordance with best practice procedures to protect and to minimise, as far as practicable, adverse effects on visual amenity though the mechanisms of a Construction & Environment Management Plan.

10.6.26 During the construction phase, adverse effects upon the local visual resource that have views of the site will occur, however, the magnitude will depend on the actual extent of visibility of the site for the receptor. Inevitably, those visual receptors within the site such as users of Robey’s Lane and residents of Priory Farm and those in closest proximity to the site for example, residents and employees at Alvecote Stud and road uses along the M42, and the B5000 will experience views of construction activity to include vehicles and associated machinery, site compounds, and earthworks/ground modelling. Some residential receptors on the edge of Stoneydelph (Tamworth) along the B5000 will have views of the construction activities associated with the new access roundabout.

10.6.27 It is assessed that the overall visual effects during the construction phase would be

257

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

over a comparatively short duration with the development split into individual phases and consequently, effects would be temporary. Sensitive receptors are limited to residents of Priory Farm within the site and residents at Alvecote Stud adjacent to the site boundary, while other receptors that have more open views of the site (and consequently development upon it) such as receptors on Robey’s Lane are generally of lower sensitivity being road users.

10.6.28 Construction effects for those receptors within the Site are considered to be mostly Moderate/Minor Adverse with only Major Adverse effects for residents of Priory Farm and Alvecote Stud who have close range views across the site and users of Robey’s Lane who have close range views when passing through the site. These effects are considered to be significant, although will be for a short term only. For less sensitive receptors and those at a distance from the Site, effects are considered to be no greater than Minor Adverse. None of these effects would be permanent.

Operation

10.6.29 The following provides a summary of the visual effects assessment included at Appendix 10.5.

Residential Properties and Settlement

10.6.30 There are comparatively few residential visual receptors that have clear views of the site. Those properties that are located along the B5000 Tamworth Road/Glascote Road, that are in close proximity, have views of the site’s southern tree belt (and the location of the proposed new roundabout), although generally much of the site is obscured and effectively contained by mature trees and vegetation along the road.

10.6.31 The proposed site access will be created opposite to the junction with Chiltern Road which would open up some of the southern site boundary and views into the site, however, existing properties are set back from the road and visibility of the new development will be reduced to some degree by existing residential boundary treatments and tree planting along the southern side of the road. Given their location, some views of the development’s new housing would be possible with greater visibility from upper floor windows with views, certainly at ground level, heavily filtered and ‘softened’ by the existing mature trees. Clear views would be gained of the proposed entrance roundabout, observed within the context of the highway. Visual effects for these residents are considered to be Moderate/Minor Adverse on completion reducing to Minor Adverse once the proposed additional planting along

258

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

the southern boundary matures within the site. Furthermore, these effects would be confined to a relatively limited number of residential properties (receptors).

10.6.32 Priory Farm is located within the southern part of the site, adjacent to the Daytona Karting centre, but is outside of the site boundary. The property is surrounded by mature trees although some partial views are likely from upper floors over the western part of the Proposed Development, especially during winter months. The proposed development will be set back from the property boundary with a buffer of around 10m of woodland planting. The karting centre will be demolished and views will alter to those of new houses, which are likely to be visible on completion, although will become softened as the proposed planting matures. Visual effects are considered to be Moderate Adverse on completion, although as the planting matures, these will reduce to Minor Adverse.

10.6.33 Existing residential development to the north west of the site at Carnoustie and Turnberry, have very limited views to the site, possibly from upper floors and viewed through existing trees. These properties are adjacent to the current golf course development, although some glimpses of the Proposed Development may be possible. To the east along the B5000 a number of properties are located along the former route of Tamworth Road. These properties are largely enclosed by mature trees but some glimpses of rooftops of the new development may be possible in winter months. Visual effects for these residents are judged as Negligible on completion and Negligible-None at maturity as views would be glimpses only and would be further screened by additional boundary vegetation.

10.6.34 The golf course development is currently underway, and it is likely that properties close to the eastern boundary of the development will have views of the Proposed Development, primarily form first floor level. Views would be heavily filtered by the retained boundary vegetation and would further soften as the extensive GI proposed along the western site boundary matures. Visual effects for these residents are judged as Minor Adverse at completion, reducing to Negligible as the GI Matures.

10.6.35 Alvecote Stud has a residential property on the complex and is located to the north of Alvecote Wood which screens views to the south. Some views of new development will be possible across the western part of the site, above the roadside hedgerow. Additional roadside planting during Phase B will provide some extra filtering for Phase C and D, although development will still be visible, set back from the road. Visual effects are considered to be Major-Moderate Adverse on completion, which are judged as significant, but the effects will reduce to Moderate

259

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Adverse at maturity. Effects are limited to a single residential receptor

10.6.36 Further to the north, a short run of terraced cottages at Alvecote face the site. Views include the railway corridor however the raised part of the site within the northern part can be glimpsed through the trees along the railway. Rooftops of buildings around the small rise are likely to be glimpsed through the trees on completion, but advanced planting during Phase B will provide some additional filtering. Visual effects are judged to be Minor Adverse, reducing to Negligible once the planting matures.

10.6.37 Pooley Hall is a Grade II* listed building some 0.5km to the east of the site, beyond the M42 corridor. The hall is located on falling ground and is surrounded by mature trees which limit views of the site and the landscape to the west.

10.6.38 Further from the site boundary, a small number of properties on the edge of Polesworth village have views across the M42 corridor towards the site. Partial views of the new development are likely but only of the south eastern area. Buildings will be visible but will be set beyond the GI proposals.

10.6.39 At a greater distance, residential properties on the southern edge of Shuttington village are likely to have some views towards the site, albeit these are around 1.2km away. Where visible, the Proposed Development site will be seen as a minor component of the much wider views which includes built elements that area already apparent (such as existing dwellings on Alvecote Lane), in addition to the railway line, the M42 and blocks of mature woodland.

10.6.40 Visual effects for these receptors are judged as Minor Adverse on completion, reducing to Negligible as the development and GI matures.

Public Rights of Way (Prow) and Other Footpaths

10.6.41 No useable public rights of way lead through the site although there are a number of footpaths within the surrounding landscape. Footpath ref Tamworth 95 skirts the perimeter of the former Tamworth golf course adjacent to an industrial estate to the west of the site. This immediate landscape is currently being developed and the overall experience for these receptors will ultimately include close range views of built elements. However, at the current time, views towards the site are largely restricted by landform and mature vegetation (including bunding) around the karting centre. On completion, some glimpsed views of rooftops may just be possible, although these will be obscured by the intervening golf course development and associated planting.

10.6.42 To the south, footpath ref AE17 leads south then parallel to Tamworth Road but is

260

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

located at a lower level such that views towards the Proposed Development would be restricted. Only a glimpsed view will be possible at the junction with Tamworth Road. Intervening mature trees along both sides of the Tamworth Road and by the dwellings along the layby to the south of the road provide a further layer of containment.

10.6.43 An unreferenced footpath leads west alongside the karting centre, off Robey’s Lane. The route is not on the definitive map and not evident on the ground. It is proposed that part of the route will be retained adjacent to Priory Farm and the woodland block, but then will be rerouted through a green corridor to link to the wider network through the development. Views of the new development will be possible but will be seen amongst the substantial GI.

10.6.44 Visual effects for these receptors are judged as Negligible on completion and Negligible-None at maturity.

10.6.45 Public footpath ref Tamworth 169 runs along the southern site boundary. On completion, new dwellings will be visible close to the southern site boundary, however these will be ‘softened’ by tree planting and these views will be transient. Once the proposed boundary planting has matured tree cover will ‘soften’ views of the built forms. Visual effects are considered to be Moderate-Minor Adverse on completion as views will be permanently shortened but this will reduce to Minor Adverse once the GI has established.

10.6.46 Public footpath ref AE17 leads north from Tamworth Road in Polesworth and joins Pooley Lane at Pooley Hall. Views of the Proposed Development would be gained when heading north once past Pooley Hall. These would be observed within the context of traffic moving along the M42, which tends to draw the eye. Views would be filtered and, in places, obscured by the existing roadside hedgerow, whilst the Proposed Development will form a relatively minor part of the much wider view that is observed when looking west. Once the GI, which includes proposed recreation uses and boundary planting matures, views towards the Proposed Development will be ‘softened’ and filtered. It is judged that views of the Proposed Development would not give rise to any marked long term effects on the overall experience for these receptors as they move through the landscape. Visual effects are considered to be Moderate Adverse on completion, reducing to Minor Adverse on maturity.

10.6.47 A public footpath leads through Pooley Country Park to the north of the site (ref AE16) but due to the low levels of the route and the existing mature trees, views of the

261

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Proposed Development would be effectively prevented and obscured.

10.6.48 Footpath routes AE6 and T118 lead south and east out of Shuttington village. These routes are located around 1.2km from the site boundary but, due to the landform, some long ranging views are afforded across the landscape. The Proposed Development would form a very minor part of the wider view within the context of other built features of the M42 and existing housing on the edges of Tamworth and at Alvecote.

10.6.49 The Proposed Development will be partially obscured by existing mature trees within the intervening landscape and this sense of containment will be further strengthened by the proposed GI framework of perimeter woodland planting.

10.6.50 Additional PROW routes are located to the west of Shuttington village (T115, T109 and T116). Similarly, the development would be visible at certain locations along the route, however, this will form a small part of the wider view, and would not introduce a new element into the view as built elements are is already apparent.

10.6.51 Visual effects for receptors using the footpath network are considered to be Minor Adverse-Negligible on completion and Negligible at Year 15 once the new woodland belt planting and internal GI matures.

10.6.52 The towpath of the Coventry Canal follows the waterway through the lower lying landform associated with the river Anker valley. Views out across the wider landscape are largely restricted due to mature trees along the waterway corridor. However, in some locations, visibility is increased with glimpsed views possible towards the site, through gaps in the tree cover. The buildings within the proposed development are proposed to be set back from the northern and eastern boundaries. Additional woodland planting would effectively filter and contain views of the development from the occasional views that are gained from the canal corridor. Visual effects for users of the waterway and towpath are considered to be Minor Adverse on completion reducing to Negligible at Year 15.

Roads

10.6.53 The M42 is a prominent urbanising feature within the context of the site. Motorway users are judged to be of low sensitivity as their primary focus is largely the road ahead and views are transient and fleeting in nature. However, due to the nature of the M42 as a major transport route, there will be numerous receptors. When travelling in the vicinity of Pooley Country Park, the M42 is at grade and gaps in the roadside

262

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

vegetation will allow close range views of the Proposed Development. Whilst new housing would be visible, it is judged that development would not be an uncharacteristic element within the local context as, when travelling south, receptors already experience views of the built-up area of Polesworth and Dordon on higher land to the east. Similarly travelling north from Junction 10, there are transient views of the built-up area of Tamworth.

10.6.54 The overall visual effects are considered to be Moderate/Minor Adverse at completion (a noticeable localised change) although development would reflect existing settlement patterns that are experienced when travelling either north or south within the vicinity of Tamworth. The proposed GI, which includes substantial areas of woodland planting around the northern and eastern edges of the site, would assist in softening views of the built form and effects are judged to reduce to Minor Adverse/Negligible in the longer term.

10.6.55 Tamworth Road/Glascote Road runs past the southern site boundary. A new site access in the form of a roundabout will be created opposite the eastern junction with Chiltern Road which will open up the site boundary, although broad areas of vegetation on the site’s southern boundary will be retained which will effectively filter and obscure views of the Proposed Development. The new junction will also slow traffic speeds along the road within the vicinity of the site which will provide receptors with some transient views of new housing, although this would reflect the existing context that is experienced as these receptors already observe views of existing built elements.

10.6.56 The creation of the roundabout with additional signage and lighting will alter the character of the road to some degree, although due to the highway context, a new roundabout would be uncommon element for highway users as they enter the urban area. In conclusion, visual effects are considered to be Moderate Adverse on completion, reducing to Minor Adverse once the development’s GI matures.

10.6.57 Robey’s Lane leads through the southern part of the site then follows the eastern site boundary. In some places, visibility is restricted by roadside hedgerow and trees. Elsewhere, close range views of the Proposed Development would be gained, although these views would be transient in nature. The development proposals include re-routing traffic through the eastern development parcel. During Phase A, development will be visible along the lane, although filtered by the existing vegetation, and during Phase B, the route will lead along the eastern boundary of the new residential area. Views will be possible of the new houses to the west and to the

263

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

school and open space uses to the east. To the north, advance planting during Phase B will soften views of the new development which will be set back from the road with additional woodland planting. The GI proposals will create a pleasant, albeit different, experience than currently exists for users on Robey’s Lane. The Lane would be set within a broad greenspace corridor to include new tree planting. Visual effects are considered to be Major-Moderate Adverse on completion and significant, due to the changes in view from open fields to residential development, but reducing to Moderate Adverse once the proposed GI and boundary planting matures.

10.6.58 When heading south from Alvecote Marina, views of the Proposed Development from the short distance of Robey’s Lane approaching the site would be restricted by the undulating landform, tree cover within Alvecote Wood and existing buildings, with only glimpsed views likely to be possible during the winter months.

10.6.59 It is assessed that visual effects for the users along the northern section of the Robey’s Lane, outside of the site boundary, are considered to be Minor Adverse on completion, reducing to Negligible at maturity as additional woodland planting on the northern boundary would provide further containment alongside that of Alvecote Wood, and would ‘soften’ views of the western parts of the development.

10.6.60 Chiltern Road leads south off Tamworth Road into a residential area. Due to the falling levels of the road, and the intervening elements of existing housing and existing mature vegetation, limited views of the Proposed Development would be experienced. New housing and the roundabout would be observed within an existing residential context. Additional boundary planting and an internal landscape treatment of street trees and planting within property frontages will help filter and ‘soften’ views of the development. Once mature, the new development will reflect the existing character of Chiltern Road with residential properties located behind mature trees. Visual effects for these road user receptors are considered to be Minor Adverse on completion and at Year 15.

10.6.61 As Tamworth Road heads east towards Polesworth it crosses the M42. The mature trees along the road limit views towards the site for road users heading west, although the trees on the M42 embankment which are within the site are visible. The retained boundary vegetation will filter views of the Proposed Development, with new housing set back from the southern and eastern boundaries behind woodland and areas of greenspace. Users of Tamworth Road are heading towards Tamworth itself and views of built development, whilst fleeting in nature, would be observed within the existing context of the built-up area.

264

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

10.6.62 Pooley Lane leads north out of Polesworth towards Pooley Country Park. Views towards the site are possible for road users for a short section of the road when heading south. Once complete, the new development will be visible however, will be viewed at some distance and will form a small part of the wider view that is currently possible. New planting and GI will mature to soften views.

10.6.63 To the north, Alvecote Lane leads past the cottages at Alvecote and glimpsed views of the raised part of the western site are just possible for road users through the trees. New development around the small rise is likely to be visible on completion, however views will be fleeting and additional planting to the north will mature and further filter views.

10.6.64 Linden Lane leads through the local landscape to the north and east of the site and glimpsed views towards the site are possible at certain locations when the landform and gaps in the vegetation allow. The raised landform and individual trees within the western part of the site are visible, and development around the small; rise may just be visible on completion, but these views would be fleeting and transient in their nature.

10.6.65 Visual effects for these road user receptors are considered to be Minor Adverse- Negligible on completion, reducing to Negligible once the scheme matures.

10.6.66 Within the current development on the former golf course to the west of the site, glimpsed views of the new development are likely for road users of the new residential streets in the vicinity of the western site boundary. Development would be viewed in the context of the recent residential development and visual effects are judged as Negligible on completion, reducing to None as the associated GI matures.

Other Visual Receptors

10.6.67 Pooley Country Park is located adjacent to the M42 and the Coventry Canal and has been created on the site of the former North Warwickshire Colliery with the spoil tip forming a local feature. Whilst most of the formal public routes are at a low level and enclosed by landform and existing woodland areas, there are some informal routes which climb the hill towards the public art feature. Views from the top of the hill towards the site are partially obscured by the intervening planting on the upper slopes, although some partial views would be possible of the Proposed Development viewed within the context of M42 and the existing settlement at Polesworth to the south east.

265

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

10.6.68 The visual effects are considered to be Minor Adverse on completion, reducing to Negligible on account of the GI proposals of new woodland that will assist in filtering and ‘softening’ views. Whilst there would be some occasional views form one or two specific locations, the Proposed Development would not be visible from the majority of the landscape within the Pooley Country Park.

10.6.69 Visitors to Alvecote Stud and employment area to the north of Alvecote Wood will have some views albeit these will be mostly screened by existing mature woodland. Additional roadside planting will soften views of new built development as it matures. These receptors are considered to be of low sensitivity to change and views will be temporary only. Visual effects are judged as Minor Adverse on completion, reducing to Negligible as the development matures.

10.6.70 Alvecote Priory and picnic area is located to the north of the site, beyond Alvecote Wood and set back off Robey’s Lane. Views of the new development will be possible but only at the entrance to the area, and will be largely screened by the undulating landform, existing buildings and vegetation. Visual effects are judged as Negligible on completion, reducing to None as the development matures.

10.6.71 Alvecote Marina is located to the north of the site with the Samuel Barlow pub and car park. Views are largely restricted by mounding, although the northern part of the site, including the small rise and trees can be glimpsed through the trees in some locations. Additional planting will filter views, however built elements may just be visible. Visual effects are judged as Minor Adverse on completion and will reduce to Negligible as the northern GI Matures.

10.6.72 A public recreation ground is located on the southern side of Tamworth Road. The site is effectively hidden by the mature trees either side of the road, however glimpsed views of the Proposed Development may be possible. Views are likely to be restricted to winter months with low leaf cover, whilst additional boundary planting will provide further containment. Visitors to the recreation ground are considered to be of low sensitivity as they are focussed on their activity and less on their surroundings.

10.6.73 The employment area to the west may allow some glimpsed views of the new development, although would be limited to the southern extent as the current golf course development will mostly screen views to the Proposed Development. Visual effects for these low sensitivity receptors are judged as Negligible reducing to None as the scheme matures.

266

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Night Time Visual Effects

10.6.74 Visual effects of the proposed lighting scheme associated with the development are not considered to result in a significant harmful effect to night skies or surrounding receptors given the local landscape is already illuminated to varying degrees by the wider urban area of Tamworth.

10.6.75 The project will follow the latest best practice guidance on lighting installations to minimise lighting emissions and pollution on the surrounding landscape and on the night time skies.

10.6.76 Given an appropriate mitigating lighting strategy, the existence of perimeter tree cover and the surrounding context, introduction of new GI planting that will absorb some of the lighting effect and the position of the site adjacent to the settlement edge of Tamworth, the lighting effects on the night-time skies are considered to result in only a slight increase in lighting levels from that already provided by the settlement.

10.6.77 To conclude, the effects of lighting are not considered to result in a significant harmful effect to night skies or surrounding receptors with only localised effects.

10.7 CUMULATIVE EFFECTS

10.7.1 This section assesses the likely significant effects of the Proposed Development when considered in the context of other future projects within close proximity.

10.7.2 The former Tamworth Golf Course is an allocated site within the Tamworth Borough Council Local Plan (2006-2031) as a Sustainable Urban Extension under Policy HG2. The site is allocated for 1,100 new dwellings and associated infrastructure including a new primary school, local convenience store, public open space and road junction improvements. Outline planning permission has been granted and, following consent of reserved matters applications, construction work has started on site.

10.7.3 In terms of landscape and visual matters and with regards to cumulative effects, it is considered that this site is of relevance, being in close proximity to the site and sharing a similar environmental resource.

Landscape Effects 10.7.4 The site is not subject to landscape quality designations and lies within NCA 97 ‘Arden’. At a County level, the site lies within the Arden Regional Character Area and the Industrial Arden LLT within the Warwickshire Landscape Guidelines 1993. At a local

267

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

level, the Tamworth golf course site is located within an “Area of Built Character” as identified within the Staffordshire and Stoke on Trent Planning for Landscape Change document. This is therefore already identified as a predominantly urban area.

10.7.5 The principle of development within this landscape is, to a large extent, already accepted as being appropriate as demonstrated by the fact that the allocated Tamworth golf course site is being built. This, combined with the allocation of the western part of the proposal site in the emerging North Warwickshire Local Plan, shows that the LPA clearly recognises that residential development of this type and scale would be appropriate within this landscape, being observed and set within the context of the settlement edge of Tamworth.

10.7.6 Inevitably, with the golf course development and the Proposed Development in place, there would be an additional level of change and effect on landscape character and visual amenity.

10.7.7 At a local scale, the combination of these developments would be experienced within a landscape context of existing highway infrastructure and built uses adjacent to the urban edge of Tamworth, which includes both housing and industrial/employment areas.

10.7.8 The golf course development proposal includes measures in which to minimise impacts upon landscape character. The development includes a landscape strategy as part of the permitted proposals which includes the retention of existing trees and woodland to be incorporated into additional areas of community woodland, semi natural areas and amenity areas with water features and street trees leading through the development.

10.7.9 Although the development of all sites would create change in the local landscape, the existing character is one of change and restoration, whilst the proposals would be relatively contained within the wider landscape by features such as the railway line, Pooley Country Park and the M42 corridor, with impacts on landscape character restricted to a localised area within the context of the settlement edge of Tamworth. Furthermore, GI strategies to include the provision of accessible greenspace and habitat creation across this landscape would provide long term environmental benefits.

Visual Effects

10.7.10 With regard to visual receptors, when viewed from various locations, both

268

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

developments would, effectively, be viewed together. Footpath users in the local area, particularly for footpath Tamworth 95 and Tamworth 169 that lead through the golf course development, would observe additional development on the western part of the site within the context of the golf course development, although with views of the Proposed Development being obscured by intervening built features and vegetation.

10.7.11 Residential receptors at Priory Farm and Alvecote Stud, affected by the Proposed Development would have views of further built development at the golf course site mostly restricted by the existing features of vegetation and landform and effects would not be increased as a result of both developments coming forward.

10.7.12 Along sections of the M42 heading into Tamworth, and from more distant locations to the north and east, the Proposed Development would be seen in the context of existing development and development within the golf course site.

Cumulative Effects Conclusion

10.7.13 Overall, it is judged that the cumulative effects of the Proposed Development coming forward in conjunction with the golf course development (as set out in ES Chapter 2), would result in varying degrees of landscape and visual change. Levels of landscape and visual effects and significance at construction and operation would vary, but it is judged that effects would not result in any unacceptable long term harm on landscape character and visual amenity given the capacity of this landscape to absorb change. Also as a result of the adoption of design and mitigation approaches through primary mitigation in the form of masterplanning measures and green infrastructure strategies, and secondary mitigation measures by means of Construction and Environment Management Plans (CEMP) and a Landscape & Ecology Management Plan (LEMP).

10.7.14 It is considered that the current golf course development and the Proposed Development would provide an appropriate settlement edge to Tamworth.

10.7.15 The development proposals include measures in which to minimise impacts upon landscape character and visual amenity through primary mitigation measures, such as the siting of development and the introduction of green infrastructure strategies that conserve landscape features of particular value, to deliver new landscape habitats to provide compensation and/or enhancement, and to assimilate built development into the landscape.

10.7.16 Overall, given the capacity of the landscape context to absorb change and the

269

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

provision of appropriate design and mitigation for each development proposal to minimise impacts, it is judged that the cumulative effects on landscape character and visual amenity are unlikely to result in any unacceptable long term harm. In conclusion, and to come to a reasoned judgment, it is considered that the cumulative effects would be no more than Moderate Adverse on completion reducing to Moderate /Minor Adverse in the longer term.

10.8 LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS

10.8.1 This LVIA has been carried out in accordance with the FPCR methodology and guidance within GLVIA 3 however the following limitations and assumptions have been made:

 It is now 25 years since The Warwickshire Landscape Guidelines documents were published. The landscape has altered since the descriptions were defined, although this does reflect the nature of the character areas definitions. However, features are now altered, for example, former colliery sites have undergone restoration and are now becoming established habitats and country parks etc.

 It is not possible to access all private land and private residences to experience the exact nature of visual receptors and therefore some reasoned and qualitative assumptions have been made on the likely views from certain properties based on the surrounding context, (presence of screening features such as mature trees, existing buildings etc.), the angle and aspect of windows, and the distance from the site boundary.

 Where views were inaccessible, the report always assumes worst case scenario.

 For safety reasons it was not possible to stop on the M42 motorway to take viewpoints towards the site, so views and the experience for receptors has been described, although some visual representation in the form of single shot frames have been included to aid the analysis.

10.9 CONCLUSIONS 10.9.1 This LVIA assessment concludes that whilst the proposed development will inevitably cause some adverse effects on the local landscape and visual resource, none of the

270

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

long term effects on landscape and visual receptors are judged to be ‘significant’ by the assessor. Impacts will be minimised through the provision of a substantial green infrastructure with retained landscape features and additional features to help ‘soften’ views, enhance biodiversity within the local area and provide local landscape benefits.

10.9.2 The site is located on the edge of Tamworth adjacent to an allocated site for residential development within the Tamworth Borough Local Plan (that is currently being built) and largely consists of an emerging housing allocation within the draft North Warwickshire Local Plan.

10.9.3 Whilst there are individual elements of landscape value within the surrounding landscape (e.g. Alvecote Wood), it is assessed that the site's landscape is not one that is particularly distinctive in landscape terms. In conclusion, it is not assessed as being a landscape of high value, nor is it interpreted to be a "valued landscape" in the context of the NPPF. The site is not subject to any landscape designation, contains no significant or rare landscape features, does not display any particular sense of scenic quality or tranquillity, performs no public recreational function, and has no known cultural associations. It has some local value as is often the case for any farmland/green fields on the edge of settlement. It is judged that the site and the immediate landscape is of medium landscape value.

10.9.4 The site essentially comprises a number of arable fields of varying size as well as a private karting centre and a small farmstead and is located between the current settlement edge of Tamworth and the M42 motorway. The fields are largely devoid of any significant vegetation although are bounded by hedgerows (of varying quality) with some large hedgerow trees. Vegetation lies along the southern edge of the site, along Robey’s Lane, on embankments of the M42 where the motorway goes into a cutting and along the western boundary associated with a watercourse. A small block of woodland is also located to the south of Priory Farm. Beyond the B5000 to the south is the modern residential area of Stoneydelph (Tamworth) which is characterised by late 20th century housing.

10.9.5 Beyond the M42 to the east lies the Grade II* Listed Pooley Hall, the Coventry Canal and the river Anker as well as the settlement of Polesworth which lies approximate 0.4km from the site at its closest point. The settlements of St Helena and Dordon lie to the south east of Polesworth.

10.9.6 North of the site boundary, to the north and northwest, lie further smaller scale arable

271

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

fields as well as Alvecote Wood which is a designated Local Wildlife Site and is classified as an ancient and semi-natural woodland, Alvecote marina and Alvecote Priory and picnic area. A little way beyond this is the Coventry Canal which includes a towpath on its northern bank and is accessed from the nearby Pooley Country Park.

10.9.7 The site’s western boundary is defined by the current development on the former golf course. The wider urban area of Tamworth lies beyond, which includes the modern residential area of Amington and Amington Industrial Estate.

10.9.8 Aside from Robey’s Lane which runs through the southern part of the site, there is no public access across the site and, in general, there are few rights of way within the immediate vicinity.

10.9.9 The site has a comparatively limited visual envelope with visibility of the site from the wider landscape restricted by landform (including Pooley Country Park), the existing built up area of Tamworth, overlapping hedgerows and mature trees, and areas of woodland (including Alvecote Wood and within Pooley Country Park).

10.9.10 Visual receptors that have extensive views of the site are largely limited to those within the site such as residents of Priory Farm and users of Robey’s Lane. Those receptors with views in close proximity to the site include some residents within properties to the south of Tamworth Road, albeit mature vegetation restricts views into the main part of the site, road users on Tamworth Road and Robey’s Lane as they pass the site and those associated with Alvecote Stud. Receptors on the M42 experience open close range views as they head south, more or less, in the vicinity of Pooley Country Park and the B5000 Tamworth Road bridge.

10.9.11 The development includes the retention of existing vegetation in the form of hedgerows, woodland blocks and mature trees, to be incorporated into a site wide GI which includes extensive woodland belt planting to the site boundaries, green links through the development parcels and the provision of public open spaces for formal recreation and as informal open grassland, planting and SuDS. The GI strategy acknowledges Landscape/Management Strategies within the North Warwickshire LCA for the Tamworth Fringe Uplands and Anker Valley. These include the need for the provision of a robust GI structure for any settlement expansion to bring additional landscape enhancements and maintaining a broad landscape corridor to the M42 corridor through the provision of small to medium sized woodland blocks. The GI will provide new recreational routes to link to the surrounding area with a range of recreational uses to provide for the community including informal open spaces and

272

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

allotments.

10.9.12 With the development in place there would continue to be a ‘meaningful gap’ between Tamworth and Polesworth.

10.9.13 At the operational stage (on the completion of the Proposed Development) it is assessed that Proposed Development would result in a Moderate Adverse landscape effect upon the site. In the longer term, the proposed landscape framework would deliver a mature framework of landscape habitats that would provide some environmental benefits for local landscape character, such that the residual effects of the Proposed Development on local landscape character are judged to reduce to Moderate/Minor Adverse.

10.9.14 From a visual perspective, very few receptors of high sensitivity would be affected. Marked adverse effects would be limited to visual receptors that are located within the site or in close proximity and whilst there would be a level of change and effect for these localised receptors (which vary between ‘High’ and ‘Low’ at the operational stage), this is moderated by the existing presence and visibility of built and urban features that are often discernible within the context of the site.

10.9.15 For all visual receptors, it is judged that the level of adverse effects would lessen in the longer term on account of the scheme’s proposed extensive landscape framework that would filter and ‘soften’ views of the built form and assist in assimilating the Proposed Development into the landscape.

10.9.16 It is assessed that the design and mitigation approaches adopted by the Proposed Development through its design and masterplanning would minimise impacts on landscape and visual receptors in the longer term, such that the residual adverse effect on visual receptors, and indeed the landscape receptor of the site, would lessen. In conclusion, it is assessed that the Proposed Development would not result in any unacceptable long-term landscape and visual effects.

273

Environmental Statement (Chapter 10) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References  DCLG; (July 2018); National Planning Policy Framework.  DCLG; (March 2014); Planning Practice Guidance.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (October 2014) North Warwickshire Local Plan - Core Strategy; Adopted October 2014.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (August 2016) North Warwickshire Local Plan: Draft for Consultation; August 2016.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (November 2017) North Warwickshire Local Plan: Draft for Submission.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2008) North Warwickshire Green Space Strategy 2008-2018 – SPD.  Warwickshire County Council (2011) Warwickshire, Coventry and Solihull Sub- Regional Green Infrastructure Study.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2015) Meaningful Gap Assessment: Consultation Document.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2015) Meaningful Gap Report: Final.  Land Use Consultants (January 2018) Assessment of the Value of the Meaningful Gap and Potential Green Belt Alterations.  Tamworth Borough Council (February 2016) Local Plan 2006-2031; Adopted February 2016.  Landscape Institute and the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (2013) Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (GLVIA3), Routledge.  Landscape Institute and the Institute of Environmental Management (10th June 2013) GLVIA3 Statement of Clarification 1/13.  Natural England (September 2014) National Character Area Profiles; NCA 97: Arden & NCA 72: Mease/Sence Lowlands.  Warwickshire County Council (1993) Warwickshire Landscape Guidelines.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2010) North Warwickshire Landscape Character Assessment & Landscape Capacity Study.  Warwickshire County Council (June 2010) Warwickshire Historic Landscape Characterisation Project.  Staffordshire County Council (2000) Planning for landscape Change: Supplementary Planning Guidance to the Staffordshire and Stoke on Trent Structure Plan 1996-2011.  Natural England (2009) Green Infrastructure Guidance.

274

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

11. WATER ENVIRONMENT

11.1. INTRODUCION

This chapter, prepared by BWB Consulting, details the likely receptors and effects of the development in terms of the Water Environment.

It describes the baseline conditions at the site and its surrounding area and examines the likely significant environmental effects and mitigation measures required to offset any significant adverse effects. It also considers the likely residual effects after these measures have been employed.

11.1.2.1 The site has been split into two parcels for the purposes of the technical appendices produced in support of this ES Chapter. The two areas are defined as Phase 1, land to the east of Robey’s Lane, and Phase 2, land to the west of Robey’s Lane. Each area is supported by a Flood Risk Assessment and Sustainable Drainage Statement, provided as Appendix 11.1 and Appendix 11.2 for Phase 1 and Phase 2 respectively.

11.1.2.2 For the purposes of this ES Chapter, the site is being considered as a whole, encompassing Phases 1 and 2 and a maximum quantum of 1700 dwellings (proposals set out in full in Chapter 3). The judgements of impact in this chapter are undertaken on this basis.

LEGISLATION AND POLICY CONTEXT

National Policy Flood and Water Management Act 2010

The Flood and Water Management Act (Ref Error! Reference source not found.) t akes forward some proposals previously published by the UK Government: Future Water, making Space for Water and the UK Government’s response to Sir Michael Pitt’s Review of the summer 2007 floods.

The Act gives the Environment Agency the strategic overview of management of flood risk in England. It gives upper tier local authorities in England responsibility for

275

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

preparing and putting in place strategies for managing flood risk from groundwater, surface water and ordinary watercourses in their areas.

Local flood authorities, district councils, internal drainage boards and highways authorities have a duty to aim to make a contribution towards sustainable development.

National Planning Policy Framework (2018)

Prepared by the Department for Communities and Local Government, the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) outlines the Government’s planning policies for England .

Within the context of water quality, climate change, flooding and coastal change, the Government’s objective set out in the NPPF is the support of a transition to a low carbon economy in a changing climate, taking full account of flood risk and coastal change. To achieve this objective, the planning system should aim to:

 secure reductions in greenhouse gas emissions;  minimise vulnerability and provide resilience to effects arising from climate change;  avoid new development in inappropriate areas at risk of flooding by directing it away from areas at highest risk or where development is necessary, making it safe without increasing flood risk elsewhere (part of the Sequential Test);  reduce risk from coastal change by avoiding inappropriate development in vulnerable areas or adding to the impacts of physical changes to the coast; and;  protect and enhance valued landscapes, geological conservation interests and soils; prevent both new and existing development from contributing to or being put at unacceptable risk from, or being adversely affected by unacceptable levels of soil, air, water or noise pollution or land instability.

NPPF Section 14 (Paragraphs 149-169) outlines how planning policy should meet the challenges of climate change, flooding and coastal change. It retains the ethos of steering new development to areas at the lowest risk of flooding.

The NPPF specifies that planning applications should demonstrate through production of a site-specific flood risk assessment that development in flood prone areas can be made safe and will not increase flood risk elsewhere.

276

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Sequential Test & Exception Test

As set out in the NPPF, the aim of the Sequential Test is to steer new development to areas with the lowest probability of flooding. The Flood Zones are the starting point for this sequential approach. Flood Zones 2 and 3 are shown on the Environment Agency Flood Map with Flood Zone 1 being all the land falling outside Zones 2 and 3. These Flood Zones refer to the probability of sea and river flooding only, ignoring the presence of existing defences (see Flood Risk Assessments, presented as Appendix 11.1 and Appendix 11.2 of this ES for Flood Zones applicable to the Application Site).

Flood Zone 3 (High Probability) is defined in the NPPF as land assessed as having a 1 in 100 year or greater annual probability of river flooding and/or a 1 in 200 year probability of flooding from tidal sources. The NPPF also defines Flood Zones 2 and 1. These zones are identified as land assessed as having a 1 in 1000 or greater annual probability of river/tidal flooding and land assessed as having a less than 1 in 1000 annual probability of river/tidal flooding respectively.

Strategic Flood Risk Assessments refine information on the probability of flooding, taking other sources of flooding and the impacts of climate change into account. They provide the basis for applying the Sequential Test, on the basis of the Flood Zones.

The overall aim should be to steer new development to Flood Zone 1. Where there are no reasonably available sites in Flood Zone 1, local planning authorities allocating land in local plans or determining planning applications for development at any particular location should take into account the flood risk vulnerability of land uses and consider reasonably available sites in Flood Zone 2. If, following application of the Sequential Test, it is not possible, consistent with wider sustainability objectives, for the development to be located in zones with a lower probability of flooding, the Exception Test can be applied if appropriate.

For the Exception Test to be passed:

 it must be demonstrated that the development provides wider sustainability benefits to the community that outweigh flood risk, informed by a Strategic Flood Risk Assessment where one has been prepared; and

277

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 a site-specific Flood Risk Assessment must demonstrate that the development will be safe for its lifetime taking account of the vulnerability of its users, without increasing flood risk elsewhere, and, where possible, will reduce flood risk overall. Both elements of the test will have to be passed for development to be allocated or permitted.

The Planning Practice Guidance to the NPPF provides additional guidance to local planning authorities to guide effective implementation of the NPPF on development in areas at risk of flooding. Table 1 of the PPG classifies each flood zone and allocates sequentially appropriate uses to each zone. Table 2 defines the flood risk vulnerability classification of different land uses.

Further guidance is also provided with regard to appropriate allowances for climate change and ways to manage residual flood risk.

Other National Policy

The Water Framework Directive 2000/60/EC states that the overall requirement of the legislation is that all river basins must achieve ‘good ecological status’ by 2015 or by 2027, if there are grounds for derogation (essentially if it can be proven that it is not possible to achieve it by 2015). The WFD, for the first time, combines water quantity and quality issues together and, as an umbrella Directive, effectively incorporates and/or supersedes all water related legislation that drives the existing consenting framework.

Groundwater Directive 80/68/EEC (enacted into English law through the Groundwater (England and Wales) Regulations 2009) aims to protect groundwater against pollution by ‘List 1 and 2’ Dangerous Substances.

The Water Act 2003 implements changes to the water abstraction management system and regulatory arrangements to make water use more sustainable.

Other Guidance

Alongside the legislation listed above, there is a range of non-statutory guidance material which, where relevant, has been taken into account in this assessment, including:

278

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 C768 Guidance on the construction of SuDS provides help on the construction of SuDS, which should assist in the construction planning and management of a site.

 C753 SuDS Manual provides best practice guidance on the planning, design, construction, operation and maintenance of SuDS to facilitate their effective implementation within developments;

 C624 Development and Flood Risk – Guidance for the Construction Industry sets out practical guidance in assessing flood risk as part of the development process. It describes the mechanisms and impacts of flooding, whether caused by rivers, the sea, estuaries, groundwater, overland flow, artificial drainage systems or infrastructure failure. The guidance recommends a tiered approach to flood risk assessment and provides a toolkit to assist practitioners in completion of assessments. It covers UK planning policy guidance for development and flood risk and is aimed at achieving a consistent approach to the implementation of that guidance, which in turn should allow developments to be planned and designed more efficiently;

 C532 Control of Water Pollution from Construction Sites – A Guide to Good Practice provides help on environmental good practice for the control of water pollution arising from construction activities. It focuses on the potential sources of water pollution from within construction sites and the effective methods of preventing its occurrence; and

 Environment Agency's Pollution Prevention Guidelines were withdrawn in December 2015 however, they provide sound advice and good environmental practice, to help reduce environmental risks from business activities.

Regional & Local Policy Warwickshire County Council Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA)

The SFRA for the Local Development Framework was completed by the Halcrow Group in February 2008 was written to inform flood risk management policies across the county.

The report seeks to map all forms of flood risk, using this information to locate future development primarily in areas of low risk, and details a number of Main Rivers

279

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

located within the county. It also outlines a number of historical floods that have impacted on the area.

Stratford-On-Avon, Warwickshire County Council, North Warwickshire Borough Council and Rugby Borough Council Strategic Flood Risk Assessment The SFRA was written by URS in September 2013 to compile all available information on local flood risk policy, with a view to informing planning policy and guidance. It contains information on all sources of flood risk.

Warwickshire County Council Preliminary Flood Risk Assessment (PFRA)

The PFRA was produced by Royal Haskoning in May 2011. The report seeks to assess past and future flood risk, and identify areas at significant flood risk.

Warwickshire County Council Local Flood Risk Management Strategy

The Local Flood Risk Management Strategy was written to provide an overview on flood risk across the county, detailing how the county council will manage and reduce flood risk. It seeks to outline the roles and responsibilities for key stakeholders.

Humber River Basin Management Plan (RBMP)

The Environment Agency Humber RBMP describes the river basin and pressures faced by the water environment. It identifies the current states of waterbodies and the actions needed to address pressures, as identified under the Water Framework Directive.

The RBMP was updated in December 2015.

North Warwickshire Borough Council Core Strategy - 2014

The Core Strategy forms a key part of the Local Plan (formerly the Local Development Framework (LDF)) for North Warwickshire. It contains a vision and strategic objectives for the Borough, as well as Core Policies that will set the basis for directing development for the next 15 to 20 years. The Core Strategy is currently being merged with the Site Allocations and Development Management Plan to form a new Local Plan.

280

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

The Core Strategy Policies on Development Considerations (Policy NW10) highlights the requirement to manage the impacts of climate change through the design and location of development, including sustainable drainage, water efficiency measures, use of trees and natural vegetation and ensuring no net loss of flood storage capacity; and, protect the quality and hydrology of ground or surface water sources so as to reduce the risk of pollution and flooding, on site or elsewhere.

North Warwickshire Borough Council Draft Submission Local Plan - 2017

The Draft Local Plan was compiled to guide future development and land use. It highlights how the natural environment, including natural flood defences, can contribute to the local economy.

Chapters on Development Considerations and Water Management highlights the importance of considering flood risk and floodplain designations when developing; new development should be limited to areas of low risk when possible, and measures adopted to ensure flooding elsewhere is not exacerbate as a result of new development.

METHODOLOGY

This assessment identifies the potential effects of the proposed development on the water environment, specifically the effects on hydrology, hydrogeology and flood risk. It determines the significance of the identified effects for the construction and operation phases.

The effects will be assessed against the Highways Agency’s assessment guidance which can be found in the Design Manual for Road and Bridges (DMRB) Volume 11 Environmental Assessment, Section 3, Part 10, HD45/09 Road Drainage and the Water Environment (Highways Agency, 2008).

DMRB assessments are developed for the assessment of highways projects and many of the criteria are developed around the results of highways specific assessment tools in the DMRB. Consequently, the assessment method is not followed in its entirety; only transferrable elements are adapted for use in the assessment. In addition, DMRB assessments are only required to present the residual significance of effects of any environmental effects after proposed mitigation,

281

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

which is only appropriate if the project being assessed is a Highways Agency managed scheme.

The assessment methodology has been adapted accordingly, as summarised below.

ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE

The significance of each effect has been measured through a qualitative assessment of the importance of receptors, magnitude of the effect and the significance of the effect.

The sensitivity of the resource is assessed according to Table 7.10.1 below and considers the quality, rarity and sensitivity of the resource to change.

The magnitude of a potential impact is estimated according to the likely effects and independent of the feature’s importance, as shown in

Table 7.10.2.

The severity of a specific potential effect is then derived from both the importance and sensitivity of the feature and magnitude of the effect. This has been addressed in the criteria for estimating the significance of potential effects in Table 7.10.3 as a function of the importance of the receptor and magnitude of the impact.

Table 7.10.1 Sensitivity of Resource

Designation Definition

High Resource of high sensitivity to change; with a high quality and rarity on a local scale; and/or medium quality on a regional or national scale with limited potential for substitution.

Medium Resource with a medium quality and rarity on a local scale; and/or a low quality and rarity on a regional or national scale with limited potential for substitution.

Low Resource with a low quality and rarity, local scale and limited potential for substitution.

282

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Designation Definition

Negligible Resource of little or no interest.

Table 7.10.2 Magnitude of Effect

Designation Definition

Major Adverse Results in a loss of attribute and/or quality and integrity of the attribute.

Moderate Results in impact on integrity of the attribute, of loss of part of Adverse the attribute.

Minor Adverse Results in some measurable change in the attribute’s quality or vulnerability.

Negligible Results in an impact on the attribute, but of insufficient (Neutral/Not magnitude to affect the use of integrity. Significant)

Minor Results in some beneficial impact on the attribute or a reduced Beneficial risk of a negative impact occurring.

Moderate Results in a moderate improvement of the attribute’s quality. Beneficial

Major Results in a large improvement of the attribute’s quality. Beneficial

283

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 7.10.3 Significance of Impacts

Magnitude Sensitivity of Resource of Effect High Medium Low Negligible

Major Major Major Moderate Negligible

Moderate Major Moderate Minor to Negligible Moderate

Minor Moderate Minor to Minor Negligible Moderate

Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible

BASELINE CONDITIONS

Flood Risk and Drainage

Baseline conditions at the two parcels are outlined in Flood Risk Assessments completed for this application, included as Appendix 11.1 and Appendix 11.2, and a summary provided as follows:

 The parcels are shown to be wholly located within Flood Zone 1, land considered to be at Low Probability of fluvial/tidal flooding. This is defined by the Environment Agency as land having a less than 1 in 1000 annual probability of flooding. The River Anker is the nearest Environment Agency Main River, located circa 750m east of the site.  OS mapping identifies the presence of a minor watercourse immediately to the north of the Phase 1. This was observed during a site visit. In view of the fall of the land and presence of well-established vegetation, this feature is not considered to pose a significant flood risk.  There is an Unnamed Ordinary Watercourse (UOW) located along the western site boundary of Phase 2. A bespoke hydraulic modelling exercise confirms the proposed built development to be at low risk of flooding from this source.  The minor ponds present within Phases 1 and 2 are not deemed to pose a significant risk.  Flood risk from groundwater is not considered to pose a significant risk.  No public sewers are located at parcels, and the topography of the surrounding area is such that they pose a low risk.

284

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 The majority of the parcels are identified to be at very low surface water flood risk. Isolated areas of risk, are associated with local topographical depressions.

Sustainable Drainage Statements have been produced and appended to the Flood Risk Assessment for the application (see Appendix 11.1 and Appendix 11.2). A summary of the document is as follows:

 It is proposed that some surface water runoff from the parcels will be disposed of via infiltration techniques. Where water is directed to the Unnamed Ordinary Watercourse along the western boundary of Phase 2.  Surface water will be attenuated up to the 1 in 100 year plus climate change event. CONTROLLED WATERS

Environment Agency Water Abstraction Licence mapping shows there to be an abstraction point approximately 1.5km north-east of the application site. A number of licences are associated with this river catchment, serving a variety of purposes including agricultural, energy production, industry and commerce.

There are no Groundwater Source Protection Zones at the site.

The parcels are identified to fall within the ‘Anker from River Sence to River Tame’ area, ‘not designated artificial or heavily modified’. In 2016, it was identified to of ‘poor’ ecological status and of ‘failed’ chemical status.

Ground Conditions

Online BGS mapping shows the parcels to be underlain by the following bedrock geologies, all designated as Secondary A Aquifer:

 Mudstone  Sandstone  Siltstone and Sandstone  Mudstone, Siltstone and Sandstone  Mudstone, Sandstone and Conglomerate  Mudstone, Siltstone and Sandstone

285

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

No superficial deposits are recorded at Phase 1. Where Alluvium superficial deposits are present under Phase 2 of the site, they are designated as Unproductive Strata.

Borehole logs in the vicinity of the site note some clay material to be present.

Potential Receptors

The potential receptors to environmental impacts as a result of the proposed development and its construction are:

 Unnamed Ordinary Watercourse;  Minor waterbodies (ponds);  Groundwater recharge; and  Surface water runoff

PREDICTED IMPACTS

Construction Phase

The impacts associated with the construction phase of the development are considered to be short to medium term in length. The impacts prior to mitigation are described below.

Flood Risk and Drainage

The parcels are wholly located in Flood Zone 1, and removed from floodplain extents associated with the nearest Environment Agency Main River, the River Anker. Moreover, the bespoke hydraulic modelling exercise for the Unnamed Ordinary Watercourse along the western boundary of Phase 2 shows the built development area to be at low risk of flooding. Consequently, construction works will not be an impact on flood flows that could result in an increase in flood risk elsewhere. The effect is considered to be negligible.

The use of heavy machinery on the parcels during the construction phase is likely to compact the soil. This can reduce infiltration rates; the movement of construction traffic could disturb the upper portions of the ground, leading to compaction, altering the degree of surface water infiltration. A reduction in infiltration rates may increase the volume and rate of runoff into local watercourses. The effect is considered to be minor adverse.

286

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Water Resources and Quality

Suspended soils are one of the most common causes of water pollution from construction sites. They emanate from excavations; exposed ground or stock piles; plant and wheel washing; build-up of dust and mud on roads; or pumping of contaminated surface waters of groundwater accumulated on the site. Extreme rainfall events could exacerbate runoff rates and the mobilisation of suspended solids have the potential to affect ecological habitats, block watercourses and alter flow regimes. Prior to mitigation, runoff containing suspended soils from construction work could have a moderate adverse impact on the minor waterbody and watercourse in the vicinity of the site.

Concrete production taking place on site or introduced by ready-mix lorries could cause small particulates to settle in the surrounding area. Waste water from the batching plant or washing down of lorries/mixing areas could cause particulates to runoff into minor watercourses and ponds. The impact of this is considered to be moderate adverse prior to mitigation.

Oil, diesel and petrol are common construction site pollutants, caused by either spillages from fuel stored on the site or vehicles operating during the construction phase. Upon entering a watercourse or waterbody, hydrocarbons could lead to the build-up of a film on surface water, impacting on the oxygen content and effecting the aquatic ecosystem. Hydrocarbons have the potential to impact on watercourses, waterbodies and groundwater and, prior to mitigation, is considered to have a moderate adverse effect.

The uncontrolled release of substances such as solvents, cleaning agents, paints and other chemicals, liquids or solids could lead to further pollution. These could become a hazard if used in the construction process or stored on the site. These substances can be of high toxicity, thereby having a moderate adverse impact on aquatic receptors.

Operational Phase

The impacts associated with the operation phase of the development are considered to be long term in length. The impacts prior to mitigation are described below.

287

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Flood Risk and Drainage

The parcels are wholly located in Flood Zone 1, and removed from floodplain extents associated with the nearest Environment Agency Main River, the River Anker. Moreover, the bespoke hydraulic modelling exercise for the Unnamed Ordinary Watercourse along the western boundary of Phase 2 shows the built development area to be at low risk of flooding. Consequently, the built development will not be an impact on flood flows that could result in an increase in flood risk elsewhere. The effect is considered to be negligible.

An increase in the extent of impermeable surfacing has the potential to change the sites’ surface water runoff regime, as infiltration decreases and runoff increases. There is potential for runoff rates to increase, leading to a greater flood risk throughout the catchment unless suitably mitigated. The effect is considered to be minor adverse prior to mitigation.

A change in the extent of impermeable areas at the sites has the potential to impact on groundwater recharge. At present, there is likely to be some infiltration on the greenfield site, however this will be reduced following the increase in impermeable areas, due to the loss of area contributing to recharge. In view of the underlying ground conditions, the impact is considered to be minor adverse.

Water Resources and Quality

Following development, there is potential for mundane activities such as vehicle and machinery movement to emit pollutants. Water discharged from road or trafficked areas could be of a lower quality, impacting on nearby watercourses, waterbodies and groundwater. Unmitigated, this is considered to have a moderate adverse effect.

PROPOSED MITIGATION

Construction Phase General

It is recommended that a phased approach is implemented for the construction works with mitigation measures for the operational stage, such as the drainage system,

288

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

being constructed as a priority to ensure water is adequately treated prior to leaving the site.

It is recommended that a Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP) is prepared which will set out detailed methodologies and monitoring requirements of the measures below to prevent adverse effects on the water environment. The CEMP can be controlled by a condition.

Construction site security should be considered to reduce potential for vandalism which may result in contaminants reaching the water environment.

Flood Risk and Drainage

To reduce the impact on surface water rates as a result of soil compaction, the movement of larger vehicles will be restricted or by creating a designated pathway for them to follow, reducing the area impacted.

The SuDS and drainage infrastructure for the development will be constructed as a priority for one of the first phases of construction.

Water Resources And Quality

The erosion of exposed topsoil (including the erosion of stockpiled materials), caused by either wind or rain, is of the primary sources of suspended solids and other contaminants. As a result, large areas of exposed topsoil or similar materials will be contained and covered/watered down where possible and when not in use.

Wheel washing facilities and/or regular sweeping will ensure the build-up of dust and silts on haul roads will be kept to a minimum. Wheel washing facilities will be kept in a designated bunded impermeable area and surplus surface water disposed via the foul water system or adequately treated prior to discharge into a local watercourse. These facilities should be located at least 10 metres from any surface waterbody.

Concrete should be mixed off site where possible. Should this not be practical, waste water from concrete production/wastewater from lorry washing should be limited to a designated area, to be bunded over an impermeable surface to prevent runoff/infiltration elsewhere. Wastewater should either be directed into the foul sewer network or adequately treated prior to discharging into a watercourse.

289

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

To avoid hydrocarbons reaching the water environment from vehicles or the accidental spillage of fuels, vehicles used on the site should be regularly inspected and maintained to reduce the risk of oil/fuel leakages. Vehicle washdown areas should be at least 10 metres from surface water bodies, and take place at bunded areas over impermeable surfacing, with runoff routed through oil interceptors and treated before discharge.

On-site refuelling activities should be undertaken in a bunded area over impermeable surfaces to prevent runoff and infiltration. The Environment Agency’s Pollution Prevention Guidance (Ref Error! Reference source not found.) should be followed, i ncluding the regular testing of storage tanks and pipes. Surface water from such areas should be routed through an oil separator prior to disposal.

Where oils or fuels are stored in bulk quantities, the storage facilities should be suitable for above ground oil storage tanks.

Drip trays under vehicles should be used where appropriate, allowing oil to be collected and contained.

Operational Phase Flood Risk and Drainage

The proposed development will be wholly located in Flood Zone 1, hence mitigation is not considered to be necessary.

Sustainable Drainage Statements have been produced to support the planning application at this location. This details the proposed surface water drainage strategy for the site.

It is proposed that surface water runoff is disposed of via infiltration techniques where possible, or limited to the greenfield runoff rate. This approach seeks to mimic the site’s natural drainage regime, minimising the impact on the wider catchment. Water will be attenuated at the site prior to discharge using sustainable urban drainage systems, with storage provided up to the 1 in 100 year plus climate change event. A 40% climate change allowance is to be provided at the site. Limiting runoff from the site, and accommodating it on-site up to the aforementioned event, provides betterment over the current drainage regime.

290

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Water Resources and Quality

Runoff from highways and parking areas should be treated prior to discharge. It is proposed that two levels of treatment area provided in the form of source control techniques, including permeable paving and attenuation basins. Additionally, pollution control methods such as oil and sediment interceptors should be used on the sites.

RESIDUAL IMPACTS

Construction Phase

During construction it is recommended that a Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP) is prepared which will set out detailed methodologies and monitoring requirements to prevent adverse effects on the water environment and flood risk. As a result, there will be negligible residual effects from the development during the construction phase.

Operational Phase

The proposed development will remain in Flood Zone 1, hence the impact on flood flows is considered to be negligible.

The surface water drainage strategy proposed will use infiltration techniques or limit runoff at the site to the greenfield rate, and provide attenuation up to the 1 in 100 year plus climate change event. This will have a minor beneficial impact by reducing runoff to the surrounding area and providing water quality improvements.

CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

Proposed Development

There are not considered to be any cumulative effects when considering the potential for impacts of the development on the water environment to arise in combination rather than individually.

291

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Other Committed Development

The North Warwickshire Borough Council and Tamworth Borough Council Planning Portal has been reviewed, with a particular focus on ‘Major Developments’.

An 1100 dwelling development has been permitted on a site at Tamworth Golf Course, adjacent to the proposed development.

It is anticipated that local schemes undertaken in the vicinity of the application site are or will be subject to the same national guidance. Consequently, there are unlikely to be any cumulative effects. It is assumed that mitigation implemented for neighbouring schemes will be undertaken to the standard, hence there should be no need for cumulative mitigation measures.

LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS

This assessment is based on available information from the Environment Agency, Severn Trent Water and the British Geological Survey (BGS), the accuracy of which has not been verified by BWB Consulting.

The data used to information this Chapter, plus the accompanying FRA and SDS, was correct and up to date as of January 2018.

CONCLUSIONS

The implementation of appropriate mitigation measures reduce the adverse effect of the development. Where possible, betterment will be provided over the operational phase of the development (the long-term situation) when compared against the existing baseline conditions. A summary of the assessment is presented at Table 11.4.

Table 11.4 Summary Table of Significance

Potential Effect Significance of Mitigation Development of Development Effect Measures Phase pre-mitigation

Construction Phase Flood risk Negligible None required

292

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Construction Phase Surface Water Minor Adverse Restricting the Drainage movement of larger vehicles around the site or creating a designated pathway for them to follow.

Construction Phase Groundwater Minor Adverse Restricting the Recharge movement of larger vehicles around the site or creating a designated pathway for them to follow.

Construction Phase Water Resources Minor Adverse Covering/watering and Quality down of large exposed areas; wheel washing facilities; designated bunded impermeable areas; regular vehicle inspection; appropriate fuel storage facilities

Operational Phase Flood risk Minor Implementation of a Beneficial surface water drainage strategy limiting runoff from the site post- development.

Operational Phase Surface Water Minor Implementation of a Drainage Beneficial surface water drainage strategy providing on-site attenuation up to the

293

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

1 in 100 year plus climate change event.

Operational Phase Water Resources Minor Providing two levels and Quality Beneficial of water treatment prior to discharge from the site.

294

Environmental Statement (Chapter 11) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References  Environment Agency (May 2014) Pollution Prevention Guidance (PPG), HMSO  Environment Agency (May 2014) Pollution Prevention Guidance (PPG), HMSO  European Commission (2000) Water Framework Directive 2000/60/EC, OOPEC  Halcrow Group Limited (February 2008), Warwickshire County Council Strategic Flood Risk Assessment  Highways Agency (2008), Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB), Volume 11 Environmental Assessment, Section 2, Part 5, HA205/08 Assessment And Management Of Environmental Effects Highways Agency  HM Government (2003) The Water Act 2003, HMSO  HM Government (2009) The Groundwater (England and Wales) Regulations 2009, HMSO  HM Government (2010) Flood and Water Management Act 2010, HMSO  HM Government (March 2014) Planning Practice Guidance, http://planningguidance.communities.gov.uk/blog/guidance/flood-risk-and-coastal- change/  HM Government (July 2018) National Planning Policy Framework, HMSO  Illman, S., Wilson, S (December 2017) Guidance on the construction of SuDS (C768), CIRIA  Lancaster, J.W., Preene, M., Marshall, C. T. (October 2004) Development and flood risk – guidance for the construction industry (C624), CIRIA  Masters-Williams, H. (January 2001) Control of water pollution from construction sites – Guidance for consultants and contractors, CIRIA  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2014), Core Strategy, North Warwickshire Borough Council  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2017), Draft Submission Local Plan 2017, North Warwickshire Borough Council  River Basin Management Plan (December 2009) Humber River Basin District, Environment Agency  Royal Haskoning (May 2011) Warwickshire County Council Preliminary Flood Risk Assessment  Update River Basin Management Plan (December 2015) Humber River Basin District, Environment Agency  URS (September 2013), Stratford-on-Avon, Warwickshire County Council, North Warwickshire Borough Council and Rugby Borough Council Strategic Flood Risk Assessment  Warwickshire County Council (April 2016), Local Flood Risk Management Strategy  Woods Ballard, B., Wilson, S., Illman, S., Scott, T., Ashley, R., Kellagher, R. (November 2015) The SuDS Manual, CIRIA

295

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

12. GEOLOGY AND CONTAMINATION

INTRODUCTION

This chapter presents an assessment of potential land quality impacts as associated with the construction and operation of the proposed development as described in Chapter 3 (The Proposed Development).

This chapter describes the assessment methodology, existing baseline conditions of the site and surroundings, likely significant environmental effects with respect to both its construction and operational phases, and the mitigation measures required to prevent, reduce or offset significant adverse effect. Any residual effects with respect to both its construction and operational phases are also discussed along with the cumulative impact of the development as a whole.

This Chapter has been prepared by BWB Consulting Ltd and is supported by the following reports which are presented as Appendix 12.1 to Appendix 12.4 respectively:

 ‘Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TE1-BWB-00-XX-RP-EN-0001_Ph1, dated May 2018;  ‘Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TE1-BWB-00-XX-RP-EN-0001_Ph2, dated May 2018;  ‘Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TEP2-BWB-ZZ-XX-RP-YE-0002_Ph1, dated May 2018; and  ‘Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TEP2-BWB-ZZ-XX-RP-YE-0003_Ph2, dated May 2018.

The site has been split into two parcels for the purposes of the technical appendices produced in support of this ES Chapter. The Phase 1 area is covered by Appendix 12.1 and Appendix 12.2 whilst the Phase 2 area is covered by Appendix 12.3 and Appendix 12.4.

296

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

For the purposes of this ES Chapter, the site is being considered as a whole, encompassing Phases 1 and 2 and a maximum quantum of 1700 dwellings (proposals set out in full in Chapter 3). The judgements of impact in this chapter are undertaken on this basis.

LEGISLATION AND POLICY

Local Planning Policy

The Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 introduced a new planning system as a result of which, each local planning authority is required to produce an up-to- date Local Development Scheme (LDS); a programme listing when the new planning documents required by the Act will be produced. These documents collectively are referred to as a Local Development Framework (LDF), and as part of this the Core Strategy for North Warwickshire Borough Council (NWBC) was adopted in October 2014.

There are no policies within the adopted Core Strategy document that specifically relate to land quality and contamination within NWBC’s administrative area, although the environmental quality of the area will be preserved and enhanced in line with policies NW12 (Quality of Development) and NW13 (Natural Environment).

Policy LP31 of the NWBC Draft Submission Local Plan (2017) makes reference to contamination advising that development should “meet the needs of residents and businesses without compromising the ability of future generations to enjoy the same quality of life that the present generation aspires to”. Development “should not sterilise viable known mineral reserves; degrade soil quality or pose risk to human health and ecology from contamination or mining legacy and ensure that land is appropriately remediated”.

National Planning Policy

National Planning Policy Framework 2018 sets out the Government’s objectives for the assessment and remediation of contaminated land through the planning system. This replaces Planning Policy Statement (PPS) 23 Planning and Pollution Control (2004). The National Planning Policy Framework states the following:

297

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Paragraph 178:

“Planning policies and decisions should also ensure that:

 the site is suitable for its proposed use taking account of ground conditions and any risks arising from land instability and contamination. This includes risks arising from natural hazards or former activities such as mining, and any proposals for mitigation including land remediation (as well as potential impacts on the natural environment arising from that remediation);

 after remediation, as a minimum, land should not be capable of being determined as contaminated land under Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act 1990; and

 adequate site investigation information, prepared by a competent person, is available to inform these assessments.”

Paragraph 179:

“Where a site is affected by contamination or land stability issues, responsibility for securing a safe development rests with the developer and/or landowner.”

Paragraph 180:

“Planning policies and decisions should also ensure that new development is appropriate for its location taking into account the likely effects (including cumulative effects) of pollution on health, living conditions and the natural environment, as well as the sensitivity of the site or the wider area to impacts that could arise from the development.

UK Legislation on Contaminated Land is contained within Part 2A of the Environmental Protection Act (1990). This legislation endorses the principal of a ‘suitable for use’ approach to Contaminated Land, where remediation is only required if there are unacceptable risks to human health or the environment, taking into consideration the use of the land and the environmental setting.

Part 2A of the Environmental Protection Act 1990 defines Contaminated Land as:

“…any land which appears to the local authority in whose area it is situated to be in such a condition, by reason of substances in, on, or under the land that;

298

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

a) significant harm is being caused or there is a significant possibility of such harm being caused; or b) pollution of controlled waters is being, or is likely to be caused.”

Part 2A introduces a risk assessment methodology in terms of ‘significant pollutants’ and ‘significant pollutant linkages’, where a Conceptual Site Model (CSM) is developed in order to define potential source – pathway – receptor pollutant linkages.

In order for land to be considered contaminated, a source – pathway – receptor significant pollutant linkage (SPL) must be present. When a local authority identifies land with an SPL they should seek to gain remediation of the contaminated land ideally through voluntarily means, but as a last resort, by determining the extent of the contaminated land and requiring the necessary work to be implemented by the causer of the pollution.

Model Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination, Contaminated Land Report 11 (CLR11) outlines the approach for evaluation of contamination in line with UK Government policies and legislation.

METHODOLOGY

The following section describes the process followed in assessing potential contaminated land impacts associated with the proposed development.

Land contamination has been assessed through the development of a Conceptual Site Model (CSM) which identifies significant potential sources of contamination and sensitive receptors using a risk assessment approach. A risk only exists where a source – pathway – receptor pollutant linkage is present. The magnitude of the risk depends on the severity of the harm caused and the likelihood of the harm occurring. The assessment also takes into account the sensitivity and importance of the receptor in that a moderate risk identified in the CSM may translate to a minor effect in the assessment, because the effect is at a local level.

The definitions for the terms source, pathway, and receptor are as follows:

299

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Source: These are potential or known sources of contamination that may relate to a former land use or present site feature or process (e.g. fuel storage tanks). Pathway: A pathway is defined as a mechanism or route by which a contaminant comes into contact with, or otherwise affects a receptor. Pathways by which the identified receptors may be impacted upon in the context of the proposed development. Receptor: Receptors are defined as people, living organisms, ecological systems, controlled waters, atmosphere, structures and utilities that could be adversely affected by contaminant(s).

Baseline conditions were first established, taking into account any known history or conditions at the site.

Next, potential receptors were identified and their relative sensitivity evaluated. The sensitivity of the receptor is proportional to the sensitivity or resource value of the receptor and the geographical location of the receptor in relation to the Site. The importance of the receptor is expressed using the terms in Table 12.1.

Table 12.1 Receptor Sensitivity

Designation Explanation Identified Receptors

High The receptor has low ability to Future site users and third absorb change without parties. fundamentally altering its present Buried concrete structures and character, is of high water utility pipes. environmental value, or is of national importance.

Medium The receptor has moderate Ground and construction capacity to absorb change workers. without significantly altering its Current nearby surface water present character, has some features (pond alongside environmental value, or is of northeastern boundary, and regional importance. tributary streams 200m west and 210m north of the site).

300

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Designation Explanation Identified Receptors

Underlying on- and off-site Secondary A aquifers

Low The receptor is tolerant of change Perched water. without detriment to its character, is low environmental value, or local importance.

Negligible The receptor is resistant to change and is of little environmental value.

The proposed development was considered in detail with respect to the following three impact potentials, for both the construction and operational (post-construction) phases:

 The site impacting upon itself;

 The site impacting on its surroundings; and

 The surroundings impacting on the site.

Any ground contamination or soil quality related impacts that are considered likely to result have been described and, where possible, quantified. The significance level attributed to each impact has been assessed based on the magnitude of change due to the proposed development and the sensitivity of the affected receptor to change.

Table 12.2 illustrates how the significance of each effect will be assessed and the definitions of the significance levels attributed are explained in Table 12.3 below. Both magnitude of impact and the sensitivity of the affected receptor are both assessed on a scale of high, medium, low and negligible (as shown in Table 12.1). Only ‘major’ and ‘moderate’ impacts are considered to be significant for the purposes of this assessment.

301

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 12.2 Significance of Impacts

Receptor Magnitude of Impact Sensitivity High Medium Low Negligible None

High Major Moderate Minor Negligible None

Medium Moderate Minor Negligible Negligible None

Low Minor Negligible Negligible Negligible None

Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible None

Table 12.3 Significance Level Definitions

Designation Definition

Major A very significant effect (either positive or negative) on ground conditions, hydrogeology, and contamination as a result of the proposed development. For example: loss of exposed designated geological feature or very high risk of exposure of a sensitive receptor to potentially harmful levels of contamination via a confirmed pathway.

Moderate A noticeable effect (either positive or negative) on ground conditions, hydrogeology, and contamination as a result of the proposed development. For example: quarrying of rock for imported fill or a cutting or a proven source-pathway-receptor linkage identified with an elevated level of contamination recorded.

Minor A small, barely noticeable effect (either positive or negative) on ground conditions, hydrogeology, and contamination as a result of the proposed development. For example: superficial disturbance to geology or proven source-pathway-receptor linkage identified with a low level of contamination recorded.

Negligible No discernible effect is expected on ground conditions, hydrogeology, and contamination as a result of the proposed development.

302

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Designation Definition

For example: changes to Made Ground deposits or no proven source-pathway-receptor linkage identified between contamination and receptor.

Where potentially significant effects are identified, mitigation measures are proposed. The generic categories of mitigation measures are outlined in Table 12.4.

Table 12.4 Possible Mitigation Measures

Type Description

Remedial works Remedial work may be required to enable the development to proceed. The scope and nature of any remedial work is likely to be highly dependent on the results of investigations and subsequent risk assessment.

Design changes Significant effects can be reduced by changes in design, e.g. protective measures to prevent build-up of flammable gases, or modification of layouts to ensure that sensitive end uses are sited away from likely areas of contamination.

Protective Many of the potentially significant effects on the construction measures workforce can be mitigated by the use of appropriate during protective equipment, such as gloves and respiratory construction protection, and effective dust suppression techniques.

Environmental Environmental Management may be required to prevent Management construction work and future operations from giving rise to land contamination.

BASELINE CONDITIONS

The baseline land quality information pertaining to the site and its surroundings have been derived from the following sources, included as Appendix 12.1 to Appendix 12.4 respectively:

303

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 ‘Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TE1-BWB-00-XX-RP-EN-0001_Ph1, dated May 2018;  ‘Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TE1-BWB-00-XX-RP-EN-0001_Ph2, dated May 2018;  ‘Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TEP2-BWB-ZZ-XX-RP-YE-0002_Ph1, dated May 2018; and  ‘Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment’ by BWB Consulting Ltd for Hallam Land Management, reference TEP2-BWB-ZZ-XX-RP-YE-0003_Ph2, dated May 2018.

The site is described in detail in Chapter 2 (The Site).

Site History

Historical Ordnance Survey mapping for the site was reviewed in detail in the Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessments. The following paragraphs summarise the findings.

The majority of site has been used for agricultural purposes since the 1880s with no significant land use change up to the present day. Small ponds with associated earthworks were noted along the eastern boundary and an infilled pond was identified to the east of Robeys Lane.

Several minor structures have been located on the eastern site boundary and various farm buildings have been located in the west and south west. A series of pylons were constructed across the site in the 1950s, running north to south, and a go-karting track (Daytona Tamworth) has been mapped in the south west from 2002 (although only labelled as such from 2010).

The surrounding land-use has been dominated by agriculture and mineral extraction of both coal, clay, and stone. Numerous small ponds in the surrounding area may be related to early mineral extraction (pre-1880s either shallow coal or clay). Coal pits/shafts were located 500m east and 200m west of the site and a marl pit approximately 100m to the north-west. Three collieries have been located within

304

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

750m of the site, Pooley Hall in the east, Birch in the south, and Amington to the north west.

Significant changes occurred in the surrounding land-use between the late 1970s and 1980s. This included the closure of numerous collieries, construction of the M42, and the construction of large residential developments to the south and west. Colliery tips were landscaped and converted to recreational areas. Some minor industrial estates have developed alongside the housing.

Geology, Hydrogeology, and Hydrology

British Geological Survey (BGS) mapping for the site (Sheet 154, 1: 63,360, 1971 and Sheet 155, 1: 50,000, 2010) indicates that the site is predominantly underlain by sandstones, mudstones and siltstones of the Halesowen Formation, present in the south and north-west. The Etruria Formation is indicated to be present in the north west of the site, comprising mudstone, sandstone and conglomerate and the Pennine Middle Coal Measures Formation comprising mudstone, siltstone and sandstone is identified to encroach in to the western and eastern site boundaries.

Superficial deposits are generally absent across the site although there is the potential for Alluvium to be present in the west of the site associated with the tertiary watercourse that forms the western site boundary.

Three NE-SW trending faults run through the site, all downthrown to the north- west. A single fault runs through the northern third of the site trending E-W and downthrown to the north.

Map evidence suggests that the 2m thick ‘Bench’ coal seam lies at a depth of between 140m and 150m beneath the site. A fault has been mapped at depth in the Bench coal seam to the east of the site boundary, throwing the seam down 2m to the west. The geology is shown to dip to the south-west.

The Alluvium, Halesowen Formation, Etruria Formation and the Pennine Middle Coal Measures Formation are classified by the EA as Secondary A aquifers.

The site is not located within a Source Protection Zone (SPZ) and there are no groundwater abstraction licenses in close proximity to the site (<1km).

305

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

BGS data indicates that a 117m deep water well was located at the southern end of Alvecote Wood, relating to Tamworth Colliery in 1940. It is assumed this is no longer in use and has been decommissioned in accordance with relevant guidance.

The nearest surface water features include a small pond located on-site on the north-eastern site boundary, a surface water drain along the site boundary with Alvecote Wood and an unnamed Tertiary River which flows along the western site boundary. Coventry Canal and the River Anker are located approximately 100m and 400m north of the site respectively.

The site is not located within 250m of a designated flood plain and is considered by the EA to have a very low (less than 1 in 1000) risk of flooding from rivers and the sea. No flood defences are known to be present in the surrounding area.

Coal Mining and Mineral Extraction

A coal report for the site has been reviewed and indicates that the site is in an area that could be affected by underground mining in 8 seams of coal at depths between 160m and 310m, last worked in 1961. There are no known mine entries on site or within 20m of the site boundary.

Additionally, BGS mapping indicates that the ‘Bench’ coal seam has been worked at between 140m bgl and 150m bgl below the site and that a fault, inferred to outcrop in the west of the site, has been mapped underground approximately following the path of Robeys Lane.

Environmental Setting

The Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) known as Alvecote Pools is located approximately 625m north-east of the site and an Ancient Woodland known as Alvecote Wood located adjacent to the site’s north-eastern boundary. No other designated environmentally sensitive sites are present within 1km of the site boundary.

A historical landfill was indicated on mapping to be present directly to the north of the site at Alvecote Marina, containing industrial and household waste, and the historical Pooley Lane landfill was located 485m north-east of the site and is reported to have accepted inert waste only from 1984 to 1985. A historical landfill was also

306

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

located approximately 75m east of the site to the south of Alvecote Priory and containing industrial and liquid sludge waste.

A licensed waste site, active from 2011, is located at Tamworth Municipal Golf Course, approximately 200m to the west of the site and pertaining to construction waste. Two licensed waste sites are located within Tamworth Industrial Estate, processing household, commercial and industrial waste.

Three pollution incidents have occurred within the site boundary, all as a result of inert materials and waste, and a further eight incidents have occurred within 500m of the site. All incidents were deemed to have minor to no impact to land and water, with the Category 3 incidents relating to tipping of inert soils and petrol spillage. Given that they were minor incidents these incidents are not considered significant in the context of the proposed development.

The site is reported to be located within an area where between 1% and 3% of properties are above the action level, however no specific precautionary measures are required. Localised Made Ground deposits have been identified as a potential source of low level ground gas at the site.

Baseline

Based on the limited contaminative uses that have occurred, the development is considered to pose a moderate to low risk to human health and a low risk to controlled waters receptors. The main pollutant linkages are associated with the current agricultural land use of the site and the potential for localised areas of Made Ground associated with agricultural buildings and the go-karting track. The existing pollutant linkages are summarised in Table 12.5 below.

307

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 12.5 Existing Pollutant Linkages

Source Pathway Receptor

Receptor Receptor Sensitivity Magnitude Impact of Potential Significance

Dermal

contact,

On-site farm ingestion

workers Low

and/or Medium Current and former Negligible inhalation on-site agricultural activities Underlying (heavy metals, Secondary A Leaching and petroleum Aquifers

migration to

hydrocarbons, and Surface water groundwater

pesticides) Low (including on- and surface Medium

Negligible water site ponds and tertiary watercourse)

Dermal

contact, Daytona ingestion Tamworth staff. Potentially Minor and/or Medium Medium contaminative land inhalation use associated with Underlying Dayton Tamworth Secondary A Go-Karting Facility. Leaching and Aquifers

(heavy metals, migration to Surface water petroleum groundwater

(including on- Minor hydrocarbons) and surface Medium Medium water site ponds and tertiary watercourse)

308

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Source Pathway Receptor

Receptor Receptor Sensitivity Magnitude Impact of Potential Significance

On- and off-site organic materials and Made Ground Inhalation of

associated with ground gases On-site farm infilled ponds and and organic workers

Minot

small industrial Medium Medium vapours development. (carbon dioxide and methane)

Dermal

contact, On-site farm ingestion workers Current and historical and/or Medium

Negligible Negligible surrounding land inhalation uses Underlying (M42 motorway, filter Secondary A bed, electricity Leaching and Aquifers

substations, works, migration to

Surface water warehouses, and groundwater (including on- Low agricultural land) and surface Medium

Negligible water site ponds and tertiary watercourse)

In the absence of the proposed development, the site is anticipated to continue to be used for arable farming without significant changes and therefore the baseline conditions with respect to ground contamination are anticipated to remain the same.

309

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

PREDICTED IMPACTS

The exact details of the design are presently not known, however, due to the highly variable site topography, it is likely that the construction will involve significant earthworks. As bedrock is inferred to be present at a shallow depth it is likely that traditional pad foundations will be suitable and that piles will not be required.

Based on the findings of the report included as Appendix 12.1 to Appendix 12.4 inclusive, the following potentially significant effects have been identified.

Construction Phase

During the construction phase, impacts can be related to existing contamination present at the site due to its former uses and also to contamination caused by the construction process, for example spillages of fuel or construction materials.

Although there is limited existing potential for significant contamination at the site, there is a potential minor adverse effect where contaminated soils are exposed through earthworks or groundworks to construction workers and third parties through potential dermal contact, ingestion and/or inhalation of on-site contamination (including heavy metals, petroleum hydrocarbons, and pesticide residues across the site associated with former agricultural land use) in fugitive soil particulates.

There is a potential minor adverse effect from the potential mobilisation and subsequent migration of contaminated soil particulates into nearby surface water.

There is a potential minor adverse effect from potential inhalation of accumulated methane and carbon dioxide gases, associated with natural decay of organic materials and potentially localised Made Ground deposits associated with infilling of small ponds, Woodhouse Farm and Daytona Tamworth, in excavations or other confined spaces by construction workers and third parties.

There is a potential minor adverse effect from potential leaching and migration of on- and off-site contaminated soils and groundwater (including heavy metals, petroleum hydrocarbons and pesticide residues) to the underlying Secondary A Aquifer and nearby surface water.

310

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Operational Phase

There is a potential moderate to minor adverse effect where contaminated soils are exposed, for example in gardens or other soft landscaping, to future on-site residents through potential dermal contact, ingestion and/or inhalation of on-site contamination (including heavy metals, petroleum hydrocarbons, and pesticide residues) in fugitive soil particulates.

There is a potential minor adverse effect from the potential mobilisation and subsequent migration of contaminated soil particulates into nearby surface water bodies.

There is a potential moderate to minor adverse effect from potential inhalation of accumulated methane and carbon dioxide gases, associated with natural decay of organic materials and potentially localised Made Ground deposits associated with infilling of small ponds, in buildings by future on-site residents.

There is a potential minor adverse effect from potential leaching and migration of on- and off-site contaminated soils and groundwater (including heavy metals, petroleum hydrocarbons, and pesticide residues) to the underlying Secondary A aquifer and nearby surface water.

PROPOSED MITIGATION

Construction Phase

The site contractors are required to produce a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) which, amongst other things, will provide details of environmental control measures necessary to mitigate the predicted impacts discussed in Section 10.5. Such mitigation measures are discussed below.

General

Prior to the start of construction activities, an intrusive ground investigation will be required to inform foundation design and will include the testing of soils (with respect to contamination including asbestos) in order to assist with the development of a soil reuse programme and to quantify the findings of this impact assessment. Following completion of such an investigation, it will be possible to define the need for any

311

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

mitigation measures additional to the impact avoidance measures as presented below.

In the event that contamination is identified during site works, appropriate measures will be taken to prevent its dispersal and remediation measures will be taken to protect future site users, groundwater, structures and services, such as potable water supply pipes.

Any material to be disposed from the site, be it soils or waters, will be appropriately tested and disposed of in a suitable manner, with relevant licences obtained where required.

Workers will be made aware of the control measures required at the site, including procedures to follow upon encountering unexpected contamination, as part of their induction on arrival at the site.

Impact to Construction Workers

Potential impacts to construction workers, such as those due to exposure to contaminated soil, will largely be mitigated by the use of appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as dust masks to minimise inhalation, gloves to minimise dermal contact and good hygiene to minimise ingestion of particulates. Reference should be made to guidance presented in document HSG 66 “Protection of Workers and the General Public during Redevelopment of Contaminated Land’ during development works”.

To further mitigate the risks associated with the generation of contaminated dusts during earthworks, exposed areas should be dampened down during the construction work, particularly during periods of dry weather, in order to reduce the amount of dust generated. In addition, the levels of dust generated should be monitored throughout the works.

Potential impact to construction workers due to the inhalation of accumulated gases will be mitigated by the use of gas monitors within confined spaces and the use of respirators, where required.

Additionally, caution will be exercised when undertaking earthworks during site clearance and construction to ensure that, if present, isolated ‘hotspots’ of

312

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

contamination are identified and the risks suitably assessed in order to ensure adequate PPE, and if necessary other mitigation measures, is adopted.

Impact to Underlying Aquifer and Nearby Surface Waters

Any earthworks will be undertaken in an appropriate manner to mitigate potential contamination of land, groundwater, and surface water.

The dust mitigation measures detailed in Paragraph 11.16.7 above will similarly reduce the likelihood of dust migration to nearby surface water receptors. Additional measures relevant to particulate migration to surface water include the use of sediment traps/settlement tanks, wind breaks around exposed areas, temporary drainage, wheel washes and filter beds, situated in appropriate locations.

Suitable drainage control practices will be in place in order to minimise entry and migration of contaminative substances, such as fuel or construction materials, into the soil, groundwater and surface water. These will include the use of bunds, particularly around fuel storage areas, and impermeable surfaces to minimise potential for surface run-off and ground penetration.

Any stockpiled material will be placed away from watercourses and drainage systems, sealed to prevent rainwater infiltration; surface water will be directed away from stockpiles to prevent erosion.

If isolated ‘hotspots’ of contamination are identified care will be taken to limit mobilisation in order to minimise the risk of directly or indirectly contaminating groundwater and surface water during the development of the site.

Operational Phase General

Any imported material will have been assessed prior to importation and only material deemed suitable for its proposed use should be used.

Impact to Future Residents

Where contamination is identified in areas of soft landscaping and residential gardens and is considered to pose a significant risk to human health, it will have been

313

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

excavated and replaced with a suitable capping material. The excavated material may be suitable for re-use at the site under areas of hardstanding.

Water supply pipes should be designed in accordance with current best practice and applicable guidance to ensure pipes are protected from potential impacts associated with contamination.

A gas risk assessment will have been undertaken as part of the intrusive ground investigation and appropriate gas protection measures will be installed in all buildings, in accordance with industry guidelines, in order to reduce the potential risks to future residents.

Impact to Underlying Aquifer And Nearby Surface Waters

The surface water drainage system will have been designed such that potential contamination of land, groundwater, and surface water is reduced.

Areas of hardstanding (such as car parks and roads) will reduce the migration of potential contaminants arising from site activities into the soils, groundwater, and surface water at the site.

Foundations and services will be designed and constructed to prevent the creation of pathways for the migration of contaminants.

RESIDUAL IMPACTS

Construction Phase

Following implementation of the mitigation measures outlined in Section 10.6 above, the risk to construction workers from contamination is considered negligible.

Based on the findings of the reports presented as Appendix 12.1 to Appendix 12.4 and the implementation of the mitigation measures discussed above, the risk to the underlying Secondary A Aquifer and nearby surface water receptors is considered negligible.

314

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Operational Phase

Incorporation of appropriate gas protection measures into building design should mitigate the risk of gas build-up following gas migration into buildings and render the risk negligible.

Where present, impermeable surfaces and use of capping material as detailed in Section 10.6 above, will reduce the likelihood of exposure to soil-borne contamination by future on-site residents and the risk from such contamination is therefore considered negligible.

The integration of a suitable surface water drainage scheme will reduce the risk to the Secondary A Aquifer and nearby surface waters and the risk from contamination is considered negligible.

CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

It is considered that there will be no cumulative effects on ground conditions and contamination resulting from the proposed development and the cumulative schemes considered as part of the assessment. As such, effects are site-specific and independent of other sites in the area and are unlikely to cumulatively affect the site or surrounding area.

Any future development in the surrounding area is expected to be assessed under the same legislation as the proposed development and it is therefore expected that the cumulative effect, if any, will be a positive impact on surface water and groundwater in the area.

LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS

The assessment presented above has been undertaken based on information and reports that were available at the time of assessment.

It is assumed that further intrusive ground investigation, including additional ground gas monitoring, will be undertaken prior to the construction phase in order to further characterise ground, groundwater and ground gas conditions. It is assumed that the findings of such an investigation will be incorporated into the CEMP and foundation designs to ensure that an appropriate level of mitigation is provided. Human health

315

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

and controlled waters risk assessments should be updated following receipt of further information.

CONCLUSIONS

Based on the information available as detailed herein, and following the implementation of applicable impact avoidance and mitigation measures, all potential geological and contamination related effects associated with the construction and operation of the proposed development are assessed as being negligible (i.e. not significant).

Table 12.6 summarises the assessment.

Table 12.6 Assessment Summary

316

Environmental Statement (Chapter 12) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References

 British Geological Survey (1971), Sheet 154, 1:63,360 Scale  British Geological Survey (2010), Sheet 155, 1:50,000 Scale  BWB Consulting Ltd (May 2018), Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment, reference TE1-BWB-00-XX-RP-EN-0001_Ph1  BWB Consulting Ltd (May 2018), Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment, reference TE1-BWB-00-XX-RP-EN-0001_Ph2  BWB Consulting Ltd (May 2018), Phase 1 Geo-Environmental Assessment, reference TEP2-BWB-ZZ-XX-RP-YE-0002_Ph1  BWB Consulting Ltd (May 2018), Phase 2 Geo-Environmental Assessment, reference TEP2-BWB-ZZ-XX-RP-YE-0003_Ph2  Construction Industry Research and Information Association (CIRIA) (2001) C522 Contaminated Land Risk Assessment, A Guide to Good Practice  Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) (2012) Environmental Protection Act 1990: Part 2A Contaminated Land Statutory Guidance  Environment Agency (2004), Model Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination, CLR11  HM Government (1991) HSG 66 Protection of Workers and the General Public During the Development of Contaminated Land), HMSO  HM Government (2004), Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, HMSO  HM Government (July 2018), National Planning Policy Framework, HMSO  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2014), Core Strategy, North Warwickshire Borough Council  North Warwickshire Borough Council (2017), Draft Submission Local Plan 2017, North Warwickshire Borough Council

317

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13. SOCIO-ECONOMICS 13.1. INTRODUCTION

13.1.1. This section focuses on the potential socio-economic impacts arising as a result of the proposed development. The chapter identifies the relevant study area and baseline conditions and undertakes an assessment of the impact of the proposed development on these. The impact assessment is undertaken with consideration of the relevant local and national policy documents. The assessment looks at impacts at both the construction stage of the development as well as following completion and assesses the potential effects of the proposed development on population, housing, employment, education, health, community facilities, open space and retail provision.

Scoping Response 13.1.2. In line with chapter 13 of the scoping report, the baseline conditions will be assessed for both North Warwickshire and Tamworth Borough Councils, as the development site sits on the boundary between the two. Where data is available, the report will also assess the baseline conditions of the Local Impact Area (LIA), which is defined in the Assessment Methodology below (section 13.3).

13.1.3. The assessment of impacts will focus on the following issues:  Impact of the development on meeting future housing need;  Impact of the development on employment opportunities;  Consideration of the impact on the development on local community facilities, with particular attention paid towards education and health facilities.

13.2. LEGISLATION AND POLICY 13.2.1. The Development Plan for North Warwickshire comprises the North Warwickshire Core Strategy (2014) and the Local Plan (2006).

13.2.2. North Warwickshire Borough Council are currently preparing a new Local Plan. The decision was taken to merge the adopted Core Strategy, the Draft Site Allocations Plan and the Draft Development Plan together to form a Local Plan for the Borough. The Local Plan will set out the planning policies and site allocations across the Borough during the

318

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

plan period (up to 2033). The draft plan was sent to the Inspector for Examination on 27 March 2018.

13.2.3. Chapter 4 of this Environmental Statement reviews the planning policy context for this application. This section highlights any specific policies relevant in the consideration of socio-economic impacts.

Core Strategy (2014) 13.2.4. The Core Strategy sets out the strategic objectives (SO) for planning. SO2 is to provide for the housing needs of the Borough, SO9 is to ensure the satisfactory provision of social and cultural facilities.

13.2.5. Policy NW4 seeks to provide at least 3,650 dwellings between 2011 and 2029 (of which 500 are to meet needs arising in Tamworth). There should be a variety of types and tenures that reflect settlement needs.

13.2.6. Policy NW6 states that on schemes of 15 or more dwellings 30% of housing provided on site will be affordable, except in the case of Greenfield sites where 40% on-site provision will be required. A target tenure mix is of 85% affordable rent and 15% suitable intermediate tenure will be provided wherever practicable.

13.2.7. Policy NW22 seeks to secure the provision of necessary services, facilities and infrastructure to meet the demands of new development and communities to include Green Infrastructure, open space, sports and recreation and transport.

Local Plan (2006) 13.2.8. Some policies of the Local Plan have been superseded through the adoption of the Core Strategy and in this instance all policies relevant to this chapter are contained within the Core Strategy (2014).

North Warwickshire Submission Draft Local Plan (2017) 13.2.9. Taking into account the current stage of the Local Plan at the time of writing, the weight in general that can be attributed to it is very limited. Nevertheless, regard has been had to draft policies as follows:

319

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.2.10. Policy LP6 Amount of Development states that between 2011 and 2033 there will be a minimum of 5,808 dwellings built, with an aspiration to deliver a further 3,790 dwellings and around 90 hectares of employment land.

13.2.11. Policy LP7 Housing Development states that housing developments will be required to provide for a variety of types and tenures that reflect the needs of the Borough and of the settlement. Sites will be expected to provide for a range of needs and opportunities including homes for those with mobility issues, older people as well as the young. In respect of infrastructure policy LP7 states that development will only occur if the appropriate infrastructure is available or can be made available.

13.2.12. Policy LP9 requires schemes of 10 or more dwellings to provide 30% of housing on site as affordable except in the case of Greenfield (previously agricultural use) sites where 40% on-site provision will be required. A target affordable housing tenure mix of 85% affordable rent and 15% suitable intermediate tenure will be provided wherever practicable.

13.2.13. Policy LP24 on Recreational Provision states that development proposals will be expected to provide a range of new on-site recreational provision such as parks and amenity space, sport or recreation facilities and semi-natural areas such as woodland wherever appropriate to the area and to the development. The design and location of these spaces and facilities should be accessible to all users; have regard to the relationship with surrounding uses, enhance the natural environment, protect and improve green infrastructure and link to surrounding areas where appropriate.

13.3. ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 13.3.1. This assessment first establishes the baseline position in terms of local conditions. It then examines the potential effects of the Proposed Development taking into account any mitigation measure that are already built into it and assesses the significant of those effects. Opportunities to mitigate any potential adverse effects are then identified, as well as any residual effects that might remain following mitigation.

13.3.2. The assessment has drawn upon published Government and local authority statistics and documents relating to the area, including 2011 Census data, ONS data and documents published by North Warwickshire and Tamworth District Councils.

320

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.3.3. There are no generally accepted criteria for assessing the significance of socio-economic impacts and, in some cases, it can be difficult to quantify or measure such impacts.

13.3.4. The assessment of socio-economic issues arising as a result of the development is therefore largely based on the magnitude of the predicted change to the baseline position as well as the sensitivity of the socio-economic receptors. This is assessed using professional judgement and experience of similar developments as well as guidance provided in Government advice.

13.3.5. The assessment considers how the development will affect the socio-economic baseline conditions, both during construction and operational phases. Given the nature of the development, both quantitative and qualitative impacts will be considered.

13.3.6. The significance criteria used to assess the impact of the Development is detailed in Table 13.1 and Table 13.2

Table 13.1: Impact Definition Impact Definition Adverse Detrimental or negative impacts to an environmental resource or receptor. Beneficial Advantageous of positive impact to an environmental resource or receptor. Negligible No significant impacts to an environmental resource or receptor.

Table 13.2: Scale of Impact Definition Scale of Definition Impact Minor Slight, very short term or highly localised impact of no significant consequence; Moderate Limited impact (by extent, duration or magnitude) which may nonetheless be considered significant in the context of the site and/or surrounding areas Major Considerable impact (by extend, duration or magnitude) of more than local significance or in breach of recognised acceptability, legislation, policy or standards

321

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.3.7. The assessment considers the impact of the development on both Tamworth and North Warwickshire Boroughs but also on the Local Impact Area (LIA) which is formed of the following wards:  Newton Regis and Warton (North Warwickshire Borough Council)  Polesworth West (North Warwickshire Borough Council)  Polesworth East (North Warwickshire Borough Council)  Dordon Newton Regis and Warton (North Warwickshire Borough Council)  Amington (Tamworth Borough Council)  Glascote (Tamworth Borough Council)  Stonydelph (Tamworth Borough Council)

13.3.8. Those wards have been chosen to form the LIA as they are either a ward which the site is located within, adjacent to or are likely to contain facilities or services most used by the development population.

13.4. BASELINE CONDITIONS Demographics 13.4.1. The site lies within North Warwickshire Borough Council, which had a population of 62,014 (Census, 2011). The site lies adjacent to the boundary of Tamworth Borough Council, which had a population of 76,813 (Census, 2011). The LIA had a combined population of 37,501, accounting for approximately 27% of the combined borough’s population. Table 1.3 shows the change in population across the LIA and the benchmark areas between 2001 and 2011. The LIA was the only area to experience a fall in population (-2.5%) over the period. However whilst North Warwickshire experienced population growth, this was only very small at 0.7% in comparison with Tamworth’s 3.1% and England’s 7.9%.

Table 13.3: Population 2001 and 2011 Area Population % Change 2001 2011 England 49,138,831 53,012,456 7.9 North Warwickshire 61,560 62,014 0.7 Tamworth 74,531 76,813 3.1 LIA 38,465 37,501 -2.5

322

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.4.2. Population projections from 2014 indicate that by 2031 the population of North Warwickshire will have increased to 65,45621. This equates to an increase of 5.5% over a 20 year period (2011-2031). The population projections are based on the continuation of recent demographic trends. 13.4.3. The age structure of the population in the LIA and benchmark areas is set out in Figure 13.1 below. The LIA, North Warwickshire and Tamworth have a working age population, between 16 and 74, of 74% which is broadly in line with the average for England at 73%. However the LIA has a higher proportion of younger people, aged between 0-15 (21%) compared to North Warwickshire as a whole (20%), Tamworth (18%) and a national average of 19%. Conversely the older population aged 75+ in the LIA is lower at 5% in comparison to 6% in North Warwickshire and 8% nationally.

England

LIA 0-15 16-74 75+ Tamworth

North Warwickshire

0 50 100 150

Percentage by Age Group

Figure 13.1: Age Structure of Residential Population (2011)

13.4.4. The 2014 Household Projections also predict a demographic shift with both the number and proportion of older people increasing. By 2031 North Warwickshire will have 9,000 residents (14% of the total population) over the age of 75, an increase from 6,000 in 2014.

21 Coventry and Warwickshire SHMA Update 2015 323

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Housing 13.4.5. Using information contained within the Coventry and Warwickshire Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA)22 the average household size for North Warwickshire in 2011 was 2.40 people. By 2031 it is anticipated that the household size will be 2.29 people. 13.4.6. The household projections contained within the 2015 SHMA update identify that there are 25,860 households in North Warwickshire in 2011 and by 2031 this will be 29,032. This represents an increase of 3,172 dwellings (12.3% increase). This is likely to reflect not only population increase but changes in demographics of age groups and reduction in household size. 13.4.7. Approximately 72.4% of residential dwellings in North Warwickshire and 68.2% in Tamworth are owner occupied. Across the LIA the average is 70.27% of owner occupied dwellings, but this varies significantly from 83.8% in Polesworth West and 54.3% in Glascote. As such the LIA as a whole has a lower proportion of owner occupied properties compared to North Warwickshire, but higher than both Tamworth and England which has an average of 68.1%23. These details are set out in Figure 13.2 below.

England

LIA Owned Shared Ownership Social Rented Tamworth Private Rented Rent Free

North Warwickshire

0 50 100 150

Figure 13.2: Housing Tenure (Census 2011)

22 Coventry and Warwickshire Joint Strategic Housing Market Assessment (November 2013), GL Hearn Limited 23 2011 Census Data - https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/query/asv2htm.aspx 324

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.4.8. Figure 13.2 also shows that levels of social rented properties in the Local Impact Area are at 18.8%. This is higher than North Warwickshire as a whole (14.4%) and also higher than England at 17.7%. 13.4.9. Figure 13.3 shows the changing average house price over the period 2000-2016. Data for the LIA is not available so the average for North Warwickshire will be used.

250000

200000

150000 North Warwickshire Tamworth 100000 England

50000

0

2002 2004 2006 2001 2003 2005 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2000 Figure 13.3: Average House Prices24

13.4.10. North Warwickshire’s Average House price has followed the trend for rising house prices, with the associated dip in 2009 as a result of the economic downturn. North Warwickshire’s House prices have remained above that of its closest neighbour Tamworth, albeit that more recently the gap appears to be closing. 13.4.11. To assess housing affordability, the ratio of median house prices to median earning has been compared in Figure 13.4.

24 Average House Prices: https://www.gov.uk/search-house-prices 325

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

8

7

6

5 North Warwickshire 4 Tamworth 3 England

2

1

0

Figure 13.4: Ratio of Median House Prices to Median Earnings 2000-201325

13.4.12. Figure 13.4 identifies that since 2000 affordability in North Warwickshire has been better in North Warwickshire than in Tamworth or England as a whole. Nevertheless the Updated Assessment of Housing Need (2015) identifies that in North Warwickshire there are 1,356 households per annum across the HMA which require support in meeting their housing needs. As such there is a net need for affordable housing between 2013-2031 of 112 dwellings per annum. This equates to a net need of 92 affordable houses per annum in North Warwickshire. 13.4.13. North Warwickshire Five Year Housing Supply Paper as published at 31 March 2017 claims a 5.1 year housing land supply. Included in those calculations of housing supply are 200 dwellings on Land west of Robey’s Lane, which is the part of this site allocated for residential development in the Local Plan, ‘Phase 2’.

Employment 13.4.14. Economic activity in North Warwickshire is at 53.5%. This is slightly lower than Tamworth, whose economic activity is 54%. However both are higher than the average rate for England, which is 51.3%. In respect of the LIA economic activity is 58.5% however this ranges from 48.5% in Glascote, to 72.3% in Dordon. The LIA is however in general higher than the North Warwickshire average.

25 Data.gov.uk: https://data.gov.uk/dataset/ratio-of-median-house-price-to-median- earnings/resource/3a73de15-73df-487c-9144-111f09f5912f 326

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.4.15. The ONS Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (2015) identified that the average weekly earnings for a full time employee living in North Warwickshire is £404. This is slightly higher than the average for Tamworth, which is £383 but both are significantly lower than the average for Great Britain which is £528 a week. There are no figures available for the LIA so the figures for North Warwickshire and Tamworth will need to be used as a proxy. 13.4.16. The latest estimates (Oct 2015 – Sept 2016, NOMIS) indicate that 79.8% of adults aged over 16 in North Warwickshire were in some form of employment. Figures suggest that the North Warwickshire rate has been consistently higher than the average for the West Midlands (71%) and Great Britain (73.9%). For Tamworth the figure is 72.1%, which is more compatible with the regional and country wide averages. Again there are no figures available for the LIA. 13.4.17. The residential occupation profile for both Local Authorities, and a comparison against England, is set out below:

Occupation: Proportion of employment (%) England North Warwickshire Tamworth Managers, directors and senior 10.9 11.4 9.4 officials Professional occupations 17.5 13 11.5 Associate professional and 12.8 11 11 technical occupations Administrative and secretarial 11.5 12.2 12.6 occupations Skilled trades occupations 11.4 12.9 10 Caring, leisure and other services 9.3 8.6 8.2 occupations Sales and customer services 8.4 7.2 9.9 occupations Process plant and machine 7.2 10.0 10.4 operatives Elementary occupations 11.1 13.7 14.9 Table 13.4: Employment Sectors

13.4.18. In general North Warwickshire and Tamworth have a lower level of residents in professional occupation and a higher level in elementary occupations and administrative and secretarial occupations.

327

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.4.19. This information is also available for the LIA:

Occupation Proportion of employment (%)

Newton Dordon

ton Regis

cote

delph

worth worth

East and

West

Glas

Aming

Poles Poles Stony Warton Managers, directors 9.7 10.5 9.9 6.3 9.4 14.3 8.9 and senior officials Professional 13.3 11.4 12.4 7.8 11.1 15.5 7.6 occupations Associate 11.5 10.7 11.5 8.6 9.8 10.9 9.4 professional and technical occupations Administrative and 12 11.9 12 10.8 13.1 11.7 9.9 secretarial occupations Skilled trades 13.4 13.5 11.8 11.9 11.6 12.3 12.6 occupations Caring, leisure and 8.7 9.7 7.3 9.3 8.5 8.1 9.8 other services occupations Sales and customer 8.4 7.6 10.4 11.2 10.3 6.0 8.9 services occupations Process plant and 10 10 9.7 13.4 11.3 8.1 11.9 machine operatives Elementary 13.2 14.7 15 20.6 14.9 13.1 21 occupations Table 13.5 Employment Sectors (LIA)

13.4.20. As with the overall trends for the Local Authority profiles, the LIA has a higher rate of residents in elementary occupations and process plant and machine operatives and less

328

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

residents in professional occupations and associated professional and technical occupations. 13.4.21. North Warwickshire has a low claimant unemployment rate of 1.1% and Tamworth of 1% (NOMIS, February 2017)). By comparison the UK average is 1.9% and for the whole of the West Midlands the figure is 2.4%. This equates to a total number of claimants in North Warwickshire of 425 and Tamworth of 490.

Education Provision 13.4.22. The site is located 1.4km from Stoneydelph Primary School. Staffordshire School Organisation Team has confirmed that from 2021, which is the date on which the site is expected to begin delivering dwellings, that the school will have around 49 surplus places. 13.4.23. In terms of secondary provision the site is located approximately 2.2km from The Polesworth School. The Warwickshire County Council Education and Learning Sufficiency Strategy 2016-2021 has identified that this school has admitted above Pupil Admittance Numbers (PAN) in previous years and that there is no further capacity. 13.4.24. As described in the introductory chapters of this Environmental Statement the application site lies within North Warwickshire Borough Council boundary and as such is covered by Warwickshire County Council in respect of education provision. The site lies adjacent to Tamworth Borough Council which is covered by Staffordshire County Council. 13.4.25. Specifically as a result of the Phase 1 application for this site we are aware of the differences in child yield data and therefore number of school places required by a development between Staffordshire County Council and Warwickshire County Council. 13.4.26. We also note that in North Warwickshire Borough Council’s evidence base for their Local Plan Submission that Appendix 5e of their ‘Duty to Cooperate Statement’ identifies that for the allocation on Land West of Robey’s Lane, child yield date from Tamworth will be used to determine likely school places. 13.4.27. The justification for the use of Staffordshire County Councils yield data appears to be that the nearest education provision for this development site in respect of both Primary and Secondary age ranges is in Tamworth. 13.4.28. However, within our ‘predicted impacts of the development’ section of this report we will use the Warwickshire County Council figures for calculating school places. This is because the site falls wholly within Warwickshire County Council’s jurisdiction and as a result of the design of the site which includes a new two form entry primary school to be delivered after the completion of 150 new dwellings, almost all of the Primary School demand will be met within a school in Warwickshire County Council. As such we can see no justification for the use of Staffordshire pupil yield data.

329

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Health Service Provision 13.4.29. The application site is covered by the Warwickshire North Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG) which covers the geographical area of North Warwickshire, Nuneaton and Bedworth boroughs. The CCG holds responsibility for commissioning many of the healthcare services for a local population of 188,000 people and comprises 28 GP practices26. 13.4.30. The site and the surrounding area are served by the Sir Robert Peel Hospital, which is located 5.4 miles away. The hospital has a minor injuries unit but no A&E department. The closest A&E department is at the Good Hope Hospital, 8.7 miles from the application site. 13.4.31. There are two doctors surgeries located in close proximity to the site. Stonydelph Health Centre located at Stonydelph Local Centre which is 1.1km from the site and Polesworth and Dordon Group Practice which is located in Polesworth Local Centre 1.9km from the site. 13.4.32. It is noted that there is a possibility for the delivery of a Doctors Surgery as part of the Local Centre on the Tamworth Golf Centre site.

Retail Facilities 13.4.33. Due to the location of the application site, Tamworth is the closest Town Centre and will provide the primary destination for shopping for residents in this area. 13.4.34. The nearest Local Centre is Stonydelph, which is located 1.1km from the application site. Within the local centre are a range of facilities including a pharmacy, post office, fish and chip shop, convenience retail facilities and a public house. 13.4.35. In terms of convenience provision the closest large format store is the Morrison’s on Watling Street, which is 4.5 km from the application site. 13.4.36. In addition it is noted that the Tamworth Golf Course Site, which was granted permission in January 2016 for 1,100 dwellings provides for a Local Centre. Although no floorspace is defined, the masterplan for the site considers that this is likely to contain a convenience foodstore, takeaway, pub/restaurant, newsagent, pharmacy or community centre or Doctors Surgery.

Recreation Facilities 13.4.37. North Warwickshire’s Green Space Strategy identifies that in the Borough there is a significant over-supply of amenity Greenspace and public parks and gardens and a

26 North Warwickshire CCG: https://www.warwickshirenorthccg.nhs.uk/About-Us/About-Warwickshire-North-CC

330

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

sufficient supply of natural and semi-natural greenspace. There is a shortage of provision for Children and Young People and Allotments (although the report identifies that there is no indication of need for more allotment land in light of falling demand). 13.4.38. Specifically in relation to this site the scoping opinion response provided from North Warwickshires recreation and leisure officer identified that Polesworth and Dordon are adequately provided for in respect of parks, semi-natural green space, amenity space and natural turf sports pitches. 13.4.39. Polesworth sports centre lies approximately 1.9km south east of the application site and has a fitness suite and tennis, squash and badminton courts. 13.4.40. The scoping opinion response from North Warwickshire recreation and leisure officer identified that Polesworth Sports Centre is an ageing facility with serious limitation on access for community use and as a consequence officer are undertaking a detailed feasibility study into the option of replacing both Polesworth Sports Centre and Atherstone Leisure Complex. 13.4.41. The scoping response confirms that there is a known need for two 3G Artificial Grass Pitches (AGP) in the Borough, one of which should be located in Polesworth as recommended in the draft North Warwickshire Playing Pitch Strategy. There is also known shortfall of provision for both swimming and health and fitness activity in the Borough. 13.4.42. Alvecote Wood a small managed woodland lies to the north of the site. Pooley Country Park lies to the north east of the site and has amongst other things a visitor centre, tea rooms, walking trails and children’s playground. There is also a community hall at Stoneydelph Local Centre.

13.5. PREDICTED IMPACTS OF PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT WITHOUT MITIGATION During The Construction Phase 13.5.1. It is envisaged that the only potential socio-economic impacts arising as a result of the construction phase of the development is in respect of construction jobs. 13.5.2. The 2015 House Building Federation (HBF) report ‘The economic footprint of UK house building’ identifies that a defining feature of the house building industry is its significant and complex network of supply chains and contracting relationships, bringing together a vast array of trades, specialists and skills from large manufacturers right through to sole traders. The breadth and depth of these supply chains means the domestic spin-off benefits from house building activity are far greater than for many other economic sectors. As such new build housing can be considered as a significant driver of economic growth and a major source of national employment.

331

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.5.3. Taking into account the supply chain and induced effects in the house building industry the HBF report identifies that around 1.2 direct full time jobs are created per dwelling. The report also indicates that for every 1 direct job created, then the development supports 0.5 indirect jobs in the supply chain. 13.5.4. It is likely that approximately 136 short-medium term jobs per year will be created as a result of site construction to create 1700 dwellings. In addition to the onsite construction jobs further indirect jobs would also be supported through supply linkage and income multiplier effects. 13.5.5. Construction employment represents a positive economic impact. The duration of the construction work is not permanent and impact is considered to be of short term duration, albeit over the lifetime of this development is likely to be approximately 15 years 13.5.6. HLM estimate that the construction of the scheme will equate to a project value £215 million. Freeths LLP have also calculated a multiplier impact of £610.6 million based on the October 2009 report by L.E.K Consulting entitled Construction in the UK Economy – The Benefits of Investment who estimate that every £1 spent on construction leads to an increase in total economic output (i.e. GDP increase) of £2.84. 13.5.7. The capital and revenue expenditure involved in the construction phase will also lead to an increased output in the local and UK economy. As such there will be moderate beneficial impact on the economy and job creation as a result of the development of this site.

Operational Impacts 13.5.8. The potential areas of socio economic change and related potential impacts during the operational phase of the development are set out below:  Demographic – changes in population size and population structure.  Housing – effect on housing requirements and supply.  Social and community facilities – impact on provision of education services, provision of health services, social support, emergency services and transport etc.  The local economy – impact on local labour supply and unemployment/employment levels, and the composition of the town’s economy. 13.5.9. As a result of the nature of the site the development provides the opportunity for some socio economic benefits, whilst any potential adverse impacts have been designed out, are dealt with in other sections of this ES. 13.5.10. The key elements of the proposal designed to provide socio-economic benefits are as follows:  The provision of land for a two-form entry primary school;

332

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 An element of affordable housing units;  Provision of 100 Extra Care/Care Home units  Leisure Facilities which include an sports pitch and changing pavilion, 2 NEAPS and 2 LEAPS, allotments, community orchard and new woodland  A community hub provided up to 2,250 sq m (Gross External Area (GEA)) of A1-A5, B1a-B1b, D1-D2 uses

Demographics 13.5.11. The development population has been estimated based on assumptions regards household size. Using information contained within the Coventry and Warwickshire Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA)27 the average household size for North Warwickshire in 2011 was 2.40 people. 13.5.12. On a development of 1,700 dwellings the development population would therefore be 4,080 people. This represents an increase of 6.6% on top of the existing population of North Warwickshire and 10.9% on top of the existing development population of the Local Impact Area. 13.5.13. The additional population figure is based on the assumption that all residents of new dwellings would come from outside of the Borough. In reality a significant proportion of new homes are likely to be occupied by existing local residents. Such relocation would not necessarily add to the total population where this results in the formation of new households. 13.5.14. When considered over the period of the development (circa 15 years) the effects of such population growth will depend of a range of other factors including the provision of education and healthcare. These direct effects will not necessarily be negative provided adequate levels of community infrastructure are provided to meet the additional needs generated by the Proposed Development. 13.5.15. On this basis the effect of the population increase is considered to be of negligible impact, subject to the provision of the necessary social infrastructure, which is discussed later in this chapter.

Housing Provision 13.5.16. In terms of housing delivery it is anticipated that the development will start delivering homes in April 2021 and deliver approximately 100 dwellings per year. Although it is recognised that this may not be possible in the first year of development, that as an

27 Coventry and Warwickshire Joint Strategic Housing Market Assessment (November 2013), GL Hearn Limited 333

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

average over the lifetime of the development project, this is an achievable target for housing delivery. 13.5.17. It is therefore anticipated that the site will deliver 800 dwellings to the end of the Core Strategy Plan Period (2029) albeit that it is acknowledged that this will be superseded by the emerging Local Plan on adoption. Within the plan period of the emerging Local Plan (up to 2033) the site will deliver 1,200 dwellings. The provision of these units represents 20.6% of the proposed North Warwickshire Local Plan requirement for the delivery of a minimum of 5,808 dwellings up to 2033. 13.5.18. Beyond 2033 the site will deliver an additional 340 dwellings which will contribute to housing need beyond the plan period. 13.5.19. The provision of residential units on this site represents a major beneficial impact in terms of meeting housing requirements and assisting in ensuring there is an adequate supply of housing in the District. 13.5.20. Furthermore the draft North Warwickshire Local Plan also identifies an aspiration to deliver a further 3790 dwellings in the District within the Plan Period (2033). This is as part of the ongoing work to test the potential delivery of additional houses for the Greater Birmingham and Black Country Housing Market area. This aspiration represents a 65% increase on the minimum number of dwellings proposed (the minimum figure being the objectively assessed need for the area, plus redistribution from the Coventry and Warwickshire Housing Market Area up to 2031). 13.5.21. Delivery of the 1,200 dwellings up to 2033 represents 12.5% of the total aspiration figure set out in the emerging Local Plan. If this aspirational target was to be realised then this would require a significant additional quantum of housing development. The delivery of housing on this site would be a major beneficial benefit to help the Council meet additional housing need from surrounding housing market areas. 13.5.22. The delivery of this quantity of new homes will have a further positive effect as an under- supply of housing has adverse impact on local consumer expenditure through high house prices, a reduction in disposable income and a reduction in the potential household expenditure that retailers and service providers require. 13.5.23. The demographic projections, highlighting an ageing population, also means that a higher level of housing growth is needed to maintain the existing labour supply. An ageing population can also have an impact on the sustainability of the local economy. Maintaining a sufficient supply of housing to cater for the projected expansion in the population is critical to support local jobs. 13.5.24. The indicative development mix for the scheme is as follows:  1 bed units (1.5%): 25

334

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 2 bed units (19.5%): 300  3 bed units (42%): 650  4 bed units (24%): 370  5 bed units (6%): 95  Extra Care/Elderly (6%): 100 13.5.25. The mix of dwellings is important in providing housing that is affordable and accessible for both residents in Tamworth and North Warwickshire. The Local Impact Area for the site straddles both authorities, and as such there is a wide variety of data in respect of average house prices, affordability of properties and average earnings of the economically active population. The mix of properties will ensure affordability for whole LIA and will be a moderate beneficial long term impact of the development. 13.5.26. The development also proposes the provision of 100 Extra Care Units. Population projections identify that by 2031 North Warwickshire will have 9,000 residents over the age of 75, an increase from 6,000 in 2014. There is therefore a substantial need to provide appropriate housing to meet the need of those additional 3,000 elderly residents. The provision of 100 specialist units on this site therefore represents a minor beneficial impact. 13.5.27. The scheme will provide development which is policy complaint in respect of affordable dwellings. This means the provision of up to TBC affordable housing, subject to the issue of viability. The provision of affordable properties will help support the local population either in buying their own property or in achieving affordable rent. This is a moderate beneficial impact for the development. 13.5.28. Qualitative benefits are also implicit from the sites sustainable location bringing together benefits to the new population of the accessibility of jobs, housing, services and facilities.

Employment and The Local Economy 13.5.29. The development site provides some opportunities for employment through the creation of a 2,250 sq m Community Hub (uses A1-A5, B1a, B1b, D1 and D2 use classes), Primary School and Extra Care/Care Home units. At this stage specific details with regards to the quantum or exact use of the units remains open to ensure flexibility, and so calculating the exact employment generation is difficult. Nevertheless the development will result in a minor beneficial impact in relation to employment opportunities in the local area. 13.5.30. The baseline conditions identify that there is a low claimant rate in both Tamworth and North Warwickshire and so the increase in population as part of this development will result in a negligible impact on the availability of jobs in the local area.

335

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.5.31. The location of employment opportunities close to the site also promotes a more sustainable pattern of living and encourages sustainable travel movements and is therefore a minor beneficial impact to the area. 13.5.32. Furthermore the increase in population arising from the development will result in wider economic benefits by virtue of the generated spending which will be dispersed throughout the Local Impact Area and into Tamworth, thereby generating a minor beneficial impact.

Education Provision 13.5.33. Warwickshire County Council has provided information with regards to the calculation of school places arising from a development. The calculation identifies that for each school year there is a pupil yield of 2.16 pupils per 100 dwellings. 13.5.34. Accordingly the number of school places required by the development is as follows.

Early Primary Secondary Sixth Form Years Education Education Education Education Pupil Yield per 100 dwellings 2.16 2.16 2.16 2.16 Number of full time equivalent 1 7 5 0.98 year groups

Net need 34 233 167 33 Table 13.6: School place requirements

13.5.35. The provision of 1,540 units will, based on Warwickshire Country Council’s calculation create a requirement for 34 early years education places, 233 primary school places, 167 secondary school places and 11 sixth form education places. Prior to mitigation the development would have a major adverse impact on school provision in the area. However as proposed mitigation the development site will provide land for the delivery of a new 2 form entry primary school with the capacity to accommodate 420 pupils between reception and years 1-6. 13.5.36. In respect of secondary school places it is understood that there is currently no capacity at existing secondary schools. As such, without mitigation the impact of the development would be a shortage of 167 places and a major adverse effect. 13.5.37. In respect of sixth form places it is understood that there is sufficient capacity to meet the need arising from this development. As such the impact of the development is negligible and no mitigation is required.

336

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.5.38. Overall therefore the provision of education facilities does, as a result of this development, result in an overall moderate beneficial impact to both existing residents and proposed residents of the scheme.

Health Service Provision 13.5.39. The provision of an additional 1,700 homes and an increase in the population of 4,080 people is expected to have a moderate adverse impact on the provision of medical services. 13.5.40. It is recognised that the development at Tamworth Golf Course has the potential to incorporate a GP or Pharmacy as part of the Local Centre. In additional the proposed development includes potential for a health facility, although in this case this is much more likely to be a pharmacy than a doctors surgery and may depend on what is delivered at the Golf Course Site. 13.5.41. If provision is made on the Tamworth Golf Course site and/or on this site this will result in a minor adverse impact from the development on the current provision of services in the area. This development will also bring essential services close to the residents of the development, creating a sustainable community.

Retail Provision 13.5.42. Tamworth as the closest Town Centre to the development site will provide the primary destination for shopping for residents in this area. The additional residential population and spend will result in a minor beneficial impact to the shops and services in this location. 13.5.43. The creation of a local centre as part of the development will provide a facility which can support the needs of the residents from this development without impacting on the vitality or viability of large centres. This will result in a sustainable pattern of shopping and will result in a minor beneficial impact to residents of the proposed development.

Recreation Facilities 13.5.44. The increase in population as a result of the housing development will increase leisure and recreational activity in the area and demand for facilities in which this can be undertaken. Chapter 16 of the Environmental Statement deals specifically with the impact of the development on Open Space and provides further detail and assessment on specific open space typologies. 13.5.45. The design of the site allows for the mitigation of some impacts of the increase in development population on recreation facilities in the area.

337

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.5.46. The creation of a large residential scheme provides the opportunity for the provision of Children’s Equipped Play Areas. Specifically the site is providing two LEAPs (Locally Equipped Area of Play) and 2 NEAPs (Neighbourhood Equipped Area of Play). The scheme also provides for Allotments and a Community Orchard and new Woodland and Structural Tree Planting. 13.5.47. The development also provides for the provision of 3.9ha of Sports Pitches and associated changing Pavilion (circa 250 sq m). 13.5.48. The design of the site therefore includes for the provision of specific open space typologies for which there is a known deficit in the Borough and specifically the local area. Accordingly the development provides a minor beneficial impact in respect of meeting not only the needs of the development but in addressing the existing deficit in the local area. 13.5.49. The impacts associated with this level of recreation provision are therefore considered to be moderately beneficial to new residents and minor beneficial for existing residents.

13.6. MITIGATION 13.6.1. The development anticipates section 106 contributions, estimated through requests received for phase 1 of the site:  £15,708 per primary school place created by the development to fund the appropriate proportional of school place requirements created by the development  £16,622 per secondary school place created by the development  £793 per dwelling health care contribution  £126 per dwelling contribution towards Police  Anticipated request for leisure contribution in accordance with leisure facilities strategy. This contribution is to be provided subject to detailed negotiation on viability

13.7. PREDICTED IMPACTS OF DEVELOPMENT AFTER MITIGATION Operational Phase

Education Provision 13.7.1. The proposed development envisages a section 106 contribution of £15,708 per primary school place created by the development. This will provide the funding for all primary school places created by the development. As such the development will have a negligible impact on primary school places in the area.

338

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.7.2. It is envisaged that the primary school will be delivered on site by the completion of the 150th dwelling. Prior to the opening of the new school the demand of 23 places will be met by capacity within existing schools which is identified in paragraph 13.4.22. Once opened the school will meet the demand from the application site, with surplus capacity. As such the development will have a moderate beneficial impact on primary school provision in the area. 13.7.3. The proposed development envisages a section 106 contribution of £16,622 per secondary school place created by the development to fund the creation of additional secondary school places in the area. As such the development results in a negligible impact on secondary school places in the area.

Health Care 13.7.4. The increase in development population as a result of this development is identified as having either a moderate or minor adverse impact, dependant on the facilities provided at either the Tamworth Golf Course Site or Proposed Development Site. 13.7.5. However a contribution of £793 per dwelling is anticipated to provide funding for additional health care services required as a result of the increase in population. 13.7.6. As such the development with mitigation is likely to result is a negligible impact on health care facility in the local area.

Recreation Facilities 13.7.7. Although it is recognised that the proposed development provides a significant quantum of open space which meets not only the needs of the development but also those of surrounding developments, it is acknowledged that there may still be a slight deficiency in relation to leisure facilities. As such, subject to viability, it is anticipated that a contribution towards improving leisure facilities will be sought. If a contribution is collected, it is considered that this will result in a moderate beneficial impact to the provision of recreation facilities in the area. 13.8. RESIDUAL IMPACTS 13.8.1. Either through the design of the masterplan, or mitigation in the form of section 106 contributions there are no residual adverse impacts as a result of the proposed development.

339

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.9. CUMULATIVE IMPACT ASSESSMENT 13.9.1. Given the nature of the specific impacts discussed in this chapter, no significant cumulative effect is likely to arise from the combination of the above impacts with other forms of environmental impact from the proposed development. 13.9.2. It is noted that Chapter 16 of the Environmental Statement deals with the impact of the development on Open Space, which is also referenced in part in this chapter. However the overall impacts are considered to be the same, rather than creating any cumulative impact.

13.10. LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS 13.10.1. As the current masterplan is only indicative assumptions have been made within this chapter regarding the mix of dwellings in order to consider impacts arising from the development. 13.10.2. As there are no generally accepted criteria for assessing the significance of socio- economic impacts, and it can be difficult to quantify or measure, the assessment is based on qualitative professional judgement, which is based on experience. 13.10.3. The figures detailed as section 106 contributions in the mitigation section of this chapter are based on extensive discussions which have taken place in respect of Phase 1 of the development (currently at application stage) and well as the scoping exercise undertaken in respect of this application and pre-application discussions held with officers. The figures are therefore a best estimate with regards to contributions which may be required, however are subject to change.

13.11. CONCLUSIONS 13.11.1. The proposed development will create a new residential development which, when assessed against baseline conditions, results in a variety of beneficial impacts following its completion.

13.11.2. The development represents an important contribution towards meeting not only the area’s future housing requirements but also the delivery of affordable homes and specialist housing units. 13.11.3. The development also provides the opportunity to increase access to open spaces and sports pitches, specifically meeting the need identified within the local area. 13.11.4. The development will provide sustainable opportunities for local shops and facilities to be located close to a residential development.

340

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

13.11.5. There are also economic benefits which arise from the creation of the ‘community hub’, extra care units and primary school on this site, all of which provide employment opportunities close to residential development. In addition there are employment benefits that arise from the construction phase of the proposal which will result in the creation of short-medium term jobs. Cumulatively these provide numerous economic benefits of the scheme. 13.11.6. Overall the development provides the opportunity for the creation of a residential community in a sustainable location with good access to facilities and services. It is therefore considered that in socio-economic terms the development will have a moderate beneficial impact.

341

Environmental Statement (Chapter 13) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References

 North Warwickshire Core Strategy (2014)  North Warwickshire Local Plan (2006)  North Warwickshire Submission Draft Local Plan (2017)  Census Data 2001 and 2011 - https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/query/asv2htm.aspx  Coventry and Warwickshire SHMA Update (2015)  Coventry and Warwickshire Joint Strategic Housing Market Assessment (November 2013), GL Hearn Limited  2011 Census Data - https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/query/asv2htm.aspx  Average House Prices: https://www.gov.uk/search-house-prices  Data.gov.uk: https://data.gov.uk/dataset/ratio-of-median-house-price-to-median- earnings/resource/3a73de15-73df-487c-9144-111f09f5912f  ONS Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (2015)  NOMIS – Official Labour Market Statistics  Warwickshire County Council Education and Learning Sufficiency Strategy (2016-2021)  North Warwickshire Borough Council Appendix 5e of the Duty to Cooperate Statement  North Warwickshire Green Space Strategy (2017-2031)  The House Building Federation (HBF) report ‘The economic footprint of UK house building’ (2015)  L.E.K Consulting entitled Construction in the UK Economy – The Benefits of Investment (October 2009)  Coventry and Warwickshire Joint Strategic Housing Market Assessment (November 2013), GL Hearn Limited

342

Environmental Statement Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of the Former Tamworth Golf Course

14. POPULATION AND HUMAN HEALTH

14.1. INTRODUCTION 14.1.1. The proposed development has the potential to give rise to impacts on human health and wellbeing, especially for residents of the new dwellings, construction workers during the construction phase, employees who will work within the facilities, visitors to the residential estate, and residents living within the vicinity of the development. The impact on human health will be considered using a rapid health impact assessment (HIA) methodology and measures to enhance beneficial (positive) impacts will be recommended, while mitigation measures that may be required to avoid or minimise adverse (negative) effects will also be identified. The complete HIA Report form Appendix 14.1 14.1.2. It is now widely recognised that various factors combine in different ways to determine the health and wellbeing status of individuals and population groups. Included among these determinants of health are socio-economic, environmental, biological and lifestyle factors28. Health impact assessment (HIA) seeks to make projections, in a systematic way, about the ways (and pathways) in which any human endeavour can affect the health and wellbeing of a given population. The overall aim of HIA is to support and add value to the decision-making process by providing a systematic analysis of the potential impacts as well as recommending options, where appropriate, for enhancing the positive impacts, mitigating the negative ones and reducing health inequalities. 14.1.3. A systematic approach has therefore been used to predict the magnitude and significance of the possible health and wellbeing impacts, both positive and negative, of the development. Figure 14.1 is an illustration of some of the factors that can have direct or indirect influences on health and wellbeing.

28 WHO 1984: Health Promotion: A Discussion Document on the Concepts and Principles; WHO Regional Office for Europe; Copenhagen

343

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Figure 14.1: Determinants of health29

14.2. LEGALISATION AND POLICY CONTEXT This section summarises the key policy context in relation to the development and the connection with the assessment of the impacts on population and human health.

National Policies 14.2.1. National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) (2012)30 Two of the key objectives of the National Planning Policy framework (NPPF) that are relevant to health and wellbeing in particular are stated below: Delivering a wide choice of high quality homes, widen opportunities for home ownership and create sustainable, inclusive and mixed communities. Promoting healthy communities. Planning policies and decisions, in turn, should aim to achieve places which promote: i. Opportunities for meetings between members of the community who might not otherwise come into contact with each other, including through mixed-use developments, strong neighbourhood centres and active street frontages which bring together those who work, live and play in the vicinity;

29 Dahlgren G and Whitehead M 1991: Policies and Strategies to Promote Social Equity in Health. Stockholm, Institute for Future Studies

30 NPPF: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/6077/2116950.pdf

344

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

ii. Safe and accessible environments where crime and disorder, and the fear of crime, do not undermine quality of life or community cohesion; and safe and accessible developments, containing clear and legible pedestrian routes, and high quality public space, which encourage the active and continual use of public areas. 14.2.2. The Public Health (Choosing Health) White Paper31 The Public Health White Paper sets out the key principles for supporting the public to make healthier and more informed choices in regard to their health. It emphasized the need to step up action across government and throughout society to tackle the causes of ill-health and reduce inequalities. There is a holistic approach to health with the aim for everyone to achieve greater health and mental wellbeing by making healthier choices. That means ensuring that those people in disadvantaged areas and groups have the opportunity to live healthier lives. The Public Health White Paper also stresses the imperatives for a multi-agency (partnership) approach to health care delivery that would involve government and non- governmental organisations working together to provide services and tackle the various factors that contribute in determining the health status of individuals and communities. The Choosing Health White Paper refers to the need to undertake HIA of both local and national policies and projects, such as the Alvecote Place development, which has the potential for impacting on the built environment, outdoor environment/ activities, and local social and community facilities and services. It is, therefore, important that a HIA be carried out on the Alvecote residential development projects to evaluate their potential impacts on the health of the people who will use or be connected with them directly or more remotely.

14.2.3. LOCAL POLICY ON REGENERATION OF NORTH WARWICKSHIRE North Warwickshire Corporate Plan 2017-201832: North Warwickshire Borough Council’s (NWBC) Vision is: ‘Protecting the rurality of North Warwickshire, supporting its communities and promoting the wellbeing of residents and business.’ The Corporate Plan sets out the Council’s six priorities for achieving that vision, in consultation and partnership with local communities and businesses, the County, Town

31 DOH 2004: Public Health White Paper. TSO, London 32 North Warwickshire Borough Council – Corporate Plan 2017-18; file:///C:/Users/Owner/Downloads/SOS_Local_Plan_Submission_Version_March_2018.pdf

345

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

and Parish Councils and other agencies. It also sets out the key actions that the Council aim to take during 2017-18, to deliver on those priorities. Responsible Financial & Resource Management - Making the best use of available resources to provide high-quality services to the communities. An important target here is to work with partners in the public and voluntary sectors and reviewing the Council’s property assets to ensure they support the Council’s priorities and deliver key services in the most efficient and cost-effective way. Creating Safer Communities - Working with communities and partners to enable residents to both be and feel safer, whether at home or in and around the Borough. A relevant target in this regard is that the Council will work with the community partners to resolve Safer Neighbourhood issues, including, where necessary, taking action to address anti-social and nuisance behaviour. Protecting The Countryside & Heritage - Protecting and improving the countryside and heritage in times of significant growth challenges and opportunities. An important approach to achieve this priority is using the Design Champions to ensure the best achievable designs are implemented and developed in order to reflect setting and local character. The Council will also maintain a very high standard of street cleanliness (95%) throughout the Borough. Furthermore, NWBC will continue to take action to reduce the Council’s carbon footprint and carbon emission in the Borough, in accordance with the Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan, and to report annually on progress. This will include acting on any Government led initiatives for domestic properties. Improving Leisure & Wellbeing Opportunities - Providing opportunities to enable local people to enjoy their leisure and recreation and to improve their health and wellbeing. In this regard, NWBC will continue to work in partnership with other agencies such as the Community Partnership and the Northern Warwickshire Health and Well-being Partnership to tackle health inequalities. Promoting Sustainable & Vibrant Communities - Working with local residents including tenants and partners to help communities to be sustainable and vibrant, both in terms of facilities and lifestyle. In order to promote and support community life, the Borough Council will work in conjunction with partners to improve access to opportunities, services and facilities for local residents. The Council will also continue to review the refuse and recycling service with particular emphasis on options around recycling to ensure the

346

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

sustainability & cost-effectiveness of the service while building sufficient capacity to accommodate future housing growth. NWBC will work with Warwickshire County Council to improve transport for health and access to health services in North Warwickshire. Supporting Employment And Business - Supporting employment and business to grow the local economy in terms of access to work, skills improvement and wider business development opportunities. Towards this end, NWBC will Work with the County Council, Job Centre Plus and other partners to provide apprenticeships/training. NWBC will additionally work with the County Council and other partners to look at ways to improve transport links, including cycle links, footpath links and public transport 14.2.4. Health Inequalities Health Inequality can be defined as “differences in health status or in the distribution of health determinants between different population groups”33. Health and wellbeing inequalities are largely due to the social conditions in which people are born, grow, live, work and age. These circumstances are shaped by many factors, including the distribution of money, power and resources. An example of health inequality is the differences in mortality rates between people from different social classes34. Consequently, tackling health inequalities requires deliberate and concerted efforts from all those within the political, health and socio-economic spheres of society. In Warwickshire the more prosperous neighbourhoods have been best placed to deal with the impacts of the recession and associated trends and have displayed higher levels of resilience in the face of downturns in the economy over the years35. However, there are many examples where the inequalities gap has not improved, particularly in the North of the county with most of the inequalities being predominantly associated with the relatively poor health status of residents within these areas. Some of the most important inequalities are: the considerable differences in the rate of smoking between communities; the numbers of looked after children in the North when compared with the South; educational attainment and its impact on people’s employment and earnings and the quality of housing and community that they live in.

33 Taylor L, Gowman, and Quigley (2003): Addressing inequalities through health impact assessment. Health Development Agency, London 34 Wilkinson R (1996): Unhealthy Societies: the Affliction of Inequality. Routledge, London 35 Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012/13 (With North Warwickshire Borough Data Inserts). http://news.warwickshire.gov.uk/healthprofessionals/files/2012/08/JSNA-Annual-Update-2013-North-Warwickshire-Borough.pdf

347

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

These examples demonstrate that inequalities still persist and that the gap in inequalities between the North and the South of Warwickshire has continued to increase. Inequalities are a multi-faceted issue and require a joined up collaborative approach across key organisations. Further effort is required now and over the longer term to address the growing gap between some of the communities in North Warwickshire and the county as a whole. The report by Lord Acheson in 199836 attached great importance to addressing the underlying determinants of health and saw HIA as key to achieving this. The report emphasised the need to evaluate and implement policies and programmes in such a way that they can reduce, rather than worsen health inequalities. The report specifically recommends that policies “should be formulated in such a way that by favouring the less well off they will, wherever possible, reduce such (health) inequalities”. In the same vein, the Strategic Review of Health Inequalities in England post-2010 (The Marmot Review)37 proposes a more encompassing strategy for reducing health inequalities from 2010, based on policies and interventions that address the social determinants of health inequalities. The Review argues that previous attempts to reduce health inequalities have not been successful because there has been a focus on mortality and morbidity to the exclusion of the wider determinants of health.

14.2.5. Policy Analysis Overall, the proposed development in North Warwickshire is strongly aligned with national, regional and local policies in relation to improving local health status, and tackling the wider socio-economic and environmental determinants of population health. The development will form an important part of the wider regeneration of North Warwickshire; as well as improving the health and general well-being of the residents of the wider Warwickshire county. It demonstrates the credentials to contribute meaningfully to the quest for a more sustainable, inclusive and cohesive North Warwickshire where everyone is proud to belong.

36 Acheson D (1998): Independent Inquiry Into Inequalities in Health: Report. TSO, London 37 Marmot et al (2010): Fair Society, Healthy Lives: The Marmot Review. http://www.marmotreview.org/AssetLibrary/pdfs/Reports/FairSocietyHealthyLivesExecSummary.pdf

348

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

14.3. ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY & SIGNIFICANCE CRITERIA 14.3.1. Assessment Methodology The methodology used in this assessment and report is based on established good practice guidance on HIA developed by the Department of Health; it also incorporates procedures outlined in the Urban Health Impact Assessment Methodology (UrHIA)38,39,40 A holistic approach or ‘systems view’ of potential impacts on population and human health was taken in conceptualising and assessing the general links between housing and regeneration programmes and their possible impacts on health and wellbeing.

Appendix 14.2 is an illustration of the various steps and procedures involved in projecting the possible impacts of the development on the health of the people connected with it, using the UrHIA Methodological Framework.

38Health Development Agency (2002), Introducing health impact assessment (HIA) informing the decision-making process, England 39 Dreaves H, Pennington A, Scott-Samuel A (2015): Urban Health Impact Assessment Methodology (UrHIA). Liverpool: IMPACT, University of Liverpool. www.healthimpactassessment.co.uk 40 Cavanagh S and Chadwick K 2005: Health Needs Assessment. Health Development Agency, London

349

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

14.3.2. Study Population The population scope of this assessment was:  Residents of the new dwellings and extra care units - approximately 4080 occupants of the 1700 new homes (based on average of 2.4 persons per household41). It should be noted that although the application is for a maximum of 1540 dwellings, the ES tests up to 1700 dwellings.  Workers (builders, contractors, administrators etc.) who will be engaged in constructing and managing the residential buildings, access points and facilities when they become operational  Local residents and visitors to various places of interest in the vicinity of the development. The key population sub-groups that this assessment focused on were men, women, older people; people with disabilities, children and young people; and those on low incomes or unemployed.

14.3.3. Determinants of Health Considered The key determinants of health and wellbeing considered were:

 Infectious and non-infectious/ chronic diseases and other health conditions that were of concern to the study population

 Physical injury

 Mental health and wellbeing (including nuisance and annoyance effects)

 Employment and commerce

 Transport and connectivity

 Learning and education

 Crime and safety

 Health and social care

 Social capital and community cohesion

 Culture and leisure

 Lifestyle issues

41 Office for National Statistics (ONS): http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/guide-method

350

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Energy and waste 14.3.4. Evidence and Significance Criteria Being a rapid participatory assessment, evidence was gathered from a variety of sources including published and web-based literature, other EIA and HIA reports, as well as consultation with stakeholders in the residential development. Matrix tables (Appendix 14.3) were used to analyse the potential positive and negative health and wellbeing impacts. The identified health impacts were classified using the levels defined in Table 14.1. Actual quantification of health impacts was outside the scope of this assessment; consequently, the health impacts were described in broad generic and descriptive terms.

Significance level Criteria Major +++/--- Adverse health effects are categorised as major if the effects could (Beneficial lead directly to mortality/death or acute or chronic disease/ illness. (positive) or Beneficial health effects are categorised as major if the effects could Adverse lead directly to prevention or significant reduction in the risk of (negative)) illness. The exposure tends to be of high intensity and/or long duration and/or over a wide geographical area. Moderate ++/-- Adverse health effects are long term nuisance impacts or may lead (beneficial or to exacerbation of existing illness. adverse) Beneficial health effects are long term pleasant impacts or can lead to alleviation or improvement of existing illness. The exposure tends to be of moderate intensity and/or over a relatively localised area. Minor/ Mild +/- Adverse health effects are generally nuisance level impacts e.g. (beneficial or noise, odour etc. adverse) Beneficial health effects are generally quality of life impacts such as happiness and tranquillity. The exposure tends to be of low intensity and/or short/intermittent duration Neutral/ No effect ~ No effect or effects within the bounds of normal/ accepted variation

351

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 14.1: Classification of impacts (modified from IOM Framework)42

For each potential health impact ten key issues were considered: Which population groups are likely to be affected and in what way? a) Is the effect reversible or irreversible? b) Does the effect occur over the short, medium or long term? c) Is the effect permanent or temporary? d) Does it increase or decrease with time? e) Is it of local, regional or national importance? f) Is it beneficial, neutral or adverse? g) Are health standards or environmental objectives threatened? h) Are mitigating measures available and is it reasonable to require these? i) Are the effects direct, indirect and or cumulative?

14.3.5. Consultation Stakeholder involvement in this assessment of health impacts included specific focused discussions with professionals from relevant public sector organisations. Public consultation events were also held by the project developers on 20th and 21st March 2018 in Tamworth and Polesworth respectively. A total of 120 people attended both events and expressed their views on different aspects of the proposed development. In addition to the local residents, others who attended the consultation event include Ward Councillors and business owners within the area. Relevant feedbacks from these events are incorporated into the assessment of health impacts.

14.4. BASELINE CONDITIONS 14.4.1. Existing Baseline Demographic and Health Profile Baseline information on the demographic and population health profile for the district of North Warwickshire in which the application site is located has been obtained from a number of sources including Public Health England Health Profile 201743. This takes account of the fact that users of the proposed facilities to be located in the application site will include local residents and other visitors from within the district.

42 Institute of Occupational Medicine (IOM) 2008: Strategic Consulting Report: 644-002061. London 43 Public Health England: North Warwickshire District Health Profile 2017. https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-630- 1276

352

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Routine national and local datasets (e.g. national census, local surveys, area profiles, and other demographic, social, economic, environmental & health information) were used to develop a community profile with a focus on health and wellbeing issues, and identification of vulnerable groups. The community profile serves as a baseline from which to assess the potential beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts on health and health inequalities. This assessment utilised already existing health and community profiles available from Public Health England, Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs assessment (JSNA), North Warwickshire Borough Council (NWBC) and NHS Warwickshire North Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG).

14.4.2. Community and Health Profile For North Warwickshire District44,45,46,47 North Warwickshire is a local government district and borough in the county of Warwickshire, England. The main town in the district is Atherstone where the offices of North Warwickshire Borough Council are located. Other significant places include Coleshill, Polesworth and Kingsbury. North Warwickshire is a mostly rural area with several small towns. The area historically had a large coalmining industry, but this has almost died out.

Population and Families i. The estimated population of North Warwickshire in 2015 was 63,000 of which 31,000 (49.2%) were male and 32,000 (50.8%) were female. ii. Being one of the least diverse populations in England, the ‘White British’ ethnic group accounted for 95.9% of the population in 2011 – the highest in the country. The percentage of people from an ethnic minority group is a negligible 4.1% compared to the England average of 13.2%; even so the next largest ethnic groups are ‘Other white’ and ‘White Irish’ which account for 1.1% and 0.7% of the population respectively. iii. 70.3% belong to the Christian faith, 1.4% adhere to other faiths including Buddhists, Hindus and Muslims); 21.9% have no religion. Overall North Warwickshire’s

44 ODPM (2007): Indices of multiple deprivation. Office of the Deputy Prime Minister 45 Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012/13 (with North Warwickshire Borough Council Data Inserts). 46 North Warwickshire Equality and Diversity Profile 2016 47 Public Health England: North Warwickshire District Health Profile 2017.

353

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

population pyramid illustrates an aging population with older people over-represented when compared to both national and county profiles.

Health Indicators i. The health of people in North Warwickshire is varied compared with the England average. About 15% of children live in low income families. Life expectancy for men (79.0) is similar to the England average (79.5); however, life expectancy for women (82.2) is lower than the England average (83.1). In Year 6, 17.0% of children are classified as obese. Levels of teenage pregnancy, GCSE attainment and breastfeeding initiation are worse than the England average. ii. Deprivation score for North Warwickshire (IMD 2015) is 16.5 which is better than the England average of 21.8; the percentage of physically active adults (2015) is 60.0% which is also better than the England average of 57%. Lifestyle Factors i. A number of lifestyle factors related to residents’ health and wellbeing continue to persist in Warwickshire. Issues around obesity in children, particularly the large increase between Reception and Primary school Year 6, are likely to result in health problems in later life. ii. The prevalence of obesity (BMI in excess of 30) in Reception aged children in North Warwickshire Borough is 7.2%; countywide, 7.8% of Reception age children are classified as obese which is significantly lower than the National figure of 9.6% for Reception age children48. These figures, however, emphasise the importance of encouraging healthy eating and exercise at the start of school life in order to reduce the risk of obesity in later years. The Rise of Long-term Chronic Health Conditions i. The Director of Public Health Annual Report (2016)49 describes the challenges and opportunities facing Warwickshire County as a consequence of long term health conditions affecting the residents. Nationally, around 1 in 3 adults live with at least one Long Term Condition (LTC). In North Warwickshire, this equates to an estimated 17,000 people (147,000 in Warwickshire). LTCs are increasing, partly as a result of the ageing population and unhealthy lifestyle choices.

48 National Child Measurement Programme, NHS Digital 2017: https://digital.nhs.uk/news-and-events/news-archive/2017-news- archive/obesity-prevalence-increases-in-reception-age-primary-school-children 49 Warwickshire County Council: Director of Public Health Annual Report 2016: https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC- 630-801

354

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

ii. Based on the 2011 census, 79.9% of residents in North Warwickshire described their health as ‘good’ or ‘very good’ (45.1% in very good health; 34.8% in good health); and 14.1% said they were in fair health. This was slightly below county levels and this in part may reflect the older population resident in the borough. Similarly, 4.6% said they were in bad health and 1.4% in very bad health. The Happiness Mystery i. Despite Warwickshire performing consistently above national averages on many social and economic measures, the results of the inaugural national wellbeing survey suggested that Warwickshire’s residents are notably less happy and satisfied than most other parts of the country. ii. For example, when asked “to what extent do you feel the things you do in your life are worthwhile?” responses from Warwickshire’s residents placed it 136th out of 142 local authority areas across Great Britain. In terms of feeling happy, Warwickshire ranked 128th. These results would not have been predicted, and the analysis illustrates how many counties with similar characteristics to Warwickshire that have performed much more strongly on the ‘happiness’ measures. iii. Priorities for North Warwickshire include tackling lifestyle behaviours, mental health and wellbeing, sexual health and smoking in pregnancy50.

14.5. POTENTIAL EFFECTS 14.5.1. Introduction This section provides a summary of the key evidence on the health impacts of the residential and other associated facets of the development. Health impacts are the direct or more remote consequences that interventions, development policies, programmes, and other human activities can have on the health of other individuals or population groups51. While these impacts can affect the health of individuals in very direct (immediate) and clearly comprehensible manners, in other instances the health impacts can touch on populations through indirect influences on the wider determinants of health52. Furthermore, such impacts may be felt immediately, in the short term, or after a longer period. Since health impacts can be either beneficial (positive) or adverse (negative), it is

50 Public Health England: North Warwickshire District Health Profile 2017. https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-630- 1276 51 Scott-Samuel et al (2001): Merseyside Guidelines for health impact assessment. IMPACT, Liverpool 52 Dahlgren G and Whitehead M (1991): Policies and Strategies to Promote Social Equity in Health. Stockholm, Institute for Future Studies

355

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

important that a balanced approach is adopted, so that likely positive and negative health consequences of development activities are properly identified and captured through the HIA process53. The general health impacts of the development are through: I. Access to services and amenities (including games area, community hub and public open spaces) II. New family homes III. Connectivity between the development site and surrounding area, including cycle and footways IV. Risk of Injury and nuisance effect (during construction) V. Community partnerships and social capital The identified health impacts were classified using the levels defined in Table 3.1. Actual quantification of health impacts was outside the scope of this assessment; consequently, the health impacts were described in broad generic and descriptive terms

14.5.2. Beneficial (Positive) Health Impacts During Construction Employment and Health The creation of job opportunities over time for people who will work during the construction phase and within the facilities when they become operational, along with the attendant economic empowerment, has the potential for beneficial health impacts on those offered employment as well as their families. This is essentially because poverty has been shown to have major negative influences on health54.

14.5.3. Adverse (Negative) Health Impacts During Construction Construction Related Injuries The construction phase includes the demolition of White House farm and Daytona Go- Kart site at some point during the site development; building and installation of the new vehicular access points, houses, the playing pitches, landscape areas and other associated works. During the extensive building and construction activities for different projects within the development, there is the risk of construction related injuries to construction personnel and pedestrians through the affected areas. Similarly, disruptions, dust & noise pollution may occur.

53 IMPACT 2004: Introduction to health impact assessment. University of Liverpool 54 Marmot, M.2004 The Status Syndrome: How Social Standing Affects Our Health and Longevity. London, Bloomsbury

356

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

The various projects within the development will be phased over a period of approximately 15 years, with some areas being started, completed and utilised before others can commence, in an interlinked process. In terms of physical injury outcomes, there is the potential for incidents to occur in and around the proposed development project sites if the site and related traffic are not satisfactorily managed. The presence of construction structures such as scaffoldings, the possibility of load slippage from cranes, lorries and other construction machinery, in addition to increased vehicular traffic is likely to pose an increased risk of physical injury. For residents living along the indicative route for construction traffic outside the development site and those living on the development while construction is on-going this could have minor adverse health impact. However, the risks and possible health impacts would be significantly minimised if construction guidelines are adhered to. As an example, construction companies can be accredited with the Considerate Contractors Scheme. Construction sites, companies and suppliers voluntarily register with the Scheme and agree to abide by the Code of Considerate Practice, designed to encourage best practice beyond statutory requirements. This includes protecting the environment, respecting the community, securing the safety of people on and off-site, and valuing the workforce.

Traffic Related Impacts The residential development would result in a significant increase in vehicular traffic using the highway network around the site and is therefore likely to lead to cumulative impacts on the highway network. There will be increases in HGV traffic during the construction phase of the development and in view of the scale of this proposal, this will take several years. There is also bound to be a steady rise in vehicular traffic as the development progresses and residential properties are occupied. Impacts associated with traffic movements will vary during the construction phase and once the development is completed. During the construction phase there will be an increase in HGV activity in the area which has the potential to cause problems with noise and the congestion of local highway networks, all of which can have nuisance and annoyance effects and mild to moderate negative psychological health impacts.

357

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

However, disruption due to construction is only temporary, limited to the site and is of short -medium term duration. With regard to traffic movements associated with the development once occupied, it is considered that this will inevitably have an impact on the local highway network. However, this would be offset to some extent due to planned pedestrian connectivity and opportunities to use non-car methods of transport within the development.

Uncertainty and Possible Job Losses The proposed development, albeit in the latter phases, would result in the loss of the Daytona Go Kart business. At this stage it is unknown whether the business would relocate and so an assumption has been made that there may be potential for job losses which can have adverse psychological health impacts; depending on the number of people affected and the duration of the period of unemployment. However, this is far from certain and must be tempered with the potential for job creation through the development.

14.5.4 Beneficial (Positive) Health Impacts During Operation

Good Housing Leads To Good Health 14.5.4.1 Overwhelmingly, the evidence points to the fact that good housing leads to good health.55 For example, dampness in older housing stock often encourages the growth of mites and moulds which can act as allergens and immuno-suppressors that in turn lead to sneezing, coughing and exacerbation of asthma. People living in damp homes have been known to suffer from persistent respiratory symptoms such as sneezing, runny nose, and coughing which diminish general health and wellbeing.56 Improvements in physical housing conditions particularly in relation to central heating systems and improved insulation usually improve thermal comfort and reduce heating bills.57 There is a well-established link between improved housing design and a reduction in home accidents through better location of appliances and the installation of safety devices such as smoke alarms and child safe windows.58

55 CIEH (2008). Good Housing Leads to Good Health. Chartered Institute of Environmental Health. 56 Page, A (2002). Journal of Environmental Health Research Volume 1, Issue 1; Poor housing and mental health in the United Kingdom: Changing the focus for Intervention 57 Thomson H, Petticrew M, Morrison D. (2002). Housing Improvement and Health Gain: A summary and systematic review. MRC Social and Public Health Unit. January 58 Thomson, Petticrew and Morrison (2002).

358

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

14.5.4.2 These positive health impacts will be experienced by the people who will be occupants of the new build 1700 homes (including 100 extra care apartments). The extent of the impacts will be moderate to major (depending on the state of health of individual occupants).

Outdoor Environment, Access to Quality Green Space 14.5.4.3 Evidence points to the fact that exposure to natural spaces such as parks, gardens, green spaces and open countryside has beneficial health benefits. The pathways for bringing about these benefits include psychological effects and encouragement of physical activities (walking, cycling) and building social capital59. 14.5.4.4 Research from across Europe has found that people living in areas with high levels of green belts and walk-friendly greenery are more likely to be physically active and 40% less likely to be overweight or obese than those living in areas with low level of greenery. Furthermore, the location of shops and services, along with travel connections to them, can influence levels of physical activity and social contact60, which in turn can affect the health of people. In this regard, the proposed development of large green infrastructure of public open spaces alongside formal and informal greenspaces across the development will provide quality outdoor environment with potential for moderate positive health impacts. 14.5.4.5 Some of the possible ways through which the physical environment of the development can positively impact on the health of the people of North Warwickshire, especially the residents, workers and users of the facilities include the under listed a) A cleaner and more welcoming environment and facilities such as the ones within the new development are less likely to serve as breeding ground for germs and disease vectors. The aesthetic beauty and qualities of the buildings (and built environment) can also result in positive mental health impacts. b) The new and modern homes and other associated facilities will contribute to higher sense of civic and community pride among the residents within the immediate neighbourhoods, and the people of North Warwickshire/ Tamworth in general61. Such feeling of pride and satisfaction are known to have positive mental health impacts62.

59 Health, place and nature – How outdoor environments influence health and well-being: a knowledge base. Sustainable Development Commission. 60 Department of Health 2004. Choosing Health: Making healthy choices easier. London, TSO 61 Arrowsmith J., Roycroft K. and Packham C (2011). Community Pride: Need, opportunity, impact A report by the Community Audit and Evaluation Centre (CAEC). http://takepartresearchcluster.blogs.lincoln.ac.uk/files/2013/08/Community-Pride-final-report.pdf 62 Pretty J, Peacock J et al 2007. Green exercise in the UK Countryside: Effects on Health and Physiological Well-being, and Implications for Policy and Planning. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management, 50 (2), 211-231

359

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

c) Facilitating more sustainable and active transport through walking and cycling, via the pedestrian access to the areas surrounding the development. The landscape plan for the development shows areas of retained open spaces and different areas of green infrastructure. 14.5.4.6 Overall the beneficial health impacts that would arise from the modern physical structures and environment of the development are likely to be major in magnitude, especially when considered over the long term span of the project. 14.5.4.7 With obesity and chronic illnesses being major problems in the UK and North Warwickshire63, every effort must be made to create an environment that encourages people to be physically active. Obesity is associated with cardiovascular disease, diabetes, osteoporosis, certain cancers and premature death64. The prevalence of obesity has increased three-fold over the last two decades with the UK having the highest level of obesity in the EU65.

Positive Mental Wellbeing Impacts Evidence increasingly suggests that people with access to quality green space are healthier and have improved mental well-being; being outside can relieve stress, enhance social cohesion, overcome isolation and alleviate physical problems so that fewer days are lost to ill health. It has been shown that even moderate physical activity can help against cognitive decline. Consequently, quality green space should be a goal encompassed in local, regional and national planning processes66. In view of the foregoing, it can be projected that the quality green spaces and outdoor environment encompassing the residential development have the potential of having moderate to major beneficial mental health impact on residents, visitors and users of the facilities located within it.

Economic Empowerment and Health The creation of job opportunities over time for people who will work during the construction phase and within the facilities when they become operational, along with the attendant

63 Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012-13 64 Foresight 2007. Tackling Obesities: Future Choices Project – Obsogenic Environments Evidence Review. London, Department of Innovation, Universities and Skills. 65 Department of Health 2007. Health Profile for England 2007 66 CABE 2000. Future health: sustainable places for health and well-being. Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE).

360

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

economic empowerment, has the potential for beneficial health impacts on those offered employment as well as their families. This is essentially because poverty has been shown to have major negative influences on health67. Areas of employment include the primary school, community hub (shops and offices within it) as well as other facilities within the development. There will also be opportunities for contractors and suppliers of products and services to the facilities which would contribute to boosting the wider economy of North Warwickshire and further afield. When people are economically poor or less well-off they are unable to afford many of the necessities of life and wellbeing such as good housing, healthy food options, leisure and recreation as well as other health products. The creation of employment and economic opportunities and the resultant economic empowerment is envisaged to be able to have moderate beneficial health impacts. Furthermore, when people are in employment their self-esteem, aspiration and motivation are raised with positive mental health impacts. Employment also brings people out of social exclusion and isolation, while also distracting from engagement in criminal & anti-social behaviours; all of these can have positive physical and mental health impacts. Such impacts are likely to be enhanced over the mid- to long term operations of the development; and the magnitude of the impacts arising from employment generation will be closely related to the number of people employed and the types of jobs they are employed to do.

Education (Primary School) And Health A primary school will be built as part of the proposal during the first phase (phase A) of the development; it is envisaged that the school will be delivered by 150 dwellings. Education, as with other social determinants of health, plays a major role in a person's overall health and well-being. Education can affect people throughout their lifetime and has been shown to increase healthy behaviours and improve health outcomes, including obesity rates. Early education is especially important because it sets the foundation for a healthy life. Beyond early childhood education, research shows that the more education a person gets the longer they’ll live68. Education is directly linked to opportunities, employment, income and positive behaviour. The inclusion of a primary school within the development will have

67 Marmot, M.2004 The Status Syndrome: How Social Standing Affects Our Health and Longevity. London, Bloomsbury 68 Plan4Health: Education is a Social determinant of Health. http://plan4health.us/education-is-a-social-determinant-of-health/)

361

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

major positive health impacts on the children who will attend the school and the future generations that would arise through them. There is also the need, supported by the Marmot Report69, to instil healthy lifestyle choices and behaviour at a young age to reduce risks in later life.

Social Transformation and Health The development will lead to raised community pride and aspiration70, enhanced social capital and positive mental/ psychological health impacts. Aspirations are likely to be raised and the presence of the primary school, community hub (with business opportunities) and employment areas are likely to lead to raised ambition and more people from the surrounding communities will be encouraged to pursue further and higher education, apprenticeships and career development programmes. The predicted positive health impacts will arise partly because education is seen to be a strong positive determinant of health through raised awareness, greater control of life circumstances, and increased opportunities for employment, volunteering, and social engagement.

The Sports Pitches And Natural Play Areas The planned inclusion of sports pitches, play areas, and also community allotments and orchard within the development will provide recreational, leisure and physical exercise opportunities, all of which can have beneficial physical and mental health impacts on users. Increased physical activities is widely accepted as good for health and wellbeing, especially in controlling body weight and the fight against non-communicable diseases such as stroke, cancer and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) which are among the biggest killers in North Warwickshire and globally71. The level of usage and health benefits to be derived from the sports facilities will depend on whether or not people meet any stipulated criteria for participation and whether or not people have to pay to use the facilities.

Impact of Leisure And Recreational Facilities

69 Marmot et al (2010): Fair Society, Healthy Lives: The Marmot Review. http://www.marmotreview.org/AssetLibrary/pdfs/Reports/FairSocietyHealthyLivesExecSummary.pdf 70 Arrowsmith J., Roycroft, K and Packham, C. (2011): Community Pride: Need, opportunity, impact - A report by the Community Audit and Evaluation Centre (CAEC). http://takepartresearchcluster.blogs.lincoln.ac.uk/files/2013/08/Community-Pride-final-report.pdf 71 Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012-13

362

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Leisure and recreation afford opportunities for rest, refreshment, learning, and entertainment; all of which can have moderate to major beneficial impact on physical and mental health and wellbeing72. There are a number of leisure and recreational facilities and spaces within the development such as the sports and play areas, open spaces, allotments & community orchards, and the community hub.

Building Social Capital And Health Social capital has been defined as "the rules, norms, obligations, reciprocity and trust embedded in social relations, social structures and society’s institutional arrangements which enable members to achieve their individual and community objectives73. It accrues from constructive human social relations and has been identified to be an essential strand in sustainable health and general development,74 with positive health impacts. Bringing together the occupants of the new homes and the existing residents within the area of the development will enhance social relations and community life; for example, through the planned leisure and community facilities. These constructive human relationships have the potential for mild to moderate beneficial health impacts through building community life and social capital. Additionally, the sports and play areas have the potential to enhance community cohesion and partnerships, which have also been shown to have positive health impacts75. Such strengthening of community partnerships will also contribute to the achievement of the priorities enunciated in the Warwickshire Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2014-201876 and the North Warwickshire Development Plan 2017-1877 to enhance community resilience and promote sustainable & vibrant communities. These factors which enhance social capital would ultimately lead to improvement in the health and wellbeing of the residents and reduce health inequalities by creating enabling economic, physical and social environment which promotes and supports healthy lifestyles.

72 Health, place and nature – How outdoor environments influence health and well-being: a knowledge base. Sustainable Development Commission. 73Narayan (1997) Voices of the Poor: Poverty and Social Capital in Tanzania, World Bank, Washington D.C., USA. 74 Swan C and Morgan A (2002): Social capital for Health. Insight from qualitative research. Health Development Agency 75 Swan and Morgan (2002): Social capital for health. Health Development Agency 76 Warwickshire Health and Wellbeing Board (2014): Warwickshire Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2014-18; https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-630-353 77 North Warwickshire Borough Council – Corporate Plan 2017-18; file:///C:/Users/Owner/Downloads/SOS_Local_Plan_Submission_Version_March_2018.pdf

363

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Small And Medium Enterprises (SMES) and Health Being a fairly large scale residential development that will bring about an increase in number of residents, the proposal is projected to enhance patronage of small scale enterprises (SMEs) within the vicinity of the development (retail outlets, professional services, shops, restaurants, cafes, bars etc) as well as direct and indirect suppliers to other organisations involved with the development. This is also likely to lead to increase in the number of the enterprises. Such SMEs would create further employment and provide essential services to different population groups within and further away from the development, with attendant positive health benefits.

Sustainable Development and Health Sustainable development is considered to be an approach to development which “maintains a strong, healthy and just society, whilst respecting environmental limits, through using sound science responsibly, promoting good governance and achieving a sustainable economy”78. Concern for human health and wellbeing is at the centre of sustainable development. Principle One of the Rio Declaration states that "Human beings are at the centre of concerns for sustainable development. They are entitled to a healthy and productive life in harmony with nature"79.

Sustainable Development and Health Some of the specific activities within this approach include reduction in carbon dioxide

(CO2) emission, energy conservation, recourse to more renewable energy sources, and optimisation (rather than waste) of resources. Sustainable approaches to development endeavours have financial, health and corporate social responsibility (CSR) benefits to organisations, individuals and communities. It is instructive that part of the approaches to protect the countryside & heritage within the NWBC Corporate Plan 2017-18 is that the Borough will continue to take action to reduce its carbon footprint and carbon emission in the Borough, in accordance with the Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan.

78 Health, place and nature – How outdoor environments influence health and well-being: a knowledge base. Sustainable Development Commission. 79 World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD), Johannesburg, SA, Aug 26-Sep 4, 2002; WHO. http://www.who.int/wssd/en/

364

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Similarly, it has been indicated that high level sustainability approaches will be incorporated into the design, construction and implementation of the buildings within the residential development in order to make the development area a green community. It is noteworthy that the project developers have indicated that the scheme will be delivered to the most up to date Building Regulation Standards80.

14.5.5. Adverse (Negative) Health Impacts During Operation Adjustment Distress for Local Residents There is the likelihood of adjustment distress for the local residents who live close to the new homes within the development. Some of the local residents who attended the consultation event for the new development reckoned that while diversity and integration are desirable aspects of community living, they pointed out that sometimes diversity can make community cohesion more difficult. Due to the planned increase in the population of new residents from the new development, there could also be tensions between the new comers and already existing residents within the surrounding neighbourhoods. This could be exacerbated due to existing conditions of deprivation. These can result in minor adverse health impacts upon affected residents especially in the area of mental health. While these concerns may be founded, it is to be noted that any such tensions are likely to be minimal and can be properly managed through effective community relations management.

14.6. MITIGATION AND MONITORING 14.6.1. During Construction Detailed Design and Planning Aspects Given that moderate to major positive health impacts are envisaged to arise from the new and functional physical infrastructure to be provided by the development, it will be helpful to ensure that the houses meet most of the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE) Building for Life criteria81 as much as possible.

80 Project brief and personal communication with Freeths 81Design Council (2015): http://www.designcouncil.org.uk/resources/guide/building-life-12-third-edition

365

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Robust Health and Safety procedures and guidelines should be put in place and adhered to during construction works (Considerate Construction approaches) to minimise the risks of harm and injury to workers and visitors to the site during the construction phase.

14.6.2. During Operation In order to derive maximal projected benefits from the green spaces and outdoor environment, efforts should be made to manage and monitor the proposed green spaces to ensure that they do not become sites for litter or anti-social behaviour. If the green spaces are not properly managed, they can discourage usage and the projected benefits will not be achieved. In order to ensure that the socio-economic benefits envisaged from employment generation through the development impacts on the immediate neighbourhoods and North Warwickshire in general, it is suggested that wherever feasible, workers, service providers and suppliers of work materials should be sourced locally. It will be helpful to ensure recruitment for the construction jobs and other positions starts locally through the local job centres before being advertised more widely; and as much as possible, there should be local procurement of building materials and equipment. It is recommended that several bicycle parking bays should be provided within the development. This will help to maximise the envisaged health and wellbeing benefits of increased cycling and physical exercise, to be derived from the use of the cycle paths linked to the development In order to maximise the benefits of the sustainability approaches in executing the development, efforts should be made to maintain high environmental performance within the estate. Undertakings such as proper waste management, recycling, energy efficiency approaches etc should be encouraged among the various organisations that will be involved in providing services for the project. This will have economic, environmental and corporate social responsibility (CSR) benefits for the concerned organisations and ultimately individuals. In order to enhance integration and quicker settling in for new in-coming residents in the residential estate, it would be helpful to create awareness about the value of such integration through special publicity and community engagement activities. Neighbourhood Managers and community representatives (e.g. from residents’ associations) would be among key players in this direction.

366

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Close partnership working between the development facility managers, North Warwickshire Borough Council (NWBC) and NHS Warwickshire North CCG, is envisaged to be key to enhancing the benefits of the development both for the new residents moving into the proposed development, the existing local residents and workers in the area. Transportation and access to and from the development would need to be enhanced through a variety of measures. The plan to redirect existing main bus routes in such a way that would enhance access to the development through public transport is commendable. This too was of concern to a good number of local residents.With regard to impacts on the Highway network, whilst there is likely to be an impact at certain junctions, these could be minimised through the introduction of appropriate mitigation measures and traffic management systems such as junction improvement schemes and Air Quality Management Areas (AQMA). These will help to control both traffic congestion and air pollution. Generally, over the medium to long term, levels of air pollution are declining as tighter regulations on vehicle and other emissions are put in place locally and nationally.

14.7. Residual Impacts 14.7.1. This section assesses the residual impacts of the proposed development. Residual impacts are defined as those impacts that remain following the implementation of the mitigation measures proposed82. The same significance criteria outlined in section 14.3.1 (table 14.1) have been determined for each residual adverse effect. The impacts that have not been subject to mitigation measures (ie: the beneficial impacts), remain the same and are therefore not repeated here. 14.7.2. The residual impacts of the Development, following the implementation of the mitigation measures identified in section 14.6 are listed below in Table 14.2.

82 Hashim JH and Hashim Z (2009): Guidance Document on Health Impact Assessment (HIA) in Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). Dept of Environment, Malaysia. http://www.doe.gov.my/eia/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/HIA-Guidance-Document.pdf

367

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Identified Issue Description Nature of Impact Significance and Development (Adverse, (Minor, Moderate phase Beneficial or or Major) negligible) Traffic related Increases in HGV impacts traffic Adverse Minor

Construction phase

Rise in vehicular traffic Operation phase as the development Adverse Minor progresses and residential properties are occupied. Table 14.2: Residual Impacts associated with the Proposed Development

14.7.3. It is highly unlikely that the identified residual health impacts will lead to any significant adverse health outcomes. The detailed assessments and mitigation measures proposed in the transport/traffic section, especially the use of Traffic Management Plan and Air Quality Management measures, are envisaged to be sufficient to ensure that traffic related impacts will not worsen over time.

14.8. Cumulative Impacts 14.8.1. The combined effect of individual impacts occurs when a receptor is affected by more than one impact during any phase of a development. 14.8.2. Cumulative impacts result from the additive or synergistic effects of two or more health impacts, from one or more projects in an area, over the short, medium or long term83. These can be significant impacts and it is important therefore to consider both the cumulative beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts to gain a more holistic view of the potential impacts of a development or project. 14.8.3. It should be noted that cumulative effects are difficult to predict as they are the result of complex interactions between multiple projects or activities. Additionally, prediction of effects of future development has an inherent error in that the fine details of a future development are not generally known84.

83 International Council on Mining & Metals (ICMM) 2010: Good Practice Guide on Health Impact assessment; Guidance 2010-1. http://ccghr.ca/hialearningprogram/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Good-Practice-Guidance-on-Health-Impact-Assessment.pdf 84 Environmental Resource Management (ERM) 2000. Gamsberg ESIA Report.

368

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

14.8.4. The cumulative impacts assessed in this section have taken cognisance of the residential development to the immediate west of Alvecote Place (up to 1700 dwellings), on the former Tamworth Golf Course. Proposals for the 60 ha site include up to 1100 dwellings, a local centre, a primary school, 25 ha of green infrastructure and 6.9 ha extension to the nature reserve. This is the most reasonable and foreseeable development in close proximity to the development under consideration. 14.8.5. It is projected that construction of the buildings and other associated facilities will go on concurrently on both sites during some considerable period of time and by the time both developments are completed, they will total up to 2800 dwellings. 14.8.6. Although a number of factors can be considered when assessing cumulative impacts, however, the focus of this assessment will remain on key significant issues that have been informed by the findings of the impact assessment in section 14.5 and key local and regional challenges as discussed in section 14.4. Following are expected cumulative impacts which are qualitatively discussed:

14.8.7. Access to Quality Green Space Obesity can have a severe impact on people’s health, increasing the risk of type 2 diabetes, some cancers, and heart and liver disease. In North Warwickshire, 27.3% of adults is estimated to be obese85. Similarly, Tamworth has 30.7% adult obesity compared to the England obesity rate of 26.2%86. A large green infrastructure of public open spaces alongside formal and informal greenspaces is planned across the primary development under consideration. Similarly, up to 25 ha of green infrastructure and 6.9 ha extension to natural reserve are also proposed for the development on the former Tamworth Golf Course. Evidence points to the fact that exposure to natural spaces such as parks, gardens, green spaces and open countryside has beneficial mental and physical health benefits especially through encouraging people to be active (cycling and walking). The combined effect of the green infrastructures of the primary development and the one on the former Tamworth Golf Course will have a cumulative beneficial impact on exposure

https://www.erm.com/contentassets/34e202e6c03e4c5f9f0c4338134b71e7/draft-esia/chapter-11--cumulative-impact-assessment-15- 04-13-v1.pdf) 85 Warwickshire Observatory (2018). Quality of Life in North Warwickshire. https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-1014- 195 86 House of Commons Library 2018. Obesity Statistics. file:///C:/Users/Owner/Downloads/SN03336%20(1).pdf

369

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

and use of green spaces for physical activities with potential to subsequently impact on the prevalence of obesity in the area. The scale of this impact is projected to be moderate.

14.8.8. Enhancement Of Education And Skills Development Level of GCSE attainment in both North Warwickshire (55.5%) and Tamworth (49.4%) are worse than the England average (57.8%)87. GCSE attainment in this document refers to five or more GCSEs or equivalent at grades A*- C including English and Maths. A primary school will be built for each of the two developments. The existence of two primary schools within the combined residential estate of up to 2800 dwellings is likely to lead to the establishment of a High school or an extension to an existing school, and other institutions that can enhance education and skills development in the area. As an important determinant of health, education is directly linked to opportunities, employment, income and positive behaviour. The inclusion of primary schools within the developments will have cumulative major beneficial health impacts on the children who will attend the schools as well as other beneficiaries of educational provisions that will arise in the future.

14.8.9. Increase in Number of SMES And Impact On Business, Employment And Local Economy The combined residential developments of up to 2800 dwellings will bring about an increase in number of residents, which is projected to lead to enhanced patronage and establishment of small scale enterprises (SMEs) within the local centres planned for the developments; and also within the areas surrounding the developments. These will in turn create employment, enhance business activities and boost the local economy; all of these can have cumulative beneficial impacts on the health of those employed and users of the business services. The scale of this impact is projected to be moderate to major over the mid – long term of the developments.

14.8.10. Traffic Related Impacts And Air Pollution The two residential developments would result in a significant increase in vehicular traffic using the highway network around the sites and is therefore likely to lead to cumulative impacts on the highway network. There will be

87 Public Health England. Health Profiles for North Warwickshire and Tamworth. http://democracy.tamworth.gov.uk/documents/s22181/Appendix%202%20State%20of%20Tamworth%20Debate.pdf

370

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

increases in HGV traffic during the construction phase of the development; in view of the scale of both proposals, which will take several years. Cumulative impacts associated with traffic movements will vary during the construction phase and once the developments are completed. There is also the likelihood of air pollution as a result of increased traffic and resultant congestion once the residential properties have been occupied. Congestion and low average vehicle speeds generally increase the emission of air pollutants; hence initiatives that reduce congestion and increase average vehicle speeds can reduce local air pollution levels.88 Other contextual factors such as climatic factors and proximity to the road when walking, are important factors in exposure. The identified cumulative health impacts from both of the developments on the former Tamworth Golf Course and on land east of the former Tamworth Golf Course are listed below in Table 14.3. S/No Issue for Beneficial impacts Adverse impacts consideration/ Determinant of health 1 Access to quality The combined effect of the green green space infrastructures of the two developments will have a cumulative beneficial impact on exposure and use of green spaces for physical activities with potential to subsequently impact on the prevalence of obesity in the area.

2 Enhancement of The inclusion of primary schools education and sills within the developments will have development cumulative major beneficial health impacts on the children who will attend the schools as well as other beneficiaries of educational provisions that will arise in the future.

3 Increase in number of The combined developments are SMEs and impact on projected to lead to enhanced business, employment patronage and establishment of and local economy small scale enterprises (SMEs). These will in turn create employment, enhance business

88 Institute of Public Health in Ireland. 2005. Health impacts of transport: a review.

371

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

activities and boost the local economy; all of these can have cumulative beneficial impacts on the health of those employed and users of the business services.

4 Traffic related impacts The two residential and air pollution developments would result in a significant increase in vehicular traffic using the highway network around the sites and is therefore likely to lead to cumulative impacts on the highway network. 5 Increased demand on It is likely the case that Health services the two developments when fully occupied can exert a cumulative adverse impact on the provision of health services.

Table 14.3: Summary of cumulative Health Impacts

14.8.11. Increased Demand on Health Services There are a number of measures for assessing health service provision and usage and the commonest ones include access, General practice provision, hospital provision and general and community provision89. It is likely the case that the two residential developments when fully completed and occupied can exert a cumulative adverse impact on the provision of health services within the local area or result in an under-provision of services for the existing and proposed population within North Warwickshire and Tamworth. Using a simple approximation of 2.4 persons per household90, it can be estimated that about 6720 people will take residence in the combined 2800 new dwellings. It should be noted, however, that a proportion of the future occupiers of the proposed new homes are very likely to be people who currently live within North Warwickshire and Tamworth and may therefore potentially already be registered to an existing General Practice.

89 HealthKnowledge: https://www.healthknowledge.org.uk/public-health-textbook/health-information/3c-applications/common-measures 90 Office for National Statistics (ONS): http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/guide-method

372

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

A detailed Health Needs Assessment (HNA) may be required to ascertain the extent of such impact on the provision of healthcare and community services. Close partnership working between the development facility managers, North Warwickshire Council, Tamworth Borough Council and NHS Warwickshire North CCG, is envisaged to be key to enhancing the benefits of the development both for the new residents moving into the proposed development and the existing local residents and workers in the area.

14.9. Assumptions And Limitations 14.9.1 The main limitations of the assessment of impacts on population health were: (i) Actual quantification of health impacts was outside the scope of this assessment consequently, the health impacts were described in broad generic and descriptive terms. (ii) The use of Borough level data as being representative of the existing residents living in and around the proposed development (iii) The difficulty in considering the beneficial and adverse impacts on future residents in the developments and visitors to the area given that we do not know anything about their health, demographic, socio-economic, or cultural characteristics. (iv) Lack of detailed consideration of the equipment, activities, and processes that will be undertaken during the construction phase

14.9.2 These limitations have not affected the overall and general accuracy of the projected impacts on population and human health; they have, however, made it more difficult to be precise about the types and extent of impacts under consideration.

14.10. Summary & Conclusions 14.10.1. The development on land East of the former Tamworth Golf Course (Alvecote Place) has the potential to bring about several beneficial (positive) health impacts on the people who would be directly and remotely connected with it. The proposal to have 1700 new homes, extra care apartments, sustainable green infrastructure and other amenities is a significant positive step in meeting housing targets through the provision of sustainable development. 14.10.2. Overall the development will have Moderate to Major beneficial physical and mental health impacts on residents, construction workers, visitors and other users of the facilities and services. This are the result of some direct effects of the development on the

373

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

concerned individuals as well as outcomes resulting from the wider determinants of health such as employment, income, education and social capital. 14.10.3. However, there are a few contextual factors that are likely to influence the derivation of maximal beneficial health impacts, some of which have been identified to be able to have adverse (negative) health impacts on the people living in and using the facilities within the development. It will be important to ensure on-going maintenance of facilities and open and green spaces, to ensure that the positive benefits of the proposed development carry on into the long term.

374

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Abbreviations & Definitions CCG : Clinical Commissioning Group CHD : Coronary Heart Disease COPD : Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility CVD : Cardiovascular Disease DOH : Department of Health EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment ES : Environmental Statement HIA : Health Impact Assessment HWB : Health and Wellbeing Board JHWB : Joint Health and Wellbeing Board JSNA : Joint Strategic Needs Assessment NHS : National Health Service NWBC : North Warwickshire Borough Council ODPM : Office of Deputy Prime Minister SME : Small and Medium Enterprise WHO : World Health Organisation WNCCG : Warwickshire North Clinical Commissioning Group

375

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References

 WHO 1984: Health Promotion: A Discussion Document on the Concepts and Principles; WHO Regional Office for Europe; Copenhagen

 Dahlgren G and Whitehead M 1991: Policies and Strategies to Promote Social Equity in Health. Stockholm, Institute for Future Studies  NPPF: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/6077/2116950.pd f  DOH 2004: Public Health White Paper. TSO, London  North Warwickshire Borough Council – Corporate Plan 2017-18; file:///C:/Users/Owner/Downloads/SOS_Local_Plan_Submission_Version_March_2018.pdf

 Taylor L, Gowman, and Quigley (2003): Addressing inequalities through health impact assessment. Health Development Agency, London  Wilkinson R (1996): Unhealthy Societies: the Affliction of Inequality. Routledge, London  Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012/13 (With North Warwickshire Borough Data Inserts). http://news.warwickshire.gov.uk/healthprofessionals/files/2012/08/JSNA-Annual- Update-2013-North-Warwickshire-Borough.pdf

 Acheson D (1998): Independent Inquiry Into Inequalities in Health: Report. TSO, London  Marmot et al (2010): Fair Society, Healthy Lives: The Marmot Review. http://www.marmotreview.org/AssetLibrary/pdfs/Reports/FairSocietyHealthyLivesExecSummary .pdf  Health Development Agency (2002), Introducing health impact assessment (HIA) informing the decision-making process, England  Dreaves H, Pennington A, Scott-Samuel A (2015): Urban Health Impact Assessment Methodology (UrHIA). Liverpool: IMPACT, University of Liverpool. www.healthimpactassessment.co.uk  Cavanagh S and Chadwick K 2005: Health Needs Assessment. Health Development Agency, London  Office for National Statistics (ONS): http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/guide-method  Institute of Occupational Medicine (IOM) 2008: Strategic Consulting Report: 644-002061. London  Public Health England: North Warwickshire District Health Profile 2017. https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-630-1276  ODPM (2007): Indices of multiple deprivation. Office of the Deputy Prime Minister  Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012/13 (with North Warwickshire Borough Council Data Inserts).  North Warwickshire Equality and Diversity Profile 2016  Public Health England: North Warwickshire District Health Profile 2017.  National Child Measurement Programme, NHS Digital 2017: https://digital.nhs.uk/news-and- events/news-archive/2017-news-archive/obesity-prevalence-increases-in-reception-age- primary-school-children

376

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Warwickshire County Council: Director of Public Health Annual Report 2016: https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-630-801  Public Health England: North Warwickshire District Health Profile 2017. https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-630-1276  Scott-Samuel et al (2001): Merseyside Guidelines for health impact assessment. IMPACT, Liverpool  Dahlgren G and Whitehead M (1991): Policies and Strategies to Promote Social Equity in Health. Stockholm, Institute for Future Studies  IMPACT 2004: Introduction to health impact assessment. University of Liverpool  Marmot, M.2004 The Status Syndrome: How Social Standing Affects Our Health and Longevity. London, Bloomsbury

 CIEH (2008). Good Housing Leads to Good Health. Chartered Institute of Environmental Health.  Page, A (2002). Journal of Environmental Health Research Volume 1, Issue 1; Poor housing and mental health in the United Kingdom: Changing the focus for Intervention  Thomson H, Petticrew M, Morrison D. (2002). Housing Improvement and Health Gain: A summary and systematic review. MRC Social and Public Health Unit. January  Thomson, Petticrew and Morrison (2002).  Health, place and nature – How outdoor environments influence health and well-being: a knowledge base. Sustainable Development Commission.  Department of Health 2004. Choosing Health: Making healthy choices easier. London, TSO  Arrowsmith J., Roycroft K. and Packham C (2011). Community Pride: Need, opportunity, impact A report by the Community Audit and Evaluation Centre (CAEC). http://takepartresearchcluster.blogs.lincoln.ac.uk/files/2013/08/Community-Pride-final-report.pdf  Pretty J, Peacock J et al 2007. Green exercise in the UK Countryside: Effects on Health and Physiological Well-being, and Implications for Policy and Planning. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management, 50 (2), 211-231  Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012-13  Foresight 2007. Tackling Obesities: Future Choices Project – Obsogenic Environments Evidence Review. London, Department of Innovation, Universities and Skills.  Department of Health 2007. Health Profile for England 2007  CABE 2000. Future health: sustainable places for health and well-being. Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE).  Marmot, M.2004 The Status Syndrome: How Social Standing Affects Our Health and Longevity. London, Bloomsbury

 Plan4Health: Education is a Social determinant of Health. http://plan4health.us/education-is-a- social-determinant-of-health/)  Marmot et al (2010): Fair Society, Healthy Lives: The Marmot Review. http://www.marmotreview.org/AssetLibrary/pdfs/Reports/FairSocietyHealthyLivesExecSummary .pdf

377

Environmental Statement (Chapter 14) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

 Arrowsmith J., Roycroft, K and Packham, C. (2011): Community Pride: Need, opportunity, impact - A report by the Community Audit and Evaluation Centre (CAEC). http://takepartresearchcluster.blogs.lincoln.ac.uk/files/2013/08/Community-Pride-final-report.pdf  Warwickshire Joint Strategic Needs Assessment 2012-13  Health, place and nature – How outdoor environments influence health and well-being: a knowledge base. Sustainable Development Commission.  Narayan (1997) Voices of the Poor: Poverty and Social Capital in Tanzania, World Bank, Washington D.C., USA.  Swan C and Morgan A (2002): Social capital for Health. Insight from qualitative research. Health Development Agency  Swan and Morgan (2002): Social capital for health. Health Development Agency  Warwickshire Health and Wellbeing Board (2014): Warwickshire Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2014-18; https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-630-353  North Warwickshire Borough Council – Corporate Plan 2017-18; file:///C:/Users/Owner/Downloads/SOS_Local_Plan_Submission_Version_March_2018.pdf  Health, place and nature – How outdoor environments influence health and well-being: a knowledge base. Sustainable Development Commission.  World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD), Johannesburg, SA, Aug 26-Sep 4, 2002; WHO. http://www.who.int/wssd/en/  Project brief and personal communication with Freeths  Design Council (2015): http://www.designcouncil.org.uk/resources/guide/building-life-12-third- edition  Hashim JH and Hashim Z (2009): Guidance Document on Health Impact Assessment (HIA) in Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). Dept of Environment, Malaysia. http://www.doe.gov.my/eia/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/HIA-Guidance-Document.pdf  International Council on Mining & Metals (ICMM) 2010: Good Practice Guide on Health Impact assessment; Guidance 2010-1. http://ccghr.ca/hialearningprogram/wp- content/uploads/2015/01/Good-Practice-Guidance-on-Health-Impact-Assessment.pdf  Environmental Resource Management (ERM) 2000. Gamsberg ESIA Report. https://www.erm.com/contentassets/34e202e6c03e4c5f9f0c4338134b71e7/draft-esia/chapter- 11--cumulative-impact-assessment-15-04-13-v1.pdf)  Warwickshire Observatory (2018). Quality of Life in North Warwickshire. https://apps.warwickshire.gov.uk/api/documents/WCCC-1014-195  House of Commons Library 2018. Obesity Statistics. file:///C:/Users/Owner/Downloads/SN03336%20(1).pdf  Public Health England. Health Profiles for North Warwickshire and Tamworth. http://democracy.tamworth.gov.uk/documents/s22181/Appendix%202%20State%20of%20Tam worth%20Debate.pdf  Institute of Public Health in Ireland. 2005. Health impacts of transport: a review.  HealthKnowledge: https://www.healthknowledge.org.uk/public-health-textbook/health- information/3c-applications/common-measures  Office for National Statistics (ONS): http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/guide-method

378

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

15. SOILS AND AGRICULTURAL LAND QUALITY

15.1. INTRODUCTION

15.1.1 This chapter of the Environmental Statement (“ES”) has been prepared by Land Research Associates (“Land Research Associates”) on behalf of Hallam Land Management Ltd (“the Applicant”). It considers the effect of the proposed development on agricultural land and soil resources. 15.1.2 The baseline situation is considered before the likely environmental impacts of the development are identified, during both the construction and operational phases of the development. Mitigation measures to reduce any negative environmental impacts are identified as appropriate, before the residual environmental impacts are assessed.

National Policy Context 15.1.3 The applicable legislative framework is summarised as follows from the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF, 2018): 15.1.4 “Planning policies and decisions should contribute to and enhance the natural local environment by… a) …protecting and enhancing soils (in a manner commensurate with their… identified quality in the development plan) b) …recognising the economic and other benefits of the best and most versatile agricultural land e) …preventing new and existing development from contributing to, being put at unacceptable risk from, or being adversely affected by, unacceptable levels of soil pollution” (Chapter 15, Paragraph 170)

“Plans should:...allocate land with the least environmental...value, where consistent with other policies in this Framework...Where significant development of agricultural land is demonstrated to be necessary, areas of poorer quality land should be preferred to those of a higher quality.”

(Chapter 15, Paragraph 171 and footnote 53)

379

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

15.1.5 Paragraph 109 of the NPPF states that:

“The planning system should contribute to and enhance the natural and local environment by … protecting and enhancing valued landscapes, geological conservation interests and soils’ and ‘preventing both new and existing development from contributing to or being put at unacceptable risk from, or being adversely affected by unacceptable levels of soil, air, water or noise pollution or land instability”.

15.1.6 Paragraph 25 of the National Planning Practice Guidance states that the planning system should:

“protect and enhance valued soils and prevent the adverse impacts of unacceptable levels of pollution”.

Guidance 15.1.7 The applicable guidance is summarised as follows:

 Government’s Planning Practice Guidance advises that soil is an essential finite resource that provides important ecosystem services

 As such Government produced ‘Safeguarding our Soils’ strategy through which Defra has published a code of practice on the sustainable use of soils on construction sites

 A 2007 Environment Agency document ‘Soil a Precious Resource: Our Strategy for Protecting, Managing and Restoring Soil’ aims to encourage the construction industry to: reuse soils; reduce the amount of soil disposed as waste; and reduce flood risk and pressures on urban drainage.

15.2 LOCAL POLICY CONTEXT 15.2.1 The Core Strategy (2014) and Draft Local Plan (2016) for North Warwickshire do not have a policy to protect best and most versatile land although reference to soil quality is found in policy LP31, point 13 – Development Considerations, as stated below:

“Development should:...not...degrade soil quality...”

380

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

15.3 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

15.3.1 The assessment is designed to assess the impact of the Proposed Development on two receptors within a study area of 95.5 ha. The receptors are: agricultural land resources and soil resources.

15.3.2 Data was obtained from the sources described below:

 Natural England’s MAGIC website:  Soil resources were reviewed by means of a desk study of published soil maps and reports from the Soil Survey of England and Wales and more accurately assessed by a detailed survey across the Application Site. This involved recording observations of soil and land characteristics at intersects of a 100 m grid.  Agricultural land quality was assessed using information from the soil resources survey and other constraints to agricultural land use such as climate, flooding and slope.

15.3.3 Full details of the survey methodology are included in the technical report in Appendix 15.1.

Significance Criteria 15.3.4 There is no nationally agreed scheme for classifying the impacts of development on agriculture or soils and the approach used in this chapter has been developed by Land Research Associates Ltd. over a number of years. Impacts of a project can be: adverse, causing significant negative impacts on a receptor; beneficial, resulting in advantageous or positive impacts on a receptor; or negligible.

15.3.5 The magnitude of effect on best and most versatile land will depend on the amount to be taken by the development. Article 18, Schedule 4 of the Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (England) Order 2015 only requires Natural England to be consulted on development that involves the loss of not less than 20 ha of grades 1, 2 or 3a agricultural land. Consequently, the magnitude of losses smaller than this threshold is considered to have a small effect on the national stock of best and most versatile land. Losses of over 80 ha of best and most versatile land are equivalent to the size of a medium to large farm and consequently the magnitude of effect is considered to be large. The judgment-based classification is given in Table 15.1.

15.3.6 The magnitude of effect on topsoil resources makes the assumption that, as a valuable finite resource, the requirement should be to protect topsoils from damage. However, since built developments often generate large surpluses of topsoil, the primary requirement is considered to be that sufficient topsoil should be protected to complete all on-site

381

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

landscaping/greenspace requirements (provided the baseline resource is suitable for the proposed uses). Failure to do so is regarded as a large magnitude effect. If all topsoil is protected from damage, the effect is regarded as negligible. As few built developments are likely to require more than 50% of topsoil for reuse, losses below this figure are regarded as minor.

15.3.7 Subsoil compaction under greenspace areas increases flood risk (and is not typically accounted for in SUDS design). Severe compaction is also likely to adversely affect the success of landscaping/ecological planting schemes. Magnitude is considered as a percentage of the development scheme. Compaction of greater than 10% of the Site is considered as high magnitude as it is likely to result in tangible increases in runoff volumes, of a magnitude which could affect the efficacy of SUDS design capacity.

Table 15.1: Magnitude of impacts on the two receptors

Magnitude Agricultural land Soil resource

Large Irreversible loss of >80 ha Loss of >80% of topsoil resources and of best and most versatile insufficient topsoil protected for on-site land uses. Subsoil compaction of >10% of Site

Moderate Irreversible loss of 20-80 ha Loss or irreversible damage to 50-80% of of best and most versatile topsoil resources. Compaction of 5-10% land of subsoils

Small Irreversible loss of 5-20 ha Loss or irreversible damage to <50% of of best and most versatile topsoil resources. Compaction of <5% of land subsoils

Negligible Irreversible loss of <5 ha of Only minor disturbance of soils within the best and most versatile land Site.

Sensitivity Of Receptors 15.3.8 Best and most versatile agricultural land (i.e. Grades 1, 2 & 3a on MAFF’s 1988 Agricultural Land Classification (ALC) system) is considered to be a finite national resource, is given special consideration in national policy, and can be considered to be of higher sensitivity than land in Grades 3b, 4 and 5. In areas of the country where best and most versatile land is common, such as the area surrounding Tamworth, the best land (Grades 1 and 2) is

382

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

considered of higher sensitivity than Subgrade 3a. The loss of lower quality land is considered of lower importance under the planning system of England and Wales.

15.3.9 All natural soils are finite resources, but where sites are to be developed, their quality as a resource for reuse varies. Medium and coarse loamy soils are regarded as of higher value for reuse and so of the highest sensitivity, since these soils are most effective at mitigating the effects of flooding and are of highest quality for reuse in gardens and planting schemes (the most likely to meet British Standards criteria for use at other sites). Lower quality soils such as sandy or clayey topsoils are susceptible to damage and less valuable if lost.

15.3.10 Permeable coarse or medium textured subsoils are reusable for planting schemes (e.g. to support tree growth) and have a greater function in mitigating the effects of flooding than heavy and slowly permeable subsoils. In some instances soils have important properties which make them able to support rare habitats (e.g. species diverse calcareous grassland or lowland heath habitats).

15.3.11 The sensitivity criteria used in the assessment of effects the two receptors are summarised in Table 15.2.

Table 15.2: Sensitivity of receptors

Sensitivity Agricultural land in the Soil resource Tamworth Borough

High Grades 1, 2 Permeable coarse loamy and medium loamy soils, or other soils capable of supporting valuable habitats

Medium Subgrade 3a Fine textured or sandy topsoils not capable of supporting valuable habitats Mixed permeable and slowly permeable subsoils.

Low Subgrade 3b and Damaged or contaminated soils grades 4 & 5 Slowly permeable subsoils

Significance of Impacts 15.3.12 The significance of any beneficial or adverse impact can be assessed as either ‘major’ or ‘moderate’ (i.e. significant)’, ‘minor’ or ‘negligible’ according to the magnitude of the impact of the proposed development and the sensitivity of the receptor, as set out in Table 15.3 below

383

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Table 15.3: Significance of effects

Magnitude Sensitivity

High Medium Low

Large Major Major Moderate

Moderate Major Moderate Minor

Small Moderate Minor Minor

Negligible Minor Negligible Negligible

15.4 BASELINE CONDITIONS Agricultural Land 15.4.1 The site comprises four arable fields and the southern section of a fifth field. The agricultural land at the site is predominantly of subgrade 3a quality (table 15.4), within the best and most versatile category and therefore of medium sensitivity (Table 15.2). The remainder of the agricultural land is of subgrade 3b quality, low sensitivity. A report setting the site in context with the agricultural land quality of the wider North Warwickshire District can be found in Appendix 15.2; it shows high levels of BMV land to be typical of the area. The land is variably limited by soil depth, droughtiness and wetness restrictions.

Table 15.4: Area of land occupied by the different grades

Grade/subgrade Area (ha) % of the site

Subgrade 3a 68.6 72

Subgrade 3b 18.9 20

Non agricultural 8.0 8

Total 99.5 100

Soil Resources 15.4.2 Soils were found to vary in depth, drainage and texture. The soils over most of the site are coarse and medium loamy of high sensitivity. There are minor areas of heavy topsoils with a slowly permeable subsoil, these resources are of medium sensitivity.

15.4.3 Full descriptions and a map of the agricultural land grades are found in an accompanying technical report to this chapter (see Appendix 15.1).

384

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

15.5 PREDICTED IMPACTS

15.5.1 This section details the predicted impacts of the Proposed Development on agricultural land and soils during both the construction phase and after completion of the Development.

During Construction Agricultural Land 15.5.2 The loss of the agricultural land resource will be progressive through phased construction. The significance of this impact is considered post-completion however, at which point all land will be removed from agricultural use.

Soil Resources 15.5.3 The Proposed Development could directly result in the loss of all topsoils during stripping and stockpiling if not carefully managed, meaning insufficient resources were available to complete landscaping.

15.5.4 The Proposed Development includes approximately 46.5 ha (48%) built development; of which 60% is assumed to comprise sealed surfaces (typical for residential developments) with 40% (18.4 ha) made up of gardens and soft landscaping areas. Green infrastructure makes up the remainder of the site (52%, 50.4 ha). Therefore, approximately 71% (68.8 ha) of permeable surfaces are proposed to be retained and could be susceptible to compaction. Such compaction would adversely affect drainage, and would lead to increased surface water flood risk (beyond that mitigated by proposed SUDS schemes). It would also restrict rooting depth and affect the success of proposed planting schemes.

After Completion Agricultural Land 15.5.5 There will be a permanent loss of 68.6 ha of best and most versatile (subgrade 3a) agricultural land and 18.9 ha of subgrade 3b land.

Soil Resources 15.5.6 Any adverse impacts caused during construction are likely to persist where compaction is severe, although over time some recovery of soil function will occur under re-established vegetation in landscaped parts. Damage or loss of soil resources caused during construction are largely permanent potential adverse impacts which will persist post completion, including all impacts in developed areas of the Site.

385

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

15.6 EVALUATION OF PREDICTED IMPACTS

Agricultural Land 15.6.1 The moderate loss (68.6 ha) of a medium sensitivity receptor (subgrade 3a agricultural land) is a moderate adverse impact of the Proposed Development, which is classed as significant. The loss of 18.9 ha of subgrade 3b land is a small loss of a low sensitivity receptor and equates to a minor adverse impact of the Proposed Development.

Soil Resources 15.6.2 The Proposed Development could damage up to 71% of the topsoil resources on site which is a moderate loss of a high sensitivity resource. There could also compaction of greater than 10% of subsoils on site, of which most are permeable, a large loss of high sensitivity receptor. This represents a major adverse impact on soil resources. Mitigation

15.7 MITIGATION 15.7.1 This section details the mitigation measures which would be put in place to reduce the adverse impacts of the Proposed Development.

During Construction Agricultural Land 15.7.2 Mitigation for the effect of loss of agricultural land to built development is not possible. Soil Resources 15.7.3 Mitigation for loss or damage of soil resources requires the adoption of a Soil Management Plan, undertaken by a suitably qualified practitioner in accordance with the principals outlined in the Construction Code of Practice for Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction Sites, which will detail:  Depth and method of topsoil stripping and stockpiling  Identification of landscaping topsoil requirements and assessment of suitability and availability of on-site resources  Means of subsoil protection from compaction damage and remedial measures (such as ripping/subsoiling) to remove damage

386

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

15.8 RESIDUAL IMPACTS

Agricultural Land 15.8.1 The loss of 68.6 ha of best and most versatile agricultural land cannot be mitigated against and will be a permanent moderate adverse impact of the Proposed Development (see table 15.3).

Soil Resources 15.8.2 Adherence to a detailed site-specific Soil Management Plan written by a soil expert will facilitate protection of the topsoil resource and prevent any significant subsoil compaction. The impacts of the Proposed Development on soil resources would then be regarded as negligible.

15.9 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

15.9.1 Soil and agricultural land loss from an individual site should be considered on a site by site basis (against the benefits of the scheme) and therefore it is not considered there are any relevant cumulative effects to the Proposed Development. Therefore, the effects of the Proposed Development remain as per Table 15.5.

15.10 LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS 15.10.1 There are no published or widely accepted assessment criteria for impacts on agricultural land resources (best and most versatile land) or soil resources. The assessment method used by Land Research Associates has been developed in-house over a number of years. Impact magnitudes for loss of best and most versatile land relates to consultation thresholds in Technical Information Note 049 (TIN049), published by Natural England to provide general guidance. Impact decisions can also be based on the loss of such land in relation to the quantum of best and most versatile land in the local area.

15.11 CONCLUSION

15.11.1 This chapter has considered the potential impacts of the Proposed Development on the agricultural land resource and on soil resources. The assessment has involved a detailed site survey during which soil resources and land quality were recorded.

15.11.2 The survey found that the Site has mainly medium textured, sandy clay loam topsoils (medium sensitivity) over either a loamy permeable subsoil with sandstone within 120 cm

387

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

or a slowly permeable clay lower subsoil. The agricultural land is mainly (72% of the site) within the best and most versatile category (subgrade 3a).

Agricultural Land 15.11.3 The permanent loss of 68.6 ha of best and most versatile agricultural land cannot be mitigated against and is determined a moderate adverse impact (see table 15.3).

Soil Resources 15.11.4 Adherence to a Soil Management Plan will ensure the protection of the topsoil resource and prevent any significant subsoil compaction. The impacts of the Proposed Development on soil resources would then be regarded as negligible and therefore not of significance.

Table 15.5: Summary of impacts

Potential impact Significan Mitigation measure Significance of ce residual impact (pre- mitigation) Loss of soil or damage to soil Moderate Implementation of Soil Negligible functions adverse Management Plan Loss of best and most versatile Moderate None possible Moderate land adverse adverse

388

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Abbreviations

ALC – Agricultural Land Classification BMV – Best and Most Versatile Defra – Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs ES – Environmental Statement LRA – Land Research Associates MAFF – Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food NPPF – National Planning Policy Framework SuDS – Sustainable Drainage System

389

Environmental Statement (Chapter 15) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References  Defra, (September, 2009). Construction Code of Practice for the Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction Sites, .  Environment Agency, (October, 2007). Soil: A precious resource, Our strategy for protecting, managing and restoring soil.< https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58cff61c414fb598d9e947ca/t/5abb6945758d462671b 79208/1522231625807/EA+2007+Soilis-+a+Precious+resouce.pdf>  Natural England, Magic Map, http://magic.gov.uk/  Natural England, (December, 2012). Agricultural Land Classification: protecting best and most versatile agricultural land, Technical Information Note TIN 049.  North Warwickshire Borough Council (August 2016), North Warwickshire Local Plan Draft for Consultation

390

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16. OPEN SPACE AND PUBLIC RIGHTS OF WAY

16.1. INTRODUCTION 16.1.1. This chapter assesses the impact of the proposed development on the local open space provision and Public Rights of Way (PROW). This chapter was requested as part of the scoping opinion exercise undertaken in September 2017, specifically by Natural England.91 As an assessment of the impact on open space would need to be undertaken in any event, it was agreed that this could form part of the ES. This chapter takes a high level view of open space and PROW provision establishing existing facilities and routes and the broad impact of development upon these. 16.1.2. The impact assessment is undertaken with consideration of the relevant local and national policy documents and assessment of the study area through the identification of baseline conditions and assessment of the impact of the development on these. 16.1.3. It assesses the impact during the construction phase and following the completion of the development. It assesses the potential effects of the Proposed Development on existing open space provision and the public right of way network. 16.1.4. No specific comments have been received on the Open Space and Rights of Way chapter of the Scoping Report (February 2018) submitted with the latest Scoping Opinion request. In their letter of September 2017 Natural England referred to a requirement to assess ‘access land’. The definition of this was questioned both directly to Natural England and within the scoping report but no response on this specific issue was received.

16.2. LEGISLATION AND POLICY 16.2.1. The Development Plan for North Warwickshire comprises the North Warwickshire Core Strategy (2014) and the Local Plan (2006). 16.2.2. North Warwickshire Borough Council are currently preparing a new Local Plan which will set out the planning policies and site allocations across the Borough during the plan period. The decision was taken to merge the adopted Core Strategy, the Draft Site Allocations Plan and the Draft Development Plan together to form a Local Plan for the Borough. The Local Plan was submitted to the Secretary of State for Examination on 27 March 2018.

91 Natural England letter dated 4 September 2017. 391

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16.2.3. Chapter 4 of this Environmental Statement reviews the planning policy context for this application. This section briefly highlights any specific policies relevant in the consideration of open space and public rights of way.

Core Strategy (2014) 16.2.4. Policy NW12 (Quality of Development) requires all development proposals, inter alia, to create linkages between green spaces and wildlife corridors. Supporting text to this policy states “development can adversely affect public rights of ways. The Borough Council wants to see access to the countryside maintained and improved. Therefore it wants to avoid any adverse effects on the current provision and where possible, see the expansion of public rights of way. “ 16.2.5. Policy NW16 (Green Infrastructure) requires development proposals to demonstrate how they contribute to maintaining and enhancing a comprehensive and strategically planned Green Infrastructure network.

Local Plan (2006) 16.2.6. Some policies of the Local Plan have been superseded through the adoption of the Core Strategy and in this instance all policies relevant to this chapter are contained within the Core Strategy (2014).

North Warwickshire Draft Local Plan (November 2017) 16.2.7. The emerging Local Plan was submitted to the Secretary of State for examination in March 2018. The following policies are considered of relevance for this chapter. 16.2.8. Policy LP1 (Sustainable Development) embraces some of the aspirations of Core Strategy Policy NW12 in respect of Quality of Development including the requirement to create linkages and in the supporting text to protect and enhance rights of way. The implementation of infrastructure is covered by this policy and its priorities include the provision of open space and green infrastructure. 16.2.9. Policy LP17 (Green Infrastructure) requires development proposals to demonstrate how they contribute to maintaining and enhancing a comprehensive and strategically planned Green Infrastructure network. 16.2.10. Policy LP20 (Green Spaces) advises that the Green Space Strategy will provide information which will be used in determining the amount of land, facilities and/or contributions which will be require as part of development proposals. 16.2.11. Policy LP31 (Development Considerations) is a generic policy aimed at setting out the requirements of development. One of its many criteria states:

392

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

“expand or enhance the provision of open space and recreation facilities, including contributing to the implementation of the Green Space Strategy and Playing Pitch Strategies before proposals will be supported.”

NPPF (2018) 16.2.12. Paragraph 96 states that access to a network of high quality open spaces and opportunities for sport and physical activity is important for the health and well-being of communities.

Green Space Strategy (2017-2031) – October 2017 (“GSS”) 16.2.13. This report forms part of the evidence base for the emerging Local Plan. The GSS includes an assessment of green space against a range of open space assessment types both from a qualitative and a quantitative viewpoint. Some of the outcomes of these assessments are explored in more detail in the baseline conditions section of this chapter. The GSS also identifies future needs and priorities and strategic actions.

Playing Pitch Strategy (October 2017) (“PPS”) 16.2.14. The PPS is a strategic assessment in the context of national policy and local sports development needs that provides an up to date analysis of supply and demand for playing pitches in the local authority. This again forms part of the evidence base of the emerging Local Plan.

Planning Obligations for Open Space, Sport and Recreation SPD (November 2017) (“OSSR SPD”) 16.2.15. This OSSR SPD sets out the framework for requiring on-site provision and/or off-site contributions towards open space provision as part of residential development. This document is used to calculate such requirements and figure 7 of the SPD provides standards of provision per 1000 population 92. The SPD was subject to consultation as part of the Submission Draft consultation that ran from December 2017 to March 2018.

Warwickshire County Council Rights of Way and Recreational Highway Strategy 2011-2026 16.2.16. This document is a Rights of Way Improvement Strategy (“ROWIP”). The document sets out an overview of existing provision and the strengths and weaknesses of the network. The document sets out a range of policies to manage and enhance rights of way.

92 P27. 393

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Tamworth Recreational Open Space Review 2011 (TROSR”) 16.2.17. The TROSR provides the evidence base for the adopted Tamworth Local Plan in respect of open space. The document sets out the standards for open space provision together with identifying deficiencies and open space needs.

Update Paper for Tamworth Joint Indoor and Outdoor Sports Strategy (2014) 16.2.18. This document updates Tamworth’s 2009 strategy and was used in respect of their Local Plan examination evidence base. Section 6 of the document deals with playing pitches provision, taking a high level review for sports such as football, cricket, rugby and hockey.

Rights of Way Improvement Plan - Staffordshire 16.2.19. This is the equivalent of the WCC ROWIP and again assesses the extent and condition of the network before identifying priorities for improvement and providing a statement of action.

16.3. ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 16.3.1. This assessment first establishes the baseline position in terms of existing local provision. The OSSR SPD provides guidance for accessibility to the different typologies of open space and this ranges from 400m to 1000m. To establish the existing provision this chapter identifies existing open space provision within 1200m of the application site boundary and existing PROW within one mile (1600m) of the site boundary. 16.3.2. The TROSR has a different set of typologies comprising urban park, amenity open space, cemeteries, semi-natural green space and civic space. In respect of accessibility the TROSR measures from the site boundaries at distances of 400 metres, 600 metres and 1200 metres for local, neighbourhood and borough wide sites respectively. Given that there is a cross boundary situation with this site with different typologies and accessibility distances, the baseline conditions for open space have been measured to the furthest distance for accessibility, namely 1200m. 16.3.3. As part of the baseline conditions and to give some wider context the baseline conditions will also briefly appraise the provision of open space, both in the borough and Tamworth. 16.3.4. There are no generally accepted criteria for assessing the significance of open space and PROW impacts and, in some cases, it can be difficult to quantify or measure such impacts.

394

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16.3.5. The assessment of open space and PROW impacts arising as a result of the development is therefore largely assessed using professional judgement and experience of similar developments as well as guidance provided in local policy documents. 16.3.6. The assessment considers how the development will affect the baseline conditions, both during construction and operational phases. 16.3.7. The significance criteria used to assess the impact of the Development is detailed in Tables 16.1 and 16.2 below. Impact Definition

Adverse Detrimental or negative impacts to an environmental resource or receptor.

Beneficial Advantageous of positive impact to an environmental resource or receptor.

Negligible No significant impacts to an environmental resource or receptor.

Table 16.1: Impact Definition

Scale of Impact Definition Minor Slight, very short term or highly localised impact of no significant consequence;

Moderate Limited impact (by extent, duration or magnitude) which may nonetheless be considered significant in the context of the site and/or surrounding areas

Major Considerable impact (by extend, duration or magnitude) of more than local significance or in breach of recognised acceptability, legislation, policy or standards

Table 16.2: Scale of Impact Definition

395

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16.4. BASELINE CONDITIONS

Open Space 16.4.1. The GSS for NWBC identifies a range of open space typologies and the walking guideline distance from dwellings. These typologies and the distances are shown in Table 16.3. Open Space Typology Distance Amenity Greenspace 480m Public Parks and Gardens 710m Children’s Play Areas and Facilities for Young 100m (LAPs) People 400m (LEAPS) 1000m (NEAPS) 700m (MUGAs/Skateboard Parks) Natural and Semi-Natural Greenspace 720m Cemeteries N/A Allotments N/A Outdoor Sports Facilities N/A Table 16.3 – Open Space Typologies - NWBC

16.4.2. Figure 16.1 plots the position of existing open space by typology and identifies the sites in the supporting key. Within NWBC there are a number of areas of open space within 1200m of the site boundary. However, NWBC’s standards are measured from the dwellings themselves and not all of the typologies within the 1200m perimeter conform to the accessibility standards set out in the GSS, as distances will vary across the site. 16.4.3. The provision is summarised below.  (10) Sports Ground, Tamworth Road (Outdoor Sports Facilities). This is located to the immediate south of the application site. Although there is no specific standard for proximity to sports pitches, this site is considered accessible for the majority of future residents of the development.  (5) Pooley Country Park (Park and Gardens/Natural Green Space). This is situated to the north east of the site. Although a good proportion of the site is within the prescribed distance for the typologies, pedestrian access is limited from the site and would involve walking along the northern section of Robey’s Lane which has no footpath and is a national speed limit road. Warwickshire County Council were contacted to establish approximately how many visitors Pooley Country Parks receives on an annual basis. We were advised that for the 396

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

period 2017/18 the Country Park received 23887 visitors, equating to an average of 65 a day.  (6) Alvecote Priory (Amenity Greenspace). Associated with the Priory this is to the north of the site and is subject to the same pedestrian accessibility challenges as Pooley Country Park.  (7) Shuttington Playing Fields (Outdoor Sports Facilities). These are located just over 800m to the north of the northern boundary of the application site and are not accessible on foot. o Polesworth Recreation Ground (Outdoor Sports Facilities). Although this is 800m from the eastern boundary the pedestrian route to the site is much further and is not an attractive pedestrian route crossing and includes crossing over the M42. o Queen Elizabeth II Playing Ground/Abbey Park and LNR (various typologies). Part of this site is within 1200m but this exceeds the distance for Parks and Gardens and Natural and Semi Natural Green Space. Located on the eastern edge of Polesworth this is not accessible by pedestrians from the application site. o Land East of Bridge Street (Amenity Green Space). This is beyond the accessibility target for this typology.  (8) Polesworth Wildlife Area (Amenity Green Space). This is beyond the accessibility target for this typology.  (9) Birchmoor Allotments (Allotments). There is no accessibility target for allotments. However, the allotment site is within 1km of the site and it is considered likely that future residents of the scheme would be able to access the allotments. 16.4.4. Alvecote Nature Reserve which is to the north of the site would appear to be open space falling within Natural Greenspace category. However, it is not identified within the GSS. This would not be accessible on foot from the application site due to the lack of safe pedestrian route. 16.4.5. In summary the provision of open space within the accessibility standards set out in the GSS within NWBC are limited and in reality it is only the sports ground on Tamworth Road that is accessible on foot. 16.4.6. With regards to open space provision within Tamworth, Figure 16.1 also plots the provision within the neighbouring authority. To the south west of the site, within Stoneydelph there is a collection of open space of various sizes, predominately within the amenity open space category (sites 11, 12, 13, 19 and 22). In addition there are

397

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

civic spaces93 approx 400m and 600m to the south west of the site (sites 20 and 21). With the exception of site 19 which is of a reasonable size and would be accessible to residents in the lower third of the application site, none of these sites are considered likely to meaningful contribute to future residents open space requirements. 16.4.7. Further south and within the 1200m distance from the southern boundary are sites 14- 18 which sit just north of the A5. These areas are a mixture of semi-natural and amenity green space and although cumulatively are of a reasonable size, they are too far for future residents to realistically access on foot. 16.4.8. To the west of the site there are a number of amenity open spaces and semi-natural spaces, mainly between 800m-1200m away which given their distance and size are unlikely to attract use from the proposed development. Finally, the adjacent former Tamworth Golf Course has planning permission for 1100 dwellings and construction has commenced on site. As part of this development there is 25ha of green infrastructure and a 6.9ha extension to Hodge Lane Nature Reserve. Whilst this provision will be predominately for residents of the Former Golf Course development, there are opportunities to connect into this planned open space provision.

Overall Provision in North Warwickshire 16.4.9. On a borough wide scale the GSS summarises the provision of the different open space typologies against demand 94. There is over 300ha of Amenity Green Space in North Warwickshire and no shortage is projected both currently or within the projected Local Plan period. It is noted that the GSS defines the plan period as up to 2031, when in fact it has increased to 2033. 16.4.10. For Public Parks and Gardens the GSS reports a total of 44 parks and gardens, amounting to 90ha and no current or anticipated shortfall in this typology. For Children’s Play Areas and Facilities for Young People there are 11 current sites totalling 8ha. This is insufficient to meet current demand of 15ha, which will rise to 20ha in 2031. 16.4.11. There are 13 Natural and Semi-Natural sites in the borough and the GSS confirms that supply is well in excess of national guidelines and serves both local and regional populations. There are 7 cemeteries/burial sites in the borough but no national provision standards for this typology. Finally in respect of allotments the GSS reports that there is in excess of 4ha of allotment sites in the borough. However there are vacant plots and further provision across the borough is unnecessary.

93 Defined in TROSR P20 as ‘public realm’ 94 Table 3.1 P12-14 398

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Overall Provision in Tamworth 16.4.12. The TROSR sets out95 the amount of open space by type and this includes five different typologies. The provision is set out in the table below: Type Amount of open % of total space Number of space Sites (ha) Urban Park 41.6 9.3 3 Amenity Open Space 102.9 23.1 80 Cemeteries 10.8 2.4 5 Semi-Natural Green 287.5 64.5 21 Space Civic Space 2.9 0.7 7 Total 445.7 100 116 Table 16.4 – Open Space Provision in Tamworth by Typology

16.4.13. The TROSR reports that applying a 400m buffer to all unrestricted open space reveals that all residential areas are within 400m of an open space and therefore there is no overall shortage of open space. Quality is more of an issue within Tamworth, although the scope of this chapter does not extend to an analyse of this.

Playing Pitches

16.4.14. The NWBC PPS sets out the supply and demand for a range of sports pitches in both 2017 and taking a forward look to 2031. The borough is broken down into sub areas and the site straddles the boundary between Newton Regis & Warton and Polesworth and Dordon. In terms of provision local to the site, there is a recreation ground (10) to the south of the site, accessed off Tamworth Road. To the north of the site, approx 800m from the northern boundary there are playing fields at Shuttington (7) and within Polesworth there are playing fields at Polesworth Recreation Ground (1) and Queen Elizabeth II Park (2) 16.4.15. The PPS identifies there is a large overall over-supply of football provision in both 2017 and 2031 across the borough However, at peak time usage only there are no Youth 9v9 and Mini Soccer 5v5 pitches. In respect of Polesworth and Dordon there is a slight deficit of 0.5 for adult pitches in 2017 and increasing in deficit to 2 adult pitches in 2031. For

95 Table 2 P12 399

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Newton Regis & Warton there is a marginal over supply of 1 pitch in both 2017 and 2031.96 16.4.16. For cricket pitch capacity the PPS measures capacity using 5 matches per grass wicket per season. It shows an overall deficit of 289 match equivalents (matches + training) when 2017 demand is applied to current secured supply. There are no clubs in Polesworth and Dordon (ie: no demand) and 1 club in Newton Regis and Warton with demand for 40 match equilavents against a supply capacity of 25. 16.4.17. By 2031 the overall deficit increases to 323.75 match equivalents with still no demand identified in Polesworth and Dordon and an increase of demand to 62.5 in Newton Regis and Warton against a supply remaining at 25.97 16.4.18. In respect of Rugby the PPS reports that across North Warwickshire the supply of Rugby pitches exceeds demand, with a capacity of 26 against a demand of 2298. 16.4.19. There is an overall over-supply of hockey provision in North Warwickshire against demand. North Warwickshire has one competitive hockey club that uses hockey facilities with the Borough. This is Atherstone Adders Hockey Club who use Queen Elizabeth School and Sports College. Any future demand is expected to be accommodated by the club and venue.99 16.4.20. For Tamworth Borough Council, as part of their Local Plan examination a document entitled ‘Update Paper for the Tamworth Joint Indoor and Outdoor Sports Strategy (2014)’ was produced. Section 6 relates to the playing pitch strategy and it summarises the broad position, building on the previous work undertaken in 2009. 16.4.21. For football it is identified that there is sufficient adult pitches to meet demand but a deficit in junior pitches, with some junior matches having to be accommodated on adult pitches. This issue has not been resolved since first identified in 2009. 16.4.22. In respect of cricket, sufficient capacity exists to meet demand and there is no requirement for additional provision. For rugby the strategy in 2009 indicated that there was a shortfall of junior pitches although adult demand was sufficiently catered for. The 2014 update comments that low level of participation means that population growth is likely to have relatively little impact.

Public Rights of Way 16.4.23. There are no PROW within the site. Figure 16.1 shows the PROW within 1 mile of the application site boundary site identified as A-AF on the plan. The closest footpaths border the south west corner of the site comprising Tamworth 169 (Y) which extends

96 P18-19 PPS 97 P49-50 PPS 98 Table 5.17 P71 PPS 99 Table 6.6 P80 and P83 400

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

along the western boundary from the B5000 to the western boundary of the go-kart track and Tamworth. In addition Tamworth 95 (W) runs to the west of the former golf course site, from adjacent to the B5000 to north of Eagle Drive. 16.4.24. To the immediate west of the M42, to the south of the B5000 and running parallel with the motorway is footpath AE17 (A). This extends west into Tamworth, becoming Tamworth 94 (Z). 16.4.25. To the east of the site and running from Polesworth to the Alvecote Priory is AE15 (E). To the north of the site there are a number of footpaths with T118 (I) just to the east of Alvecote connecting to Shuttington, with the network continuing to the east and west. 16.4.26. Although this chapter can identify the PROW that potentially could be affected by development, establishing the extent of existing use for these PROW is very difficult as there is no quantifiable data for this.

16.5. PREDICTED IMPACTS OF PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT WITHOUT MITIGATION 16.5.1. The scheme seeks planning permission for up to 1540 dwellings including 100 units within an extra care facility, though the ES tests up to a maximum quantum of 1700 dwellings. As part of the proposed development there on-site open space and therefore the test of this chapter is to analyse whether this is sufficient to ensure that there is not a significant impact on existing open space and PROW within the surrounding area as defined by Figure 16.1. 16.5.2. The OSSR SPD sets out the requirements for new developments and is based on evidence contained within the GSS and PPS, all three documents of which were published and formed part of the Draft Submission Local Plan consultation which ended in March 2018. 16.5.3. Open Space is calculated on the basis of number of dwellings x 2.39 occupants100. Therefore based on 1700 dwellings the population of the development would be 4063. There is a strong argument to suggest that the care home units (100) should be discounted from at least some open space typologies but for robustness we have included them within the calculation of requirement. 16.5.4. There are six typologies which are set out below in a table including the requirement from the proposed development and the accessibility standard. Whilst, the SPD doesn’t define the typologies for the purpose of this chapter the definitions within the ‘Guidance for Outdoor Sport and Play (Beyond the Six Acre Standard –England) has been adopted101. A copy of the glossary is provided as Appendix 16.1. It should be note that playing fields do not form part of Table 16.5 but are assessed further in the chapter.

100 Para 1.57 101 Annex A 401

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16.5.5. Paragraph 1.77 of the SPD defines Public Open Space by excluding: SUDS, structural and peripheral landscaping, footpaths and cycleways with no other significant amenity space, and small areas of open left-over land. Some smaller areas of land that are largely surrounded by roads may not be suitable for reason of amenity and safety.

Typology Natural and Parks Amenity Children’s Teenage/ Allotments Total Semi-Natural And Green & Young Youth Green Space Gardens Space Peoples Facilities Play

Quantity/ 1.8ha 0.8ha 0.6ha 0.25ha 0.30ha 0.2ha 1000 population

Accessibility 720m 710m 480m LAPs : 100m 700m 400m LEAPS 400m NEAPS 1000m

Requirement 7.31ha 3.25ha 2.43ha 1.01ha 1.21ha 0.81ha 16.02ha for this Development Included in Proposed 13.3ha Nil 9.5ha 1ha102 Children’s & 0.5ha103 24.3ha within Young People Masterplan Play

Table 16.5 – Open Space Requirement and Development Provision.

16.5.6. Of a total site area of 96ha, the parameters plan demonstrates that a total of 50ha will be provided as ‘green infrastructure. Some of this area includes items excluded from the SPD definition and when SUDS 2.5ha), zones for structural planting (13.1ha), existing vegetation (4.5ha) and footway and cycleways (1.7ha) are removed this figure, this reduces to 28.2ha. A sport pitches provision of 3.9ha, subject to assessment below, is the difference between the 28.2ha figure and 24.3ha totalled in Table 16.2. 16.5.7. The OSSR SPD states that typically there will be a need for 14% of the gross development area to be allocated as open space104. This figure appears to exclude playing pitches and so based on 24.3ha provision, the scheme would provide 25% of the site as ‘open space’.

102 Includes MUGA 103 Including 0.1ha of community orchard. 104 Walking facts and figures 2: Participation in walking. 402

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

Construction Impacts – Open Space 16.5.8. There is no open space provision on the development site. The nearby existing open space and playing fields are sufficiently far away from the site so that their use will not be adversely affected by the construction period. It is therefore concluded that the construction period will have a Negligible Impact.

Operational Impacts – Open Space Natural and Semi Natural Green Space 16.5.9. The development proposes to provide 13.3ha of this typology of open space against a SPD requirement of 7.31ha. The nearest existing Natural and Semi-Natural Green Spaces are approx 600m to the north west of the western boundary of the site (28) and between 1000-1400m to the south west of the southern boundary of the site (15, 17 &18). 16.5.10. Given the on-site provision and the distance from the application site, the impact on these existing open spaces from the increase in population from the development is considered to be Negligible. Further, accounting for the significant on-site provision there is likely to be a Minor Beneficial Impact, with residents within Stoneydelph to the south of the site likely to benefit from increased access to this type of open space and potentially reducing pressure on the identified existing natural/semi-natural green space. 16.5.11. The proposed scheme does not propose any open space that would fall within the category of ‘Parks and Gardens’. Part of Pooley Country Park to the north east of the site falls within the accessibility standard of 710m of a small portion of the application site . Facilities within the Country Park include a visitor centre and car park, café, play areas and a mountain bike trail. 16.5.12. Based on 1700 dwellings, this would result in an increase of 4063 residents (based on an average occupancy of 2.39 persons per dwelling as set out in the SPD). A number of studies have been conducted to provide an indication of potential recreational participation rates. For example, the Ramblers Association (The Ramblers Association, 2010) published the results of a study that indicated that, on average, 22% of the UK population walks recreationally for at least 30 minutes every four weeks.105 16.5.13. If the Ramblers Association participation rate is applied to the occupancy figure, it is estimated that approximately 894 additional people (from the residential development) will walk recreationally each month, which is equivalent to an additional 29 people taking recreational walks of at least 30 minutes per day.

105 Walking facts and figures 2: Participation in walking. 403

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16.5.14. However, the figure of 29 people per day assumes that each person undertaking a recreational walk would choose to visitor the Country Park. This is highly improbable for two principal reasons. Firstly the scheme provides 24.3ha of open space within the SPD’s definition (50ha of GI overall) and therefore there will be immediate provision for recreational walkers within the development. Secondly, Pooley Country Park is not easily accessible from the application site on foot. The section of Robey’s Lane required to access the Country Park does not have a footpath and in practice very few residents will visit directly on foot. 16.5.15. Having regard to the above considerations it is concluded that the proposal will have a Negligible impact on Pooley Country Park.

Amenity Green Space 16.5.16. The proposed development will include 9.45ha of amenity green space which is almost four times the requirement of the SPD (2.43ha). There are a number of small amenity green spaces within Stoneydelph (11,12,13 19 and 22) to the south of the development but given the on-site provision, these areas are highly unlikely to be under any additional pressure from the development. On the contrary residents north of these areas are likely to use such space within the development and therefore it is concluded that there will be a Minor Beneficial Impact.

Children’s and Young People’s Play Areas 16.5.17. The proposed development includes provision for two NEAPS and two LEAPS as part of the scheme. Figure 16.2 shows that the proposed position of these play areas will be within the required 400m walking distance from any proposed dwelling for a LEAP and within 1000m for a NEAP. Based on this provision it is not considered that existing facilities for children’s play areas will come under any additional pressure. The NEAP to the south of the proposed school will be accessible for the wider community (as demonstrated by the 1000m isochrome bar in Figure 16.2). Indeed given that the local area is poorly served for such facility, it is considered that the scheme will result in a Moderate Beneficial Impact.

Teenage and Youth Facility 16.5.18. The masterplan includes provision for a Multi Use Games Area (MUGA) to the south of the primary school and adjacent to the NEAP referenced above. The review of existing open space provision has not identified any similar facility within the local area on which the development may impact. Taking into account this deficiency in provision it is

404

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

considered that the provision of a MUGA on site will have a Moderate Beneficial Impact.

Allotments 16.5.19. The scheme proposes 0.4ha of allotments and a further 0.1ha of community orchard. Based on the population derived from the development and standards required by the SPD, 0.4ha is approximately half of the required level of provision. However, the GSS identifies that there is an excess of 4ha of allotment land within NWBC and that further provision is unneccesary across the borough106. In respect of Tamworth, the ROSR states “Allotments were not included in the open space review because although they form part of the overall green space network they are not classed as offering unrestricted access.”107 16.5.20. Figure 16.1 identifies the nearest allotments as being Birchmoor Allotments, approx 870m away. There is no standard distance for accessibility to allotments where users are more likely to need to drive in order to transport equipment etc. However, in the context of the above position within NWBC and the absence of any clear information within Tamworth, it is judged that the development will have a Negligble Impact on allotments.

Playing Pitches 16.5.21. Unlike the OSSR SPD, the PPS does not provide an indicator of how many pitches are required per 1000 dwellings and instead calculates the requirement of the whole Local Plan. The PPS concludes that based on 6,821 dwellings (which is the amount proposed to be allocated, not total requirement), this would derive a requirement for 17.81 (18) new pitches. This requirement is broken down as Adult Football (3.90), Youth Football (2.28), Mini-Soccer (2.82), Ruger Union (2.89). Hockey (0.38) and Cricket (5.53). Based on the population derived by the development (4063) the pitch requirement of the scheme is 4.45. 16.5.22. The masterplan proposes a total of seven pitches, comprising one adult football pitch, two mini soccer pitches (U9/U10) and two smaller mini soccer pitches (U7/U8) to the south of the NEAP and allotments. In addition two further mini soccer pitches (1 x U7/U8 and 1 x U9/U10) are proposed within the primary school site. 16.5.23. In total therefore the proposed number of pitches would contribute significantly in excess of the requirement for the development based on a pro-rata calculation from the PPS.

106 P14. 107 Para 4.3 405

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16.5.24. The development is not expected to increase demand on existing playing pitch facilities and indeed may help address some deficit in supply. In respect of football Polesworth and Dordon require two additional adult pitches by 2031 and development would help meet, at least in part, that requirement. Further, Tamworth has reported a deficiency in junior pitches and the scheme could help address this issue, subject to arrangements between the two relevant local authorities for use of such pitches. 16.5.25. At present, the development proposal does not include provision for a cricket pitch, although the layout is indicative and this potentially could be accommodated as part of an overall pitch provision if preferred by the Local Planning Authority. Overall it is concluded that the provision of playing pitches provided by the development would have a Moderate Beneficial Impact.

Construction Impacts - Public Rights of Way 16.5.26. There are no PROW within the site. Tamworth 95 (W) and Tamworth 169 (Y) run to the south west of the site with Tamworth 169 running immediately adjacent to the boundary. During the construction period there is potential for users of this path to be discouraged from utilising this route due to disturbance/dust etc. However, this is likely to only be affected during the final phase of development (Phase F – See Figure 3.3) and furthermore the route does not connect to the wider network and so numbers of users are assumed to be limited. This may however change once the Former Tamworth Golf Course development has been completed. The impact on Tamworth 169 is considered to be Minor Adverse, though this will be temporary.

Operational Impacts – Public Rights of Way 16.5.27. There are no PROW within the site. Consequently there are no PROW that require diversion to accommodate the development or that would result in a significant increase of use of a footpath or bridleway by the future residents. 16.5.28. Within the vicinity of the site there are four PROWS which potentially could see increased footfall. These are Tamworth 95 (W), Tamworth 169 (Y), AE17 (A) and AE16 (E), However, as identified earlier in this section the number of people looking to undertake recreational walks per day based on population and the methodology employed by the Ramblers Association is 29. Having regard for the number of alternative options that will be available to future residents of the scheme including the extensive walking and cycling network created within the development, it is concluded that the impact on PROW will be Negligible. 16.5.29. It respect of potential for increasing connectivity to the existing PROW, this is judged as low, as whilst there will be an extensive network of routes within the site, the is a

406

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

disconnect to the surrounding PROW network and so there is not considered to be any significant potential to extend the PROW network.

16.6. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED MITIGATION 16.6.1. As no adverse impacts have been identified for open space there is no mitigation required, other than conditions and/or Section 106 Agreement to secure the delivery of the proposed open space facilities and the playing pitches. 16.6.2. In respect of the PROW network it is proposed to erect protective fencing along the boundary of Tamworth 169 during the relevant period of the construction. No mitigation is identified as being required for the operational phase.

16.7. RESIDUAL IMPACTS 16.7.1. The residual impacts of the development in respect of open space are unchanged from that set out in the ‘Predicted Impacts of the Development without Mitigation’. For the impact on PROW, the mitigation measures will reduce the impact of the construction period to Negligible. The operational impact remains Negligible.

16.8. CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 16.8.1. Immediately to the west of the site is the Former Tamworth Golf Course which has planning permission for 1100 dwellings and construction has commenced on site. 16.8.2. The Former Tamworth Golf Course has provision for 25ha of Green Infrastructure and a 6.9ha extension to Hodge Lane Nature Reserve in the north west of the site. The committee report for this application advised that Tamworth’s open space standards would generate a requirement for provision of 9.51ha. Therefore, much like the development proposal, this site has provided a significant excess of open space to the effect that the cumulative impact of the two sites is likely to have a Moderate Beneficial Impact on open space provision within the area. In respect of additional access to Pooley Country Park it is likely that future residents of the golf course site will have similar pedestrian access restrictions. 16.8.3. In respect of the impact on PROW it is assumed that residents of the Former Tamworth Golf Course development will generate increased usage of Tamworth 95 (W) and Tamworth 169 (Y), though this is again hard to quantify against existing use. Given that the predicted increase in use as a consequence of the proposed development is negligible, it is considered that the cumulative impact is will also be negligible in this instance.

407

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

16.9. LIMITATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS 16.9.1. This chapter undertakes an overview of existing open space and PROW provision within both NWBC and Tamworth to ascertain the likely impacts of the development. 16.9.2. Limited quantifiable information exists on the level of use of individual open space and PROW assets within the vicinity of the site and this chapter does not undertake a qualitative assessment of provision. 16.9.3. As the site is situated adjacent to the administrative boundary between NWBC and Tamworth it has been necessary to drawn on evidence bases from both authorities. However, this results in different approaches to defining types of open space and accessibility standards. Where there is differences in approach the chapter has deferred to NWBC standards as this is the local planning authority in which the site is located.

16.10. CONCLUSIONS 16.10.1. The proposed development includes both open space and playing pitch provision significantly in excess of the requirements of the SPD. Having regard for this provision and the site’s relationship with existing open space facilities in the wider area, it is concluded that the development will have a Minor to Moderate Beneficial Impact. 16.10.2. This is on the basis that the population created by the development will have more than sufficient open space and playing pitch provision so that existing facilities will not have to accommodate the needs of future residents. On the contrary the development offer potential for existing residents to benefit from the open space provision and use of the playing pitches. 16.10.3. With regards to impact on PROW, the development is considered to have a Negligible Impact.

408

Environmental Statement (Chapter 16) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

References

 North Warwickshire Core Strategy (2014)  North Warwickshire Draft Local Plan (November 2017)  North Warwickshire Green Space Strategy (2017-2031) – October 2017  North Warwickshire Playing Pitch Strategy (October 2017)  North Warwickshire Planning Obligations for Open Space, Sport and Recreation SPD (November 2017)  Warwickshire County Council Rights of Way and Recreational Highway Strategy 2011-20  Tamworth Recreational Open Space Review 2011  Update Paper for Tamworth Joint Indoor and Outdoor Sports Strategy (2014)  Rights of Way Improvement Plan – Staffordshire  Ramblers Association (Walking Facts and Figures 2: Participation in Walking) 2010

409

Environmental Statement (Chapter 17) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

17. CONCLUSION

17.1. The ES has assessed the proposed development (albeit based on a higher quantum of 1700 dwellings), against a wide ranging set of technical issues identified through the scoping process with the LPA.

17.2. The ES provides a structured and reasoned assessment, which identifies potential environmental impacts against set methodologies and professional judgements and provides details of mitigation, where possible, to offset significant adverse effects.

17.3. The ES appraises reasonable alternatives which comprise a range of other sites considered through the Local Plan process, a ‘do nothing’ scenario and an alternative quantum of development on the site. It is concluded that the proposal represents the best option for delivering sustainable development that will make a significant contribution to housing needs both in the Borough and beyond.

17.4. The ES on a chapter by chapter process identifies potential impacts and applies a range of mitigation where necessary. In a single case, relating to the loss of agricultural land, a residual ‘Significant’ impact is identified. The loss of 68ha of BMV land is considered a Moderate Adverse impact, which the author has judged as ‘Significant’. No mitigation is possible for this impact.

17.5. However, in isolation this is not considered to be such an adverse impact to warrant withholding permission for the scheme. As detailed in the supporting evidence to the Soils and Agriculture chapter, the proportion of BMV land on the application site is typical of that in the wider borough and to achieve housing delivery objectives, the loss of BMV land will be necessary.

17.6. The Transport, Noise and Vibration, Air Quality, Cultural Heritage, Water Environment and Geology and Contamination all conclude a Negligible impact. There are local Minor Beneficial impacts identified with the Ecology chapter, though the majority of the impacts are classified as Negligible. There are a range of impacts reached in the Socio-Economic chapters ranging from Major Beneficial to Negligible, with no residual adverse impacts identified. Similarly the Population and Health chapter present a range but overall reaches a conclusion of Moderate to Major Beneficial. Finally the Open Space and Rights of Way

410

Environmental Statement (Chapter 17) Hallam Land Management Ltd Land to East of Former Tamworth Golf Course

chapter reaches conclusions of Minor-Moderate Beneficial impact for open space provision and Negligible for Rights of Way.

17.7. Each of the chapters consider the cumulative impacts on their topic areas and no significant impacts are identified. In respect of Soils and Agriculture there is no additional significant impact.

17.8. The ES has not raised any significant risks of the development being vulnerable to major accidents or disasters.

17.9. The ES and supporting documents demonstrate that this site is suitable for development and that there are no environmental significant effects that should represent a barrier to planning permission being granted for the proposed development.

411